Sealey Tools - Part 2) by Gail Latham

Section 7

Lubrication 359 361 362 364 366 369 370 372 375 376 377 378 379 380

Grease Guns Bulk Grease Equipment Oil Drainers Oil & Fluid Drainers Fluid Transfer Pumps Oil Dispensing Systems Diesel & Fluid Tranfer Pumps Drain Pans, Drum Handling & Water Containers Barrel Bunds Measuring Jugs Funnels Fuel Transfer Equipment Oil Spill & Waste Management Fuel & Jerry Cans

Section 7 Grease Guns A

Lever Grease Gun A Side 3-Way Fill Model No.

Lever Grease Gun B Side 3-Way Fill AK445

Pump-head with air-bleed valve. 3-W ay fill with cartridge, bulk or manual capability. Supplied with rigid extension tube and push-on hydraulic 4-jaw coupling. Contoured pump handle. Accepts standard 400g cartridges. Capacity: 500cm³ Delivery Pressure: 5000psi Delivery per Stoke: 1.2cm³ Optional 300mm Flexible Extension Tube: AK44/FT

Model No.

Lever Grease Gun C Side 3-Way Fill Heavy-Duty AK443

Die-cast pump head. 3-Way fill with cartridge, bulk or manual capability. Supplied with rigid extension tube and push-on hydraulic 4-jaw coupling. Contoured pump handle. Accepts standard 400g cartridges. Capacity: 500cm³ Delivery Pressure: 6000psi Delivery per Stroke: 1.3cm³ Optional 300mm Flexible Extension Tube: AK44/FT

D Mini Grease Gun Model No. AK442 Mini push action hand greaser. Ideal for limited access areas or where smaller amounts of grease are required. Rigid extension tube and delivery nozzle. Capacity: 125cm³ Delivery Pressure: 1000psi Delivery per Stroke: 0.9cm³ Overall Length: 270mm

AK44

Type Grease Gun E Pistol 1-Way Fill Model No.

AK444

H Cordless Grease Gun 12V

Type Grease Gun G Pistol 3-Way Fill AK446

Die-cast pump head with air-bleed valve. 3-W ay fill with cartridge, bulk or manual capability. Supplied with rigid extension tube and push-on hydraulic 4-jaw coupling. Can be used as pistol or straight type grease gun. Accepts standard 400g cartridges. Capacity: 500cm³ Delivery Pressure: 4500psi Delivery per Stroke: 1.25cm³ Optional 300mm Flexible Extension Tube: AK44/FT

Lever Mini Grease Gun F Side 1-Way Fill

Die-cast pump head with twist type air-bleed. One-way Model No. New AK4401 fill with bulk capability. Can be used as pistol or straight type grease gun. Supplied with flexible extension tube Die-cast pump head. One-way fill with bulk capacity . Supplied with rigid extension tube and push-on and push-on hydraulic 4-jaw coupling. hydraulic 4-jaw coupling. Capacity: 125cm³ Capacity: 120cm³ Delivery Pressure: 2500psi Delivery Pressure: 2500psi Delivery per Stroke: 0.5cm³ Delivery per Stroke: 0.5cm³ Optional 300mm Flexible Extension Tube: AK44/FT

Model No. CPG12V High power , professional cordless grease gun, developing 6000psi. Ideal for in-field lubrication where power and speed are required. Suitable for 400g cartridges, manual or bulk filling. Features air bleed and heavy-duty aluminium pressure head. Supplied with 12V 1.7Ah battery , mains charger and in-car adaptor. Supplied in carry-case. Voltage: 12V Delivery Pressure: 6000psi Hose Length: 700mm Replacement Battery: CPG12VBP In-Car Power Adaptor: CPG12VICA

Model No.

Die-cast pump head with air-bleed valve. 3-W ay fill with cartridge, bulk or manual capability. Supplied with rigid extension tube and push-on hydraulic 4-jaw coupling. Contoured pump handle. Accepts standard 400g cartridges. Capacity: 500cm³ Delivery Pressure: 10000psi Delivery per Stroke: 1.2cm³ Optional 300mm Flexible Extension Tube: AK44/FT

359

Rechargeable

12V

360

Section 7 Grease Guns A

CONTINUOUS FLOW

Operated Pistol Type B Air Continuous Flow Grease Gun

Operated Pistol Type A Air Grease Gun Model No.

SA40

Die-cast head and body with chromed steel grease tube. Includes rigid extension tube and 4-jaw coupler. Trigger operated single impulse gun with 3-way fill and air-bleed valve. Accepts 400g grease cartridges, bulk or manual fill. Operating Pressure: 30-150psi Delivery Pressure: 1200-6000psi Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Optional 230mm Flexible Extension Tube: SA40/09A

Model No.

New

SA401

Die-cast head and body with chromed steel grease tube. Includes rigid extension tube and 4-jaw coupler. Trigger operated continuous flow gun with 3-way fill and air-bleed valve. Accepts 400g grease cartridges, bulk or manual fill. Operating Pressure: 30-150psi Delivery Pressure: 1200-4500psi Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Optional 230mm Flexible Extension Tube: SA40/09A

C Grease Gun Adaptor Kit 7pc Model No. AK4481 Kit consists of adaptors and extensions to make almost any lubricating job easy. For use with all leading brands of manual grease guns. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Nozzles; 90° Push-on, Rubber Tipped, Needle Nose, 90° Slide-on, 360°, Straight Extended, Extension Hose; 305mm

E Needle Nose Grease Accessory

D Drum Wrench Model No. New TP122 Universal wrench suitable for opening a variety of drums. Made from a tough composite material.

Model No. AK447 For use with all leading brands of manual grease gun not power greasers. Dispenses fine bead of grease. Long nozzle gives access to hard to reach areas. Ideal for lubricating constant velocity joints. Overall Length: 170mm

E G

SPILL KIT MAXIMUM CAPACITY 55ltr

F Oil Suction Syringe Model No. AK46 Chromed steel suction tube with T-Bar type plunger. Particularly useful for removal of oil from gearboxes and differentials. Supplied with 200mm flexible suction hose. Capacity:

500ml

Kit Maintenance Pack G Spill 55ltr Model No.

GPSK55

Designed to absorb spills and drips with a maximum capacity of up to fifty-five litres. Including a range of high absorbency pads, mats and containing seals with two disposable bags and one pair of gloves. Kit H Locking Drum Tap providing quick and easy access for clearing larger Model No. TP12 spills and can be easily stored away. Suitable for oils, diesel, petrol, cutting fluids, coolants, mild solvent, Polythene constructed tap with 3/4”BSP thread and turpentine, acetone, MEK, trichloroethylene and water. neoprene washer. Supplied in a durable, zipped carry-case. See page 379 for full details.

I Locking Zinc Die-Cast Drum Tap Model No. TP121 Zinc die-cast, push-pull tap with locking facility to prevent unauthorised access to drum contents. Nitrile seals, suitable for most liquids normally stored in plastic and steel drums. 3/4”BSP Thread.

Section 7 Bulk Grease Equipment A

361

12.5kg

High Volume

HEAVY DUTY

(Grease bucket not included)

High Pressure Manual A Direct Grease Unit 12.5kg Model No.

AK45X

Zinc die-cast pump head with pressed steel pump and carry handle. Suitable for 12.5kg and some 20kg grease buckets. Supplied with follower plate to prevent cavitation and ensure smooth flow of grease. Suitable for bulk packing bushings and bearings where requirement is for grease volume and not grease pressure. Includes rigid extensions and 4-jaw coupler. Delivery Pressure: 2880psi Delivery per Stroke: 3.8cm続 Hose Length: 1500mm

D - E Air Operated Grease Kits Model No. SEE BELOW Fitted with high ef ficiency 50:1 air motor . Workshop tested reliability . Supplied with safety regulator to prevent over pressurisation of pump unit. Includes a follower plate to prevent pump unit cavitation and ensure a smooth flow of grease. Includes SAE100R2AT rated grease hose, z-swivel, hand gun and bucket trolley. D E Model No: AK452X AK453X Capacity: 12.5kg 50kg Maximum Air Pressure: 150psi 150psi Recommended Air Pressure: 120psi 120psi Delivery Pressure: 6000psi 6000psi Grease Delivery: 1100g/min 1100g/min Air Consumption: 14cfm 14cfm

(Grease bucket not included)

Direct High Pressure B Heavy-Duty Manual Grease Unit 12.5kg Model No.

AK455

Solid steel pump and carry handle. Supplied with follower plate to prevent cavitation and ensure smooth flow of grease. Suitable for repetitive filling of high pressure low volume grease. Suitable for 12.5kg grease buckets. Includes rigid extension and 4-jaw coupler. Delivery Pressure: 5000-7000psi Delivery per Stroke: 1.5cm続 Hose Length: 1500mm

Lube Low Pressure Filler C Chassis Pump Unit 12.5kg Model No.

Delivery Pressure: Delivery per Stroke: Hose Length:

12.5kg

50kg

Air Operated

AK456

Zinc die-cast pump head with solid steel pump. Highvolume, low-pressure output for filling auto chassis lubrication reservoirs. Central lube coupling supplied with spare plug-in adaptor. 900psi 33cm続 1500mm

Air Operated

3 (Grease bucket not included)

Grease Kit F Air Replacement Parts Model No. Description: 1 High Pressure Flexi Hose 2 Z-Swivel Connector 3 Grease Control Valve

SEE BELOW Model No: 179/12755 179/18082 179/18104

(Grease bucket not included)

362

Section 7 Oil Drainers

Feed/Manual Discharge A Gravity Oil Drainer 36ltr Model No.

AK36D

Polyethylene reservoir, 36ltr capacity, mounted on four castors for mobility . Drain pan, with filter , on height adjustable down tube. Hand grips for manual emptying.

Feed/Gravity Discharge B Gravity Oil Drainer 80ltr Model No.

36ltr

80ltr

MANUAL DISCHARGE

GRAVITY DISCHARGE

AK80D

Polyethylene reservoir, 80ltr capacity, mounted on four castors for mobility . Drain pan, with filter , on height adjustable down tube. Use rotary pump or gravity drain tap for emptying.

Feed/Gravity Discharge C Gravity Oil Drainer 30ltr Model No.

AK454D

Composite lid and drum with 30ltr reservoir and drain pan on telescopic post. Gravity drain using tap on rear of unit. Includes full-drum indicator , large diameter drain pan insert and heavy-duty filter mesh for draining oil filters.

Feed/Gravity Discharge D Gravity Oil Drainer 75ltr Model No.

AK457D

Steel fabricated 75ltr reservoir and telescopic steel funnel fitted with grid filter. Gravity drain using brass tap on rear of unit. Includes full drum indicator.

& Suction Feed/Air E Gravity Discharge Oil Drainer 24ltr Model No.

AK424DX

30ltr

75ltr

GRAVITY DISCHARGE

Steel fabricated 24ltr reservoir and telescopic steel drain pan with metal grid filter. Venturi suction pump powers oil dipstick probes. Includes a set of quick-release probes. Gravity or suction feed reservoir with air discharge. Fitted with oil level indicator.

Feed/Pump-Away F Gravity Discharge Oil Drainer 75ltr Model No.

AK450DX

75ltr Reservoir and telescopic funnel fitted with grid filter. Fitted with female dry-fit coupling for connection to AK450DP pump-away unit. Includes full drum indicator.

G E

24ltr

75ltr

AIR DISCHARGE

PUMP-AWAY DISCHARGE

G Air Powered Pump Away Station Model No. AK450DP This air operated 1:1 oil pump is suitable for use with our AK450DX and AK468DX oil drain units. The pump is supplied with a wall mounting bracket and 2mtr flexible hose with a dry-fit quick coupling to attach it to the drain unit. 2mtr Flexible air supply hose with filter, lubricator and regulator assembly is also included.The pump can be plumbed into a run of pipe-work to a waste oil storage point sited out of the workshop. IMPORTANT The drain units on these pages are suitable only for vehicles under 3.5ton gross weight, with the exception of AK468DX which is suitable for commercial vehicles above this weight. Model No: Capacity: Minimum Height to Pan: 36ltr 760mm A AK36D 80ltr 940mm B AK80D 30ltr 790mm C AK454D 75ltr 890mm D AK457D 24ltr 1050mm E AK424DX 75ltr 890mm F AK450DX

Maximum Height Gravity Suction Gravity Air to Pan: Feed: Probe: Discharge: Discharge: 1600mm 1800mm 870mm 1620mm 1560mm 1620mm

AIR DISCHARGE The drainer uses a blanket of air to squeeze the oil out of the reservoir. These units are not suitable for connection to a closed system and are not covered by regulations requiring regular pressure testing. PROBE SUCTION These units are supplied with a variety of suction probes which can be used to extract warm oil from the sump through the dipstick tube.

Section 7 Oil Drainers A

65ltr

90ltr

AIR DISCHARGE

Feed/Air Discharge A Gravity Oil Drainer 65ltr Model No.

AIR DISCHARGE

Feed/Air Discharge B Gravity Oil Drainer 90ltr

AK451DX

Steel fabricated 65ltr reservoir and telescopic steel drain pan fitted with grid filter. Air discharge drain with hose. Fitted with reservoir oil level indicator tube.

Model No.

AK458DX

Steel fabricated 90ltr reservoir. Height adjustable steel drain pan, fitted with grid filter . Gravity feed reservoir with air discharge hose. Fitted with reservoir oil level indicator tube. Heavy-duty wheels and castors for easy mobility.

& Suction Feed/Air D Gravity Discharge Cantilever Oil Drainer 100ltr

100ltr

Model No.

AK462DX

Steel fabricated 100ltr reservoir with suction probes and air discharge. Unit features cantilever oil drain pan which is suitable for use either under a lift or on the forecourt. Drain pan utilises vacuum suction when in the down position and is fitted with bogey wheels for easy manoeuvring. Fitted with oil level indicator tube and supplied with Mercedes adaptor plus a selection of probes.

AIR DISCHARGE

363

& Suction Feed C Gravity Air Discharge Oil Drainer 90ltr Model No.

AK459DX

Steel fabricated 90ltr reservoir . Height adjustable steel drain pan, fitted with grid filter. Gravity feed reservoir with air discharge hose. Includes quick-release oil dipstick probes, plus adaptors for BMW and VW , powered by venturi suction pump. Fitted with reservoir oil level indicator tube. Heavy-duty wheels and castors for easy mobility.

Feed/Air & Gravity E Gravity Discharge Low Level Oil Drainer 95ltr

Model No. AK468DX Low level drainer suitable for use on the forecourt and workshop floor. Steel fabricated unit with a capacity of 95ltr permits use with commercial vehicles. Fitted with gravity drain tap for manual discharge and female dry fit coupling for connection to pump away unit (Model No. AK450DP). Fully portable with two castors, two fixed wheels and handle.

95ltr AIR & GRAVITY DISCHARGE

Full size handle for easy manoeuvrability.

CANTILEVER OIL DRAINER In lowered position the pan extends 2.2 metres making it suitable for forecourt use and utilises suction evacuation of drain pan.

Model No:

A B C D E

Capacity: Minimum Height Maximum Height Gravity to Pan: to Pan: Feed: AK451DX 65ltr 1070mm 1590mm AK458DX 90ltr 1250mm 1800mm AK459DX 90ltr 1300mm 1750mm AK462DX 100ltr 130mm 1660mm AK468DX 95ltr 290mm 290mm

Suction Gravity Air Probe: Discharge: Discharge:

Section 7 Oil & Fluid Drainers

364

6ltr

18ltr

12ltr

MANUAL PUMP

VACUUM DISCHARGE

Oil & Fluid Extractor A Vacuum & Discharge 6ltr Model No.

New

TP6905

MANUAL DISCHARGE

Oil & Fluid Extractor B Vacuum & Discharge 18ltr Model No.

New

TP6906

6ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials and suitable for extraction of all types of engine, transmission and lubricating oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Features a controlled discharge function for emptying the unit. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water . Supplied with Ø5.8, Ø6.7mm suction probes and a 1mtr extension tube. Uses probes to drain engine oil through the dipstick hole. Also suitable for draining fish tanks, basins and sinks.

18ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials and suitable for extraction of all types of engine, transmission and lubricating oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Features a controlled discharge function for emptying the unit. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water . Supplied with Ø5.8, Ø6.7mm suction probes and a 1mtr extension tube. Uses probes to drain engine oil through the dipstick hole. Also suitable for draining fish tanks, basins and sinks.

Capacity: Suction Probes: Extension Tube:

6.5ltr Ø5.8 x 870mm, Ø6.7 x 870mm Ø9.8 x 1010mm

18ltr Ø5.8 x 870mm, Ø6.7 x 870mm Ø9.8 x 1010mm

C Electric Oil Drainer 12ltr Model No. AK466D Mobile oil drainer designed to extract oil via the dipstick tube. 12ltr Capacity tank allows easy collection and safe disposal of waste oil. Supplied with two flexible Ø6mm and Ø8mm probes, 2mtr inlet hose fitted with control tap and Ø2mm, Ø10mm and Ø16mm adaptors. Suitable for Mercedes. Power Supply: 230V Motor Power: 500W Tank Capacity: 12ltr

D E

IMPORTANT The AK450DX cannot be used unless a pump-away station is purchased. AK468DX can be drained by gravity or by using pump-away station. One pump unit can only be used to empty one drainer at a time although the time taken to empty the reservoir is short. It is usual for operators to purchase one pump-away station and several oil drainers. AK450DP pump-away station is supplied with its own filter , regulator and lubricator to ensure trouble-free operation.

E E Air Operated Oil Pump Station Model No. AK450DP Air operated 1:1 oil pump suitable for use with our AK450DX and AK468DX oil drain units. Supplied with Model No. AK449D a wall mounting bracket and 2mtr flexible hose with a dry-fit quick coupling to attach it to the drain unit. 2mtr Mobile waste oil drainer for use with 25ltr or other suitable containers. Telescopic drain pan with filter grid Flexible air supply hose with filter , lubricator and and ball valve control. Arm fully adjustable in height regulator assembly is also included.The pump can be plumbed into a run of pipe-work to a waste oil storage and depth and fitted with locking nuts for point sited out of the workshop. predetermined height selection. Heavy-duty design trolley with handle, two castors and two fixed wheels. Minimum/Maximum Air Pressure: 30/120psi Air Consumption: 8.8cfm Minimum Height to Pan: 1090mm Oil Delivery @ 90psi: 60ltr/min Maximum Height to Pan: 1740mm

D Oil Drain Collector

Section 7 Oil & Fluid Drainers A

5.5ltr

6.5ltr

9ltr

MANUAL PUMP

Oil & Fluid Extractor A Vacuum Manual Pump 5.5ltr Model No.

TP696

5.5ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials and suitable for the extraction of engine oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water. Supplied with 2100mm suction probe, easy-pour spout and cover cap. Use probe to remove engine oil through the dipstick tube. Capacity: Suction Probe:

5.5ltr 2100mm

MANUAL PUMP

Oil & Fluid Extractor B Vacuum Manual Pump 6.5ltr Model No.

TP69

6.5ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials and suitable for the extraction of all types of engine, transmission and lubricating oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water. Supplied with Ø5.8 and Ø6.7mm suction probes and a 1mtr extension tube. Uses probes to drain engine oil through the dipstick hole. Also suitable for draining fish tanks, basins and sinks. Capacity: 6.5ltr Suction Probes: Ø5.8 x 850mm, Ø6.7 x 850mm Extension Tube: Ø9.5 x 1000mm

Oil & Fluid Extractor C Vacuum Manual Pump 9ltr Model No.

5.5ltr

9ltr

AIR PUMP

Oil & Fluid Extractor D Vacuum Air Pump 5.5ltr Model No.

TP6902

5.5ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials. Uses compressed air supply to generate vacuum. Suitable for the extraction of all types of engine, transmission and lubricating oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water. Supplied with Ø7 and Ø10mm suction probes and a 1100mm brake/clutch bleeding hose. Uses probes to drain engine oil through the dipstick tube. Capacity: 5.5ltr Suction Probes: Ø7 x 1050mm, Ø10 x 1050mm Hose: Ø8 x 1100mm Air Supply: 90psi(5cfm)

AIR & MANUAL PUMP

Oil & Fluid Extractor E Vacuum Air Pump 9ltr Model No.

TP6901

9ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials. Uses manual pump to generate vacuum. Suitable for the extraction of all types of engine, transmission and lubricating oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water . Supplied with Ø6 and Ø10mm suction probes and brake/clutch bleeding hose. Uses probes to extract engine oil through the dipstick tube. Capacity: 9ltr Suction Probes: Ø6 x 1100mm, Ø10 x 1100mm Hose: Ø8 x 1100mm

AIR PUMP

365

TP6903

9ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials. Uses compressed air supply to generate vacuum. Suitable for the extraction of all types of engine, transmission and lubricating oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water. Supplied with Ø6 and Ø10mm suction probes and 1100mm brake/clutch bleeding hose. Uses probes to extract engine oil through the dipstick tube. Capacity: 9ltr Suction Probes: Ø6 x 1100mm, Ø10 x 1100mm Hose: Ø8 x 1100mm Air Supply: 90psi(5cfm)

Oil & Fluid Extractor F Vacuum Manual/Air Pump 9ltr Model No.

TP6904

9ltr Capacity device constructed from composite materials. Uses manual pump or compressed air supply to generate vacuum. Suitable for the extraction of all types of engine, transmission and lubricating oils from cars, motorcycles, marine engines, stationary engines and industrial machinery. Suitable also for low viscosity fluids such as water . Supplied with Ø6 and Ø10mm suction probes and brake/clutch bleeding hose. Uses probes to extract engine oil through the dipstick tube. Capacity: 9ltr Suction Probes: Ø6 x 1100mm, Ø10 x 1100mm Hose: Ø8 x 1100mm Air Supply: 90psi(5cfm)

366

Section 7 Fluid Transfer Pumps

Made in

A Lever Pump

C Syphon Pumps

Lever Pump B Heavy-Duty High Flow

Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. New TP6801 Steel barrelled, self priming, lever pump. Supplied with Composite pumps with self-priming feature. Suitable Model No. TP68 for oils and non-aggressive chemicals. 2”BSP adaptor and dip-tube suitable for 50 to 205ltr Steel barrelled, self priming, lever pump. Supplied with drums. Suitable for oils, antifreeze, degreasants and Model No: Drum Suitability: Delivery: 2”BSP adaptor and dip-tube suitable for 25 to 205ltr other non-corrosive fluids. High flow unit delivers TP77 <60ltr 8ltr/min drums. Suitable for oils, antifreeze, degreasants and approximately 540ml per stroke. Supplied with two TP78 60-205ltr 12ltr/min other non-corrosive fluids. Delivers approximately delivery nozzles, one standard swan neck and one 300ml per stroke. acute angle with filter for removing impurities from fluids.

Made in

Self-Priming Heavy-Duty Lever

D Self-Priming Lever Action Pump Model No. New TP6601 Self-priming lever pump fitted with anti-drip nozzle, 2”BSP connector and dip-tube to suit 50 to 205ltr drums. Suitable for oils, antifreeze, paraf fin and other non-corrosive fluids. Approximately 480ml per stroke discharge. Supplied with 1400mm flexible delivery tube. Optional 1200mm dip-tube Model No.TP66/ACC.

E Action Pump

Model No. TP66 Self-priming lever pump fitted with anti-drip nozzle, 2”BSP connector and dip-tube to suit 100 or 205ltr drums. Suitable for oils, antifreeze, paraffin and other non-corrosive fluids. Approximately 330ml per stroke discharge. 1200mm Dip-Tube (Optional):

TP66/ACC

Made in

F Displacement Pump Model No. TP88 Self priming, pistonless, displacement pump fitted with anti-drip nozzle, 2”BSP adaptor and dip-tube. Suitable for oils, antifreeze, degreasants and other noncorrosive fluids. Approximately 250ml delivery per stroke. Accessory kit allows use on most containers and drums from 25-205ltr . Accessory Kit for 25-205ltr/48 gall. drums Model No. TP88/ACC.

G Rotary Pump Model No. TP55 Cast steel body with machined bore and rotor. Suitable for oils, antifreeze, degreasants and other non-corrosive fluids. Supplied with 2”BSP adaptor and suitable for use on 205ltr drums. Delivers approximately 0.2ltr/revolution.

H Rotary Pump Model No. TP54 Cast steel body , suitable for oils, antifreeze, degreasants and other non-corrosive fluids. Supplied with 2”BSP adaptor and is suitable for use on 205ltr drums. Delivers approximately 0.3ltr/revolution.

Section 7 Fluid Transfer Pumps A

367

10.5ltr

Made in

A Gear Oil Pump

Made in

B Gear Oil Bucket Pump

Model No. TP67 Self-priming pump with polypropylene body. Suitable for pumping gear oil or other productswith a similar viscosity. Includes 1500mm of hose and universal adaptor. Note: If the container you have will not accept direct mounting of TP67, order a TP67DT trolley and a TP67/X top plate. The pump fixes to the top-plate which in turn mounts onto the trolley and avoids the need to connect the pump directly to the container .

C Air Operated Transfer Pump

Model No. TP70 Fabricated steel container with powder coated finish and spring-cap lid. Rotary type pump with clear, plastic tube delivers and retrieves oils and fluids. Fitted with rigid extension and hanging peg. Suitable for gear oil and fluids with similar viscosity. Capacity: 10.5ltr

16ltr

Model No. TP90 Polypropylene body with acetal piston and nitrile seals. Self-priming unit with anti-drip shut-of f valve. Body is fitted with a 2â&#x20AC;?BSP adaptor and 915mm dip-tube suitable to fit 205ltr drums. Compatible with most fluids capable of being stored in plastic or metal drums. Not suitable for aggressive chemicals.A compatibility chart is provided. For optional extension hose kit order Model No. TP90HK. See D below. Average Delivery: 15ltr/min Operating Pressure: 30-100psi Air Consumption: 4.4cfm

Dispensing Unit F Oil 16ltr

Gear Oil Pump Drum Trolley

Model No. TP67DT Drum trolley suitable for use withTP67 Gear Oil Pump. Suitable for use where the pump cannot be attached directly to the gear oil container . Will also require the use of TP67/X Top Plate for mounting of the pump.

Model No.

New

TP16

Self-priming lever pump manufactured from galvanized steel, supplied with 16ltr reservoir. Features carry handle for ease of manoeuvrability. Foot plate for stability while in use. 1.8mtr delivery hose with angled spout. Drip opening/spout storage within bucket cover for tidy storage when not in use. Suitable for oils up to SAE 40 viscosity. Capacity: 16ltr

G Oil Suction Syringe Model No. AK46 Chromed steel suction tube with T-bar type plunger. Particularly useful for removal of oil from gearboxes and dif ferentials. Supplied with 200mm of flexible suction hose. Capacity: 500ml

368

Section 7 Fluid Transfer Pumps & Dispensers

Drum Closure C Universal Adaptor

Made in

Model No. TP99/1 Allows fitting of TP99 and similar thinners pump to drums that are fitted with a pouring spout.

C D Precision Oiler

B Thinners Pumps

AdBlue Heavy-Duty Lever A Self-Priming Action Pump for AdBlue Model No.

TP6607

Self-priming lever pump fitted with anti-drip nozzle, 2â&#x20AC;?BSP connector and dip-tube to suit 100 or 205ltr drums. Added filter in pump to prevent any unwanted large particles getting into fluid system. Specially constructed with Viton seals for transferring AdBlue. 1â&#x20AC;? x 2000mm Hose for hands-free applications. Approximately 330ml per stroke discharge.

Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from Nylon 6 and suitable for use with cellulose thinners and gun wash. A universal adaptor is available for drums with pouring spouts. Model No: Drum Suitability: Delivery: TP99 25ltr 250ml/stroke TP99/205 205ltr 250ml/stroke

E Oil Cans Model No. New SEE BELOW Metal can with flexible spout and thumb operated lever action. Model No: Capacity: TP300 New 300ml TP05 500ml TP1000 1000ml

Model No. New AK4564D Robust oil dispensing gun incorporating manual shut off. Fitted with rigid extension, handle lock and nondrip nozzle.

F Oil Can 180ml Model No. TP04 Metal can with flexible spout for directional control. Finger trigger operated action for high-pressure oil spray. Capacity: 180ml

G Oil Hose End Gun

Model No. TP03 Push-button control oil dispenser . Delivers small amounts of lubricant for precision oiling of mechanisms and machines. Non-drip cap and aluminium construction. Fitted with pocket clip. Length: 143mm Capacity: 5ml

H Oil Hose End Meter Digital

Model No. New AK4565D Robust oil dispensing gun incorporating digital meter, manual shut of f and tough rubber protection guard. Fitted with flexible extension and non-drip nozzle. Easy to read 5-digit LCD display with resettable individual or *Please note that this gun is not approved for resale of oil. cumulative totals.

Hose End Meter Digital I Oil Automatic Model No.

New

AK4566D

Robust oil dispensing gun incorporating digital meter , auto shut off and tough rubber protection guard. Fitted with flexible extension and non-drip nozzle. Auto function allows up to 4 preset figures to be programmed, automatically cutting of f delivery when desired capacity is reached. Easy to read LCD display with option to reset individual or cumulative totals. *Please note that this gun is not approved for resale of oil. *Please note that this gun is not approved for resale of oil.

Section 7 Oil Dispensing Systems A

Dispensing Pump Station A Oil Air Operated Model No.

New

Oil Dispensing System B Gear Air Operated

AK4560D

Air operated 3:1 double acting pump for barrel or tanks with 2”BSP fittings. Pump is supplied with air management system and connected to a 940mm rigid suction probe with non-return valve. Features hose for attachment to digital oil meter (Model No. AK4565D supplied) or to optional retractable hose reel (Model No. AK4567D). Suitable for use with engine, hydraulic, synthetic, gear and transmission oils up to SAE150.

Model No.

New

Dispensing System C Oil Air Operated

AK4563D

Model No.

New

AK4561D

Mobile oil dispensing unit with air operated 3:1 double acting pump for gear oil with 2”BSP fittings. Pump is supplied with air management system and connected to a 730mm rigid suction probe with non-return valve. Features 4mtr hose and digital oil meter (Model No. AK4565D supplied). Also suitable for use with engine, hydraulic, synthetic, gear and transmission oils up to SAE150 in containers up to 50kg.

Mobile oil dispensing unit with air operated 3:1 double acting pump for barrel or tanks with 2”BSP fittings. Pump is supplied with air management system and connected to a 940mm rigid suction probe with nonreturn valve. Features trolley, 4mtr hose and digital oil meter (Model No. AK4565D supplied). Suitable for use with engine, hydraulic, synthetic, gear and transmission oils up to SAE150.

Trolley Maximum Capacity:

50kg

220kg

Oil Dispensing System Air Operated D Retractable with 10mtr Hose Reel Model No.

369

New

AK4562D

Hose Reel Retractable E Oil 10mtr

New AK4567D Mobile oil dispensing unit with air operated 3:1 double acting pump for barrels or tanks with 2”BSP fittings. Pump Model No. is supplied with air management system connected to a 940mm rigid suction probe with non-return valve. For use with AK4560D pump station. Heavy-duty steel Features trolley, 10mtr retractable hose reel (Model No. AK4567D supplied) and digital oil meter (Model No. and powder coating finish for corrosion resistance. AK4565D supplied). Suitable for use with engine, hydraulic, synthetic, gear , and transmission oils up to SAE150. Four roller fairlead allows smooth running of hose whatever the angle of hose or mounting position of Trolley Maximum Capacity: 220kg reel. Multi position ratchet lock with fully enclosed spring. Includes 1.5mtr connection hose for connecting A - D Specification: reel to pump. Pump Ratio: 3:1 Maximum Flow Rate: 12ltr/min Hose Length: 10mtr Maximum Viscosity: SAE150 Hose Inlet/Outlet: 1/2”BSP Maximum Output Pressure: 350psi Maximum Pressure: 2000psi Maximum Air Pressure: 115psi Hose Size (ID): 1/2” Recommended Air Pressure: 70psi Outlet: 1/2”BSP

370

Section 7 Diesel & Fluid Transfer Pumps

& Fluid Transfer Pump A Diesel Kits Model No.

SEE BELOW

12V

Electric transfer pump kits available for 12, 24 or 230Volt supply. Lightweight yet robust pump unit with thermal overload protection. Mounts directly onto drum or tank and is ideal for on-site filling. Includes on/of f switch, 4mtr delivery hose with manual delivery nozzle, suction hose and filter. Model No: TP97 TP9724 TP97230 Voltage: 12V 24V 230V Speed: 7000rpm 7000rpm 10000rpm Current: 14A 10A 1.8A Power: 180W 240W 320W Duty Cycle: 60min/hr 60min/hr 60min/hr Flow Rate: 38ltr/min 43ltr/min 52ltr/min

24V

230V

Voltage Diesel & Fluid B Low Transfer Pump Kits Model No.

SEE BELOW

Electric 12 or 24Volt pump with battery clips. Suitable for filling diesel vehicles in the field. Self-priming unit delivers up to 40ltr of fluid a minute. Supplied with 4mtr hose and TP108 manual delivery nozzle. Includes on/off switch, carry handle, mounting plate and suction hose filter. Model No: TP96 TP9624 Voltage: 12V 24V Speed: 2800rpm 2800rpm Current: 16A 13A Power: 140W 160W Duty Cycle: 30min/hr 30min/hr Flow Rate: 40ltr/min 40ltr/min

12V

24V

Voltage Diesel & Fluid C Low Transfer Pump Kits High Volume Model No.

SEE BELOW

Electric 12 or 24Volt pump kit with battery clips. High flow pump unit with bypass valve, suitable for filling diesel vehicles in the field. Cast iron pump body with anti-corrosion finish. Includes integral on/of f switch, delivery hose with manual delivery nozzle and filter . Model No: TP98 TP9824 Voltage: 12V 24V Speed: 2000rpm 2000rpm Current: 35A 18A Power: 240W 240W Duty Cycle: 30min/hr 30min/hr Flow Rate: 85ltr/min 85ltr/min

Voltage Diesel & Fluid D Low Transfer Pump Kit

12V

High Volume

24V

Model No. TP91224 Electric, dual voltage, 12/24Volt pump with battery clips. High flow pump unit with bypass valve, suitable for filling diesel vehicles in the field. Metal, powder coated body cover with carry handle. Includes integral on/off switch. Voltage: 12/24V Speed: 1400/2400rpm Current: 15/17A Power: 180/400W Duty Cycle: 30/10min/hr Flow Rate: 40/60ltr/min

12V/24V D

E Diesel & Fluid Meter Model No. TP91300 Volumetric nutating disc meter with three digit resettable display and six digit total display . Filter and flange assembly allows meter to be positioned in four configurations. Suitable for use withTP91224 and TP955.

Section 7 Diesel & Fluid Transfer Pumps Model No. TP955 Self priming, rotary vane pump with bypass valve. Direct drive 230V olt motor fitted with overload protector. Volumetric, nutating disc, resettable meter with large three-digit display . Supplied with TP109 automatic delivery nozzle and 4 metres of reinforced 3/4” hose. Unit is suitable for wall, tank or pedestal installation. Flow rate 56ltr/min.

230V

230V 2800rpm 3A 350W 56ltr/min 3bar IP55

310mm

285mm

300mm

Voltage: Speed: Current: Power: Flow Rate: Pressure: Protection:

300mm

A Diesel & Fluid Transfer System

371

150mm

100mm

3mtr B Digital Hose End Meter Model No. TP100 Aluminium body with integral digital electronic metering. Large, four digit, 15mm high LCD display calibrated in litres. Features two memory functions. Supplied with 1”x1”BSP Male/Male adaptor. Fitted with 2 x AAA batteries. Suitable for TP108 and TP109.

C Diesel & Fluid Meter Model No. TP956 Volumetric nutating disc meter with three digit resettable display and six digit total display . Unique filter and flange assembly allows meter to be positioned in sixteen configurations. Suitable replacement for TP955 system.

D Gravity Dispensing Kit Model No. TP963 3mtr Delivery hose with 1” male brass connectors. Supplied with 1” male and female lockable, brass, angle valve and TP108 delivery nozzle.

12V F

Digital Flow Meter

Model No. New TP101 Robust rubber housing with integral digital electronic metering. Easy to read large, four digit, 28mm high LCD display calibrated in litres. Features flow rate indication. 1”x1”BSP Female fittings. Powered by 2 x AAA batteries (supplied). IP65 Rated protection.

F Manual Delivery Nozzle Model No. TP108 Die-cast aluminium body and trigger assembly. Delivery nozzle suitable for use with diesel and leaded petrol. Supplied with swivel connector. Suitable asreplacement nozzle for TP96, TP9624 and TP963 pump kits. Nozzle Outside Diameter: 1” Inlet: 1”BSP Maximum Flow Rate: 120ltr/min

G Automatic Delivery Nozzle

Voltage Submersible H Low Transfer Pump 12V

Model No. TP94 Robust and compact portable pump for use with diesel, Model No. TP109 non-aggressive chemicals and fresh or dirty water . Robust, die-cast, aluminium body with plastic grip and Suitable for re-fuelling/fluid transfer of plant, agricultural rubberised protective cover. Suitable for use with diesel and marine equipment on site. The pump is supplied with a 3mtr outlet hose and stainless steel nozzle plus a and leaded petrol dispensed using a pumped system. Automatic, micro-touch valve for instant tank-full shut- 4mtr battery cable with clips. Will fit through a Ø54mm aperture to allow emptying of containers. End cap can off. Supplied with three-stage trigger lock and swivel be unscrewed for periodic cleaning of the filter. hose connection. Suitable as replacement nozzle for TP955 pump kit. Not suitable for gravity dispensing. Voltage: 12V Current: 4.5A Nozzle Outside Diameter: 15/16” Duty Cycle: 15min/hr Inlet: 1”BSP Flow Rate: 16.5ltr/min Maximum Flow Rate: 60ltr/min

372

Section 7 Drain Pans

A - E Drain Pans Model No. SEE BELOW These drain pans have a broad appeal and are suitable for both the DIY user and professional mechanic. Purpose-made for the recovery of oil and antifreeze, these pans help keep the workshop floor free from oily residue and aid return of oil to recycling containers with minimum risk of spillsr splashes. o These pans are also suitable for parts cleaning operations with water based solvents such as SealeyAK25 and AK2501. Check the features: Made from high density polyethylene with UV stabiliser. Large handles, featured on models DRP02-DRP05, are positioned to aid carrying and pouring. Heavy wall construction stays rigid, even with hot oil. Resistant to most chemicals and solvents*. Excess capacity helps prevent overflow or spillage. Will not dent or rust and are easy to clean. *Not suitable for spray gun cleaner.

8ltr

A 8ltr Oil Drain Pan

17ltr

D 17ltr Antifreeze Drain Pan Model No. DRP04 Colour coded version of DRP03 helps keep dif ferent fluids isolated and reduces cross contamination. Capacity: 17ltr Approximate Diameter: 460mm Height: 150mm Oil recovery/storage devices on this page are not suitable for the long-term storage of flammable or dangerous liquids.

C 17ltr Oil Drain Pan

Model No. DRP02 Features anti-splash lip that contains fluid when carrying or pouring. Large handles and enclosed pouring spout makes easy work of returning oil/fluid to recycling container. Capacity: 7.6ltr Approximate Diameter: 390mm Height: 120mm

DRP02, DRP03, DRP04 & DRP05 have an enclosed pouring spout to reduce spills and splashes.

DRP02, 03 & 04 feature large handles for left or right handed use.

Oil Drain Pan & Recycling E 16ltr Container DRP05

Convenient for the safe, clean collection and temporary storage and carriage of waste oil. Integral oil filter drain position. Suitable for multiple oil changes. Includes drain vent to aid smooth flow of oil. Capacity: Approximate Diameter: Height:

Model No. DRP03 Suitable for multiple oil changes. Features anti-splash lip that contains fluid when carrying or pouring. Large handles and enclosed pouring spout makes easy work of returning oil/fluid to recycling container. Capacity: 17ltr Approximate Diameter: 460mm Height: 150mm

All drain pans are made from impact resistant high-density polyethylene.

16ltr

Model No.

17ltr

B 7.6ltr Oil Drain Pan

Model No. DRP01 Large enough for single oil change. Includes oil filter drain shelf, pouring lip and hanging hole. Capacity: 8ltr Approximate Diameter: 365mm Height: 110mm

DRP02, DRP03 & DRP04 feature spill-proof lip to aid carrying and pouring.

7.6ltr

16ltr 460mm 180mm

DRP05 features vent to ensure smooth flow of oil in and out of container.

9ltr

Oil & Fluid Drain Pan for F 9ltr Engine Stands Model No.

DRP08

Metal tray fits over base frame of engine stand to collect oil/grease while working. Metal back plate fits at an angle against stand upright to catch further spillage. Easily removed for emptying. Suitable for use with ES350 and ES450 engine stands. Capacity: 9ltr Size: 480 x 465 x 95mm Note: Illustrated with ES350 engine stand (not included).

Section 7 Drain Pans & Water Containers A

5ltr

10ltr

54ltr

373

A - B Oil Drain Pan & Recycling Containers Model No. SEE BELOW These drain pans have a broad appeal and are suitable for both the DIY user and professional mechanic. Purpose-made for the recovery of oil and antifreeze, these pans help keep the workshop floor free from oily residue and aid return of oil to recycling containers with minimum risk of spills or splashes. Made from high density polyethylene with UV stabiliser. Heavy wall construction stays rigid, even with hot oil. Excess capacity helps prevent overflow or spillage. Large handles positioned to aid carrying and pouring. Resistant to most chemicals and solvents. Will not dent or rust and are easy to clean. Includes drain vent to aid smooth flow of oil.

A Model No: Capacity: Size:

DRP06 5ltr 440 x 290 x 135mm

B Model No: Capacity: Size:

10ltr

20ltr

DRP07 10ltr 570 x 320 x 125mm

Suitable for Commercial Vehicles Wheeled Oil & Fluid Drain C 54ltr Pan & Recycling Container Model No.

DRP09

Ensures safe and clean collection, transportation and temporary storage of waste oil. Features heavy-duty construction with wheeled undercarriage for easier transportation of full drainer. Includes four integral oil filter drain positions. Stores flat or in upright position. Capacity: Size:

54ltr 915 x 660 x 240mm

D 10ltr Water Container

Water Container with E 20ltr Spout

Model No. WC10 10ltr Plastic water container with screw cap and inner sealing plug. Capacity: 10ltr

Model No.

WC20

20ltr Plastic water container with screw cap, inner sealing plug, spout and provision for air vent for smooth pouring. Capacity: 20ltr

10ltr

20ltr

35ltr

F 10ltr Fluid Container with Tap

G 20ltr Fluid Container with Tap

H 35ltr Fluid Container with Tap

Model No WC10T 10ltr Polyethylene fluid container with attached screw cap and tap for easy fluid control.

Model No. WC20T 20ltr Polyethylene fluid container with attached screw cap and tap for easy fluid control.

Model No. WC35T 35ltr Polyethylene fluid container with attached screw cap and tap for easy fluid control.

Capacity:

10ltr

20ltr

35ltr

374

Section 7 Drain Pans & Drum Handling

3 4

B Metal Drain Pans A

Model No. New SEE BELOW Not only suitable for oil changes, these zinc-plated pans are ideal for cleaning and storing vehicle components. May also be used as drip-trays under vehicles. 1 2 3 4 Model No: DRPM1 DRPM2 DRPM3 DRPM4 Capacity: 13ltr 17ltr 20ltr 28ltr Overall Size (W x D x H): 432 x 331 x 89mm 489 x 371 x 91mm 432 x 331 x 143mm 489 x 371 x 153mm

Stacker 25ltr, 100ltr & A Barrel 205ltr Drums Model No.

New

DRP16

Manufactured from polyethylene, making this ideal for storing aggressive chemicals. Moulded with a gradual decline and recesses to secure drum. Suitable for use with Sealeyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s range of barrel bunds, which enables safe decanting of liquids into smaller containers. Lightweight for easy transportation and positioning, yet still strong and durable. Dimensions (L x W x H):

765 x 640 x 720mm

D Drum Stillage

Model No. TP11 Allows safe storage of 48 gallon and 205ltr drums in the horizontal position for quick dispensing of contents. Radiused frame helps up-end drums.

C Hydraulic Drum Loader 205ltr

E Drum Dolly Model No. TP10 Transport drums quickly and safely on large diameter castor wheels. Fitted with one locking castor. Suitable for 48 gallon and 205ltr drums.

Model No. DH03 Ideal for loading and unloading barrel bunds, vans and general drum handling when forklift is not available. Suitable for 205ltr drums. Foot operated hydraulics, side handles and smooth rolling wheels aid handling and manoeuvrability. Maximum Drum Height: 1610mm Leg Height: 65mm Leg Length: 590mm Width Inside Legs: 700mm Maximum Width: 800mm Overall Maximum Height: 1950mm Overall Minimum Height: 1710mm Weight: 67kg

See page 379 for our range of Maintenance Spill Kits.

Section 7 Barrel Bunds Barrel Bunds The final stages of The Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations 2001, came into ef fect on 1st September 2005. Anyone storing oil in containers greater than 200ltr are affected by the regulations. Any tank, container or drum must be bunded. The bund must have a capacity of not less than 1 10% of the largest or 25% of their total aggregate storage capacity , whichever is the greater. The DRP10, DRP11, DRP12 and DRP13 comply with these regulations.

Bunds A - B Barrel Steel

2 x 205ltr Drum Capacity

Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from heavy-duty 3.5mm steel. Removable galvanized steel grid platform. Bund can be accessed and moved from all four sides.

Model No: Dimensions (LxWxH):Drum Capacity: A DRP10 1340 x 800 x 315mm 2 x 205ltr B DRP11 1200 x 1200 x 340mm 4 x 205ltr

Bunds C - D Barrel Polyethylene Model No.

SEE BELOW

Manufactured from polyethylene, making the bunds ideal for storing aggressive chemicals. Corrosion resistant, will not rust or leak and are maintenance free. Lightweight for easy transportation and positioning, yet still strong and durable. Model No: Dimensions (LxWxH): Drum Capacity: 1220 x 820 x 330mm 2 x 205ltr C DRP12 4 x 205ltr D DRP13 1280 x 1280 x 275mm

4 x 205ltr Drum Capacity

Height Ramp for E Adjustable Barrel Bunds & Kerbs Model No.

DRP15

Adjustable ramp enables easy drum handling over kerbs and onto barrel bunds. Made from heavy-duty steel with tread plate to help prevent slipping whilst moving drum. Height adjustment allows ramp to fit barrel bunds from 275 to 345mm high.Adjustable kerb attachment allows easy access up and down kerbs from 90 to 140mm high. Length: 965mm Ramp Width: 670mm Overall Width: 750mm Barrel Bund Height Adjustment: 275-345mm Kerb Height Adjustment: 90-140mm

2 x 205ltr Drum Capacity

4 x 205ltr Drum Capacity DRUM HANDLING EQUIPMENT See pages 660 & 661 for our full range of drum handling equipment.

E Height Adjustable 90 - 345mm

Suitable for Barrel Bunds & Kerbs

375

376

Section 7 Measuring Jugs

A Translucent Measuring Jugs

B Mixture Measuring Jug 500ml

Model No. SEE BELOW A range of five translucent measuring jugs with easy-to-read scales for accurate measurement. Model No: Capacity: JT0250 0.25ltr JT0500 0.5ltr JT1000 1ltr JT2000 2ltr JT5000 5ltr

Model No. JM500 Translucent measuring jug with 500ml capacity . Easy-to-read scale in litres, millilitres and with added mixture percentage levels. Capacity:

C Fixed Spout Measuring Jugs

0.5ltr

D Flexible Spout Measuring Jugs

E Flexible Spout Container Jugs

Model No. SEE BELOW Robust and stable ergonomic design. Manufactured from hard wearing polyethylene, resistant to oil, fuel and most acids. Fixed straight spout.

Model No. SEE BELOW Robust and stable ergonomic design. Manufactured from hard wearing polyethylene, resistant to oil, fuel and most acids. Removable flexible spout.

Model No: J1 J5

Model No: J2F J5F

Capacity: 1ltr 5ltr

Spout Metal F Rigid Measuring Jugs

Capacity: 2ltr 5ltr

Spout Metal G Flexible Measuring Jugs

Model No. SEE BELOW Wide mouthed tin plate jug with polyethylene spout. Handle for safe and easy pouring.

Model No. SEE BELOW Wide mouthed tin plate jug with flexible metal spout. Handle for safe and easy pouring.

Model No: JM1 JM2

Model No: JM1F JM2F

Capacity: 1ltr 2ltr

Model No. SEE BELOW Polyethylene jug resistant to oil, fuel and most acids. Removable flexible spout. Screw cap and lid enables jug to be used as a container, to ensure safer handling of liquid, preventing spillages. Model No: JDL1 JDL2 JDL5

Capacity: 1ltr 2ltr 5ltr

Section 7 Funnels A

A Fixed Spout Funnels

Model No: F1 F2 F3

B Flexi-Spout Funnel

Model No. SEE BELOW Polyethylene funnels resistant to oil, fuel and some acids. Rigid straight spout with ventilation tube. Grip tab with integral hanging eye. Available in three sizes. F2 and F3 include filter. Diameter: 120mm 200mm 250mm

D Funnel Set 3pc

377

C Flexi-Spout Container Funnels

Model No. F16F Polyethylene funnel resistant to oil, fuel and some acids. Removable two-step flexible spout. Ideal for vehicles with smaller diameter unleaded filler necks. Fitted with handle and removable brass filter.

Model No. SEE BELOW Polyethylene funnels resistant to oil, fuel and some acids. Integral mesh filter. Flexible spout. Screw cap and lid enables funnel to be used as a container to ensure safer handling of liquids, preventing spillages.

Diameter:

Model No: F99/180 F99/220

160mm

Diameter: 180mm 220mm

E Fixed Spout Metal Funnels

Flexi-Spout Metal Funnels

Model No. F98 Polythene funnel set suitable for many fluids including detergents, pesticides, diesel and petrol. Set comprises Ø75mm, Ø150mm and Ø250mm funnels with hanging tabs. Not suitable for acetone, gun wash or thinners.

Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from tin plate with polyethylene spout. Removable brass filter. High rim acts as splash guard. Handle for safe and easy pouring. Suitable for industrial and workshop use.

Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from tin plate with handle for safe and easy pouring. Removable brass filter. High rim acts as splash guard. Supplied with fixed and detachable, flexible spout. Suitable for industrial and workshop use.

Funnel Ø:

Model No: FM16 FM20

Model No: FM16F FM20F

75, 150, 250mm

Diameter: 160mm 200mm

G I

H - I H - K

G Tractor Funnel Model No. OIL/TF Heavy-duty funnel manufactured from high density polyethylene. 255 x 165mmAperture to accommodate up-ended containers. Supplied with water separating filter. Tapered spout with venting ribs.

SOLV/SFU supplied fitted with Universal Adaptor SOLV/SFX.

Solvent Safety Funnels

Model No. SEE BELOW Fitted with hinged lid to comply with solvent handling regulations. Multiple fixing options available including Universal Adaptor Model No. SOL V/SFX for drums with integral, pull-out pouring spout. Model No: H SOLV/SF I SOLV/SFU

J SOLV/SFX K SOLV/SFA

Description: Safety Funnel Safety Funnel with Universal Adaptor Universal Adaptor Adaptor

Fitting: 2” Female n/a n/a 2” Male

J K

Section 7 Fuel Transfer Equipment

378

B Emergency Fuel Transfer Pump

Jiggle Syphon

Model No. EC94 Syphon type drainer with jiggle action. Simply move hose up and down in vertical position to start flow . Supplied with 1.75mtr petrol hose.

C Emergency Fuel Drainer

Model No. New EC97 Easy to use compact Syphon Pump with self-priming feature, suitable for light oils and non-aggressive chemicals.

Model No. EC96 Syphon action drainer with starter bulb and one-way valve.

Length:

1700mm

1900mm

Syphon & Pump E Multi-Purpose Kit 8pc

Storage of Fuel Note that most local authorities permit the in-use storage of limited quantities of fuels without holding a storage licence. Check with your local authority for more details.

Model No. TP50 Composite pump assembly suitable for the syphoning of fluids including diesel, petrol, oil, detergents and pesticides. Not suitable for use with aggressive detergents and solvents. Supplied with 2 x 1.3mtr transfer hoses and 800mm narrow bore hose for performing oil extraction through the dipstick tube.The pump may also be used for tyre inflation - a 440mm hose and clip-on connector is supplied for this purpose.

D Air Operated Fuel Tank Drainer Model No. TP95 Fully mobile unit on rigid metal trolley. Air pump uses regulated (30-60psi) workshop air supply. Designed to fully empty both tank and fuel lines of petrol or diesel and includes three fuel line hose adaptors and three injector adaptors. Place drain tank onto trolley , insert drain tube then start air motor. Mandatory equipment for VBRA members. Recommended Air Pressure: 30-60psi Air Consumption: 4cfm

Diaphragm Fuel Transfer F Double Pump Model No.

Model TP50 is suitable for syphoning petrol and diesel.

Extract oil through the dipstick tube with TP50.

G Jerry Cans 20ltr Model No.

SEE BELOW

Manufactured from 0.9mm pickled steel sheet with fuel resistant lining. Colour coded for easy identification of content. Red - Lead Replacement Fuel, Green Unleaded Fuel, Black - Diesel. Includes unique wide channel breather for smoother pouring. Leak-proof bayonet closure allows storage of the can in any position. The bayonet is additionally secured with a locking pin to prevent accidental opening. Manufactured to comply with the following standards; AS(Australian), SP(Sweden), TUV-Reinland(German). 1 2 3 Model No: JC20 JC20G JC20B Capacity: 20ltr 20ltr 20ltr Colour: Red Green Black Spout (Optional): JC20/S JC20G/S JC20B/S

New

TP6918

Self-priming high performance double diaphragm lever pump. Heavy-duty die cast aluminium pump head with stainless steel pistons and fuel resistant nitrile rubber diaphragm. 2â&#x20AC;?BSP Connector and telescopic dip tube to suit 50 to 205ltr drums.Approximately 800ml per full stroke discharge. Supplied with 8ft anti-static discharge hose, delivery nozzle with holder . Suitable for various oils, petrol, diesel, antifreeze, paraffin and other non-corrosive fluids.

Section 7 Oil Accessories A

SPILL KIT MAXIMUM CAPACITY 9ltr

A Spill Kit Maintenance Pack 9ltr Model No. GPSK09 Designed to absorb spills and drips with a maximum capacity of nine litres. Contains a range of high absorbency pads, wipes, mat with a disposable bag and one pair of gloves. Compact kit providing quick and easy access for clearing spills and easy storage. Suitable for oils, diesel, petrol, cutting fluids, coolants, mild solvents, turpentine, acetone, MEK, trichloroethylene and water. Supplied in a durable, zipped carry-case. Applications: Oils, Diesel, Petrol, Cutting Fluids, Coolants, Mild Solvents, Turpentine, Acetone, MEK, Trichloroethylene, Water Capacity: 9ltr Contents: 20 x Pads, 1 x Mat, 5 x Wipes, 1 x Pair Gloves, 1 x Disposal Bag with Tie Size: Pad; 300 x 3 x 300mm, Mat; 300 x 12 x 290mm, Wipe; 350 x 320mm

SPILL KIT MAXIMUM CAPACITY 55ltr

B Spill Kit Maintenance Pack 55ltr Model No.

GPSK55

Designed to absorb spills and drips with a maximum capacity of up to fifty-five litres. Including a range of high absorbency pads, mats and containing seals with two disposable bags and one pair of gloves. Kit providing quick and easy access for clearing larger spills and can be easily stored away. Suitable for oils, diesel, petrol, cutting fluids, coolants, mild solvent, turpentine, acetone, MEK, trichloroethylene and water. Supplied in a durable, zipped carry-case. Applications: Oils, Diesel, Petrol, Cutting Fluids, Coolants, Mild Solvents, Turpentine, Acetone, MEK,Trichloroethylene, Water Capacity: 55ltr Contents: 40 x Pads, 2 x Mats, 2 x Seals, 1 x Pair Gloves, 2 x Disposal Bags with Ties Size: Pad; 530 x 3 x 390mm, Mat; 560 x 13 x 290mm, Seal; 1500 x 65mm

速 C AZORB Oil Spill Mats

Model No.

22.7ltr

53ltr

C D - E Oily Waste Cans Model No.

SEE BELOW

Oily waste cans are essential for disposal of paper wipes/cloths which have flammable liquids soaked into them. Galvanized steel body construction with durable powder-coated finish. Flow-through base to disperse heat and a lid that stays shut when not in use. Lid is operated by a foot pedal. Includes hand-lift. D E Model No: OWC23 OWC53 Capacity: 22.7ltr 53ltr Height: 400mm 500mm Diameter (Bin): 300mm 400mm Weight: 3.7kg 5.9kg

F Model No.

SSP24

101 Uses around the workshop. Provides excellent protection whilst being light and flexible. Supplied in dispenser box of 100 ambidextrous gloves. Silicon-free and dusted for easy donning.

SEE BELOW

Absorbent mats for industrial and garage fluids. Each triple layer mat has an absorption capacity of approximately one litre and is suitable for both oil and water based fluids. Being lint-free the mat is ideal as an absorbent workbench or floor cover as well as for mopping up spills. Available as 1 roll (2 mats) or box of 6 rolls (12 mats), Model Nos. AZS, AZ06, respectively. Model No: AZS AZ06

Disposable Gloves Lg/XLg F Latex Pack of 100

379

Contents: 1 Roll, 2pc 6 Rolls, 2pc

Mat Size: 390 x 530mm 390 x 530mm

380

Section 7 Fuel & Jerry Cans

A - C Fuel Cans 5ltr Model No. EN and UN approved 5ltr plastic fuel cans with safety screw lock cap and flexible pouring spout. Colour coded for easy identifi Replacement Fuel, Green - Unleaded Fuel, Black - Diesel.

A Fuel Can 5ltr - Red Model No.

Green - Unleaded

Red - Lead Replacement

Black - Diesel

B Fuel Can 5ltr - Green JC5R

Model No.

SEE BELOW cation of content. Red - Lead

C Fuel Can 5ltr - Black JC5G

Model No.

JC5B

D - I Jerry Cans 10 & 20ltr Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from 0.9mm pickled steel sheet with fuel resistant lining.Available in 10ltr and 20ltr capacities. Colour coded o f r easy identification of content. Red - Lead Replacement Fuel, Green - Unleaded Fuel, Black - Diesel. Includes unique wide channel breather for smoother pouring. Leak-proof bayonet closure allows storage of the can in any position. The bayonet is additionally secured with a locking pin to prevent accidental opening. Manufactured to comply with the following standards; AS(Australian), SP(Sweden), TUV-Reinland(German).

Green - Unleaded

Red - Lead Replacement

D Jerry Can 10ltr - Red Model No. Spout (Optional):

Black - Diesel

E Jerry Can 10ltr - Green JC10 JC20/S

Red Lead Replacement

Model No. Spout (Optional):

F Jerry Can 10ltr - Black JC10G JC20G/S

JC20 JC20/S

Model No. Spout (Optional):

Green Unleaded

Black Diesel

Model No. Spout (Optional):

JC10B JC20B/S

I Jerry Can 20ltr - Black

H Jerry Can 20ltr - Green

G Jerry Can 20ltr - Red Model No. Spout (Optional):

JC20G JC20G/S

Model No. Spout (Optional):

JC20B JC20B/S

Bracket for 20ltr Jerry J Vehicle Can Model No.

JC20VB

Lockable vehicle mounting bracket with anti-vibration mounts for 20ltr jerry can. Ideal for a variety of vehicles including agricultural, 4x4 and commercial. Padlock not included. For the full range of padlocks please see page 401 for more details.

K Pouring Spouts for Jerry Cans Model No. SEE BELOW Detachable pouring spouts for JC10 & 20 seriesJerry Cans. Model No: Colour: JC20/S Red JC20G/S Green JC20B/S Black

Section 8

Storage & Workstations 382 386 387 390 392 394 396 397 398 400 401 404 406 409 410 413 416 417 418

Mobile Toolboxes & Cases Garage Storage System American PRO速 Tool Chests Superline PRO速 Tool Chests 速 Superline PRO Tool Chests - Wide Body Premier Ball Bearing Tool Chests Premier Ball Bearing Workstations Premier Ball Bearing Tool Chest Accessories Premier Ball Bearing Tool Chest Tool Kits 速 Superline PRO Tool Chests - Stainless Steel Tool Chest Accessories & Padlocks Workshop Trolleys & Mobile Workbenches Workbenches Lockers & Flammables Storage Cabinets Wall Systems & Parts Storage Truck & Site Boxes Key Security Cash Boxes, Safes & Lock Alarm Security Shelving & Racking Systems

382

Section 8 Mobile Toolbox & Tool Storage Bags A

A Toolbox with Tote Tray & Wheels 650mm Model No. AP528 Large hip top design toolbox. Features wheeled base and pull-out handle for ease of transportation. Lid includes three removable organisers, two with four adjustable compartments and one with three fixed. Fitted with folding carry handle. Includes tote tray with two integral organisers with three adjustable compartments. Large storage compartment suitable for hand tools and small power tools etc. Padlock eye included for extra security . Size (W x D x H):

650 x 280 x 320mm

B Tool Storage Bag 300mm

Storage Bag with C Tool Multi-Pockets 300mm

Model No. AP300 Reinforced nylon bag with padded base for added durability. Adjustable shoulder strap can be hooked to metal clasps for carrying heavier loads. Ten inner and ten outer pockets for better organisation. Cushioned carry handles and metal frame supported zip.

Reinforced nylon bag with padded base for added durability. Adjustable shoulder strap can be hooked to metal clasps for carrying heavier loads. Multiple inner and outer pockets and tool loops for complete organisation. Cushioned carry handles and metal frame supported zip.

Size (W x D x H): Strap Length: Outer Pockets: Inner Pockets:

300 x 200 x 255mm 1.5mtr 10 10

Model No.

D Open Tool Storage Bag 500mm AP301

300 x 200 x 255mm 1.5mtr 32 8

E Tool Storage Bag 500mm Model No. AP500 Reinforced nylon bag with padded base for added durability . Adjustable shoulder strap can be hooked to metal clasps for carrying heavier loads. Twelve inner and twelve outer pockets for better organisation. Cushioned carry handles and metal frame supported zip. Size (W x D x H): 500 x 280 x 330mm Strap Length: 1.5mtr Outer Pockets: 12 Inner Pockets: 12

Model No. AP505 Nylon bag with padded bottom for added durability . Adjustable shoulder strap can be hooked to metal clasps for carrying heavier loads. Open design for easy access to tools. Multiple pockets and tool loops for complete organisation. Metal handle with foam padding for added comfort. Size (W x D x H): 500 x 280 x 300mm Strap Length: 1.5mtr Handle Ă&#x2DC;: 20mm Outer Pockets: 18 Inner Pockets: 10

Tool Storage Bag with Multi-Pockets 500mm

Model No. AP501 Reinforced nylon bag with padded base for added durability. Adjustable shoulder strap can be hooked to metal clasps for carrying heavier loads. Multiple inner and outer pockets and tool loops for complete organisation. Cushioned carry handles and metal frame supported zip. Size (W x D x H): 500 x 280 x 330mm Strap Length: 1.5mtr Outer Pockets: 40 Inner Pockets: 6

Section 8 Toolboxes & Storage Cases A

Toolbox 4 Tray B Cantilever 466mm

Toolbox 2 Tray A Cantilever 466mm

383

Toolbox 4 Tray C Cantilever 530mm

Model No. New AP530 Traditional cantilever design with two tool trays and central tool storage area. Top lid accepts padlock (not included), for added security.

Model No. New AP531 Traditional cantilever design with four tool trays and central tool storage area. Top lid accepts padlock (not included), for added security.

Model No. AP521 Traditional cantilever design with four tool trays and central tool storage area.Top flaps accept padlock (not included), for added security.

Size (W x D x H):

466 x 210 x 170mm

466 x 210 x 232mm

2 Drawer D Toolbox with Tote Tray 510mm Model No.

New

AP533

Heavy-duty steel toolbox with integral tote tray and composite carry handle. Includes hasp to accept padlock (not included), for extra security. Size (W x D x H):

510 x 218 x 240mm

Storage Cases G Aluminium Set of 3 Model No. New AP600 Heavy-duty storage cases with butterfly locking mechanism and eye to accept padlock (not included) for added security. Suitable for storing or transporting expensive goods safely . Tough reinforced corners making units sturdy . Features comfort grip side handles for even weight distribution when lifting. Handles and locks are both recessed to prevent damage when in transit. Tough composite feet raise base away from ground to help prevent panel damage. Size (W x D x H): Large Box: Medium Box: Small Box:

530 x 210 x 220mm

608 x 456 x 518mm 543 x 410 x 468mm 482 x 360 x 424mm

See next page for our range of Metal Cases with Removable Storage Bins.

E - F Aluminium Topchests Model No. New SEE RIGHT The storage capacity of a tool chest coupled with the versatility of a carry-type toolbox. Features elastic and hook-and-loop storage facilities in lid. Top compartment and drawers are lined to protect contents. Drawers are automatically locked, for transportation, when lid is closed and feature ballbearing runners for superior performance.

3 Drawer Drawers are fitted with Ball Bearing Dr awer Slides.

Model No: No. of Drawers: 2 E AP0702 3 F AP0703 Size for all Drawers

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides Size (W x D x H): 545 x 250 x 265mm 545 x 250 x 335mm 455 x 195 x 50mm

384

Section 8 Toolboxes, TekCases & Parts Storage

Steel Toolboxes A - C Stainless with Tote Tray Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

Heavy-duty stainless steel toolbox with integral composite tote tray. Soft grip carry handle for added comfort. Includes eye for padlock (not included), for extra security. Model No. AP505S AP580S AP660S

Size (W x D x H): 505 x 245 x 225mm 580 x 280 x 225mm 660 x 280 x 225mm

See previous page for our range of Cantilever Toolboxes.

Water D - F Professional Resistant Storage Cases Model No. New SEE BELOW High impact injection moulded water resistant case for the safe storage of technicianâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; s instruments and/or equipment. Heavy-duty design with extra protection surrounding the hinges and easy-open latches. Neoprene seal around the inside of the lid ensures that the case is completely water resistant and a pressure equalising valve can balance the atmosphere inside and out. Features a comfortable folding handle and twin padlock points. Two pieces of wave foam and two pieces of pre-cut foam allow user to create a secure and perfect fit for the intended contents.

D Model No: External Size (W x D x H): Internal Size (W x D x H):

AP612 330 x 280 x 120mm 300 x 220 x 90mm

E Model No: External Size (W x D x H): Internal Size (W x D x H):

AP613 430 x 380 x 155mm 400 x 320 x 120mm

F Model No: External Size (W x D x H): Internal Size (W x D x H):

AP614 515 x 415 x 185mm 485 x 355 x 155mm

E F

G - J Metal Cases with Removable Storage Bins Model No. SEE BELOW Tough and durable metal cases featuring plastic removable storage bins. Fitted with sturdy swing type handles. Twin toggle locking catches and one safety catch provide added security. Ideal for storing a mixture of small and large fixings and components etc. Separate tools and parts storage. I J H G Model No: APMC11 APMC15 APMC18 APMC27 Specification (W x D x H): Overall Size: 330 x 228 x 66mm 385 x 280 x 66mm 437 x 340 x 66mm 438 x 340 x 94mm Small Bin: (x2) 53 x 53 x 61mm (x9) 53 x 53 x 61mm (x8) 53 x 53 x 61mm (x12) 53 x 53 x 43mm Medium Bin: (x7) 106 x 53 x 61mm (x1) 106 x 53 x 61mm (x4) 106 x 53 x 61mm (x6) 106 x 53 x 43mm Large Bin: (x2) 106 x 106 x 61mm (x4) 106 x 106 x 61mm (x4) 106 x 106 x 61mm (x6) 106 x 106 x 43mm X-Large Bin: (x1) 215 x 106 x 61mm (x2) 215 x 106 x 61mm (x3) 215 x 106 x 43mm

Section 8 Tool Cases A

Aluminium Tool A Professional Case Radiused Edges Model No.

AP601

Aluminium Tool B Professional Case Square Edges Model No.

AP603

Tough and stylish aluminium tool case. Perfect for the mobile technician. Great for storing video/photographic equipment, games consoles and accessories. Supplied with a tool storage pallet and case dividers plus a set of two keys.

Size (W x D x H):

450 x 330 x 150mm

385

Aluminium Tool C Professional Case Heavy-Duty Model No.

New

AP610

Versatile tool case with reinforced panels and foam inner lining ensuring contents are kept safe. Includes internal movable dividers allowing case to be used for many applications i.e. tools, test devices, video/photographic equipment, games consoles and accessories. Tool storage pallet ensures no space is wasted and can be detached if required. Two tough lockable catches for added security. Supplied with two keys. Hands-free shoulder strap also included. Size (W x D x H):

456 x 330 x 152mm

D Aluminium Pilotâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Case Model No. AP605 Superb value pilotâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s case. The interior is fully lined and includes document flaps, a business card pocket and pen holder. The programmable combination locks offer additional security . Rounded corners are fully protected and the two-piece lid is attached with fulllength piano hinges. Ideal for the business traveller . Size (W x D x H):

E Cantilever Tool Case Model No. AP606 Lightweight yet hard-wearing tool case with ABS shell will not dent or bend. Ideal for the mobile technician, the interior includes removable tool storage pallet and internal dividers. Locking catches provide added security. Supplied with two keys.

Size (W x D x H):

465 x 210 x 350mm

G - H

F ABS Tool Case

Model No. AP608 Professional style tool case features cantilever action storage trays and large, modular storage area in base of case. Ideal for the professional tradesman. Includes four full-length trays each with five storage compartments and six partitioned storage compartments in the base of the case. Locking catches provide added security . Supplied with shoulder strap and two keys.

450 x 225 x 500mm

465 x 335 x 150mm

AP607 Illustrated

G - H ABS Tool Cases Model No. New SEE BELOW Lightweight yet hard-wearing tool cases withABS shell will not dent or bend. Ideal for the mobile technician, the interior features three, hinged, small-tool-storage surfaces, document pockets and adjustable/removable dividers in main compartment. Locking catches provide security. Supplied with two keys.

G Model No: Size (W x D x H):

AP607 475 x 365 x 185mm

H Model No: Size (W x D x H):

AP609 500 x 340 x 180mm

Section 8 Garage Storage System

386

Garage Storage System

Professional garage storage system of fers a superb combination to kit out your workshop. Silver-grey drawers and doors with graphite grey body, give a contemporary, robust appearance which reflects the construction of these units. All cabinets feature outer and inner steel construction for extra strength and durability. Sturdy steel workbench features six legs which are strategically placed to accept Model Noâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; s AP04DFC and AP22DFC under the worktop for a tidy work area. Mounting frame Model No. APMF can be bolted to workbench (and secured to wall for safety) to allow hanging/fixing of Model Noâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; s AP02WC and APSPB. The workbench and two door floor cabinet both feature height adjustable feet to ensure units sit level on most floors. Added security provided by cylinder locks, supplied with two keys. Perforated steel peg board for hanging tools, to ensure they are always to hand. All items sold individually allowing you to purchase as a complete storage solution or build as you go.

D F

New

Size (W x D x H):

B 4 Drawer Mobile Cabinet AP02WC

825 x 305 x 608mm

Model No.

New

Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): X-Large Drawer (x1):

Drawer Mobile Cabinet C 2with 2 Door Cupboard AP04DFC

WxDxH 710 x 360 x 838mm 560 x 322 x 100mm 560 x 322 x 260mm

Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawers (x2):

E Workbench 1650mm Model No.

New

Size (W x D x H):

AP165WB 1650 x 509 x 945mm

Peg Board F Steel Pack of 2 Model No.

New

Size (W x D x H):

Model No. Size (W x D x H):

Model No. New

APSPB 823 x 15 x 490mm

G Mounting Frame

2 Door Floor Cabinet AP02DFC 762 x 381 x 1666mm

Size (W x D x H):

Support structure for the Garage Storage System. Simply bolts to workbench, to support peg board and wall cabinets.

A 2 Door Wall Cabinet Model No.

New

APMF 1648 x 40 x 2340mm

New

AP22DFC WxDxH 710 x 360 x 838mm 560 x 322 x 100mm

Section 8 American PRO® Tool Chests ®

387

& Rollcab Combination B Topchest 6 Drawer

Model No.

AP2200

The economical way to buy American PRO quality toolboxes. Supplied packed one inside the other. This mid-size combo has all the features of the professional chests except that the cabinet is not lockable and the castors are Ø75mm. These boxes are not interchangeable with the rest of theAmerican Pro Range. ®

American PRO Tool Chests Manufactured with double skin side walls for extra strength and finished in smooth, hi-gloss, triple baked enamel. Resists scratches, oil, dirt and most solvents. Drawers run on extending rail type runners for strength and drawer faces have full length pulls with chrome style trim. All chests (Except AP9243 and AP2200 Rollcab) are supplied with tumbler type security locks with two numbered keys. For mobility around the workshop, even when fully laden, the cabinets additionally feature hard compound rubber castor wheels, two fixed and two locking.

Specification: 4 Drawer Topchest Overall Size: Small Drawer (x3): Medium Drawer (x1): 2 Drawer Rollcab Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x2):

Width: 600mm 510mm 510mm Width: 610mm 510mm

Depth: Height: 260mm 340mm 220mm 40mm 220mm 80mm Depth: Height: 330mm 730mm 300mm 80mm

E 9 Drawer

A 6 Drawer 3 Drawer Combination

D A Portable Tool Chest 3 Drawer Model No. AP9243 The storage capacity of a tool chest coupled with the versatility of a carry-type toolbox. Features two strong hasps which can be locked using a padlock (not included - see page 401). Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3):

Width: Depth: Height: 510mm 220mm 300mm 500mm 210mm 65mm

7 Drawer

6 Drawer 13 Drawer

E Topchest 9 Drawer

Combination & Rollcab Combination D Topchest 13 Drawer Model No.

AP22513

The economical way to buy American PRO quality toolboxes. Supplied packed one inside the other. This combo has all the features of the professional chests except that the castors are Ø100mm. Features locks on both the topchest and rollcab, with additional steel bars that can be locked into place to keep drawers shut. Both units have built-in storage for locking bars when toolboxes are being used. Supplied with two C Topchest 6 Drawer keys for each lock. Model No. AP2201 Specification: Width: Depth: Height: Perfect intermediate size locking chest. Features drop 9 Drawer Topchest carry handles, smooth action drawer slides and Overall Size: 600mm 260mm 380mm cylinder lock. Small Split Drawer (x6): 150mm 220mm 35mm Small Drawer (x2): 510mm 220mm 35mm Specification: Width: Depth: Height: Medium Drawer (x1): 510mm 220mm 80mm Overall Size: 600mm 260mm 340mm 4 Drawer Rollcab Small Split Drawer (x3): 150mm 220mm 40mm Overall Size: 615mm 330mm 935mm Small Drawer (x2): 510mm 220mm 40mm Small Drawer (x2): 515mm 305mm 45mm Medium Drawer (x1): 510mm 220mm 80mm Medium Drawer (x2): 515mm 305mm 80mm ®

Model No. AP22509 Features drop down carry handles, smooth drawer slides, cylinder lock and, for additional security , steel bars that can be locked into place to keep drawers shut. Has built-in storage for locking bars when toolbox is in use. Supplied with two keys. Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x6): Small Drawer (x2): Medium Drawer (x1):

Width: 600mm 150mm 510mm 510mm

Depth: Height: 260mm 380mm 220mm 35mm 220mm 35mm 220mm 80mm

F Rollcab 7 Drawer Model No. AP22507 Features smooth drawer slides, side handle, cylinder lock and, for additional security, steel bar that can be locked into place to keep drawers shut. Has built-in storage for locking bar when toolbox is in use. Supplied with two keys. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x2): Medium Drawer (x5):

Width: Depth: Height: 615mm 330mm 830mm 515mm 305mm 45mm 515mm 305mm 80mm

Section 8 American PRO® Tool Chests

388

A 6 Drawer

American PRO Tool Chests Manufactured with double skin side walls for extra strength and finished in smooth, hi-gloss, triple baked enamel. Resists scratches, oil, dirt and most solvents. Drawers run on extending rail type runners for strength and drawer faces have full length pulls with chrome style trim. All tool chests are supplied with tumbler type security locks with two numbered keys. For mobility around the workshop, even when fully laden, the rollcabs additionally feature Ø125mm hard compound rubber wheels, two fixed and two locking castors.

Drop down covers ideal for body shop use.

A Topchest 6 Drawer

Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x3): Small Drawer (x2): Medium Drawer (x1):

AP9206 Width: 650mm 170mm 570mm 570mm

Depth: Height: 300mm 350mm 280mm 40mm 280mm 40mm 280mm 80mm

B Rollcab 3 Drawer Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x2): Large Drawer (x1):

Spray Gun Holder C Magnetic 2 Gun & Hose

AP9203 Width: 670mm 570mm 570mm

Depth: 460mm 430mm 430mm

Height: 820mm 80mm 100mm

Model No.

MSH02

Heavy-duty magnetic bracket with two large magnets that will adhere to any ferrous surface. Composite covering prevents scratching of surface. Suitable for storing up to two spray guns. Size (W x H): 250 x 158mm

3 Drawer

D ®

Magnetic Tool Storage Tray

Model No. APTT310 Heavy gauge steel construction. Powerful cushioned magnets stick to any steel surface. Ideal for use with toolboxes. Holds up to 3.5kg. Tray Size (W x D x H): 310 x 115 x 30mm

Model No.

AP2237 Width: 660mm 175mm 580mm 580mm

7 Drawer

E Topchest 7 Drawer Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x3): Small Drawer (x3): Medium Drawer (x1):

Heavy-duty slides fitted on all drawers.

3 Drawer

Depth: Height: 300mm 420mm 270mm 50mm 270mm 50mm 270mm 60mm

Heavy-duty side handles on Topchest and Addon Chest.

F Add-On Chest 3 Drawer Model No. AP2233 Additional tool separation from rest of storage system. Suitable for keeping speciality tools separated from common tools. Fully lockable with a keyed cylinder lock. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x2): Medium Drawer (x1):

G 5 Drawer

Smaller drawers on Topchest ideal for small components.

Width: Depth: Height: 660mm 310mm 250mm 580mm 270mm 50mm 580mm 270mm 60mm

G Rollcab 5 Drawer Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): Large Drawer (x2):

AP2205 Width: 675mm 590mm 590mm

Depth: Height: 460mm 790mm 380mm 60mm 380mm 120mm

Rollcab fitted with Ø125mm hard rubber wheels, two with locking castors.

Section 8 American PRO® Tool Chests ®

Ball Bearing

B 9 Drawer

Drawer Slides

389

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

American PRO Ball Bearing Tool Chests Manufactured with double skin side walls for extra strength and finished in smooth, hi-gloss, triple baked enamel. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads. All boxes are supplied with tumbler type security locks. Rollcabs feature hard compound rubber wheels.

& Rollcab Combination A Topchest 13 Drawer with Ball Bearing Runners - Black

Model No.

AP2513B

Specification: 9 Drawer Topchest Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x6): Small Drawer (x2): Medium Drawer (x1): 4 Drawer Rollcab Overall Size: Small Drawer (x2): Medium Drawer (x2):

Width: Depth: Height: 600mm 150mm 510mm 510mm

260mm 380mm 220mm 35mm 220mm 35mm 220mm 80mm

615mm 330mm 935mm 515mm 305mm 80mm 515mm 305mm 80mm

9 Drawer with Ball B Topchest Bearing Runners - Black Model No.

13 Drawer

Combination

5 Drawer

AP2509B

Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x6): Small Drawer (x2): Medium Drawer (x1):

Width: 600mm 150mm 510mm 510mm

Depth: Height: 260mm 380mm 220mm 35mm 220mm 35mm 220mm 80mm

5 Drawer with Ball C Rollcab Bearing Runners - Black Model No.

AP2505B

Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x5):

Width: Depth: Height: 615mm 330mm 770mm 515mm 275mm 100mm

D Tools not included

E Mini Magnetic Tool Hanger

D Composite Rollcab Worktop Model No.

New

APRCWT

Worktop suitable for full size American P RO and Superline PRO tool chests. Convert your existing rollcab into a mobile workstation with this useful accessory . Features robust handle, tool holders and component trays. Will accommodate a topchest if required and is suitable for other brands of equivalent size rollcabs. ®

Suitable Rollcab Dimensions: Width (Minimum/Maximum): Depth (Minimum/Maximum):

Model No. New MMTH Heavy-duty magnetic tool bracket with two powerful permanent magnets. Supplied with two screws for fixing to non-ferrous surface. Suitable for storing tools or leader/air hose when not in use. Size (H x W): 100 x 50mm Maximum Capacity: 5kg

665/685mm 445/460mm

Magnetic Tool Rail

Model No. AK211 Wall or toolbox mounting magnetic rail. Suitable for retaining frequently used steel tools such as screwdrivers, wrenches and pliers. Supplied with fixing screws. Tools not included. Length: 500mm Width: 40mm

SSP24 not included

G Non-Slip Liner Model No. AP/NSL Conceived initially for use as drawer liners for tool chests and rollcabs. Because of its incredible non-slip design, this unique new material has 1001 different uses. The liner is proofed against mildew , mould and moths. Use in the workshop, garage, home, car and boat where its non-slip properties make it indispensable. Supplied in large rolls. Roll Size: 2845 x 450mm

H Magnetic Glove Dispenser Model No. APGD Dispenser attaches to any ferrous surface and can also be wall mounted. Four small magnets hold the dispenser in place. Suitable for packs of 50/100 disposable rubber gloves. Self-adjusting springs to hold different box sizes. Height: 254mm Width: 146mm Length: 95mm Capacity: 50/100 Pack (Rubber Gloves)

390

Section 8 Superline PRO® Tool Chests ®

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Superline PRO Tool Chests All steel construction and manufactured with steel inner walls for extra strength and durability. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads. Full height rear locking mechanism locks full-length drawers in multiple locations. Added security provided by cylinder locks. Supplied with two keys. Recessed handles permit units to be slotted-in in work environments where space is tight. Rust and solvent resistant powder coat paint finish. Improved access and visibility to the top tray. Rollcabs feature Ø125mm rubber wheels. Each rollcab has two castors with large toe lock and two fixed wheels. Clamshell lid construction of topchests for improved access and visibility.

Ball Bearing 5 Drawer

Drawer Slides

3 Drawer

5 Drawer

3 Drawer

5 Drawer with A Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Red Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x4): Medium Drawer (x1):

AP2305 Width: Depth: Height: 660mm 300mm 410mm 530mm 270mm 45mm 530mm 270mm 70mm

Chest 3 Drawer with B Add-On Ball Bearing Runners - Red Model No.

AP2333

Specification: Width: Depth: Height: Overall Size: 660mm 310mm 250mm Small Drawer (x2): 560mm 265mm 50mm Medium Drawers (x1): 560mm 265mm 60mm

3 Drawer

3 Drawer with C Rollcab Ball Bearing Runners - Red Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x2): Large Drawer (x1):

AP0303 Width: Depth: Height: 675mm 460mm 790mm 550mm 405mm 70mm 550mm 405mm 140mm

5 Drawer with D Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Black Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x4): Medium Drawer (x1):

Clamshell lid for improved access and visibility.

Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance.

AP2305B Width: 660mm 530mm 530mm

Depth: Height: 300mm 410mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 70mm

Ball Bearing

Drawer Slides

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Chest 3 Drawer with E Add-On Ball Bearing Runners - Black Model No.

AP2333B

Specification: W idth: Overall Size: 660mm Small Drawer (x2): 560mm Medium Drawers (x1): 560mm

Depth: Height: 310mm 250mm 265mm 50mm 265mm 60mm

3 Drawer with F Rollcab Ball Bearing Runners - Black Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x2): Large Drawer (x1):

AP0303B Width: Depth: 675mm 460mm 550mm 405mm 550mm 405mm

Height: 790mm 70mm 140mm

8 Drawer

8 Drawer with H Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Black

8 Drawer with G Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Red Model No.

MAGNETIC TRAYS See page 402 for our range of Magnetic Trays.

Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x3): Small Drawer (x4): Medium Drawer (x1):

AP2308 Width: 660mm 165mm 550mm 550mm

Depth: Height: 300mm 470mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 70mm

Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x3): Small Drawer (x4): Medium Drawer (x1):

Width: 660mm 165mm 550mm 550mm

AP2308B Depth: Height: 300mm 470mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 70mm

Section 8 Superline PRO速 Tool Chests

391

速

Ball Bearing

10 Drawer

Drawer Slides

10 Drawer

Drawer Slides

10 Drawer with A Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Red Model No.

AP2310

Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x6): Small Drawer (x3): Medium Drawer (x1):

Width: 660mm 165mm 550mm 550mm

Depth: Height: 300mm 470mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 65mm

5 Drawer with B Rollcab Ball Bearing Runners - Red Model No.

AP0305

Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): Large Drawer (x2):

Width: 675mm 550mm 550mm

Depth: Height: 460mm 790mm 405mm 70mm 405mm 140mm

10 Drawer with C Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Black Model No.

AP2310B

Specification: Overall Size: Small Split Drawer (x6): Small Drawer (x3): Medium Drawer (x1):

Width: 660mm 165mm 550mm 550mm

Depth: Height: 300mm 470mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 45mm 270mm 65mm

5 Drawer with D Rollcab Ball Bearing Runners - Black Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): Large Drawer (x2):

AP0305B Width: 675mm 550mm 550mm

Depth: Height: 460mm 790mm 405mm 70mm 405mm 140mm

Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x5): Medium Drawer (x1):

Depth: Height: 400mm 470mm 370mm 45mm 370mm 65mm

6 Drawer with F Rollcab Ball Bearing Runners - Red Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): Large Drawer (x3):

5 Drawer

AP2306 Width: 660mm 530mm 530mm

E 6 Drawer

AP0306 Width: 675mm 550mm 550mm

6 Drawer with E Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Red

Depth: Height: 460mm 950mm 405mm 70mm 405mm 140mm

5 Drawer

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

EXTRA DEEP

G 6 Drawer

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

EXTRA DEEP

6 Drawer with G Topchest Ball Bearing Runners - Black Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x5): Medium Drawer (x1):

AP2306B Width: 660mm 530mm 530mm

Depth: Height: 400mm 470mm 370mm 45mm 370mm 65mm

6 Drawer with H Rollcab Ball Bearing Runners - Black Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): Large Drawer (x3):

AP0306B Width: 675mm 550mm 550mm

Depth: Height: 460mm 950mm 405mm 70mm 405mm 140mm

F 6 Drawer

Rollcabs fitted with two castors with large toe locks.

Recessed handles allow Rollcabs and Topchests to be slotted-in areas where space is tight.

H 6 Drawer

392

Section 8 Superline PRO® Tool Chests - Wide Body 41” EXTRA W-I-D-E

41” EXTRA W-I-D-E

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

10 Drawer

11 Drawer

13 Drawer

Superline PRO Tool Chests - Wide Body Our heaviest range of topchests and rollcabs. Manufactured to exacting standards making these units suitable for the professional technician. All steel construction and manufactured with steel inner walls for extra strength and durability. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads. Split drawers on all models. Full height rear locking mechanism, locks drawers in multiple locations. Added security provided by cylinder locks. Supplied with two keys. Recessed handles permit units to be slotted-in in work environments where space is tight. Rust and solvent resistant powder coat paint finish. Clamshell lid construction of topchests provides improved access and visibility to the top tray. Topchests have a gas damper within the lid which allows it to pop up when key is turned and keeps it open for easy accessibility. Rollcabs feature large Ø125 x 50mm rubber wheels. Each unit having two castors with large toe locks and two fixed wheels. Model numbers AP4510 and AP4411 with silvergrey tread plate that contrasts with black body to give a contemporary, robust appearance.

Heavy-Duty 10 Drawer A Topchest with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1045mm Small Drawer (x3): 540mm Medium Drawer (x2): 540mm Small 1/2 Drawer (x3): 300mm Medium 1/2 Drawer (x2): 300mm

AP4310 Depth: Height: 450mm 530mm 420mm 50mm 420mm 90mm 420mm 50mm 420mm 90mm

Heavy-Duty 13 Drawer B Rollcab with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1060mm Full Width Drawer (x1): 930mm Small Drawer (x4): 550mm Medium Drawer (x4): 550mm Small 1/2 Drawer (x1): 310mm Medium 1/2 Drawer (x1): 310mm Large 1/2 Drawer (x1): 310mm X-Large 1/2 Drawer (x1): 310mm

AP4313 Depth: Height: 460mm 1090mm 410mm 90mm 410mm 45mm 410mm 90mm 410mm 45mm 410mm 90mm 410mm 140mm 410mm 300mm

E Non-Slip Liner Model No. AP/NSL Conceived initially for use as drawer liners for tool chests and rollcabs. Because of its incredible non-slip design, this unique new material has 1001 dif ferent uses. The liner is proofed against mildew, mould and moths. Use in the workshop, garage, home, car and boat where its non-slip properties make it indispensable. Supplied in large rolls. Roll Size: 2845 x 450mm

Plate Topchest 10 Drawer C Tread with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1045mm Small Drawer (x3): 540mm Medium Drawer (x2): 540mm Small 1/2 Drawer (x3): 300mm Medium 1/2 Drawer (x2): 300mm

AP4510 Depth: Height: 450mm 530mm 420mm 50mm 420mm 90mm 420mm 50mm 420mm 90mm

Plate Rollcab 11 Drawer D Tread with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1060mm Full Width Drawer (x1): 930mm Small Drawer (x2): 555mm Medium Drawer (x5): 555mm Large 1/2 Drawer (x2): 315mm X-Large 1/2 Drawer (x1): 315mm

AP4411 Depth: Height: 455mm 1055mm 415mm 90mm 415mm 45mm 415mm 90mm 415mm 140mm 415mm 300mm

Section 8 Superline PRO® Tool Chests - Wide Body

393

A 56” EXTRA W-I-D-E

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Ball Bearing Runners & Drawer Liners.

8 Drawer

Heavy-Duty Castors with Ø125 x 50mm Rubber Wheels.

B 10 Drawer Gas Dampers on Topchest Lid. ®

Superline PRO Tool Chests A - B Extra Wide Body

PRO Tread Plate C - D Superline Tool Chests

Our largest topchest and rollcab. Made by professionals - for professionals. All steel construction and manufactured with steel inner walls for extra strength and durability. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads. Split drawers for extra storage flexibility. Full height rear locking mechanism, locks drawers in multiple locations. Added security provided by cylinder locks. Rollcab handle may be fitted to either end of unit, increasing workshop layout options. Rust and solvent resistant powder coat paint finish. Topchest has twin gas dampers within the lid which keep it open for easy access. Rollcab features six large Ø125 x 50mm rubber wheels, two fixed and four castors, two of which have large toe locks.

Silver-grey tread plate contrasts with black body to give a contemporary, robust appearance which reflects the construction of the units. All steel construction and manufactured with steel inner walls for extra strength and durability. Ball bearing drawer and shelf runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads. Added security provided by cylinder locks. Supplied with two keys. Recessed handles permit units to be slotted-in in work environments where space is tight. Rust and solvent resistant powder coat epoxy paint finish. Clamshell lid construction of topchest provides improved access and visibility to the top tray. Topchest has a gas damper within the lid which allows it to pop up when key is turned and keeps it open for easy accessibility.

Heavy-Duty 8 Drawer A Topchest with Ball Bearing Runners Model No.

AP5608

Specification: Width: Depth: Height: Overall Size: 1410mm 605mm 485mm Small Drawer (x2): 890mm 580mm 45mm Large Drawer (x2): 890mm 580mm 110mm Small 1/2 Drawer (x2): 390mm 580mm 45mm Large 1/2 Drawer (x2): 390mm 580mm 110mm

Heavy-Duty 10 Drawer B Rollcab with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1420mm Full Width Drawer (x1): 1305mm Medium Drawer (x2): 865mm Medium Drawer (x2): 865mm Large Drawer (x1): 865mm Medium 1/2 Drawer (x3): 380mm X-Large 1/2 Drawer (x1): 360mm

Depth: 610mm 560mm 560mm 560mm 560mm 560mm 560mm

C 5 Drawer

Plate Topchest 5 Drawer C Tread with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x4): Large Drawer (x1):

AP4505 Width: 660mm 530mm 530mm

Depth: 400mm 370mm 370mm

Height: 470mm 45mm 110mm

Plate Rollcab 5 Drawer D Tread with Ball Bearing Runners

AP5610

Model No.

Height: 990mm 90mm 65mm 95mm 130mm 65mm 285mm

Specification: Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x1): Large Drawer (x4):

AP4405 Width: 675mm 550mm 550mm

Depth: Height: 460mm 950mm 405mm 70mm 405mm 140mm

D 5 Drawer

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

394

Section 8 Premier Ball Bearing Tool Chests

TOPCHESTS Premier Topchests Feature packed range of topchests for the professional. Heavy gauge steel with double wall construction for extra strength and durability. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads.

EXTRA DEEP TO MAXIMISE TOOL STORAGE

SECURE INTERNAL LOCKING SYSTEM FOR ADDED SECURITY

RECESSED HANDLES FOR EASY MANOEUVRABILITY

FULL WIDTH ALUMINIUM DRAWER HANDLES

PERFORATED SIDE PANELS FOR HANGING TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES HEAVY GAUGE STEEL WITH DOUBLE WALL CONSTRUCTION

Each drawer fitted with catch to prevent unexpected opening, when being transported around the workshop. Added security provided by side mounted cylinder locks, supplied with two keys. Unique design incorporates perforated side panels for hanging tools and accessories. Ideally suited for the Premier range of themed tool trays.

SELF LOCKING DRAWERS PREVENT ACCIDENTAL OPENING

POWDER COATED FINISH FOR OUTSTANDING RUST PROTECTION

ANTI-SHOCK RUBBER PROTECTION ON ALL 4 CORNERS

Ball Bearing

Available in 4 or 6 Drawer Configuration

Drawer Slides

Fitted with anti-shock protection on all four corners to prevent accidental damage. Rust and solvent resistant powder coat paint finish. Recessed handles permit topchests to be slotted into work environments where space is tight.

4 Drawer

6 Drawer

Ball Bearing

Drawer Slides

4 Drawer A Topchest with Ball Bearing Runners Model No.

New

Specification Width: Overall Size: 690mm Medium Drawer (x4): 533mm

AP2401 Depth: 465mm 391mm

Height: 400mm 58mm

6 Drawer B Topchest with Ball Bearing Runners Model No.

New

Specification Width: Overall Size: 690mm Medium Drawer (x6): 533mm

AP2403 Depth: 465mm 391mm

Height: 535mm 58mm

4 Drawer

6 Drawer

Ball Bearing

Drawer Slides

4 Drawer C Rollcab with Ball Bearing Runners Model No.

Both Topchests will fit all Rollcabs in this series so you can mix ‘n’ match your own combination.

Specification Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): Large Drawer (x1): Lockable Cupboard (x1):

New Width: 766mm 533mm 533mm 575mm

Depth: 465mm 391mm 391mm 410mm

6 Drawer D Rollcab with Ball Bearing Runners AP2405

Model No.

Height: 958mm 58mm 128mm 330mm

Specification Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x3): Large Drawer (x2): X-Large Drawer (x1):

New Width: 766mm 533mm 533mm 533mm

AP2406 Depth: 465mm 391mm 391mm 391mm

Height: 958mm 58mm 128mm 195mm

Section 8 Premier Ball Bearing Tool Chests

ROLLCABS Premier Rollcabs Feature packed range of rollcabs for the professional. Heavy gauge steel with double wall construction for extra strength and durability. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads. Each drawer fitted with catch to prevent unexpected opening, when being transported around the workshop. Added security provided by side mounted cylinder locks, supplied with two keys. Unique design incorporates perforated side panels for hanging tools and accessories. Ideally suited for the Premier range of themed tool trays. Fitted with anti-shock protection on all four corners to prevent accidental damage.

HEAVY-DUTY WORKTABLE WITH VICE MOUNTING OPTION

ERGONOMIC MOULDED HANDLE FOR SMOOTH MANOEUVRABILITY

395

SELF LOCKING DRAWERS PREVENT ACCIDENTAL OPENING

FULL WIDTH ALUMINIUM DRAWER HANDLES

SECURE INTERNAL LOCKING SYSTEM FOR ADDED SECURITY

PERFORATED SIDE PANELS FOR HANGING TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

POWDER COATED FINISH FOR OUTSTANDING RUST PROTECTION

HEAVY GAUGE STEEL WITH DOUBLE WALL CONSTRUCTION

LOCKING BRAKE TO HELP SECURE UNIT IN POSITION

Available in 4, 6, 7, 8 or 10 Drawer Configuration.

ANTI-SHOCK RUBBER PROTECTION ON ALL 4 CORNERS

Ball Bearing

HEAVY-DUTY CASTORS ±125MM

Drawer Slides

Rust and solvent resistant powder coat paint finish. Rollcabs feature rubber grip side handles for comfort and ease when manoeuvring with tough composite top for fitting and securing topchest or can be used as a workstation.

7 Drawer

8 Drawer

Each rollcab includes two Ø125mm swivel castors with large toe locks and two fixed wheels.

7 Drawer A Rollcab with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x5): Large Drawer (x1): X-Large Drawer (x1):

New Width: 766mm 533mm 533mm 533mm

AP2407 Depth: 465mm 391mm 391mm 391mm

Height: 958mm 58mm 128mm 195mm

8 Drawer B Rollcab with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification Overall Size: Medium Drawer (x6): Large Drawer (x2):

New Width: 766mm 533mm 533mm

AP2408 Depth: 465mm 391mm 391mm

Height: 958mm 58mm 128mm

10 Drawer C Rollcab with Ball Bearing Runners Model No.

New

Specification Width: Overall Size: 766mm Medium Drawer (x10):533mm

AP2410 Depth: 465mm 391mm

Ball Bearing

Drawer Slides

10 Drawer

Height: 958mm 58mm

All Topchest and Rollcabs in our Premier Ball Bearing ranges have the same draw widths and depths making them ideal for accepting our new range of tool trays. For full details please see pages 108 to 111 to make up your own kit or see pages 398 & 399 for our combination deals.

Cover for AP24 D Protective Series Rollcabs Model No.

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

New

AP24ACC11

Ideal for protecting rollcab from dust and dirt when not in use. Fitted with handles for ease when removing from rollcab. Machine washable. Size (W x D x H):

780 x 490 x 814mm

396

Section 8 Premier Ball Bearing Workstations

Ball Bearing

Drawer Slides

A - B Mobile Workbenches Heavy-Duty Model No. New SEE BELOW Heavy gauge steel with double wall construction for extra strength and durability . Fitted with oversized, heavy-duty Ă&#x2DC;160mm wheels, two fixed and two locking castors. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance and carry heavier loads. Each drawer fitted with catch to prevent unexpected opening when being transported around the workshop. Added security provided by side mounted cylinder lock. Two lockable cupboards with internal shelving for added storage. Supplied with six keys, two for drawers, four for cupboards. Rust and solvent resistant powder coat paint finish. Fitted with anti-shock protection on all four corners to prevent accidental damage. Heavy-duty metal work top makes these units very durable and a great workstation. Unique design fitted with perforated side panels for hanging tools and accessories. For our full range of accessories see page 397.

A Model No: Total No of Drawers: Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1130mm Medium Drawer: (x3) 533mm Large Drawer: (x2) 533mm X-Large Drawer: (x1) 533mm

Depth: 565mm 391mm 391mm 391mm

Depth: 565mm 391mm 391mm

AP2418 8 Height: 1000mm 58mm 128mm -

Side Shelf

New

SEE BELOW

Document Holder

Rear view of models AP2416 & AP2418 showing additional storage cupboard. All dr awers on our Premier Ball Bearing Workstations are suitable to accept your choice of tool tr ays as found on pages 108 to 111.

AP2416 6 Height: Width: 1000mm 1130mm 58mm (x6) 533mm 128mm (x2) 533mm 195mm

C Optional Accessories for AP2416 & AP2418 Model No.

Both models feature a lockable front cupboard with shelves.

D Drawer Dividers Model No. New SEE BELOW Drawer dividers suitable for all medium or large drawers on the AP24 Series Topchests, Rollcabs and Workstations. Designed to keep tools and parts in a neat and easily accessible order. Model No: Size Pack (W x D x H): Qty: AP24ACC6 3 x 395 x 58mm 1 AP24ACC7 3 x 395 x 120mm 1

1 Model No. AP24ACC2 3

Waste Bin

2 Model No. AP24ACC3 4

Can & Bottle Holder

E Mobile Workbench

3 Model No. AP24ACC4 See opposite page for full details.

4 Model No. AP24ACC5

Model No. AP1000M Heavy steel chassis with oversized, heavy-duty Ă&#x2DC;160mm wheels, two fixed and two locking castors. Includes six lockable drawers and locking cupboard with mid shelf (padlocks not included - see page 401). Wooden worktop includes metal rim to prevent damage and will even accept a heavy-duty 150mm vice, see page 595. Size (W x D x H including Handle): 1070 x 595 x 920mm Total Load Capacity: 400kg Capacity Per Drawer: 35kg

Section 8 Tool Chest Accessories A

Storage Panel for A PerfoTool AP24 Series Rollcabs Model No.

New

AP24ACC1

PerfoTool storage panel can be fitted to all rollcabs in our AP24 series when a topchest is not required and allows rollcab top to be used as a workbench. Fixes securely via reinforced poles, that keep unit sturdy . Suitable for hanging some of the most frequently used tools i.e. wrenches, ratchets, hammers, etc allowing easy selection. Supplied with an assortment of hanging hooks. (Tools not included). Size (W x D x H): 655 x 55 x 600mm

Shelf & Roll Holder for B Side AP24 Series Tool Chests Model No.

397

New

AP24ACC2

Easy fix shelf with raised edge and paper roll holder . Ideal for small components i.e. nuts, bolts, screws and nails, helping to prevent the loss of parts and keeping work area tidy. Roll holder underneath shelf for easy access to paper when required. (Paper roll and tools not included). Size (W x D x H): 305 x 305 x 190mm

Holder for AP24 C Document Series Tool Chests Model No.

New

AP24ACC3

Easy fix document holder. Helps keep paperwork from getting lost or dirty and means it is always to hand when needed for the job. Suitable for all AP24 Series tool chests (except AP2401). Size (W x D x H): 255 x 65 x 265mm

F E

Sets for AP24 Series F Hook Rollcabs, Topchests & Workstations Model No.

& Bottle Holder for AP24 E Can Series Tool Chests Model No.

Bin for AP24 Series Tool D Waste Chests Model No.

New

AP24ACC4

Easy fix waste bin, allowing work area to be kept clean and tidy. Simply lift off to empty. Suitable for all AP24 Series tool chests (except AP2401). Size (W x D x H): 300 x 180 x 300mm

New

AP24ACC5

Easy fix can and bottle holder for storing aerosols, maintenance spray and other frequently used products. Size (W x D x H): 250 x 62 x 110mm

New

SEE BELOW

Hook set for use with AP24 Series tool chests and accessories with perforated panel. Suitable for hanging tools to keep them at hand when needed. Model No. AP24ACC9 AP24ACC10

Length: 30mm 60mm

Pack Qty: 10 10

Cover for AP24 G Protective Series Rollcabs

Cover for AP24 Series H Protective Rollcabs & 4 Drawer Topchest

Model No. New AP24ACC11 Model No. New AP24ACC12 Ideal for protecting rollcab from dust and dirt when not Ideal for protecting rollcab and topchest from dust and in use. Fitted with handles for ease when removing dirt when not in use. Fitted with handles for ease when from rollcab. Machine washable. removing from toolbox. Machine washable. Size (W x D x H): 780 x 490 x 814mm Size (W x D x H): 780 x 490 x 1216mm

Cover for AP24 Series I Protective Rollcabs & 6 Drawer Topchest Model No.

New

AP24ACC13

Ideal for protecting rollcab and topchest from dust and dirt when not in use. Fitted with handles for ease when removing from toolbox. Machine washable. Size (W x D x H): 780 x 490 x 1354mm

398

Section 8 Premier Ball Bearing Tool Chest Tool Kits

Drawer Topchest - Ball Bearing Runners A 4with 142pc Tool Kit Model No.

New

AP2401TTC08

Premier Ball Bearing 4 DrawerTopchest and themed tool tray combination, carefully hand picked by professionals for professionals. Tools have been selected from our Premier Line range and are covered by a lifetime warranty . For full details and specification of theAP2401 Topchest see page 394 and for theThemed Tool Trays see page 108 to 111. Includes Tool Tray Model No's: TBT01, TBT02, TBT03, TBT04, TBT10, TBT14, TBT18, TBT20, TBT23.

Premier Line T ools for the Professional

4 Drawer

EXTRA DEEP TOPCHEST

Drawer Rollcab - Ball Bearing Runners B 7with 313pc Tool Kit

Model No. New AP2407TTC08 Premier Ball Bearing 7 Drawer Rollcab and themed tool tray combination, carefully hand picked by professionals for professionals. Tools have been selected from our Premier Line range and are covered by a lifetime warranty. For full details and specification of theAP2407 Rollcab see page 395 and for theThemed Tool Trays see pages 108 to 111. Includes Tool Tray Model No's: TBT01, TBT02, TBT03, TBT04, TBT07, TBT08, TBT09, TBT10, TBT14, TBT18, TBT19, TBT20, TBT21, TBT23, TBT26.

7 Drawer

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Premier Line T ools for the Professional

Section 8 Premier Ball Bearing Tool Chest Tool Kit

399

Drawer Topchest & 8 Drawer Rollcab Combination A 6with 1231pc Tool Kit Model No.

New

APTTC02

Premier Ball Bearing 6 Drawer Topchest, 8 Drawer Rollcab and themed tool tray combination, carefully hand picked by professionals for professionals. Tools have been selected from our Premier Line range and are covered by a lifetime warranty. For full details and specification of theAP2403 Topchest see page 394, and for the AP2408 Rollcab see page 395. Includes Tool Tray Model No's: TBT01, TBT02, TBT03, TBT04, TBT05, TBT06, TBT07, TBT08, TBT09, TBT1 1, TBT12, TBT13, TBT14, TBT15, TBT16, TBT17, TBT18, TBT19, TBT23, TBT24, TBT25, TBT26, TBT27, TBT28, TBT29, TBT30, TBT31, TBT32, TBTB x 2. See pages 108 to 111 for full details.

6 Drawer

Premier Line T ools for the Professional

EXTRA DEEP TOPCHEST

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides ACCESSORIES For our full range of optional Accessories available for AP24 Series T opchests & Rollcabs see page 397.

8 Drawer

Blank Tray

The three Professional T ool kits shown here are our most popular . For other options please contact our sales office or visit ou r website for further details. Alternatively why not make up your own kit. See pages 394 & 395 for details of the tool chests in our Premier Ball Bea ring Range and pages 108 to 111 for details of our Professional Tool Tray inserts.

400

Section 8 Superline PRO® Tool Chests - Stainless Steel ®

A ®

Superline PRO Tool Chests Distinctive and practical professional range of heavyduty topchests and rollcabs, manufactured from 19 gauge 430 Stainless Steel. Standard and Extra Wide widths, offer maximum tool storage capacity for the professional mechanic. Stainless Steel construction with inner steel walls for extra strength and durability. Ball bearing drawer runners provide superior performance. Deep drawers on AP4911S have double runners for increased load capacity. Split drawers on AP4909S and AP4911S for extra storage flexibility. Topchest and Rollcab supplied with interlocking zipable covers. Full height rear drawer locking mechanism. Added security provided by cylinder locks. Supplied with two keys. All drawers equipped with non-slip liners. Topchest lid supplied with gas hydraulic struts, providing good access to the top tray. Rollcabs feature Ø127 x 38mm rubber wheels two braked castors and two fixed wheels.

5 Drawer Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

6 Drawer B

Steel Topchest 5 Drawer A Stainless with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x5):

New Width: 685mm 570mm

AP4805S Depth: 482mm 440mm

Height: 590mm 47mm

Both AP4805S and AP4806S are supplied with their own protective cover. These can be joined to make one large co ver if you are using the Topchest and Rollcab together.

Steel Rollcab 6 Drawer B Stainless with Ball Bearing Runners Model No. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x3): Medium Drawer (x1): Large Drawer (x1): X-Large Drawer (x1):

New Width: 685mm 570mm 570mm 570mm 570mm

AP4806S Depth: 482mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm

Height: 864mm 47mm 98mm 122mm 222mm

Steel Topchest 9 Drawer C Stainless with Ball Bearing Runners Model No.

New

Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1042mm Small Drawer (x2): 570mm Medium Drawer (x3): 570mm Small 1/2 Drawer (x2): 292mm Medium 1/2 Drawer (x1): 292mm Large 1/2 Drawer (x1): 292mm

41” EXTRA W-I-D-E

AP4909S Depth: 482mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm

Height: 615mm 27mm 55mm 27mm 55mm 135mm

Steel Rollcab 11 Drawer D Stainless with Ball Bearing Runners Model No.

New

Specification: Width: Overall Size: 1042mm Full Width Medium Drawer (x1): 931mm Small Drawer (x1): 570mm Medium Drawer (x3): 570mm Large Drawer (x2): 570mm Small 1/2 Drawer (x1): 292mm Medium 1/2 Drawer (x1): 292mm Large 1/2 Drawer (x1): 292mm X-Large 1/2 Drawer (x1): 292mm

9 Drawer

AP4911S Depth: Height: 482mm 1044mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm 440mm

80mm 27mm 55mm 140mm 27mm 55mm 135mm 300mm

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

11 Drawer

Both AP4909S and AP4911S are supplied with their own protective cover. These can be joined to mak e one large co ver if y ou are using the Topchest and Rollcab together.

Section 8 Tool Chest Accessories & Padlocks A

401

A Magnetic Tool Storage Tray Model No. APTT310 Heavy gauge steel construction. Powerful cushioned magnets stick to any steel surface. Ideal for use with toolboxes. Holds up to 3.5kg. Tray Size (W x D x H): 310 x 115 x 30mm

Spray Gun Holder B Magnetic 2 Gun & Hose Model No.

MSH02

Heavy-duty magnetic bracket with two large magnets and will adhere to any ferrous surface. Composite covered magnets material prevents scratching of surface. Suitable for storing up to two spray guns. Size (H x W):

158 x 250mm

C Mini Magnetic Tool Hanger Model No. New MMTH Heavy-duty magnetic tool bracket with two powerful permanent magnets. Supplied with two screws for fixing to non-ferrous surface. Suitable for storing tools or leader/air hose when not in use. Size (H x W): 100 x 50mm Maximum Capacity: 5kg

A F

E D

F Composite Rollcab Worktop Model No.

Mini Magnetic Impact Tool Tidy

E Magnetic Impact Tool Tidy

Model No. New MMIT Model No. MIT Heavy-duty magnetic tool bracket with two powerful magnets holding up to 9kg. Wall mountable to allow for Heavy-duty magnetic tool bracket with four powerful a more permanent fixing with higher weight capacity . permanent magnets. Suitable for storing impact Suitable for storing an impact wrench when not in use. wrench, sockets and leader/air hose when not in use. Size (H x W): Maximum Capacity:

100 x 105mm 9kg

G Brass Cylinder Padlocks Model No. SEE BELOW Extruded brass body with hardened and plated steel shackle. Brass cylinder with twin-locking shackle* offers superior security. Supplied with three keys. Model No: Body Width: Shackle: Internal W/Ht: PBC20 20mm Ø3.5mm 10/13mm PBC30 30mm Ø5.0mm 15/19mm PBC40 40mm Ø6.0mm 21/21mm PBC50 50mm Ø9.0mm 25/29mm * Except PBC20

Size (H x W): Maximum Capacity:

355 x 134mm 15kg

Suitable Rollcab Dimensions: Width (Minimum/Maximum): Depth (Minimum/Maximum):

APRCWT

665/685mm 445/460mm

Cylinder Padlocks H Brass Extra-Long Shackle Model No.

New

Worktop suitable for full size American Pro and Superline Pro tool chests. Convert your existing rollcab into a mobile workstation with this useful accessory . Features robust handle, tool holders and component trays. Will accommodate a topchest if required and is suitable for other brands of equivalent size rollcabs.

SEE BELOW

I Laminated Steel Padlocks Model No.

SEE BELOW

Extruded brass body. Extra-long, hardened and plated Laminated steel padlock with single locking shackle. steel shackle. Brass cylinder with twin-locking shackle. Hardened and plated steel shackle construction. Brass Supplied with two keys. cylinder. Fitted with composite bumper ring. Supplied with two keys. Model No: Body Width: Shackle: Internal W/Ht: Model No: Body Width: Shackle: Internal W/Ht: PBCL40 40mm Ø6.0mm 20/58mm PLS30 30mm Ø5.0mm 15/17mm PBCL50 50mm Ø8.0mm 27/65mm PLS40 40mm Ø6.0mm 21/24mm PBCL60 60mm Ø9.0mm 32/70mm PLS50 50mm Ø9.0mm 24/28mm

402

Section 8 Tool Chest Accessories A

SSP24 not included

B Sharks Teeth Wrench Rack

A Non-Slip Liner Model No. AP/NSL Conceived initially for use as drawer liners for tool chests and rollcabs. Because of its incredible non-slip design, this unique new material has 1001 different uses. The liner is proofed against mildew , mould and moths. Use in the workshop, garage, home, car and boat where its non-slip properties make it indispensable. Supplied in large rolls. Roll Size:

Model No. New WR01 Durable composite sharks teeth wrench rack helps maintain an organised topchest/rollcab. 425mm Long two piece set holds up to 20 wrenches. Two adhesive strips included. Length: Contents:

425mm 2pc Wrench Rack, 2 x Adhesive Strips

2845 x 450mm

Collection Bowl D Magnetic Ø150mm Model No.

C Magnetic Glove Dispenser

Collection Tray F Magnetic 290 x 275mm

Collection Tray E Magnetic 240 x 140mm AK231

Stainless steel bowl with Ø80mm magnet in non-marking cover. Ideal for storing nuts, bolts, screws, washers and sockets during disassembly/assembly . Attaches to any ferrous surface and even works upside down. Ideal for dismantlers, recovery vehicles and engine rebuilders. Bowl Size: Ø150mm Number of Magnets: 1

Model No. APGD Dispenser attaches to any ferrous surface and can also be wall mounted. Four small magnets hold the dispenser in place. Suitable for packs of 50/100 disposable rubber gloves. Self-adjusting springs to hold different box sizes. Height: 254mm Width: 146mm Depth: 95mm Capacity: 50/100 Pack (Rubber Gloves)

Model No.

AK2312

Stainless steel tray with 2 x Ø80mm magnets in non-marking cover. Ideal for storing nuts, bolts, screws, washers and sockets during disassembly/assembly . Attaches to any ferrous surface and even works upside down. Ideal for dismantlers, recovery vehicles and engine rebuilders. Tray Size: 240 x 140mm Number of Magnets: 2

Model No.

AK2314

Stainless steel tray with 4 x Ø80mm magnets in non-marking cover. Ideal for storing nuts, bolts, screws, washers and sockets during disassembly/assembly . Attaches to any ferrous surface and even works upside down. Ideal for dismantlers, recovery vehicles and engine rebuilders. Tray Size: 290 x 275mm Number of Magnets: 4

Tools not included.

G - H Magnetic Socket Holder Rails

Tool Rail I Magnetic 500mm

Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. AK211 Tidy storage for loose sockets on steel rails, attaches to any ferrous surface, can also be wall mounted. Supplied with Wall or toolbox mounting magnetic rack. Suitable for 3 packs containing 10 socket clips each, suitable for retaining 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive sockets. Use with multiple or retaining frequently used steel tools such as single size clips. G H screwdrivers, wrenches and pliers. Supplied with fixing Model No: AK27081 AK27091 screws. Tools not included. Length: 200mm 300mm Length: 500mm Socket Range: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”Sq Drive 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”Sq Drive Width: 40mm

Section 8 Tool Chest Accessories A

1/4” Drive

403

3/8” Drive

1/2” Drive

Socket Retaining Rails

Socket Retaining Rail Set 3pc

Model No. SEE BELOW Tidy storage for loose sockets. Carry rail to the job or mount onto wall or toolbox. Handle marked with drive size. Supplied with 14 socket clips. Model No: Drive: Length: 1/4”Sq 420mm 1 AK1414 3/8”Sq 420mm 2 AK3814 1/2”Sq 420mm 3 AK1214

1/4” Drive

1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” Drive

Socket Retaining Bars C Modular 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2”Sq Drive Model No.

1/4” Drive

3/8” Drive

AK27050

Tidy storage for sockets with sliding clips on composite Model No. AK270 410mm Rails each fitted with sixteen adjustable socket rails. Rails can be extended by joining modular clips. Drilled rails allow wall mounting or cabinet fixing. sections to achieve desired length. Can be wall or toolbox mounted. Supplied with 3 x 10 socket clips for retaining 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive sockets. Use with Contents: 1 each; 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”Sq Drive Rail with mixed or single size clips. Retaining Clips Modules: 50mm (5pc), 100mm(3pc), 75mm End Pieces (6pc) Socket Clips: 10 each; 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”Sq Drive

1/2” Drive

3/8” Drive 2

1/2” Drive 3

Socket Retaining Rails

E Socket Holders

Model No. SEE BELOW Allows you to maintain a tidy workstation and always have sockets to hand. Accommodates both standard and deep sockets. Model No: Drive: Socket Size/Capacity: 1/4”Sq 4-15mm/28 1 SH1414 3/8”Sq 6-20mm/30 2 SH3815 1/2”Sq 10-27mm/34 3 SH1217

Model No. SEE BELOW Durable composite sliding socket rails. Size printed directly on each individual socket clip for easy selection. Available in three sizes. Model No: Drive: Socket Size/Capacity: 1/4”Sq 4-13mm/12 1 AK1412 3/8”Sq 8-19mm/12 2 AK3812 1/2”Sq 8-24mm/17 3 AK1217

1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” Drive Rail Tray F Socket 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2”Sq Drive Model No.

1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” Drive

Rail Tray H Socket 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2”Sq Drive

Rail Tray G Socket 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2”Sq Drive AK2712

Steel panel comprising four 220mm rails and clips suitable for retaining 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive sockets. Fitted with carry handle. Tray Size: 220 x 152mm

Model No.

1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” Drive

AK271

Steel panel comprising of four 430mm rails and clips suitable for retaining 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive sockets. Fitted with carry handle. Tray Size: 430 x 157mm

Model No. AK272 Steel tray comprising of five 430mm rails and clips suitable for retaining 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive sockets. Also includes two 10pc power driver bit holders. Tray features carry handles and hanging holes for workshop storage. Tray Size: 490 x 210mm

404

Section 8 Workshop Trolleys

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Model No.

Extra Heavy-Duty Workshop C 2-Level Trolley with Lockable Drawer

Extra Heavy-Duty B 3-Level Workshop Trolley

Extra Heavy-Duty A 2-Level Workshop Trolley CX102

Garage or workshop trolley with each shelf having a capacity of 80kg. Deep-walled shelves, each of which may be installed base down or base up to give either tool and component security or unobstructed access. Four large castors, two locking. Size (W x D x H): 760 x 410 x 900mm Capacity: 80kg/Level

Model No.

CX103

Model No.

CX101D

Garage or workshop trolley with each shelf having a capacity of 80kg. Deep-walled shelves, each of which may be installed base down or base up to give either tool and component security or unobstructed access. Full-width, lockable drawer with ball bearing slides. Four large castors, two locking. Size (W x D x H): 760 x 410 x 900mm Drawer (x1) (W x D x H): 680 x 375 x 75mm Capacity: 80kg/Level

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Model Noâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; s CX101D and CX1042D are both fitted with ball bearing drawer slides.

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Extra Heavy-Duty Trolley D 2-Level with Lockable Top Model No.

CX104

815 x 410 x 985mm 80kg/Level

Heavy-Duty Workshop F 3-Level Trolley Model No.

CX208

Tubular steel frame with powder coated finish for strength and durability . Moulded high density polyethylene shelving with double skin allows combined capacity of up to 90kg when fully assembled. Resistant to oil, grease and brake fluid. Includes two locking castors. Suitable for a variety of workshop and body shop applications. Size (W x D x H): Capacity:

565 x 395 x 810mm 30kg/Level

Extra Heavy-Duty Trolley E 2-Level with Lockable Top & 2 Drawers Model No.

Height G Adjustable Mobile Workstation Model No.

CX1042D

Garage or workshop trolley with each shelf having a capacity of 80kg. Upper shelf has liner and lockable top, lower shelf may be installed base down or base up to give either tool and component security or unobstructed access. Two lockable drawers, with ball bearing slides and liners, give additional tool security. Four large castors, two locking. Size (W x D x H): 815 x 430 x 985mm Drawer (x2) (W x D x H): 680 x 375 x 75mm Capacity: 80kg/Level

AP200

Table is fully adjustable in height and can rotate 360Â° while base remains static. Features two-section table, one large for main workpiece and a smaller section for accessories. Rubber lining on the table helps prevent damage to the unit and workpiece. Suitable for use in workshops and warehouses. Supplied with four castor wheels. Minimum Height: 875mm Maximum Height: 1250mm Table Size (W x D): 740 x 455mm Capacity: 25kg

Section 8 Workshop Trolleys & Mobile Workbenches

405

Ball Bearing

Drawer Slides

A Mobile Tool & Parts Trolley Model No. AP920M Heavy gauge steel construction with lockable sliding top on smooth ball bearing runners. Two drawers with ball bearing slides, which are locked when top is closed. Handle and oddments tray at each end. Two fixed wheels and two locking castors. Suitable for tools and parts. Some self assembly required. Size (W x D x H): Total Load Capacity:

920 x 535 x 950mm 150kg

Heavy-Duty Trolley 2-Level with 4 Drawers B Extra & Cantilever Trays Model No.

New

AP930M

Garage or workshop trolley with an overall capacity of 150kg. Lined upper shelf has four cantilever trays and a lockable top with gas sprung centre support. Lined lower shelf is ideal for larger parts or tools storage. Four drawers with liners and ball bearing runners, feature a rear locking mechanism which engages when lid is closed giving added security . Fitted with four large swivel castors, two locking. Capacity: 150kg Specification (W x D x H): Overall Size: 787 x 445 x 965mm Lower Tray: 775 x 406 x 75mm Upper Tray: 775 x 406 x 105mm Chest Overall: 686 x 394 x 280mm Medium Split Drawer (x2): 317 x 368 x 51mm Medium Drawer (x1): 660 x 368 x 76mm Large Drawer (x1): 660 x 368 x 101mm

Mechanic Seat D Deluxe with 3 Drawers Model No.

C Mobile Workbench with Oil Drain Model No.

AP1200M

Sturdy steel construction with powder coated finish to prevent corrosion. Angled worktop to one drain point makes this ideal for working on engines, transmissions, gearboxes or hydraulic systems. All fluids drain into special removable polyethylene container. Features lockable drawer on smooth ball bearing runners and four castors, two locking. Size (W x D x H):

1200 x 800 x 900mm

E 2-Level Heavy-Duty Workshop Trolley Model No. CX105 Ideal for regularly used workshop items such as body repair kits, power tools and bulky equipment too big for a tool chest. Strong build quality and extra large castors make these excellent dismantling trolleys for smaller vehicle components. Type: 2-Level Trolley Size (W x D x H): 890 x 420 x 895mm Capacity: 50kg/Level

New

SCR9D

Heavy steel framework with powderpaint finish. Easy rolling Ă&#x2DC;60mm rubber castors with ball bearing swivel. Features a three drawer cabinet with ball bearing runners for easy access of tools and components whilst working. Overall Size (W x D x H): 405 x 465 x 430mm Drawer (x3) (W x D x H): 320 x 195 x 58mm

F 3-Level Heavy-Duty Workshop Trolley Model No. CX108 Ideal for regularly used workshop items such as body repair kits, power tools and bulky equipment too big for a tool chest. Strong build quality and extra large castors make these excellent dismantling trolleys for smaller vehicle components. Type: 3-Level Trolley Size (W x D x H): 890 x 420 x 895mm Capacity: 50kg/Level

Section 8 Workbenches

406

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

Available in:

1.2mtr 1.5mtr Table Width

Table Width

A Steel Workbenches Wooden Top Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

1.2mtr

Fully painted steel frame with wooden worktop and shelf. No nuts and bolts, means no tools required to assemble. Workbench clips together in minutes.Available in two sizes. Model No: AP1210 AP1535

Maximum Capacity Per Level: 100kg 200kg

Size (W x D x H): 1210 x 610 x 900mm 1535 x 620 x 920mm

Table Width

Workbench with 2 Drawers Wooden Top B Steel 1.2mtr Model No.

AP12600

Worktop has metric scale along front edge, plus protractor . Pegboard rear panel with hooks for convenient tool storage.Two half drawers, with ball bearing slides, full size shelf below worktop and 230mm shelf above pegboard. Size W x D x H (Overall/Worktop) : 1210 x 610 x 1560/910mm

1.5mtr Table Width

D Wall Mounting Tool Storage Cabinet

Steel Workbench Beech Top

C 1.5mtr Model No.

AP0715

Manufactured using 36mm thick beech wood worktop with sturdy steel frame. Suitable for use in all workshops. Size (W x D x H):

1500 x 700 x 915mm

Available in:

1.5mtr 2.0mtr Table Width

Table Width

Model No. TTS4 Double skinned construction and heavy-duty double locking system. Combination of tool and bin storage. Supplied with two keys. Size (W x D x H): 920 x 300 x 720mm

Available in:

E Steel Workbenches Wood Laminate Top Model No. SEE BELOW 35mm Thick wood composite top, with beech-ef fect laminate, and epoxy coated steel frame. Available in two sizes. Model No: Size (W x D x H): AP0615 1500 x 610 x 880mm AP0620 2000 x 610 x 880mm

1.5mtr 2.0mtr Table Width

Made in

Table Width

F Steel Workbenches Wooden Top Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured using 20mm thick hardwood surface with epoxy coated steel frame. Available in two sizes. Model No: Size (W x D x H): AP1215 1500 x 700 x 830mm AP1220 2000 x 700 x 830mm

Section 8 Workbenches with Drawer & Cupboard A Workstation 1.2mtr Model No.

407

AP2060

Workstation consisting of wooden worktop bench and wall mounting cabinet. Features one drawer, one deep cupboard, two slim cupboards, metal pegboard and open storage space with a removable shelf depending on space required. All cupboards are lockable. Supplied with 20 hanging hooks. Ideal for keeping all tools close to hand while at work. Workbench Size (W x D x H): 1200 x 600 x 860mm Cabinet Size (W x D x H): 1200 x 200 x 610mm

1.2mtr Table Width

Single drawer unit supplied as standard. Single drawer unit supplied as standard.

Available in:

2.0mtr

1.0mtr 1.5mtr

Table Width

Steel Top Workbench with Drawer

B 2mtr

Model No. AP3020 Manufactured throughout in 3mm steel plate for industrial durability and finished in red gloss to prevent corrosion. Supplied with single lockable drawer, which can be installed on the left or right of the workbench. Includes bottom shelf for additional storage. Size (W x D x H):

2000 x 650 x 865mm

2.0mtr

Table Width

Steel Top Workbenches with Drawer

Model No. SEE BELOW Supplied with a single, lockable drawer. Manufactured throughout from steel plate for industrial durability and finished in red gloss to prevent corrosion. Includes bottom shelf for additional storage. Model No: Size (W x D x H): AP1010 1000 x 650 x 860mm AP1015 1500 x 650 x 860mm AP1020 2000 x 650 x 860mm

Drawer Unit for AP10 & AP30 E 3Series Benches Model No.

AP3

Optional unit for added drawer space on any of the AP10 and AP30 Series workbenches. Manufactured with steel plate for industrial durability and finished in red gloss to prevent corrosion. Lockable drawers, which can be installed on the left or right of the workbench. Drawer Size (W x D x H): 340 x 525 x 120mm Overall Size (W x D x H): 400 x 575 x 535mm

Drawer Unit for AP10 & D Single AP30 Series Benches Model No.

AP1

Optional unit for added drawer space on any of the AP10 and AP30 Series workbenches. Manufactured with steel plate for industrial durability and finished in red gloss to prevent corrosion. Lockable drawer, which can be installed on the left or right of the workbench. Drawer Size (W x D x H): 340 x 525 x 120mm

VICES We stock a comprehensive range of Cast Iron and All-Steel Vices - see page 595 for full details.

Section 8 Workbenches

408

Supplied with or without

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides See Below

Supplied with or without

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

A Heavy-Duty Workstations with 5 Drawers

See Below

B Heavy-Duty Workbenches with 2 Drawers

Model No. SEE BELOW Powder coated steel panels with 25mm wood laminate top. Five drawers, available with either friction slide runners or ball bearing runners for superior performance. Supplied flat packed. Model No: Drawer Slides: Table Size Working Capacity: (W x D): Height: AP2050 Friction 838 x 508mm 865mm 250kg AP2050BB Ball Bearing 838 x 508mm 865mm 250kg

Model No. SEE BELOW Powder coated steel panels with 40mm wood laminate top.Two drawers, available with either friction slide runners or ball bearing runners for superior performance. Open storage space for larger items. Supplied flat packed. Model No: Drawer Slides: Table Size Working Capacity: (W x D): Height: AP2020 Friction 1372 x 508mm 865mm 250kg AP2020BB Ball Bearing 1372 x 508mm 865mm 250kg

Supplied with or without

Ball Bearing Drawer Slides

See Below

D Heavy-Duty Workbenches with 5 Drawers

C Heavy-Duty Workbench with Cupboard Model No. AP2010 Powder coated steel panels with 40mm wood laminate top. Features lockable cupboard with 6-pin tumbler lock and two keys. Supplied flat packed. Table Size (W x D): 1372 x 508mm Working Height: 865mm Capacity: 250kg

Model No. SEE BELOW Powder coated steel panels with 40mm wood laminate top. Five drawers, available with either friction slide runners or ball bearing runners for superior performance. Open shelving for storage of larger items. Supplied flat packed. Model No:

Drawer Slides:

AP2030 AP2030BB

Friction Ball Bearing

Table Size (W x D): 1372 x 508mm 1372 x 508mm

Working Height: 865mm 865mm

Capacity: 250kg 250kg

Bench with Drawer E Woodworking 1.52mtr Model No.

AP1520

Made from birchwood with a varnished finish. Features tool well, shelf, tool drawer , front and end vices, four metal bench stops and four wooden board jacks. Overall Dimensions (W x D x H): Worktop: Tool Well: Drawer: Vice (x2): Weight:

1520 x 620 x 850mm 1390 x 355mm 1340 x 113mm 330 x 320 x 75mm 280mm Wide x 190mm Opening 27kg

Section 8 Lockers & Flammables Storage Cabinets A Locker - 2 Compartment Model No. AP18030 Boltless locker system suitable for a wide variety of commercial applications. Single locker configuration with clothes hanger bar and ventilated door with cylinder lock. Supplied flat packed. For add-on lockers order Model No. AP18030E Extension Pack which incorporates one side panel only. Size (W x D x H): Extension Pack:

409

300 x 500 x 1800mm AP18030E

B Locker - 3 Compartment Model No. AP18040 Boltless locker system suitable for a wide variety of commercial applications. Three-compartment configuration - dirty and clean compartments with hanger bar and top shelf. Ventilated door with cylinder lock. Supplied flat packed. For add-on lockers order Model No. AP18040E Extension Pack which incorporates one side panel only. Size (W x D x H): Extension Pack:

400 x 500 x 1800mm AP18040E

Lockers illustrated above with optional extension packs.

Storage Cabinet D Flammables 915 x 460 x 915mm Model No.

C Floor Cabinet 2 Door Model No. New SC01 Use as an individual storage unit. Featuring two large doors, four shelves and base storage. Added security provided by cylinder lock, supplied with two keys. All steel construction, stabilized by an inner cross member. Supplied flat packed to save freight cost, simple assembly required. Size (W x D x H):

915 x 457 x 1981mm

FSC02

Sturdy metal construction with yellow powder coat and BS5378 warning signs. Two door, fitted with two-point key lock and supplied with two keys. Features two adjustable, lipped shelves and liquid-tight base to retain spills.Illustrated with optional floor stand, Model No.FSC02ST. Shelves: 2 Size (W x D x H): 915 x 460 x 915mm

E Floor Stand for FSC02 Model No. FSC02ST Sturdy metal stand to support FSC02. Size (W x D x H): 915 x 465 x 445mm

Storage Cabinet F Flammables 915 x 460 x 1830mm Model No.

FSC03

Sturdy metal construction with yellow powder coat and BS5378 warning signs. Two door, fitted with two-point key lock and supplied with two keys. Features three adjustable, lipped shelves and liquid-tight base to retain spills.155mm raised, leak-proof, door sill. Shelves: 3 Size (W x D x H): 915 x 460 x 1830mm

410

Section 8 Wall Systems & Storage

A - C Technical Parts Storage Model No.

SEE BELOW

Our TPS range gives you the versatility to build up a storage system according to the wall space available. All panels are the same height, only the widths vary . The heavy gauge steel back panels are made in the UK and will withstand years of hard use. Panels are packed and priced in pairs. Order storage bins separately, available in seven sizes.

A Model No: Width: Height:

TPS6 500mm 500mm

TPS7 1000mm 500mm

TPS8 1500mm 500mm

Bins and contents not included.

D PerfoTool Storage Panels Model No. SEE BELOW Tool storage panels, available in three sizes. Model No: Size (W x H): Pack Qty: TTS05 500 x 500mm 2 TTS1 1000 x 500mm 2 TTS2 1500 x 500mm 2

Hooks & Storage E Tool Accessories Model No.

SEE BELOW

Choose from our comprehensive range. All hooks and accessories latch into the panel holes and can be secured quickly and effectively with retaining clips supplied.

Spring Clip

Single Hook

Double Hook

Plastic Bin Strip Holder

Pliers Hook 36mm

E Model No: TTS6 TTS7 TTS8 TTS9 TTS10 TTS11 TTS12 TTS13 TTS14 TTS15 TTS16 TTS17 TTS20 TTS21 TTS22 TTS24

Storage Tray 225mm

Hooks and tools not included.

Pipe Bracket

Socket Holder 6pc Capacity

Storage Tray 450mm

Description: Pack Qty: Tool Hooks - Suitable for 1mtr of Tool Storage Kit of 20 Tool Hooks - Suitable for 1.5mtr of Tool Storage Kit of 30 Tool Hooks - Suitable for 3mtr of Tool Storage Kit of 60 10mm Spring Clip Pack of 5 13mm Spring Clip Pack of 5 16mm Spring Clip Pack of 5 19mm Spring Clip Pack of 5 25mm Spring Clip Pack of 5 28mm Spring Clip Pack of 5 25mm Single Prong Hook - Vertical End Pack of 5 50mm Single Prong Hook - Vertical End Pack of 5 75mm Single Prong Hook - Vertical End Pack of 5 25mm Double Prong Hook - Angled End 30mm Gap Pack of 5 50mm Double Prong Hook - Angled End 30mm Gap Pack of 5 75mm Double Prong Hook - Angled End 30mm Gap Pack of 5 Ø60mm Pipe Bracket Pack of 2

E Model No: TTS25 TTS26 TTS27 TTS28 TTS29 TTS30 TTS32 TTS33 TTS34 TTS35 TTS38 TTS39 TTS40 TTS41 TTS42

Power Tool Holder

Spanner Holder

Hex Key Holder

Hacksaw Holder

Screwdriver Holder

Description: Ø100mm Pipe Bracket Wrench Holder - Capacity 8 Wrenches Power Tool Holder Ø40mm Power Tool Holder Ø60mm Power Tool Holder Ø80mm Hex Key Holder Plastic Bin Holder Strip 450mm Pliers Hook 36mm Pliers Hook 50mm Socket Holder - Capacity 6 1/2”Sq Drive Hook Kit - Suitable for RE83/10 Hacksaw Holder - Capacity 3 Hacksaws Storage Tray for Perfo Panel 225 x 175 x 65mm Storage Tray for Perfo Panel 450 x 175 x 65mm Screwdriver Unit - Capacity 7 Screwdrivers

Pack Qty: Pack of 2 Single Pack of 2 Pack of 2 Pack of 2 Single Single Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Single Kit of 26 Single Single Single Single

Section 8 Parts Storage A - B Bin & Panel Combinations Model No. SEE BELOW The most economical way to buy storage. Storage bins from our standard range mounted onto composite back panels. Model No: Pack Size: Contents: 6 Sets 12 x TPS2 Bins A TPS9 + Panel 1 Set 12 x TPS2 Bins A TPS9S + Panel 8 Sets 9 x TPS1 Bins B TPS10 6 x TPS2 Bins + Panel 1 Set 9 x TPS1 Bins B TPS10S 6 x TPS2 Bins + Panel

411

C 1

STORAGE BINS Our range of storage bins and panels is ideal for storing all types of products from MIG accessories (illustrated above), sockets and bits to jewellery . The wide range of panel sizes helps make the most of your available wall space, giving you a place for everything and keeping your workplace uncluttered.

7 4 5

C Storage Bins Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from shock-proof polymer which is resistant to mild acids, solvents and oils. Bins have a high thermal stability and resist damage from extremes of temperature.Available in case quantities only.

D Composite Pegboard 2pc Stock Code S0765 Wall-mounted quality composite pegboard. Complete with an 18pc assorted hook set. Additional hooks available, Stock Code S0766. Overall Size (H x W): 495 x 615mm Individual Board Size (H x W): 495 x 306mm S0766 E Replacement Hook Set: Contents: 2 x Small Rings, 3 x Large Rings, 5 x Curved, 11 x Short, 2 x Long, 7 x Twin

F Bin Storage System with 47 Bins Model No.

New

TPS47

Powder coated steel racking with plastic storage bins positioned evenly on one side. Racking Dimensions (W x D x H): 940 x 285 x 1145mm Bin Dimensions (W x D x H): 110 x 160 x 75mm, 150 x 235 x 125mm Bin Quantities: 32 x Small, 15 x Large Weight: 22kg

Bin Storage System with G Mobile 94 Bins Model No. TPS94 Powder coated steel racking with plastic storage bins positioned evenly on both sides. Mounted on four heavy-duty castors (two lockable) for mobility. Racking Dimensions (W x D x H): 940 x 500 x 1245mm Bin Dimensions (W x D x H): 110 x 160 x 75mm 150 x 235 x 125mm Bin Quantities: 64 x Small, 30 x Large Weight: 33kg

Model No: 1 TPS1 2 TPS2 3 TPS3 4 TPS4 5 TPS5 6 TPS2D 7 TPS3D

Case Qty: 100 48 38 20 12 28 16

Size (W x D x H): 103 x 85 x 53mm 105 x 165 x 83mm 148 x 240 x 128mm 209 x 356 x 164mm 310 x 500 x 190mm 103 x 240 x 83mm 145 x 335 x 125mm

Panel TPS1 Model No: TPS6 TPS7 TPS8

TPS2 TPS3 TPS2D TPS3D 20 48 72

16 32 48

9 18 30

TPS4 TPS5 4 8 14

The table above indicates how many storage bins can be attached to the various sizes of panel.

2 6 8

412

Section 8 Parts Storage

A Cabinet Box 20 Drawer Model No. APDC20 Professional quality steel frame cabinet for use in the workshop. Complete with 20 tough polypropylene drawers which can be sub divided into smaller compartments with dividers (not included). Can be wall mounted or used free standing. Specification: Overall Size: Small Drawer (x15): Medium Drawer (x4): Large Drawer (x1):

Width: 307mm 50mm 64mm 270mm

Depth: 147mm 135mm 135mm 135mm

Height: 285mm 35mm 56mm 56mm

D Drawer Dividers NOT ILLUSTRATED Drawer Dividers for APDC20 and APDC45. Model No: APDC01 APDC02

Pack Qty: 30 x Small 10 x Small, 3 x Medium, 2 x Large

Combi Box B Cabinet 18 Drawers & 4 Bins Model No.

C Cabinet Box 44 Drawer APDC22

Tough and durable case. Contains 18 impact resistant polypropylene drawers and 4 storage bins. Ideal for storing a mixture of small and large fixings and components etc. Fitted with four fixing points for wall mounting. Specification: Width: Overall Size: 300mm Small Compartment (x15): 54mm Medium Compartment (x2): 133mm Large Compartment (x1): 270mm Storage Bin (x4)*: 139mm *External measurements

Depth: Height: 163mm 478mm 130mm 35mm 130mm 35mm 130mm 35mm 157mm 83mm

Model No. APDC45 Professional quality steel frame cabinet for use in the workshop. Complete with 44 tough polypropylene drawers which can be sub divided into smaller compartments with dividers (not included). Can be wall mounted or used free standing. Specification: Width: Overall Size: 307mm Small Drawer (x40): 50mm Medium Drawer (x3): 85mm Large Drawer (x1): 270mm

Depth: 147mm 135mm 135mm 135mm

Height: 510mm 35mm 56mm 56mm

G E Metal Cabinet Box 16 Drawer

Box 37 Compartment H Assortment Double Sided

Model No. APDC16 Professional quality steel construction for use in workshop. Freestanding, with 16 drawers. Specification: Overall Size: Drawer (x16):

Width: 435mm 100mm

Depth: 170mm 165mm

Height: 290mm 53mm

F Metal Cabinet Box 25 Drawer Model No. APDC25 Professional quality steel construction for use in workshop. Freestanding, with 25 drawers. Specification: Overall Size: Drawer (x25):

Width: 540mm 100mm

Depth: 170mm 165mm

Model No.

Height: 360mm 53mm

APAS37

Tough impact resistant polypropylene double sided assortment box with 37 fixed compartments. Fibre reinforced long life plastic locking catch and carry handle which allows unit to unfold flat for easy access to both compartments at the same time. Clear plastic lids for easy identification of contents.

G Metal Cabinet Box 36 Drawer Model No. APDC36 Professional quality steel construction for use in workshop. Freestanding, with 36 drawers. Specification: Width: Depth: Height: Overall Size: 645mm 170mm 430mm Drawer (x36): 100mm 165mm 53mm

Specification: Overall Size: Compartment Size: Extra Small (x2): Small (x24): Medium (x1): Medium/Large (x8): Large (x1): X-Large (x1):

Width: Depth:Height: 370mm 295mm 115mm 56mm 36mm 56mm 51mm 114mm 34mm 114mm 52mm 114mm 114mm 350mm 115mm

51mm 51mm 51mm 51mm 51mm 51mm

Section 8 Truck & Site Boxes A

413

Steel Storage Chests A - C Model No. SEE RIGHT Manufactured from heavy gauge steel. Supplied flat packed saving high freight cost. Quick and easy to assemble with all nuts and bolts hidden from view once unit is built up. Enamel finish helps prevent corrosion. Features a cylindrical lock for added security. Suitable for site, workshop and home use.

A Model No: Width: Depth: Height: Weight:

SB565 565mm 350mm 320mm 11kg

B SB765 765mm 350mm 320mm 12kg

C SB1200 1200mm 450mm 360mm 20kg

D - F Truck & Site Boxes Model No. SEE RIGHT Manufactured from heavy gauge steel with seam welded joints. Folded lips add strength and rigidity. Enamel finish helps prevent corrosion. Box may be secured with a padlock hidden in recess at the front. Features heavyduty handle on each end of box for manoeuvrability. Lid is secured with locked arm when open. STB02 and SSB01 are also fitted with welded feet allowing unit to be moved by forklift. Feet have pre-drilled holes for the option of securing in one place. Suitable for secure storage of tools and heavy equipment, on site, in vehicle, in the workshop or at home.

D Model No: Width: Depth: Height: Weight:

STB01 812mm 483mm 355mm 34kg

E STB02 1050mm 508mm 595mm 52kg

F SSB01 1220mm 610mm 700mm 69kg

414

Section 8 Site Boxes ÂŽ

A Heavy-Duty Site Boxes Heavy-duty site security boxes, peace of mind storage for tools and equipment. This range provides some of the best security available on the market with key features as follows; Twin double throw deadlocks. Anti-jemmy bars all around to prevent tools/prybars being forced into the gap between lid and box. Hydraulic arms, which assist in controlled opening/closing of sturdy lid. Drop down side handles. Full width split piano hinge welded to lid and box. Access for forklifts on site security box range. Manufactured from 1.5 - 3mm thick steel. (See individual model specification for details). Each box is supplied with 4 keys, which are from a combination of 1:3000. Protective rubber mat supplied as standard with each box. Optional wheel kit available - Model No: SSBWK.

Box A Site 1180 x 640 x 635mm Model No.

New

Double throw deadlocks

SSB02

Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1180 x 640 x 635mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1130 x 595 x 545mm Steel Thickness: Body: 2mm Side Panel: 2mm Lid: 2mm Weight: 72kg

Box B Site 1180 x 640 x 930mm Model No.

New

SSB03

Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1180 x 640 x 930mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1130 x 595 x 850mm Steel Thickness: Body: 2mm Side Panel: 2mm Lid: 2mm Weight: 88kg

Box C Site 1180 x 640 x 1280mm Model No.

New

SSB04

Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1180 x 640 x 1280mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1130 x 595 x 1225mm Steel Thickness: Body: 3mm Side Panel: 3mm Lid: 3mm Shelf: 2mm Weight: 165kg

Box D Site 1485 x 640 x 1280mm Model No.

New

SSB05

Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1485 x 640 x 1280mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1425 x 595 x 1225mm Steel Thickness: Body: 3mm Side Panel: 3mm Lid: 3mm Shelf: 2mm Weight: 193kg

Kit 4pc E Wheel Ă&#x2DC;125 x 50mm Model No.

New

SSBWK

Optional kit includes 2 fixed wheels and 2 castors with brake. Suitable for mounting the truck, site and flammables security boxes - Model No's: SSB02, SSB03, SSB04, SSB05, FSB01, FSB02, STB03, STB04 & STB05

Drop down side handles

Hydraulic Arms

Optional Wheel Kits

Section 8 Truck & Site Boxes

415

速

A Heavy-Duty Truck & Flammables Site Boxes Heavy-duty truck and site security boxes, peace of mind storage for tools and equipment. This range provides some of the best security available on the market with key features as follows; Twin double throw deadlocks. Anti-jemmy bars all around to prevent tools/prybars being forced into the gap between lid and box. Hydraulic arms, which assist in controlled opening/closing of sturdy lid. Drop down side handles. Full width split piano hinge welded to lid and box. Access for forklifts on flammables site and truck range. Flammables storage models also feature additional fume venting and removable drip tray . Manufactured from 1.5 - 3mm thick steel. (See individual model specification for details). Each box is supplied with 4 keys, which are from a combination of 1:3000. Protective rubber mat supplied as standard with each box. Optional wheel kit available Model No: SSBWK .

Box A Truck 960 x 490 x 455mm Model No. New STB03 Dimensions External (W x D x H): 960 x 490 x 455mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 915 x 445 x 445mm Body Thickness: Side Panel: 1.5mm Lid: 1.5mm Shelf: 1.5mm Weight: 37kg

Double throw deadlocks on all models.

Box B Truck 1305 x 490 x 455mm Model No. New STB04 Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1305 x 490 x 455mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1255 x 445 x 445mm Body Thickness: Side Panel: 1.5mm Lid: 2mm Shelf: 2mm Weight: 51kg

Box C Truck 1850 x 640 x 635mm Model No. New STB05 Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1850 x 640 x 635mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1810 x 595 x 550mm Body Thickness: Side Panel: 2mm Lid: 2mm Shelf: 3mm Weight: 114kg

Hydraulic arms fitted to all models.

Site Box D Flammables 1180 x 640 x 635mm Model No. New FSB01 Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1180 x 640 x 635mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1130 x 595 x 545mm Steel Thickness: Body: 2mm Side Panel: 2mm Lid: 2mm Weight: 72kg

Site Box E Flammables 1180 x 640 x 1280mm Model No. New FSB02 Dimensions External (W x D x H): 1180 x 640 x 1280mm Dimensions Internal (W x D x H): 1130 x 595 x 1225mm Steel Thickness: Body: 3mm Side Panel: 3mm Lid: 3mm Shelf: 2mm Weight: 165kg

416

Section 8 Key Security

A Security Key Cabinets Model No. SEE BELOW Seamless steel construction with durable coating for corrosion resistance. Fitted with high quality cylinder type lock and supplied with two keys. Piano hinged door with catch plate gives added security. Supplied with a pack of colour coded key tags. Includes mounting screws and wall plugs. Suitable for a wide variety of applications. Model No: Key Capacity: Size (W x D x H): 20 160 x 80 x 200mm 1 SKC20 45 240 x 80 x 300mm 2 SKC45 93 240 x 80 x 300mm 3 SKC93

A Cylinder type lock with two keys on these three models.

Key Cabinets B Security Tumbler Lock Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

Seamless steel construction with durable coating for corrosion resistance. High quality cylinder type lock with tumbler security system. Piano hinged door with catch plate gives added security. Supplied with number tags. Includes mounting screws and wall plugs. Colour coded key tags not included. Model No: Key Capacity: Size (W x D x H): 20 160 x 80 x 200mm 1 SKC820 2 SKC836 36 240 x 80 x 300mm 3 SKC857 57 280 x 80 x 370mm

C 1

Cylinder type lock with tumbler security on these three models.

C Key Tag Assortments Model No. SEE BELOW Assorted colour coded key tags. Ideal for use in key cabinets for easy referencing. Model No: Pack Qty: SKTAG25 25 SKTAG50 50

1 2

Security Key D Heavy-Duty Cabinets Model No.

SEE BELOW

Steel construction with durable coating for corrosion resistance. Fitted with high quality cylinder type lock and supplied with two keys. Numbered, colour coded hook bars are adjustable to suit varying key sizes. Supplied with index card for easy key location. Includes mounting screws and wall plugs. Extra depth on SKC100D allows storage of key bunches and unusually shaped keys. Model No: Key Capacity: Size (W x D x H): 50 375 x 80 x 550mm 1 SKC50 100 375 x 80 x 550mm 2 SKC100 100 375 x 140 x 550mm 3 SKC100D

See page 701 for a full range of Wheel & Steering Locks.

Section 8 Cash Boxes, Safes & Lock Alarm Security A Security Cash Boxes Model No. SEE BELOW Sturdy steel construction with rounded corners and reinforced locking catch plate. Fitted with high quality cylinder type lock and supplied with two keys. Handle recesses into lid allowing boxes to be stacked. Features three compartment removable coin tray in smaller model and five compartments in SCB04. Model No: 1 SCB03 2 SCB04

Compartments: 3 5

Size (W x D x H): 250 x 180 x 80mm 300 x 230 x 90mm

Combination B - E Electronic Security Safes Model No.

C Model No: Sizes (W x D x H): External: Internal: Wall/Door Thickness: D Model No: Sizes (W x D x H): External: Internal: Wall/Door Thickness: E Model No: Sizes (W x D x H): External: Internal: Wall/Door Thickness:

SEE BELOW

Heavy-duty construction with twin locking bolts. Simple to operate electronic keypad accepts a combination of between three and eight numbers, giving millions of combinations. Three LEDs show security, power and operating status. Includes battery back-up and manual override. SCS03 is supplied with two shelves and four support feet. Powder coated finish. Compact design, pre-drilled holes and security fixings allow safe to be hidden discreetly away.

B Model No: Sizes (W x D x H): External: Internal Wall/Door Thickness:

417

SCS00

310 x 200 x 200mm 305 x 140 x 195mm 2/4mm

SCS01 350 x 250 x 250mm 340 x 200 x 240mm 2/4mm SCS02 380 x 300 x 300mm 370 x 250 x 290mm 2/4mm SCS03 350 x 330 x 500mm 345 x 310 x 495mm 3/4mm

Electronic keyboard accepts a combination of between three and eight numbers giving millions of combinations.

See page 701 for full range of Parking Barriers.

Alarm System G Lock 2.4mtr Cable

Alarm System F Lock 1.5mtr Cable Model No.

See page 177 for full specification of our Motorcycle Wheel Chock.

New

LA15

Model No.

New

LA24

Portable security lock which sounds an 1 10 decibel siren if lock is tampered with or if cable is cut. Features 1.5mtr plastic coated hardened steel cable for resistance to corrosion and cutting. Highly durable casing with cylinder lock. Ideal for securing bicycles, motorcycles and large machinery/equipment against theft. Supplied with two high security keys.

Portable security lock which sounds an 120 decibel siren if lock is tampered with or if cable is cut. Features 2.4mtr plastic coated hardened steel cable for resistance to corrosion and cutting.Additional security bracket allows lock alarm to be permanently fitted to walls, posts, vehicles or machinery . Highly durable casing with steel inner chassis. Ideal for securing large or multiple items against theft. Supplied with two keys.

Noise Level: Cable Length: Batteries:

Noise Level: Cable Length: Battery:

110db 1.5mtr 2 x AAA Cells (not included)

120db 2.4mtr 1 x 9V Cell (not included)

418

Section 8 Racking Systems

Racking Systems A range of no-fuss galvanised racking systems. Ingenious design means you need no tools to assemble. No awkward nuts and bolts. Shelves simply click into the legs saving time, money and frustration. The AP2935 and AP21050 can be set up as full 5 shelf racks or as smaller workstations with shelves.AP2939 and AP2950 have the option to add on extension bays by ordering extension kits. Optional reinforcement bars are available for AP2950. These bars increase capacity of AP2950 from 120kg to 200kg per level.

70kg

Unit with 5 Shelves A Racking 70kg Capacity Per Level Model No.

70kg

AP2935

Galvanized five-shelf universal rack system. Total capacity 350kg with a maximum 70kg per level. Quick and easy three-stage assembly , no nuts or bolts required. Breaks down into two separate modular systems. Width: 1000mm Depth: 400mm Height: 1870mm

Tools and accessories not included.

70kg

Unit with 5 Shelves B Racking 100kg Capacity Per Level Model No.

AP2939

High quality galvanized steel. 100kg Capacity per level giving a total 500kg capacity per rack. No nuts and bolts means no tools required to assemble. The five shelves can be positioned at various heights and can take hanging files without any modifications. Units can be added to by ordering the extension bay kit AP2939/E (see below). Width: 900mm Depth: 390mm Height: 2000mm

Tools & accessories not included.

Model No. AP2935 features boltless fixing system - simple three stage assembly, erected in minutes.

Rack Extension Pack C Shelf for AP2939 Model No.

AP2939/E

Pack includes one upright end frame and five shelves. Connects to AP2939 to make one extra bay . No limit to number of bays that can be added. Width: 900mm Depth: 390mm Height: 2000mm

D Kick-Step - Steel Model No. KS1 Steel construction with heavy non-slip rubber treads. Three spring-loaded wheels allow step to glide over floor , yet sit down firmly on rubber stops when load is applied. Step Heights: 220, 430mm Base Size: Ă&#x2DC;440mm Capacity: 150kg

100kg

E Kick-Step - Composite Model No. KS2 Robust composite construction with non-slip surface. Three spring-loaded wheels allow step to glide over floor , yet sit down firmly on rubber stops when load is applied. Step Heights: 220, 420mm Base Size: Ă&#x2DC;440mm Capacity: 150kg

Tools & accessories not included.

100kg

Section 8 Racking Systems Unit with 5 Shelves A Racking 120kg Capacity Per Level Model No.

AP2950

419

High quality galvanized steel. No nuts and bolts means no tools required to assemble. Contains five 500mm deep shelves capable of holding 120kg each. Optional reinforcement bars available to increase to 200kg max per level giving 1000kg capacity per rack, order Model No. AP2950/1 (see below). Shelves can be positioned at various heights and can take suspended files without any modifications. Units can be added to by ordering the extension bay kit Model No. AP2950/E (see below). Suspension filing fits racking without purchase of any extras. Width: Depth: Height:

1000mm 500mm 2000mm

Racking Extension Pack B 5forLevel AP2950 Model No.

AP2950/E

120kg

Pack of two legs, five shelves, strengtheners and fixings. Connects to AP2950 to make one extra bay . No limit to number of bays that can be added. Capacity is 120kg per shelf or add optional reinforcement kit Model No. AP2950/1 for 200kg per level. Suspension filing fits racking without any extra accessory. Width: Depth: Height:

120kg

1000mm 500mm 2000mm

A Tools & accessories not included.

B D

Tools & accessories not included.

250kg

350kg

Increases Capacity

66%

Bar Kit C Reinforcement for AP2950

Tools & accessories not included.

Model No. AP2950/1 Set of five reinforcement bars. Upgrades AP2950 to 1000kg total capacity - 200kg maximum per level.

Unit with 5 Shelves D Racking 250kg Capacity Per Level Model No.

AP21050

Fully galvanized steel frame with wooden shelves. Incredible 250kg capacity per level giving a maximum capacity of 1250kg per rack. No nuts and bolts means no tools required to assemble. Clips together in minutes. Fully flexible racking can be used as a single bay rack or split into two separate shelf systems or workstations. Width: Depth: Height:

Unit with 5 Shelves E Racking 350kg Capacity Per Level

1000mm 500mm 2000mm

Model No.

Tools & accessories not included.

AP6350

Fully painted steel frame with five MDF shelves. 350kg Capacity per level giving a maximum capacity of 1750kg per rack. No nuts and bolts means no tools required to assemble. Clips together in minutes. Racking can be used as a single bay rack or split into two separate shelf systems or workstations. Width: Depth: Height:

910mm 410mm 1805mm

420

Section 8 Racking Systems

600kg

900kg HEAVY DUTY

Unit with 5 Shelves A Racking 600kg Capacity Per Level Model No. New AP6548 Fully painted steel frame with five MDF shelves. Z-Shape beams of fers added strength with 600kg capacity per level, giving a maximum capacity of 3000kg per rack. Boltless design means no tools required to assemble. Clips together in minutes. Use as a single bay full height rack or split into two separate half height storage stations. Width: Depth: Height:

1216mm 460mm 1828mm

Racking Unit with 4 Mesh Shelves B Heavy-Duty 900kg Capacity Per Level Model No. New AP6572 Fully painted steel frame with four heavy-duty wire mesh shelves. Industrial structured beams of fer added strength with 900kg capacity per level, giving a maximum capacity of 3600kg per rack. Boltless design means no tools required to assemble. Clips together in minutes. Suitable storage solution for workshop, body shop, warehouse and agricultural environments. Width: Depth: Height:

1830mm 600mm 1828mm

900kg Tools & accessories not included.

HEAVY DUTY

Racking Extension Pack with 4 Mesh Shelves C Heavy-Duty 900kg Capacity Per Level See page 418 for full details of our kick steps that make it easier to gain access to high up shelves.

Model No. New AP6572E Pack includes one upright end frame and four heavy-duty wire mesh shelves. Connects to AP6572 to make one extra bay. No limit to the number of bays that can be added, to make a continuous run. Width: Depth: Height:

1830mm 600mm 1828mm

Section 8 Shelving & Racking A

421

1000kg 900kg

*Display material not included.

*Chipboard shelves & display material not included.

Shelving & Racking Systems

Unit with 3 Beam Sets A Shelving 900kg Capacity Per Level

Model No. New AP2700 Designed to meet the requirements of the most demanding professionals. This shelving/racking Shelving unit complete with upright frames and cross system is especially suited for storage solutions in the beams. 900kg Capacity per level. Chipboard shelving workshop, body shop, warehouse and agricultural not included. environments. Comprising:

2 x APR601, 3 x APRB1151

Made from high quality steel. Fast and simple to erect - no tools required to attach cross members to uprights. Beam designs offer unsurpassed levels of rigidity and stability. Available in two units that can be extended with the purchase of additional upright frames. Then add the appropriate size and quantity of cross beams to fit your application. To make up your own combination, simply select your shelf/rack depth, order the upright frames to suit, then add the appropriate size and quantity of cross beams to fit your application. APRB beams are designed to accept a chipboard shelf. You source the chipboard from your local merchant to keep the cost low. We recommend either 19 or 22mm thickness as a minimum.

C Upright Frames Model No. Not Illustrated SEE BELOW Metal frames consist of uprights joined by spacers and diagonal struts. The uprights are supplied with metal base plates that may be fastened to the floor. Uprights are finished in heavy-duty coating to prevent corrosion and maintain appearance of shelving.The length of the spacers and struts determines the depth of the frames and these are available in two depths. Frames supplied individually. Model No: APR601 APR1001

Depth: 600mm 1000mm

55mm

Heavy steel frames have unique profile that gives them added strength and rigidity. This makes the racking particularly suitable for commercial environments where their design and construction ensure a safe and extended life span.

Model No.

New

AP3000

Racking unit complete with upright frames and cross beams. 1000kg Capacity per level. Comprising:

2 x APR1001, 3 x APRT2251

E Safety Pins Model No. New APR/SL12 Optional safety device to prevent inadvertent removal of A mallet may be necessary to assemble the beams to beam. Pins clip into upright and prevent beam riding up the uprights. See page 98 for full range. and out of location point. Supplied in a pack of 12 pins.

D Cross Beams

Model No. Not Illustrated SEE BELOW The range of fers two cross sections of beam. APRB beams are designed to take a chipboard shelf. APRT beams are suitable for direct loading of small storage pallets. Sold in pairs.

Cross Beam Specification Model No:

Width:

Capacity:

Cross Section:

FRAME PROFILE

48mm

40mm

Height: 2000mm 2000mm

Unit with 3 Beam Sets B Racking 1000kg Capacity Per Level

APRB1151

1150mm

900kg APRB SECTION

APRT2251

2250mm

1000kg APRT SECTION

F Chipboard Panel Supports Model No. New SEE BELOW Clips between front and rear beam and prevents chipboard panel sagging excessively. Recommended for applications where shelves are loaded towards their full capacity for prolonged periods. Supplied individually. Model No: APR/CPS601 APR/CPS1001

Depth: 600mm 1000mm

Section 9

Lighting & Power 423 428 430 432 434 436 439 442

Torches & Lanterns Lead Lamps LED Lighting Low Voltage Lighting Systems Retractable Lighting Floodlights Generators, Inverters & Transformers Extension Leads & Cable Reels

Section 9 Work Lights A

A 3 LED Work Light Clip-On Model No. HT991 Clip-on work light with weatherproof body . Light fully adjustable on clip for accurate direction. Bright light produced by three LEDs, powered by 3 x LR44 cells (supplied). Ideal when working in poorly illuminated areas or for more general close lighting at night. Cell Qty x Type:

3 x LR44 (supplied)

423

C 3 LED Flexi-Light 175mm

LED Work Light with B 1Multi-Angle Magnet/Clip Model No.

HT992

Aluminium bodied light supplied on magnetic or spring clip base. Double ball joint mounting gives infinite adjustment for pin point beam alignment. Bright LED powered by 3 x LR44 cells (supplied). Push button on/off switch. Ideal when working in poorly illuminated areas or for more general close lighting at night. Cell Qty x Type: 3 x LR44 (supplied)

Model No. LED003 Work light with fully adjustable 175mm magnetic flexible shaft. Complete with on/of f switch and weatherproof body . Bright light produced by three LEDs, powered by 3 x LR44 cells (supplied). Ideal when working in poorly illuminated areas or for more general close lighting at night. Cell Qty x Type:

3 x LR44 (supplied)

Luxeon

D 1 LED Headband Torch

E 3 LED Headband Torch

LED & 1W Luxeon LED F 3Headband Torch

Model No. HT01LED Hands-free LED spotlight with adjustable inclination to direct light as required. Adjustable headband and foam brow pad for added comfort. Twist action on/off switch. Supplied with spring clip attachment for use without headband. Powered by 2 x CR2016 3V cells (supplied).

Model No. HT03LED Hands-free LED spotlight. Features two white LEDs for general use and one red LED, which can be used at night to help maintain night vision. Adjustable inclination to direct light source as required.Adjustable headband and foam brow pad for added comfort. Slide on/off switch. Powered by 3 x AAA cells (supplied).

Model No. New HT104LED Hands-free Luxeon LED spotlight. Features three white LEDs for general use and one 1Watt Luxeon LED, which can be used when a brighter light is needed.Adjustable inclination to direct light source as required. Adjustable headband and foam brow pad for added comfort. Moulded push-button on/off switch. Powered by 3 xAAA cells (supplied).

Cell Qty x Type: Weight:

2 x CR2016 (supplied) 21g

G 7 LED Headband Torch Model No. HT07LED Hands-free LED spotlight with tough composite weather resistant body . Features high output LEDs powered by 3 x AAA cells (supplied). Push-button on/off switch with three light settings. Adjustable inclination to direct light source. Fitted with doublewidth headband and foam brow pad for added comfort. Cell Qty x Type: 3 x AAA (supplied) Weight: 120g

3 x AAA (supplied) 60g

H Krypton Headband Torch Model No. HT989 High-density plastic case. Waterproofed design with rubber O-ring seals, as used by professional divers. High output 4.8V Krypton bulb powered by 4 xAA cells. Fitted with comfortable, double-width headband and foam brow pad. Waterproof to a depth of 30mtr with 45mm lens. Cell Qty x Type: 4 x AA (not included) Weight: 180g

3 x AAA (supplied) 80g

I 1 LED Ear Light Model No. HT993 Hands-free, ultra bright LED light with 100,000hr life. Adjustable light angle and sliding on/off switch. Foam backing for comfortable fit when in use. Supplied with 2 x CR2016 3V cells. Cell Qty x Type:

2 x CR2016 (supplied)

424

Section 9 Torches

A Rubber Torches Model No.

B Aluminium Torches SEE BELOW

Heavy-duty durable rubber torches. Fitted with high output Krypton bulb. Sealed push-button power control switch. Supplied with lanyard and batteries. Model No: Cell Qty & Type: 2 x AA (supplied) 1 RT206 2 x D (supplied) 2 RT207

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Stylish aluminium body with anodised finish and contoured for firm grip. D Cell models feature sealed push-button switch. AA cell model has a twist-head on/off function. Water and impact resistant, fitted with Krypton bulb for maximum light output. Supplied with spare bulb.

Model No: 1 AK3302AA 2 AK3302D 3 AK3303D

Cell Qty x Type: 2 x AA (not included) 2 x D (not included) 3 x D (not included)

Luxeon

Luxeon LED Torch E Aluminium 1W

Wind-Up Rechargeable C LED Torch Model No.

AK3305

Bright LED light available under all conditions with thirty minutes illumination from one minutes winding. Ideal for outdoor activities and as an emergency torch in the home or car. Two switchable levels of brightness. No batteries or bulbs to replace. Duration:

1 LED - 30min, 3 LEDs - 20min

Model No. LED002 Weight-for-weight double the light output of other leading brands of torch.The single 1Watt Luxeon LED D Aluminium LED Torches has an output of 25 lumen. Features aluminium Model No. SEE BELOW housing, making the torch lightweight, push-button on/off switch, lanyard and carry-case with belt loop. Ultra bright LEDs with up to 80,000 hours life. Powered by 3 x AAA cells (supplied). Manufactured from lightweight aluminium with knurled Output: 25lm handle for extra grip. Push-button on/of f switch. Cell Qty x Type: 3 x AAA (supplied) Supplied with batteries. Model No: 1 LED004 2 LED005

LED Qty: 6 10

Cell Qty & Type: 2 x AA (supplied) 2 x D (supplied)

Luxeon

Luxeon LED Torch G Aluminium 3W

F Aluminium CREE LED Torch 1W Model No. New LED008 Three times more powerful than a standard LED by using revolutionary technology . The single 1W att CREE LED gives an extremely bright, white light with an output of 70 lumen. Illumination type can be changed from spotlight to wide area with a simple twisting action of the head. Features lightweight aluminium housing, rear on/off push-button and wrist strap. Powered by 3 xAAA cells (supplied). Output: Cell Qty x Type:

70lm 3 x AAA (supplied)

H Style-Point LED Penlight Model No. LED001 Powerful, precise and pocket-sized LED penlight. Intense white light with 100,000 hours of LED life. Fingertip control - press to flash light, screw down cap for continuous light. Unit is water resistant. Length: 165mm Cell Qty & Type: 3 x AAAA (supplied) Replacement Cells: BATAAAA

Model No. LED006 Weight-for-weight double the light output of other leading brands of torch.The single 3Watt Luxeon LED has an output of 75 lumen. Features aluminium housing, making the torch lightweight, push-button on/off switch, lanyard and carry-case with belt loop. Powered by 2 x C cells (supplied). Output: 75lm Cell Qty x Type: 2 x C (supplied)

Section 9 Torches A

425

Extends to 528mm

LED Mini Aluminium Torches A 5with Magnetic Pick-Up Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

Aluminium bodied torch with telescopic Ø6mm, 0.5kg magnetic pick-up. 5 Ultra bright LEDs have up to 100,000hr life. Knurled handle for extra grip. Pull torch head to release pick-up tool then extend. Push on/of f button on base. 1 2 3 Model No: LED005P Colour: Black Minimum/Maximum Extended Length: 148/528mm Lifting Capacity: 0.5kg LED Qty: 5 Cell Qty x Type: 4 x LR44 (supplied)

LED005PB Blue 148/528mm 0.5kg 5 4 x LR44 (supplied)

LED005PR Red 148/528mm 0.5kg 5 4 x LR44 (supplied)

LED Mini Aluminium Torch B 5with Magnetic Pick-Up Display Box of 12

Model No.

New

LED005PDB

Aluminium bodied torch with a telescopic, pick-up and a, Ø6mm, 0.5kg magnet. 5 Ultra bright LEDs have up to 100,000hr life. Knurled handle for extra grip. Pull torch head to release pick-up tool then extend. Push on/off button on base. Four of each colour supplied in counter top display box. Minimum/Maximum Extended Length: 148/528mm Lifting Capacity: 0.5kg LED Qty: 5 Cell Qty x Type: 4 x LR44 (supplied)

Extends to 685mm

6 LED Aluminium Torches

C with Magnetic Pick-Up

Model No. New SEE BELOW Aluminium bodied torch with strong telescopic Ø10mm, 1.3kg flexible magnetic pick-up. 6 Ultra bright LEDs have up to 80,000hr life. Knurled handle for extra grip. Pull torch head to release pick-up tool then extend. Push on/off button on base. 1 2 3 Model No: LED007P Colour: Black Minimum/Maximum Extended Length: 175/685mm Lifting Capacity: 1.3kg Flexible Length: 60mm LED Qty: 6 Cell Qty x Type: 4 x LR44 (supplied)

LED007PB Blue 175/685mm 1.3kg 60mm 6 4 x LR44 (supplied)

LED007PR Red 175/685mm 1.3kg 60mm 6 4 x LR44 (supplied)

LED Aluminium Keyring Torch E 10.5W Model No.

New

LED010

High output 0.5W att LED gives brighter illumination than equivalent standard LED torches. Small and compact design, ideal for keeping close at hand on keyring. Features aluminium housing with twist on/off control and key chain. Powered by 1 x AAA cell (supplied). Cell Qty x Type:

1 x AAA (supplied)

LED Aluminium Torch with D 6Magnetic Pick-Up Display Box of 12 Model No.

New

LED007PDB

Aluminium bodied torch with a telescopic, flexible pick-up and a strong, Ø10mm, 1.3kg magnet. 6 Ultra bright LEDs have up to 80,000hr life. Knurled handle for extra grip. Pull torch head to release pick-up tool then extend. Push on/off button on base. Four of each colour supplied in counter top display box. Minimum/Maximum Extended Length: 175/685mm Lifting Capacity: 1.3kg Flexible Length: 60mm LED Qty: 6 Cell Qty x Type: 4 x LR44 (supplied)

Section 9 Lanterns & Rechargeable Spotlights

426

Krypton Weatherproof Lantern

Weatherproof Lantern B Krypton with PJ996 Cell Model No.

Model No. AK427 Strong, weatherproof lantern in composite case with sealed switch and powerful Krypton bulb. Unit floats if dropped in water . Suitable for marine applications. Accepts 1 x PJ996 cell (not included). Lens Ø: 95mm Cell Type: 1 x PJ996 (not included) Replacement Bulb: AK427/B

New

AK427BP

Strong, weatherproof lantern in composite case with sealed switch and powerful Krypton bulb. Unit floats if dropped in water . Suitable for marine applications. Accepts 1 x PJ996 cell (supplied). Lens Ø: 92mm Cell Type: 1 x PJ996 (supplied) Replacement Bulb: AK427/B

Weatherproof Lantern C Krypton with PJ996 Cell Display Box of 6 Model No.

New

AK427BPDB

Display box of 6 x AK427BP Weatherproof Lanterns, each supplied with PJ996 cell.

Lens Ø: Cell Type: Replacement Bulb:

92mm 1 x PJ996 (supplied) AK427/B

1,000,000

3,000,000

CANDLE POWER

D Krypton Rechargeable Lantern Model No. AK433 Weatherproof rechargeable lantern in composite case with sealed switch. Ø100mm Extra large reflector with protective bumper ring and powerful Krypton bulb that gives 70% more light than conventional bulbs. Lantern floats if dropped in water, making it suitable for marine applications. Built-in rechargeable 6V olt 4Ah sealed lead acid battery. Supplied with 12Volt DC charging lead with cigarette lighter adaptor and 230Volt mains charger. Lens Ø: 100mm Cell Type: 6V - 4Ah Rechargeable

Halogen Spotlight E Rechargeable 1-Million Candle Power Model No.

AK435

Weatherproof composite spotlight with swivel handle feature allowing pistol grip or carry handle operation. Integral foot doubles as carry handle when used in pistol grip mode. Ø1 10mm Lens with halogen bulb produces 1-million candle power of intense white light, suitable for a variety of industrial, domestic and leisure applications. Supplied with sealed 6Volt 4Ah battery, invehicle charger and 230 - 6V olt battery charger pack. Lens Ø: 110mm Cell Type: 6V - 4Ah Rechargeable

Halogen Spotlight F Rechargeable 3-Million Candle Power Model No.

2,000,000

5,000,000

10,000,000

CANDLE POWER

Halogen Spotlight G Rechargeable 2-Million Candle Power Model No.

ML2

Tough, aluminium bodied spotlight with integral LED map-reading light and heavy-duty rubber impact guards. Ø90mm Lens and halogen bulb produce 2-million candle power of intense white light, suitable for a variety of industrial, domestic and leisure applications. Features slide dimmer switch, LED battery status display and locking power switch. 6Volt 4Ah battery gives around 25 minutes of continuous operation. Supplied with in-vehicle charger and mains powered battery charger. Lens Ø: 90mm Cell Type: 6V - 4Ah Rechargeable Lead Acid Replacement Battery: ML2BP

Halogen Spotlight H Rechargeable 5-Million Candle Power Model No.

AK437

Weatherproof composite spotlight with carry handle. Integral stand keeps lens and battery case off the floor and permits light to be directed where it is needed. Ø170mm Lens with halogen bulb produces 5-million candle power of intense white light and is suitable for a variety of industrial, domestic and leisure applications. Supplied with two sealed heavy-duty batteries, in-vehicle charger and 230 - 12Volt battery charger pack. Lens Ø: Cell Type:

AK436

Weatherproof composite spotlight with swivel handle feature allowing pistol grip or carry handle operation. Integral foot doubles as carry handle when used in pistol grip mode. Ø130mm Lens with halogen bulb produces 3-million candle power of intense white light, suitable for a variety of industrial, domestic and leisure applications. Supplied with sealed 6V olt 5Ah battery, in-vehicle charger and 230 - 6Volt battery charger pack. Lens Ø: 130mm Cell Type: 6V - 5Ah Rechargeable

170mm 12V(2 x 6V) - 4Ah Rechargeable

Halogen Spotlight I Rechargeable 10-Million Candle Power Model No.

AK438

Composite bodied spotlight with carry handle. Integral stand keeps lens and battery case of f the floor and permits light to be directed where it is needed. Ø200mm Lens with halogen bulb produces 10-million candle power of intense white light, suitable for a variety of industrial, domestic and leisure applications. Powered by 12V 7Ah sealed lead acid battery . Supplied with carry strap, in-car charging cable and 230 - 12Volt battery charger pack. Lens Ø: 200mm Cell Type: 12V - 7Ah Rechargeable

Section 9 Lanterns & Spotlights A

Wind-Up Rechargeable A LED Lantern Model No.

AK3306

Bright LED lantern with revolutionary self-powered technology via hand crank.Three light settings with up to 60 minutes illumination from only 1 minute wind-up. Take the lantern anywhere with no need to replace batteries or bulbs. Supplied with integral compass and hanging handle. Light Settings: Approximate Operating Time: 3 LED - 35min, 9 LED - 25min

12V

1, 3, 9 LED 1 LED - 60min

Fluorescent B Weatherproof Lantern 7W Model No.

Fluorescent C Rechargeable Lantern 2 x 6W ML109

Weatherproof design with single 7W att U-type neon tube. Powered by 6 x C cells (not supplied) located in the base of the unit. Single rotary switch power control. Clear cap gives wide spread of illumination and incorporates folding carry/hanging handle. Tubes: Cell Qty x Type: Height: Operating Time: Replacement Tube:

427

1 x 7W 6 x C (not included) 270mm 15hr ML109/B

Model No.

ML111

Fluorescent lantern with twin neon tubes and flashing red alert lamp. Rechargeable sealed lead-acid battery gives over seven hours of light on a single charge. Rotary switch enables selection of lighting options. Recharge from the mains using the 230-6V olt power adaptor included. Features integral storage of mains adaptor in base of unit. Clear cap gives wide spread of illumination and incorporates folding carry/hanging handle. Optional in-car charger - Model No.AK435/CC. Tubes: Power Supply: Height: Operating Time:

2 x 6W 6V - 4Ah 420mm 1 Tube: 7hr 2 Tubes: 3hr ML111/B

Replacement Tube:

12V

1,500,000 CANDLE POWER

850 Peak Amps

Torch with Swivel E Rechargeable Head Model No.

AK432

Halogen bulb and 6V 2.3Ah rechargeable battery give 50,000 candle power beam. May also be used as Four-Way Spotlight flashing emergency warning light. Fully adjustable D 1.5-Million Candle Power head, combined with belt clip and magnetic base, Model No. ML100 makes this torch ideal for hands-free use. Supplied Tough composite body with oversized reflector and with mains charger , in-vehicle charger , wrist strap, quartz halogen bulb. Produces 1.5-million candle pouch and spare bulb. power of light from 12V olt supply using a cigarette Lens Ă&#x2DC;: 56mm lighter plug on coiled 3mtr cable. Use four ways: hand- Cell Type: 6V - 2.3Ah Rechargeable held spotlight, high level tripod light, low level tripod light, or on ground spike. WARNING TRIANGLE Height: 400mm Please see pages 210 to 224 for our range Power Supply: 12V Plug-in Adaptor of Recovery & Towing Equipment. Replacement Bulb: ML100/B

ÂŽ Emergency Power F RoadStart Pack 12V 850 Peak Amps

Stock Code

New

S0827

Composite case with battery cable storage and carry handle. LED battery condition and charge indicators. Features over-charge protection preventing damage to the battery. Fitted with 12Volt power socket that will accept any 12Volt device fitted with a cigarette lighter type plug. Supplied with mains charger and adaptor for in-car charging. Cold Cranking Amps: Peak Amps: Voltage: Auxiliary Output: Cable & Clamp Length: Weight:

220A 850A 12V 12V 0.48mtr 4.1kg

428

Section 9 Workshop Lead Lamps

A - C Lead Lamps Model No. SEE TABLE Incandescent type lead lamps provide plenty of directional light for general purpose applications. All models feature heavy-duty construction with electrical safety to meet Low Voltage Directive. ML601 models include an on/off power control. Suitable for garage, workshop and domestic applications. All 230V olt models are fitted with a BS approved plug.

230V

12V

110V

230V

ML601 models include a switch for easy power control and time saving.

230V

A Model No: Input: Power: Bulb Included: Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Fitted Plug: Battery Clips: In-Car Adaptor: Bulb Model No: Overall Length:

D Lead Lamp 60W with Gripper Model No. ML60GP Incandescent lead lamp. Handle incorporates on/of f switch and spring loaded gripper . Casing includes ball-mounted hook and hinged mesh cover which protects bulb and reflector. Use with 60W bulb. Fitted with 5mtr cable and a BS approved plug. Input: Power: Bulb Included: Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Fitted Plug: Battery Clips: In-Car Adaptor: Bulb Model No: Overall Length:

ML60E 230V 60W _

ML60 230V 60W _

ML60/110 110V 60W _

ML60/12 12V 60W _

ML601 230V 60W _

ML601/12V 12V 60W _

Bayonet 5mtr _ _ _

ES Cap 5mtr _ _ _

ES Cap 5mtr _

ES Cap 5mtr _ _ _

ES Cap 5mtr _

220mm

280mm

230V

_ BS60 280mm

400mm

_ BS60 400mm

230V 60W _ Bayonet 5mtr _ _ _ 370mm

G E Lead Lamp 100W with Gripper

G Rough Duty 12V Light Bulb Model No. BS60 Suitable for use with lead lamps and more resistant than domestic bulbs to bumps and knocks experienced in the workshop. Cap Type: Rating:

Edison Screw 60W

Model No. ML100/GP Heavy-duty construction features unique gripping mechanism incorporated into handle. Two-stage gripper adjusts 8-44mm and 44-75mm. Bulb mounted in ceramic holder and protected by metal grille giving safe, directional light. Supplied with 5mtr cable and BS approved plug. Input: Power: Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Fitted Plug: Overall Length:

230V 100W Bayonet 5mtr 330mm

F Clamp Light 150W Model No. CL150 Tungsten/halogen tube mounted in a die-cast head. Metal grille protects lens from damage. The swivel head lamp can be hung using the large hanging hook or clipped to any available surface using the strong spring-clip. Supplied with 1.8mtr cable fitted with 13Amp plug. Power: Input: Replacement Tube:

150W 230V ML150C/B

Section 9 Fluorescent Lead Lamps A - E Fluorescent Lead Lamps Model No. SEE TABLE High output lighting with even light spread and low power consumption. An 8W att fluorescent tube produces as much light as a 60Watt incandescent bulb. Mains voltage units are manufactured to Low V oltage Directive 73/23/EEC and feature double insulated electrical circuits and BS approved non-rewirable plugs. ML8 12Volt model features a two-way power supply , battery clips and in-car accessory adaptor . All models feature swivel hooks for easy positioning. Energy Saving models ML1 1, ML1 1/12, ML13/12 and ML13230V feature high output tubes which give enhanced light output while retaining their compact size and low power consumption. Models ML13/12 and ML13230V also include integral power switch.

12V

230V

12V

230V

HEAVY DUTY

230V

429

230V

A Model No: Input: Power: Lamp Type: Tube Included: Cable Length: Fitted Plug: Replacement Tube: Overall Length:

ML13230V 230V 13W Neon Tube 5mtr ML13230VB 370mm

Model No: ML8/97 Input: 230V Power: 8W Lamp Type: Neon Tube Tube Included: Cable Length: 5mtr Fitted Plug: _ Battery Clips: _ In-Car Adaptor: Replacement Tube: ML8/1 Overall Length: 510mm

B ML8/12 12V 8W Neon Tube 5mtr _ ML8/1 490mm

ML803 230V 8W Neon Tube 5mtr _ _

ML11 230V 11W Neon Tube 5mtr _ _

ML8/1 495mm

ML11/12/B 450mm

ML11/12 12V 11W Neon Tube 5mtr _

ML13/12 12V 13W Neon Tube 5mtr _

ML11/12/B ML13/12/B 400mm 450mm

F H

G F Lamp Clip with Universal Joint Model No. ML/CLIP Zinc plated clip with heavy-duty spring. Suitable for use H LED Wind-Up Rechargeable Work Light with ML1 1 and ML13/12. Jaws fitted with rubber protection sleeves. Clamp mounted on universal joint Model No. AK3307 accepts a variety of torches and lead lamps. Bright LED directional work light with optional charging methods. Either revolutionary self-powered technology via hand crank or cigarette lighter adaptor . Three light G Lamp Clip settings with up to 45 minutes illumination from only 1 Model No. ML/CC minute wind up, with no replacing of batteries or bulbs. Strong clip with heavy-duty spring mechanism. Ball Light Settings: 6, 12, 20 LED mounted shaft with C-clip accepts a variety of torches Approximate Operating Time: 6 LED - 45min and lead lamps. 12 LED - 35min, 20 LED - 25min

I 5 LED Magnetic Push Light Model No. LED009 Ideal work light for applications requiring hands-free operation. Magnet will adhere to any ferrous surface and alternative super stick backing attaches to non-ferrous surfaces. Super bright light produced by five LEDs. Stainless Steel body with push-button on/off switch for easy operation when in tight areas i.e. engine bays. Powered by 3 x AAA cells (supplied). LEDs: Cell Qty x Type:

5 3 x AAA (supplied)

Section 9 LED Lighting

430

12V

230V

12V

230V A - C LED Lead Lamps Model No. SEE RIGHT LED lamps give high output with low power consumption and are ideal for the garage/workshop since they have low heat output, high shock resistance and extremely long life, irrespective of switching frequency. All models are weatherproof, 12V models are fitted with battery clips and 230V models are fitted with BS approved plug. All are fitted with 5mtr cable and a convenient grip-mounted on/of f switch. ML3612C and ML36230V have ball-jointed gripper to give maximum positioning versatility.

A ML3612C Model No: 12V Input: 1.5W Power: 36 LED Lamp Type: 5mtr Cable Length: _ Fitted Plug: Battery Clips: 235mm Overall Length:

A ML36230V 230V 1.5W 36 LED 5mtr _ 235mm

B ML3012C 12V 1.5W 30 LED 5mtr _ 330mm

B ML30230V 230V 1.5W 30 LED 5mtr _ 330mm

C ML6012C 12V 1.7W 60 LED 5mtr _ 400mm

C ML60230V 230V 1.5W 60 LED 5mtr _ 425mm

12V or 230V or Rechargeable E Under Bonnet LED Lamps Model No.

LED Lead Lamp & D 36 Transformer Kit Model No. ML3612PXT 36 LED Inspection lamp gives high output with low power consumption and is ideal for the garage/workshop. High shock resistance and extremely long life. Fitted with 5mtr cable, on/of f switch and balljointed gripper . Plug-in type transformer converts 230Volts to 12Volts for safe use in the workshop. Transformer: 230V/12V 25W

SEE BELOW

Easily adjusted telescopic bracket mounts under open bonnet. Up to 96 LEDs give complete engine bay illumination. Lamp unit can be unclipped from mounting bracket and used separately . Supplied with hanging hook and 2.6mtr cable (12V and 230V versions). Model No: LED9512V LED95230V LED95RC Input: 12V 230V 4.8V 2.4Ah NiMH Power: 6W 12W 4W Lamp Type: 96 LED 96 LED 95 LED Minimum/Maximum Bonnet Width: 1200/2870mm 1200/2870mm 1200/2870mm Approximate Operating Time: 4hr Approximate Charging Time: 5hr

G F

230V H

230V G - H Under Bonnet Neon Lead Lamps LED Lead Lamp & F 60 Transformer Kit Model No.

ML6012PXT

60 LED Inspection lamp gives high output with low power consumption and is ideal for the garage/workshop. High shock resistance and extremely long life. Fitted with 5mtr cable and on/of f switch. Plug-in type transformer converts 230Volts to 12Volts for safe use in the workshop. Transformer: 230V/12V 25W

Model No. SEE BELOW Spring loaded telescopic bracket mounts under open bonnet. Fluorescent tube with reflector gives complete engine bay illumination. Lamp unit can be unclipped from mounting bracket and used separately . Supplied with cable and ASTA/BS approved 3-pin plug. G H Model No: ML30 ML3610 Input: 230V 230V Power: 30W 36W Lamp Type: Neon Tube Neon Tube Cable Length: 4mtr 5mtr Overall Length: 1300mm 1450mm Minimum/Maximum Bonnet Size: 1040/1800mm 1250/2000mm Replacement Tube: ML30.B ML3610.B

Section 9 LED Lighting A

28 LED Rechargeable A Cordless Inspection Lamp Model No.

LED28

Robust housing with bumper ring incorporating 28 super bright LEDs. Spring loaded gripper and hanging loop for easy positioning. Rocker switch offers high or low output. Ideal for use in engine bays, under body inspection and low-light work areas. Operates for up to seven hours. Incorporates LED charging indicator . Supplied with mains charger. Battery: NiMH 3.6V 1.8Ah Operating Time: Low: 7hr High: 3.5hr Length: 300mm Optional In Car Charger LED28ICC

431

36 LED Rechargeable B Cordless Inspection Lamp Model No.

LED36

Robust housing, with rubber grip, incorporating 36 super bright LEDs. Ball joint gripper for easy positioning. Ideal for use in engine bays, under body inspections and low-light work areas. Supplied with mains charger and LED charging indicator. Charging Time: 5hr Operating Time: 9hr Length: 220mm

24 LED Rechargeable C Cordless Inspection Lamp Model No. LED24 Robust ABS housing featuring 24 super bright LEDs, 360째 swivel hanging hook and on/of f push button switch. Ideal for use in engine bays, under body inspection and low-light work areas. Incorporates pin-jack with LED indicator for charging. Lasts up to 4 hours when fully charged. Supplied with mains charger and 12V in-car charger. Battery: 3.6V - 1.8Ah Operating Time: 4hr Length: 260mm

E F

30 LED Rechargeable E Cordless Inspection Lamp Model No.

New

LED3008

Robust lightweight inspection lamp for the professional user. Shock, oil and water resistant (IP65) rubber 28 LED Rechargeable housing with contoured grip and 360째 fold-away swivel D Cordless Inspection Lamp hook. Recessed shatterproof polycarbonate wide lens Model No. LED2807 and a highly polished reflector board gives an Robust ABS housing featuring 28 super bright Osram increased spread of light. Thirty high intensity LEDs LEDs, rubber grip for added comfort when holding the make this lamp ideal for use around engine bays and light. Folding hanging hook for hands-free operation for under body inspections. A unique feature to this and on/off rocker switch. Ideal for use in engine bays, lamp are an additional three green LEDs and one red under body inspection and low-light work areas. 2 LED which indicate battery state, form a charging sequence and warns the user when to charge. Lithium-ion charging indicators. Supplied with mains docking polymer battery (3.7V/3600mAh Li) for longer life, no charger and 12V in-car charger. memory effect, a much slower discharge than typical Operating Time: 8hr Ni-MH batteries and can operate for up to eight hours Charge Time: 5hr on a single charge. Intelligent docking station style charger for constant current and battery protection. Supplied with 12V in-car charger. Battery: 3.7V/3.6Ah Li G Operating Time: 8hr Charging Time: 5hr

30+6 LED Rechargeable F Cordless Inspection Lamp Model No.

LED3006

Robust housing of fering superb durability to help prevent damage to unit. Featuring 36 super bright LEDs. 30 LEDs used as an inspection lamp or 6 LEDs in the end for use as a directional torch. Single LED battery indicator. Smooth rocker switch for turning unit on/of f. 360째 Swivel hanging hook for hands-free applications. Supplied with mains and 12V in-car chargers. Battery: Lamp Type: Length:

3.6V 30 + 6 LED 270mm

18 LED Rechargeable G Cordless Mini Work Light Model No. LED1807 Robust housing, with rubber handle and end cap featuring 18 super bright Osram LEDs. Small design is ideal for use in engine bays, under body inspection and low-light work areas, particularly where access is restricted. 2 LED charging indicators. Supplied with mains charger and storage pouch. Battery: Charging Time: Operating Time: Length:

3.6V 600mAh 2.5hr 2.5hr 250mm

30 LED Rechargeable I Cordless Inspection Lamp 30 LED Rechargeable H Cordless Inspection Lamp Model No.

LED3007

Robust ABS housing featuring 30 super bright LEDs. 360째 Swivel hanging hook and heavy-duty magnet for hands-free use. Rocker switch for two light settings. Ideal for use in engine bays, under body inspections and low light work areas. Operating Time: 10 LEDs 9hr, 30 LEDs 3.5hr Charging Time: 3.5hr

Model No.

LED30

Robust housing, with rubber grip and end cap, incorporating 30 super bright LEDs. Rotating hanging hook for easy positioning. Ideal for use in engine bays, under body inspections and low-light work areas. Operates for 8 to 10 hours when fully charged. Fitted with charging status LEDs and supplied with mains charger. Battery: NiMH 4.8V 2.4Ah Operating Time: 8-10hr Length: 300mm

432

Section 9 Low Voltage Lighting Systems

A Lead Lamp 24W/12V

Lamp with Battery Clips B Lead 24W/12V Model No.

ML25/12C

Model No. ML25/WP Heavy-duty lead lamp with rubber grip and lens bumper . Fitted with integral power switch. Uses automotive type bayonet bulb. Lamp supplied without plug to enable user to select plug or clips suitable for power supply .

Heavy-duty lead lamp with rubber grip and lens bumper . Fitted with integral power switch. Uses automotive type bayonet bulb. Lamp supplied with battery clips for direct connection to a 12Volt vehicle battery.

Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Replacement Bulb: Overall Length:

24W/12V Automotive 7.25mtr TR24012/6 270mm

24W/12V Automotive 7.25mtr TR24012/6 260mm

Voltage Lead Lamp System C Low Plug-In Model No.

ML25/PXT

Wall mounting, single outlet sealed transformer with integral overload device converts 230Volt to 12Volt for safe use in the workshop. Heavy-duty lead lamp is fitted with 7.25mtr cable to allow access all the way around a four post lift. Integral on/of f power switch. Outlet: Plug-in Single Output Rating: 1 x 25W Bulb Fitting: 24W/12V Automotive Cable Length: 7.25mtr Replacement Bulb: TR24012/6

Voltage Lead Lamp System D Low Wall Mounting

Model No.

ML25K

Wall mounting, twin outlet sealed transformer with integral overload device converts 230Volt to 12Volt for safe use in the workshop. Heavy-duty lead lamp is fitted with 7.25mtr cable to allow access all the way around a four post lift. Integral on/of f power switch. Battery clip adaptor converts two-pin plug to battery clips so lead lamp may be connected directly onto a 12Volt battery . Transformer fitted with 13Amp plug. Supplied with Battery Clip Adaptor and 1 x Lead Lamp. Outlet: Output Rating: Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Replacement Bulb:

Twin 2 x 25W 24W/12V Automotive 7.25mtr TR24012/6

Convert all lamps on this page to:

See opposite page for full details.

G E Lead Lamp 24W/12V

Lamp with Battery Clips F Lead 24W/12V

Model No. ML24WP Heavy-duty, low voltage, lead lamp with lens bumper . Spring-loaded gripper and hanging loop. Fitted with integral on/off switch. Uses automotive type bayonet bulb. Supplied without plug or battery clips to enable user to select connectors suitable for the power supply . Suitable for garage, workshopand domestic applications.

Heavy-duty, low voltage, lead lamp with lens bumper. Spring-loaded gripper and hanging loop. Fitted with integral on/off switch. Uses automotive type bayonet bulb. Supplied with 5mtr cable and battery clips for direct connection to a 12Volt vehicle battery. Suitable for garage, workshop and domestic applications.

Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Replacement Bulb: Overall Length:

24W/12V Automotive 5mtr TR24012/6 275mm

Model No.

ML2412C

24W/12V Automotive 5mtr TR24012/6 275mm

G - J Low Voltage Accessories

Model No.

G Low Voltage Plug and Socket Model No: H Battery Clip Adaptor Model No:

SEE BELOW TR24012/3 TR24012/5

I Battery Clips (Pair) Model No: J Bulb 24W/12V Model No:

TR24012/4 TR24012/6

Section 9 Low Voltage Lighting Systems A

Model No.

Lead Lamp with B Heavy-Duty Battery Clips 24W/12V

Lead Lamp A Heavy-Duty 24W/12V ML2502/WP

Model No.

ML2502/12C

Heavy-duty lead lamp with rubber grip and lens bumper. Uses automotive type bayonet bulb. Lamp supplied with 7.5mtr cable but without plug to enable user to select plug or clips suitable for power supply .

Heavy-duty lead lamp with rubber grip and lens bumper. Uses automotive type bayonet bulb. Lamp supplied with 7.5mtr cable and clips to enable connection to automotive battery.

Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Replacement Bulb: Overall Length:

24W/12V Automotive 7.5mtr TR24012/6 260mm

Voltage Lead Lamp System C Low Plug-In Model No.

ML2502/PXT

Wall mounting, single outlet sealed transformer with integral overload device converts 230Volt to 12Volt for safe use in the workshop. Heavy-duty lead lamp is fitted with 7.5mtr cable to allow access all the way around a four post lift. Integral on/of f power switch. Outlet: Plug-in Single Outlet Rating: 1 x 25W Bulb Fitting: 24W/12V Automotive Cable Length: 7.5mtr Replacement Bulb: TR24012/6

LED Bulb Units for ML2502 & E 36 ML25 Series Lamps

D Low Voltage Lead Lamp System Wall Mounting Model No. ML2502K Wall mounting, twin outlet sealed transformer with integral overload device converts 230Volt to 12Volt for safe use in the workshop. Heavy-duty lead lamp is fitted with 7.5mtr cable to allow access all the way around a four post lift. Lamp fitted with integral on/off power switch. Battery clip adaptor converts two-pin plug to battery clips so lead lamp may be connected directly onto a 12V olt battery. Transformer fitted with 13Amp plug. Supplied with Battery Clip Adaptor and 1 x Lead Lamp. Outlet: Twin Output Rating: 2 x 25W Bulb Fitting: 24W/12V Automotive Cable Length: 7.5mtr Replacement Bulb: TR24012/6

433

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Bright, 36 LED unit with automotive bayonet fitting, replaces bulb in ML25 and ML2502 series lead lamps. 12 and 24V Versions available, each suitable forAC or DC supply. Low, 250mA/125mA, current draw is a big advantage when operating from vehicle battery. Model No: Supply: Current: LED3612B 12V AC or DC 200-250mA LED3624B 24V AC or DC 100-125mA

H INSPECTION LAMPS Please see page 431 for our range of LED Rechargeable Inspection Lamps

I F - H Low Voltage Accessories Model No. SEE BELOW F Wall Mounting Transformer Model No: TR24012/1 Transformer: 230V-12V: Wall Mounting Output Rating: 1 x 50W G Wall Mounting Transformer Model No: TR24012/2 Transformer: 230V-12V: Wall Mounting Output Rating: 2 x 25W H Plug-In Type Transformer Model No: TR24012/7 Transformer: 230V-12V: Plug-In Type Output Rating: 1 x 25W

Voltage Lead Lamp System I Low Wall Mounting Model No.

ML60K

Wall mounting, single outlet sealed transformer with integral overload device converts 230Volt to 12Volt for safe use in the workshop. Heavy-duty lead lamp fitted with 7mtr cable to allow access all the way around a four post lift. Battery clip adaptor converts two-pin plug to battery clips so lead lamp may be connected directly onto a 12Volt battery. Transformer fitted with 13Amp plug. Supplied with Battery Clip Adaptor and 1 x Lead Lamp. Outlet: Single Output Rating: 1 x 50W Bulb Fitting: ES Cap

Bulb not included

434

Section 9 Retractable Lighting

Voltage Retractable A - E Low Lead Lamp Systems Model No. SEE BELOW The ideal solution for workshops dogged by the problem of trailing wires. The system can be wall or ceiling mounted and has a strong ratchet mechanism to ensure long service. The cable is retracted by a simple pull and release action. The cable reel has a thermostatic trip switch to prevent overload. Both the lead lamp and cable reel are fitted with a power switch for extra convenience. All models fitted with step down transformer, from 230V input, to 12V output.

15mtr

A Model No: Input: Output: Power: Cable Length: Lamp Fitted:

15mtr

CRM1201 230V 12V 24W 15mtr ML2502

B CRM1202 230V 12V 1.5W 15mtr ML3612C(LED)

15mtr

CRM1203 230V 12V 1.7W 15mtr ML6012C(LED)

CRM1204 230V 12V 60W 15mtr ML601

E CRM1205 230V 12V 13W 15mtr ML1312C

Voltage Lead Lamp System F Low Wall Mounting Model No.

ML25K

Wall mounting, twin outlet sealed transformer with integral overload device converts 230Volt to 12Volt for safe use in the workshop. Heavy-duty lead lamp is fitted with 7.25mtr cable to allow access all the way around a four post lift. Integral power switch. Battery clip adaptor converts two-pin plug to battery clips so lead lamp may be connected directly onto a 12V olt battery. Transformer fitted with 13Amp plug. Supplied with Battery Clip Adaptor and 1 x Lead Lamp. Outlet: Output Rating: Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Replacement Bulb:

Twin 2 x 25W 24W/12V Automotive 7.25mtr TR24012/6

Section 9 Retractable Lighting Lead Lamp A - E Retractable Systems Model No. SEE BELOW The ideal solution for workshops dogged by the problem of trailing wires. The system can be wall or ceiling mounted and has a strong ratchet mechanism to ensure long service. The cable is retracted by a simple pull and release action. The cable reel is fitted with manual thermostatic trip switch to prevent overload. The lead lamps are fitted with on/off switch for extra convenience.

15mtr

A Model No: Input: Output: Power: Cable Length: Lamp Fitted:

CRM2301 230V 230V 24W 15mtr ML2502

435

B CRM2302 230V 230V 1.5W 15mtr ML36230V(LED)

15mtr

CRM2303 230V 230V 1.5W 15mtr ML60230V(LED)

CRM2304 230V 230V 60W 15mtr ML601

E CRM2305 230V 230V 13W 15mtr ML13230V

Voltage Lead Lamp System F Low Wall Mounted Model No.

ML2502K

Wall mounting, twin outlet sealed transformer with integral overload device converts 230Volt to 12Volt for safe use in the workshop. Heavy-duty lead lamp is fitted with 7.5mtr cable to allow access all the way around a four post lift. Integral power switch. Battery clip adaptor converts two-pin plug to battery clips so lead lamp may be connected directly onto a 12V olt battery. Transformer fitted with 13Amp plug. Supplied with Battery Clip Adaptor and 1 x Lead Lamp. Outlet: Output Rating: Bulb Fitting: Cable Length: Replacement Bulb:

Twin 2 x 25W 24W/12V Automotive 7.5mtr TR24012/6

436

Section 9 Floodlights 230V

Mounting Floodlight A Wall 500W

230V

Mounting Floodlight B Wall 1000W

Mounting Passive Infrared C Wall Floodlight 500W

Model No. MD500C Model No. MD1000C 500Watt tungsten/halogen tube mounted in a die-cast 1000Watt tungsten/halogen tube mounted in a die-cast alloy head with wall bracket. Supplied without mains alloy head with wall bracket. Supplied without mains cable and suitable for indoor or outdoor mounting. cable and suitable for indoor or outdoor mounting. Power: 500W Power: 1000W Input: 230V Input: 230V Replacement Tube: ML500/01 Replacement Tube: MD1000C.1A

230V

Model No.

MD520C

Infrared detector unit automatically switches 500Watt tungsten/halogen lamp on when approached by vehicles or persons. Detects movement and heat and is fitted with adjustable sensitivity and light duration controls. Supplied with wall mounting bracket and full operating instructions. Supplied without mains cable and suitable for outdoor mounting. Power: 500W Input: 230V Replacement Tube: ML500/01

230V

12V

E - G

110V

230V

Portable Floodlights D - G Model No. SEE BELOW Tungsten/halogen tubes mounted in die-cast alloy heads with aluminium stands and foam rubber carry handles. Metal grilles protect lamps from damage and prevent hands coming into contact with hot lens. All models are weatherproof with 230V olt lights being supplied with 1.8mtr lead fitted with 13Amp BS approved moulded plug. 12Volt model supplied with dual connection feature allowing use with either cigarette lighter plug or battery clips. Plug not supplied on 110Volt model. Model No: Power/Input: Replacement Tube: 150W/230V ML150C/B D ML150C 300W/230V ML300/01 E ML300C 100W/12V ML300/12-L F ML300/12 ML300/110/01 G ML300/110 300W/110V

230V J Workshop Floodlight 33W Model No.

H Workshop Floodlight 48W Model No.

ML33

3 x 11W 230V ML33B

I Extra-Heavy-Duty Floodlight/Work Light 500W ML48

Model No.

MLF500

Two 24Watt fluorescent tubes in waterproof, impact resistant case suitable for workshop and occasional outdoor applications. Floodlight is mounted on adjustable base and is double insulated.

Tungsten/halogen tube mounted in adjustable die-cast alloy head. Metal grille protects lamp from damage and prevents hands coming into contact with hot lens. Light is weatherproof (IP44) and supplied with 3.0mtr cable, BS approved plug and spare tube in protective case.

Tubes: Input: Replacement Tube:

Power: Input: Cable Length: Replacement Tube Supplied: Replacement Tube:

2 x 24W 230V ML48B

230V

Two Socket Outlet

Three Socket Outlet

Workshop Floodlight K Heavy-Duty 72W with Power Take Off Model No.

Three 11Watt fluorescent tubes in compact, impact resistant case suitable for workshop applications. Double insulated floodlight includes carry handle and stand. Tubes: Input: Replacement Tube:

230V

New

ML72F

500W 230V 3mtr Yes ML500/01

Workshop Floodlight L Heavy-Duty 144W with Power Take Off Model No.

New

ML144F

Three 24Watt fluorescent tubes in impact resistant case. Double insulated and IP54 rated making these lights suitable for workshop/body shop applications. Features two 230V olt, 13Amp, BS approved power outlet sockets. Includes carry handle and stand.

Four 36W att fluorescent tubes in impact resistant case. Double insulated and IP54 rated making these lights suitable for workshop/body shop applications. Features three 230Volt, 13Amp, BS approved power outlet sockets. Includes carry handle and stand.

Tubes: Input: Sockets: Replacement Tube:

3 x 24W 230V 2 x 230V 13Amp ML72F.B

4 x 36W 230V 3 x 230V 13Amp ML144F.B

Section 9 Floodlights A

230V

110V

437

Twin Socket Outlets

Floor Light 2 x 18W C Fluorescent 110V with Power Take Off

Fluorescent A Rechargeable Floor Light 2 x 18W Model No.

Model No.

Twin daylight fluorescent tubes suitable for applications where mains power is unavailable.Tubes can be selected to run individually or as a pair. Can be powered from rechargeable cells or from a mains supply cable - both stored integrally. Electronic control allows unit to be used as an emergency light, switching on in the event of mains power failure. Includes carry handle and floor stand or can also be wall mounted. Tubes: Tube Length: Mains Supply: Battery: Operating Time: Replacement Tube:

2 x 18W 600mm 230V 50Hz 40mA 6V 4.5Ah 1 Tube: 3:45hr 2 Tubes: 1:45hr 003-SD1824D

ML36110F

Fluorescent tubes mounted in impact resistant head. The light unit is supported on a folding floor stand. Fitted with twin 1 10V socket outlet and 5mtr cable. Power: 2 x 18W Input: 110V Replacement Tube: ML36110F.FB

ML18/36

Floor Light B Fluorescent 2 x 18W/230V

D - G Fluorescent Tripod Lights

Model No. SEE TABLE Model No. ML36230F Fluorescent tubes mounted in impact resistant head. Fluorescent tubes mounted in impact resistant heads. The light unit is supported on a folding steel floor stand. The light units are supported on a telescopic stand with locking screw. Tripod feet can be easily disassembled, Fitted with BS approved plug and 5mtr cable. allowing compact storage when not in use. 1 10V Power: 2 x 18W Versions are fitted with a twin socket outlet. All are Input: 230V supplied with 5mtr lead and 230V versions are fitted Replacement Tube: ML36230F.20 with BS approved plug.

110V

230V

110V

230V

Twin Socket Outlets

D Model No: Power: Input: Minimum/Maximum Height: Replacement Tube:

ML36110T 2 x 18W 110V 1785/2330mm ML36110F.FB

E ML36230T 2 x 18W 230V 1785/2330mm ML36110F.FB

F ML58110T 1 x 58W 110V 2225/2770mm ML58110T.FB

G ML58230T 1 x 58W 230V 2225/2770mm ML58110T.FB

438

Section 9 Floodlights

A - B Telescopic Floodlights

Model No. SEE BELOW Tungsten/halogen tubes mounted in die-cast alloy heads. The light units are supported on a telescopic pole with locking rings. Folding tripod feet can be secured in two positions on the base of the ML500X and ML1000D models, allowing compact storage when not in use. All lamps are supplied with 1.8mtr lead and 230V versions are fitted with 13Amp BS approved plug. Model No: Power/Input: Min/Max. Height: 500W/230V 1.2/1.8mtr A ML500X 500W/110V 1.2/2.0mtr A ML500/110VX 2 x 500W/230V 1.2/2.1mtr B ML1000D 1.2/2.1mtr B ML1000D/110V 2 x 500W/110V Replacement Tube 230V: ML500/01 Replacement Tube 110V: ML500/110/01

110V

230V

500W

1000W

500W

C - F Extra-Heavy-Duty Tungsten/Halogen Floodlights

Model No. SEE BELOW Tungsten/halogen tubes mounted in adjustable diecast alloy heads. Metal grilles protect lamps from damage and prevent hands coming into contact with hot lens. All tubes are individually switched.All models are weatherproof to IP44 and are supplied with 3mtr cable on MLS500 and ML T500 and 5mtr cable on MLT1000 and ML T1600. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved 3-pin plug. All light units can be used free-standing or mounted on the telescopic tripod stand supplied. Each stand has folding tripod legs, which are telescopic on some models - see Specification Table - and cable storage hooks. All models supplied with a spare tube in a protective case.

230V

500W

1000W

1600W

C Model: Power: Input: Min/Max. Height: Cable Stowage: Cable Length: Telescopic Legs: Replacement Tube:

MLS500 1 x 500W 230V 0.90/1.89mtr Yes 3mtr 3 ML500/01

D MLT500 2 x 250W 230V 0.73/1.08mtr No 3mtr No MLT500.06

E MLT1000 2 x 500W 230V 1.23/2.38mtr Yes 5mtr 1 ML500/01

F MLT1600 2 x (300W + 500W) 230V 1.28/2.38mtr Yes 5mtr 1 ML300/01 & ML500/01

CABLE REELS For more information on our extensive range of cable reels, see pages 442 to 444.

Section 9 Generator, Inverters & Transformers A

439

Inverters A - D Power 12V DC - 230V AC 50Hz Model No.

New

SEE TABLE

Supplies continuous smooth 230V power from 12V DC power supply found in cars, caravans, boats and HGVs. Suitable for poweringmall s TVs, laptops, power tools and various other electrical equipment within the wattage rating of the inverter. Anodized aluminium case provides durability and maximum heat dissipation. Safety features include automatic overload shut-down and a low battery alarm to prevent damage to the supply battery . Supplied with cigarette lighter plug and/or battery clips depending on model.

A Model No: Input Voltage: Output Voltage: Continuous Output: Maximum Output: Output Frequency: Dimensions (L x W x H): Supply Connection:

PI300 12V DC 230V AC 300W 600W 50Hz 180 x 105 x 60mm Cigarette Lighter Plug & Battery Clips

PI500 12V DC 230V AC 500W 1000W 50Hz 230 x 105 x 60mm Battery Clips

C PI700 12V DC 230V AC 700W 1400W 50Hz 207 x 105 x 60mm Battery Clips

PI1000 12V DC 230V AC 1000W 2000W 50Hz 290 x 210 x 72mm Battery Terminals Leads

E - H Tool Transformers - 110V

Model No. SEE BELOW 110Volt Transformers with tool rated performance suitable for intermittent running of power tools and continuous running of lighting products within specified capacity. Case manufactured from GRPand insulated to class H. Fitted with thermostatic overload protection. Supplied with 16Amp/1 10Volt socket(s) and 2mtr three-core cable. Model No: E TR1000 F TR1500 G TR2000 H TR3000

Power Tool Rating: 1000VA 1500VA 2000VA 3000VA

Sockets: 1 2 2 2

K Inverter Generator 1000W J

I Extension Cables - 110V Model No. SEE BELOW Model No: Length: Cable Core: Standard: TR14/1.5/110 14mtr 1.5mm2 BSEN60309 TR14/2.5/110 14mtr 2.5mm2 BSEN60309

4-Way Splitter Box - 110V

Model No. TR4/SB Splits single line input four ways. Features power indicator light. Suitable for running multiple power tools. Check transformer power output to ensure overload does not occur. Capacity: Cable: Plug/Socket Standard:

4 x 16A 3mtr BSEN60309

Plug & Socket L - M Splashproof 110V Model No.

Model No: L TR110VP M TR110VS

SEE BELOW Type: Plug Socket

Standard: BSEN60309 BSEN60309

Model No. G1000E Digital inverter technology provides stable â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;cleanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;output making the unit suitable for use with sensitive electrical equipment such as computers. Smart throttle sensor automatically adjusts the engine speed to precisely match the load, which allows the generator to run quieter whilst increasing fuel efficiency and lengthening engine life. Fitted with 3-pin socket and 12V battery charging outlet. Low oil cut-out and overload protection. Motor Power: 1.3kW/1.7hp Motor Type: 4-Stroke Fuel: Petrol Unleaded 95 RON Output: 230V - 50Hz/12V DC Current Rating: 3.9A/8A Continuous Power Rating: 900W Maximum Power Rating: 1000W Fuel Tank Capacity: 2.1ltr Maximum Running Time: 5hr Noise Rating LwA: 94dB.A Dry Weight: 14kg Dimensions (L x W x H): 460 x 235 x 400mm

440

Section 9 Generators

A Generator 720W 230V 2hp Model No.

New

GG0720

12V

230V

12V

230V

Compact and lightweight unit capable of running small tools and lights etc. Ideal for roadside, site or leisure use. Powerful and reliable generator fitted with maintenance free brushless alternator. Fitted with 12V battery charging outlet, 230V 3-pin socket and tough composite carry handle.

B Generator 1100W 230V 2.4hp Model No. New GG1100 Heavy-duty industrial frame design provides full protection and aids portability. Suitable for running power tools and lighting units etc. Running time of up to 6 hours on a full tank. Fitted with 12V battery charging outlet and 230V 3-pin socket. Powerful and reliable generator fitted with maintenance-free brushless alternator. Volt meter fitted to ensure constant power output. Smooth running unit fitted with anti-vibration mountings.

A Model No: Motor Power: Motor Type: Output: Current Rating: Continuous Power Rating: Maximum Power Rating: Fuel Tank Capacity: Maximum Running Time: Noise Rating LwA: Dry Weight: Dimensions (L x W x H):

GG0720 2hp 2-Stroke 230V - 50Hz/12V DC 2.8A/5.8A 650W 720W 4.2ltr 6hr 91dB 18.5kg 337 x 325 x 382mm

GG1100 2.4hp 4-Stroke 230V - 50Hz/12V DC 4A/8.3A 900W 1100W 6ltr 6hr 90dB 25kg 479 x 377 x 434mm

C - E Industrial Generators Model No.

New

SEE TABLE

Heavy-duty industrial frame design provides full protection and aids portability . Suitable for running power tools and lightingunits etc. Fitted with automatic voltage control which protects the unit and provides higher efficiency and a long running time of up to 12 hours on a full tank. Fitted with 12V batt ery charging outlet, 230V and 110V sockets. Powerful and reliable generator fitted with maintenance-free brushless alternator . Smooth running unit fitted with anti-vibration mounti ngs. Low oil cut-out feature and fuel gauge.

12V 110V

12V

230V

110V 230V

12V 110V 230V

C Model No: Motor Power: Motor Type: Output: Current Rating: Continuous Power Rating: Maximum Power Rating: Fuel Tank Capacity: Maximum Running Time: Noise Rating LwA: Dry Weight: Dimensions (L x W x H):

GG2800 6.5hp 4-Stroke 230V/110V - 50Hz/12VDC 10.4A/21.8A/8.3A 2400W 2800W 15ltr 10hr 90dB 46.5kg 623 x 480 x 538mm

D GG3800 9hp 4-Stroke 230V/110V - 50Hz/12VDC 14A/29A/8.3A 3200W 3800W 25ltr 12hr 94dB 82kg 713 x 541 x 569mm

E GG7500 13hp 4-Stroke 230V/110V - 50Hz/12VDC 22A/45A/8.3A 5000W 6000W 25ltr 10hr 96dB 85kg 713 x 541 x 569mm

Section 9 Generators A Generator 800W 230V 2hp Model No. G950 Compact and lightweight unit capable of running small tools and lights etc. Makes it ideal for roadside, building sites or leisure use. Powerful and reliable generator fitted with maintenance-free brushless alternator. Fitted with 12V battery charging outlet and 230V 3-pin socket.

441

B Generator 2300W 230V 6.5hp Model No. G2300 Heavy-duty frame design provides full protection and aids portability. Suitable for running power tools and lighting units etc. Long running, up to 10.5 hours on a full tank. Fitted with two 230V 3-pin sockets. Powerful and reliable generator fitted with maintenance-free brushless alternator. Smooth running unit fitted with anti-vibration mountings. Low oil cut-out feature and fuel gauge.

Model No: Motor Power: Motor Type: Output: Model No. SEE TABLE Current Rating: Continuous Power Rating: Powered by Honda OHC GC and OHV GX engines, these units offer quiet and refined power delivery. The Maximum Power Rating: HG55.28 power unit is coupled to dual voltage brushless Fuel Tank Capacity: alternator. The HG65.30, HG90.44 and HG130.74 units Running Time: Noise Rating LwA: power high quality alternators and are for industrial or Dry Weight: arduous applications. Honda power units are proven, Dimensions (L x W x H): reliable and are backed by a nationwide network of service agents.

Power C - F HONDA Generators

G950 2hp 2-Stroke 230V - 50Hz/12V DC 3A/8.1A 650W 800W 4ltr 6hr 91dB 20kg 345 x 315 x 340mm

G2300 6.5hp 4-Stroke 230V - 50Hz 9.1A 2000W 2300W 12ltr 10.5hr 97dB 41kg 515 x 410 x 430mm

Kits for HG Series G Wheel Generators Model No.

SEE BELOW

As an optional extra, wheel kits are available for mounting onto all HG Series generators. Kits include two wheels, handles and fittings. Please see below for relevant kits. Model No: Suitability: GEN/KIT1 HG55.28 & HG65.30 GEN/KIT2 HG90.44 & HG130.74

E H

Socket & Cable Set H Trailing 16A/13A Model No.

TR05/1.5/230

Fused adaptor converts 16Amp round socket to traditional 13Amp 3-pin socket. Length:

500mm

C Model No: Motor Power: Motor Type: Output: Current Rating: Continuous Power Rating: Fuel Tank Capacity: Running Time: Noise Rating LwA: Dry Weight: Dimensions (L x W x H):

HG55.28 5.5hp Honda GX160 230V/110V - 50Hz 10.9A/16.0A 2500W 3.6ltr 3.1hr 94dB 38kg 590 x 460 x 430mm

D HG65.30 6.5hp Honda GX200 230V/110V - 50Hz 12.2A/16.0A 2900W 3.6ltr 2.7hr 96dB 41kg 590 x 460 x 430mm

E HG90.44 9hp Honda GX270 230V/110V - 50Hz 16.1A/32.2A 3700W 6.0ltr 3.2hr 97dB 60kg 710 x 570 x 490mm

F HG130.74 13hp Honda GX390 230V/110V - 50Hz 23.9A/47.8A 5500W 6.5ltr 2.7hr 97dB 82kg 760 x 570 x 590mm

442

Section 9 Extension Leads & Cable Reels

A - F Extension Leads & Plugs Model No. SEE BELOW We of fer a complete range of sockets, plugs and extension leads. All plugs are manufactured by ASTA approved licensee factories and meet BS standards. There are three grades of plug - all three fitted with approved 13Amp fuses and PL/13/3 is manufactured in the UK from very resilient, high percentage rubber composite. We recommend this plug for all garage and workshop use. All our black extension leads incorporate this plug. White extension leads are intended for office and lighter duty applications.

A Black Extension Lead Model No: Sockets: Length:

EL5/1.5/2R 2 4mtr

B Black Extension Lead Model No: Sockets: Length:

EL5/1.5/4R 4 (Fused) 4mtr

C White Extension Lead Model No: Sockets: Length:

EL5/1.5/2RX 2 4mtr

D White Extension Lead Model No: Sockets: Length:

EL2/1.5/4RX 4 2mtr

E 13Amp Plug Extra-Heavy-Duty Model No: Pack Size: Model No: Pack Size: F 13Amp Plug Heavy-Duty Model No: Pack Size: Model No: Pack Size:

PL/13/3S Single PL/13/3 Box of 10

10mtr

20mtr

PL13/320S Single PL13/320 Box of 20

10mtr THERMAL TRIP

Box Reel with G Composite Thermal Trip 10mtr - 230V Model No.

CR10/1

Composite reel with fully enclosed cable. Features 3 x 230V olt power sockets and thermal overload protection. Built-in carry handle. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved 3-pin plug. Voltage: Cable Length: Cable Section: Cable Type: Sockets: Thermal Trip: Drum Size: Drum Type: Capacity Wound: Capacity Unwound:

230V 10mtr 3 x 1mm² PVC 3 Small Composite 800W 2200W

Box Reel H Composite 10mtr - 230V Model No.

Cassette Type Cable Reel

I 20mtr - 230V BCR10B

Composite reel with fully enclosed cable and 2 x 230V power sockets. Fitted withASTA/BS approved 3-pin plug.

Model No. BCR20CB Cassette style reel with 2 x 230V power sockets. Built-in carry handle. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved 3-pin plug.

Voltage: Cable Length: Cable Section: Cable Type: Sockets: Drum Size: Drum Type: Capacity Wound: Capacity Unwound:

230V 10mtr 3 x 1mm² PVC 2 Small Composite 720W 2400W

230V 20mtr 3 x 1.25mm² PVC 2 Medium Composite 960W 3120W

Section 9 Cable Reels A

15mtr

25mtr

THERMAL TRIP

443

THERMAL TRIP

Current Detector A Residual (RCD) Model No.

RCD981

Cuts power automatically to protect against electrocution. Suitable for all types of indoor and outdoor electrical appliances. Easy to use, two-button operation. No wiring needed - plugs straight into 13Amp socket. No need to remove from socket to reset unit. Meets BS7071:1992. Voltage: 230V Maximum Load: 3kW Maximum Operating Current: 13A Trip Speed: 30ms Maximum Trip Current: 30mA

25mtr

25mtr 2.5mm2 Cable

B - H Cable Reels 230V Model No. SEE TABLE A comprehensive range to meet the dif ferent requirements of the workshop, site, of fice or home environments. All models manufactured to comply with the latest BS standards. Two or three outlets fitted depending on model, with many incorporating a thermal trip which cuts supply if cable becomes overloaded. When choosing which reel to suit your requirements we always recommend that you go for the heaviest cable possible and strongly suggest that you consider one of the models fitted with an RCD unit, which reduces the risk of electrocution should the cable be severed during use.

25mtr

THERMAL TRIP

25mtr

THERMAL TRIP

2.5mm2 Cable

STEEL DRUM

B Model No: Voltage: Cable Length: Cable Section: Cable Type: Sockets: Thermal Trip: Drum Size: Drum Type: Capacity Wound: Capacity Unwound:

BCR153T 230V 15mtr 3 x 1.25mm² PVC 3 Medium Composite 1000W 2950W

C BCR253T 230V 25mtr 3 x 1.25mm² PVC 3 Medium Composite 1000W 2950W

D BCR25 230V 25mtr 3 x 1.25mm² PVC 2 Medium Composite 960W 3120W

E BCR2525 230V 25mtr 3 x 2.5mm² PVC 2 Medium Composite 1500W 3500W

F CR25/1.5 230V 25mtr 3 x 1.5mm² PVC 3 Medium Composite 1000W 3500W

G CR25/1.5/S 230V 25mtr 3 x 1.5mm² PVC 3 Medium Steel 1000W 3500W

H CR25/2.5RS 230V 25mtr 3 x 2.5mm² Rubber 3 Large Steel 1500W 3500W

444

Section 9 Cable Reels

Safety Cable Reels A - B RCD 230V Model No.

25mtr

SEE TABLE

Heavy-duty cable reels manufactured to EU standards and fitted with Residual Current Detector to shut of f power supply in the event of earth leakage detection. Approved to BS7071:1992. The RCD device greatly reduces the risk of electrocution and protects all appliances that are plugged into the cable reel. Particularly recommended for use with pressure washers, water pumps, hedge trimmers and all workshop power tools.

25mtr

RCD

RCD THERMAL TRIP

Reels C - F Cable 110V & 230V Model No.

SEE TABLE

A comprehensive range to meet the dif ferent requirements of the workshop, site, of fice or home environments. All models manufactured to comply with the latest BS standards. Two or three outlets fitted dependent on model, with many incorporating a thermal trip which cuts supply if cable becomes overloaded. When choosing a reel to suit your requirements we always recommend that you go for the heaviest cable possible and strongly suggest that you consider one of the models fitted with an RCD unit, which reduces the risk of electrocution should the cable be severed during use.

50mtr

G - H

50mtr

25mtr

THERMAL TRIP

230V

10mtr or

15mtr 50mtr

110V

THERMAL TRIP

Cable Reels G - H Retracting 230V Model No.

SEE BELOW

The ideal solution for workshops dogged by the problem of trailing wires, can be wall or ceiling mounted. The cable is retracted by a simple pull and release action. Fitted with manual thermal trip switch to prevent overload. H G Model No: CRM10 CRM15 Voltage: 230V 230V Cable Length: 10mtr 15mtr Cable Section: 3 x 1.5mm² 3 x 1.5mm² Thermal Trip: Capacity Wound: 800W 800W Capacity Unwound: 2000W 2000W

A Model No: BCR25RCD Voltage: 230V Cable Length: 25mtr Cable Section: 3 x 1.25mm² Cable Type: PVC Sockets: 2 Thermal Trip: Drum Size: Medium Drum Type: Composite Capacity Wound: 960W Capacity Unwound: 3120W

B CRCD/25 230V 25mtr 3 x 1.5mm² PVC 3 Medium Composite 1000W 3500W

C BCR503T 230V 50mtr 3 x 1.25mm² PVC 3 Medium Composite 1000W 2950W

D BCR50 230V 50mtr 3 x 1.25mm² PVC 2 Large Composite 960W 3120W

E CR50/1.5 230V 50mtr 3 x 1.5mm² PVC 3 Large Composite 1000W 3500W

F BCR25110 110V 25mtr 3 x 1.5mm² PVC 2 Medium Composite 550W 1760W

Section 10

Welding & Cutting 446 448 449 451 452 453 457 458 460 461 462 463 464

Portable MIG Welders Siegen MIG Welders Supermig Welders Powermig Welders Electromig & Pulsemig Welders Welding Accessories Arc Welders Inverters TIG Inverters Plasma Inverters Plasma & Oxyacetylene Bottle Racks & Trolleys Spot Welders

446

Section 10 Portable MIG Welders

A 130Amp MiniMIG Welder Stock Code New S0771 Features heavy-duty high output transformer and forced-air cooling to ensure the highest level of performance. Contoured grip, non-live torch is comfortable in the hand, thus ensuring a steadier weld bead. Includes hand-held mask, mini gas regulator , spool of wire, contact tips 0.6 and 0.8mm. Welding Current: 30-130A Wire Capacity - Steel: 0.7-5.0kg Wire Capacity - Aluminium: 0.5-2.0kg Duty Cycle: 100% @ 30A, 60% @ 45A, 40% @ 65A, 20% @ 80A Penetration - Steel: 2.0mm Penetration - Aluminium: 3.0mm Cooling System: Forced Air Gas Type: CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix Torch: Non-Live Power Input: 230V - 1ph Absorbed Power: 2.8kW

A Non Live Torch

® Portable MIG B - C Mightymig Welders

Model No.

SEE TABLE

Our range of Sealey portable MIG welders is professional in every sense. All feature heavy-duty high output transformers and forced air cooling to ensure the highest level of performance. Our contoured grip torches run cooler than any other and are comfortable in the hand, thus ensuring a steadier weld bead. All our PM series MIGs are supplied with a hand-held mask, disposable cylinder of CO2 gas, mini gas regulator, spool of wire and torch. They can also be used with large, industrial CO 2 gas bottles with an optional adaptor kit. To weld aluminium, order a roll of 0.8mm aluminium wire, a packet of 0.8mm contact tips and a bottle of argon gas. See pages 453 to 456 for details of all our welding accessories.

Non Live Torch

GAS CYLINDERS Note: All models PM140XT and PM150XT are delivered with a disposable cylinder of gas. See page 455 for details of our range of disposable gas cylinders. For better economy we recommend our 1kg refillable cylinders. Please see your local Sealey dealer for this service.

Solar Powered

SHADE 9-13 Variable Non Live Torch

Helmet Solar Powered D Welding Variable Shade 9-13 Stock Code

New

S0825

Welding helmet with infinitely adjustable shade control between 9 and 13. Complies to CE & DIN standards. Fully automatic switching from light to dark on striking arc. Shade is selected by large rotary knob on side of helmet. Solar panel power supply - no batteries required. Features sensitivity and delay controls for switching light to dark. Deluxe contoured helmet with fully adjustable headband with front pad for added comfort. Suitable for MIG, TIG and arc welding. Shade Active: 9-13 Variable Shade Inactive: 4 Viewing Area: 98 x 48mm Operating Time: Light/Dark: 0.1ms Operating Temperature: -5°C to +55°C Storing Temperature: -20°C to +70°C Power: Solar Cells Weight: 420g

Model No’ s PM140XT and PM150XT supplied complete with full range of accessories.

B Model No: Welding Current: Wire Capacity - Steel: Wire Capacity - Aluminium: Duty Cycle:

Penetration - Steel: Penetration - Aluminium: Cooling System: Gas Type: Torch: Power Input: Absorbed Power:

PM140XT 35-140A 0.7-5.0kg 0.5-2.0kg 100% @ 35A 60% @ 50A 20% @ 90A 15% @ 105A 2.5-3.5mm 4.0mm 5.0mm Forced Air CO2, Argon, CO2 /Argon Mix Non-Live 230V - 1ph 4.0kW

C PM150XT 30-150A 0.7-5.0kg 0.5-2.0kg 100% @ 45A 60% @ 55A 15% @ 115A 3.5-4.5mm Forced Air CO2, Argon, CO2 /Argon Mix Non-Live 230V - 1ph 4.3kW

Section 10 Portable MIG Welders A

447

~ ~

Air Cooled

Non Live Torch

Gasless welders fitted with strong wire-drive assemblies.

All models supplied with quality welding torch.

Trolley for Portable A Universal MIG Welders Model No.

BTR4

Robust trolley carries portable MIG welder and gas bottle, making relocation of welding equipment quick and easy. Fitted with two fixed wheels and two castors for excellent manoeuvrability . Supplied with bottle retaining chains and cable stowage hooks. Upper tray for MIG welder and two lower trays for associated items. Suitable for portable MIG welders up to 300mm wide and 480mm long. Maximum Welder Width/Length: 300/480mm Applications: PM140XT*, PM150XT*, PMG110, PMG135XT*, PMG155XT*, S0771 * With wheels and axle removed.

DUALMIG VERSATILITY To convert to gas, just order a reel of regular wire, tips, bottle of gas and a conversion kit. The kit contains mini regulator plus gas connection hose (Model No. 120.802032) for welders PMG110 to PMG155XT.

B - D Dualmig No Gas Portable Welders Model No. SEE BELOW Dualmig machines weld without gas using flux cored wire that creates its own gas shroud as it welds. Models PMG110 through PMG155XT are delivered in gasless mode, but can be converted for use with gas.

B Model No: Welding Current: No Gas/Gas Operation: Duty Cycle: Penetration - Steel: Penetration - Aluminium: Cooling System: Torch: Power Input: Absorbed Power: Conversion Kit: Flux Cored Wire (0.9kg x Ă&#x2DC;0.9mm): Replacement Tips (Pack of 5):

PMG110 55-90A Dual Operation 20% @ 55A 10% @ 80A

Models B, C & D feature integral polarity reversal - essential for switching between gas and gasless welding.

2.0-2.75mm 3.5mm Air Cooled Non-Live 230V - 1ph 2.5kW 120.802032

PMG135XT 35-130A Dual Operation 100% @ 35A 20% @ 90A 15% @ 105A 2.5-3.0mm 4.0mm Forced Air Non-Live 230V - 1ph 3.6kW 120.802032

PMG155XT 45-150A Dual Operation 100% @ 45A 60% @ 55A 15% @ 115A 3.5mm 4.5mm Forced Air Non-Live 230V - 1ph 3.7kW 120.802032

TG100/1 TG100/2

Our gasless MIG welders are supplied with a full kit of accessories including tips, nozzles, starter roll of wire and welding headshield.

Non Live Torch

448

Section 10 Siegen MIG Welders

Non Live Torch

Solar Powered C - E Automatic Welding Helmets

A - B MIG Welders Stock Code

New

SEE BELOW

Features heavy-duty high output transformer and forced-air cooling to ensure the highest level of performance. Suitable for welding with CO 2, Argon or CO 2/Argon mix. Contoured grip, non-live torch is comfortable in the hand, thus ensuring a steadier weld bead. Includes industrial gas regulator , spool of wire, contact tips 0.6, 0.8mm and gas cup.

Stock Code: Welding Current: Wire Capacity - Steel: Wire Capacity - Aluminium: Duty Cycle: Cooling System: Gas Type: Torch: Power Input: Absorbed Power:

S0816 30-150A 0.7-5.0kg 0.5-2.0kg 100% @ 50A, 75% @ 55A, 50% @ 66A, 20% @ 105A Forced Air CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix Non-Live 230V - 1ph 4.1kW

S0817 30-180A 0.7-5.0kg 0.5-2.0kg 100% @ 56A, 75% @ 65A, 60% @ 73A, 15% @ 145A Forced Air CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix Non-Live 230V - 1ph 5.7kW

Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

High quality lenses with large viewing area manufactured and tested to BSEN379. Shade 1 1 on PWH199 and variable shade 9-13 on PWH599 and PWH699. Fully automatic switching from light to dark on striking arc. Fitted with solar power panel - no batteries required. PWH699 features infinitely adjustable sensitivity and delay switches. All models feature deluxe contoured helmets approved to BSEN175 which give full neck protection and protects lens from scratching when helmet is laid down. Comfortable headband and non-slip quick release ratchet mechanism. Suitable for MIG and arc welding. See page 709 for full specification. Model No: Shade: New 11 C PWH199 9-13 D PWH599 New 9-13 E PWH699

SHADE 11

SHADE 9-13 Variable

Solar Powered

Section 10 Supermig速 Welders 速 A - E Supermig Welders

Model No. SEE TABLE All our Supermig速 models are suitable for welding with CO2, Argon or CO2/Argon mix. Each uses a Forced Air Cooling System to slow transformer heating in order to increase duty cycle and a non-live torch to prevent the risk of accidentally striking an arc. All models are supplied with an industrialArgon/CO2 regulator. Welders are illustrated with gas bottles only to give an indication of size; gas is not included. A contract for the supply of gas should be arranged with your local gas distributor.

Forced Air Cooling System directs air over the transformer slowing the heating process in order to increase duty cycle.

Spot-Weld Timer

Non Live Torch

449

Fail-safe device helps to prevent accidental arc strike.

Consistent control of weld period. Ideal for welding body panels. Essential function for all body shops.

Euro Torch features fast action connection for easy maintenance and mobility. Includes heat-proof cables and contour handle for comfort and control.

Gas Bottles not included

Non Live Torch

Non Live Torch Spot-Weld Timer

Spot-Weld Timer

Gas Bottles not included

A B C D E

Model No:

Welding Current:

Wire Capacity:

Duty Cycle:

Cooling System:

Spot Welding Timer:

Gas Type:

Torch:

SUPERMIG150

30-150A

5kg

100% @ 30A, 80% @ 50A, 50% @ 70A, 10% @ 150A

Forced Air

SUPERMIG160

30-160A

5kg

100% @ 45A, 60% @ 80A, 20% @ 130A, 10% @ 150A

SUPERMIG180

30-180A

5kg

SUPERMIG185

30-185A

SUPERMIG195

Power Input:

Absorbed Case Weight: Power: Size:

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Non-Live

230V - 1ph

4.3kW Compact

26kg

Forced Air

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Non-Live

230V - 1ph

3.7kW

Large

34kg

100% @ 60A, 60% @ 80A, 20% @ 140A, 10% @ 155A

Forced Air

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Non-Live

230V - 1ph

5.2kW

Large

37kg

5kg

100% @ 60A, 60% @ 80A, 20% @ 140A, 10% @ 160A

Forced Air

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

230V - 1ph

5.2kW

Large

42kg

30-195A 5-15kg

100% @ 60A, 60% @ 80A, 20% @ 140A, 10% @ 165A

Forced Air

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

230V - 1ph

5.2kW

Extra Large

44kg

450

Section 10 Supermig速 Welders

速 A - D Supermig Welders

Model No. SEE TABLE All our Supermig速 models are suitable for welding with CO2, Argon or CO 2/Argon mix. Each uses a forced air cooling system to slow transformer heating in order to increase duty cycle and a non-live torch to prevent the risk of accidentally striking an arc. SUPERMIG250/10 features automatic wire feed system. All models are supplied with an industrialArgon/CO2 regulator. Welders are illustrated with gas bottles only to give an indication of size; gas is not included. A contract for the supply of gas should be arranged with your local gas distributor.

Non Live Torch

Non Live Torch Spot-Weld Timer

Spot-Weld Timer

Gas Bottle not included

Torches with E MIG Euro Connection Model No.

SEE BELOW

Professional torches with contoured grip and heat-proof cable. Euro connection enables quick and simple connection to welder. No wiring means torch can be disconnected and stored safely when not being used. Model No: MIG/T15 MIG/T25 MIG/T36

Length: 3.0mtr 3.0mtr 3.0mtr

Connector: Euro Euro Euro

Gas Bottle not included

Non Live Torch

Torch Type: TB15 TB25 TB36

Spot-Weld Timer

WELDING HELMETS

See page 709 for our full range of welding helmets.

A B C D

Model No:

Welding Wire Current: Capacity:

SUPERMIG220

40-220A

SUPERMIG235

Gas Bottle not included

Duty Cycle:

Cooling System:

Spot Welding Timer:

5-15kg

100% @ 70A, 60% @ 85A, 15% @ 160A, 10% @ 170A

Forced Air

35-235A

5-15kg

100% @ 80A, 60% @ 100A, 15% @ 180A

SUPERMIG250/10 35-250A

5-15kg

SUPERMIG270

5-15kg

40-270A

Gas Bottle not included

Gas Type:

Torch:

Power Absorbed Case Weight: Input: Power: Size:

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

230V - 1ph

6.0kW Extra Large

45kg

Forced Air

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

230V - 1ph

7.0kW Extra Large

50kg

100% @ 60A, 50% @ 120A 20% @ 195A, 15% @ 230A

Forced Air

Yes

CO2, Argon CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

230V - 1ph

6.5kW Extra Large

57kg

100% @ 100A, 60% @ 150A, 20% @ 235A

Forced Air

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

230V - 1ph

9.5kW

62kg

Extra Large

Section 10 Powermig速 Welders 速 A - C Powermig Welders

Model No. SEE TABLE Tried and trusted by fabricators and professional car repair shops across the UK. Superb quality , Swedish made electronic wire drive motors and heavy-duty transformers make these machines unmatched in performance and value. Our three top of the range 3-phase units, are covered by the Sealey 12 month warranty plus an additional 24 months on the main transformer. Each unit supplied with 0.8mm steel wire, non-live torch and industrial Argon/CO2 regulator. All can be used with CO 2, Argon or CO 2/Argon mix and accept any bottle size. Gas bottles not included.

Non Live Torch

Spot-Weld Timer

451

PORTABLE WIRE DEVICE The POWERMIG3500 and POWERMIG4500 feature portable wire drives. They can be stored inside or on top of the welder or can even be carried up a ladder when used with an optional umbilical extension. This makes them ideal for fabricators and commercial vehicle use.

Portable Wire Drive

Gas Bottle not included

C Non Live Torch

Spot-Weld Timer MIG TIPS & GAS NOZZLES See page 454 for our full range of Tips & Nozzles.

Portable Wire Drive

D Mild Steel MIG Wire - A18

UMBILICAL LEAD ASSEMBLIES Model No: Length: 120/802266 3mtr 120.802267 9mtr Model No:

A B C

Welding Wire Current: Capacity:

Model No. SEE BELOW Top quality wound welding wire manufactured to BSEN 440 Part 1. Model No: Weight: Diameter: MIG/888806 15kg 0.6mm MIG/888808 15kg 0.8mm MIG/888810 15kg 1.0mm

Gas Bottle not included

Duty Cycle:

Cooling Spot Welding Gas Type: System: Timer:

Torch:

Power Input:

Absorbed Case Weight: Power: Size:

POWERMIG2750 35-275A

5-15kg 100% @ 130A, 60% @ 160A, Turbo Fan 30% @ 240A, 10% @ 260A

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

415V - 3ph

8.0kW

Extra Large

60kg

POWERMIG3500 35-350A

5-15kg 100% @ 150A, 60% @ 200A, Turbo Fan 25% @ 300A, 10% @ 330A

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

415V - 3ph

12.5kW

Extra Large

95kg

POWERMIG4500 35-450A

5-15kg

Yes

CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix

Euro Non-Live

415V - 3ph

18.5kW

Extra Large

110kg

100% @ 200A, 60% @ 260A, 25% @ 400A, 10% @ 430A

Turbo Fan

Section 10 Electromig & Pulsemig Welders

452

A Electromig Welder 195Amp Model No. ELECTROMIG195 Microprocessor controlled MIG welder with forced air cooling. Electronic control and smooth power supply make this model especially suitable for welding steel, stainless steel, galvanized steel, high stress steel and aluminium. Also incorporates settings for brazing ideal for joining/repairing steel body panels. Model features push button selection of operating parameters including material, gas type, wire diameter and programmable function for saving frequently used configurations. Use with optional Spool-On-Gun welding torches (Model No’s. MIG/SGT15 - 6mtr, MIG/SGT15/12 12mtr) for trouble-free aluminium welding. Welding Current: Wire Capacity: Duty Cycle:

Cooling System: Spot Welding Timer: Gas Type: Torch: Power Input: Absorbed Power: Case Size: Weight:

A Non Live Torch Spot-Weld Timer

Electronic Control

30-195A 5-15kg 100% @ 60A 60% @ 80A 20% @ 140A 15% @ 180A Forced Air Yes CO2, Argon, CO2/Argon Mix Euro Non-Live 230V - 1ph 5.2kW Large 41kg

B Spool-On-Gun Torches TB15 Model No. SEE BELOW Specifically designed for use with the Sealey ELECTROMIG195 and PULSEMIG225 for aluminium welding. Electronic compatibility between torch and welder allows communication of wire drive settings for smooth and consistent quality of weld.Additionally, the close proximity of spool to weld dramatically reduces wire drive problems normally associated with aluminium welding. Accepts standard TB15 torch welding consumables. Model No: Cable Length: MIG/SGT15 6mtr MIG/SGT15/12 12mtr

Optional Trolley for PULSEMIG225 Model No. 120.803051

Pulsemig C Synergic 200Amp

Output: 5-200A Duty Cycle: 60% @ 160A Microprocessor controlled, single phase, fan cooled Electrode Capacity: Ø1.6-4.0mm power supply for MIG/MAG, TIG, MMA electrode, flux Absorbed Power: 6kW and arc welding plus brazing applications. Synergic Mains Voltage: 230V - 1ph operation gives ef ficient welding control and is Insulation Class: H particularly useful when welding aluminium, galvanized Protection: IP23 sheets, high strength steel and stainless steel. LED Cooling System: Forced Air power read-out with push-button programming in Weight: 24kg conjunction with an encoder knob. The unit features Arc Accessory Kit (Optional): INV/25 regulation of post-gas and current down-slope time as MIG Accessory Kit (Optional): 120.801160 well as control of AC balance and arc force. When TIG TIG Torch* (Optional): 120.742058 welding, the current can be set to change from one Aluminium MIG Accessory Kit (Optional): 120.802279 preset value to another using the torch button. HF or lift Foot Pedal (Optional): INV/TIG/5 start (for reduced HF emissions) can be selected. Current Control (Optional): INV/TIG/7 Fifteen Synergic welding programmes and capacity to Trolley (Optional): 120.803051 store ten further personalized programmes. Includes * Use in conjunction with MIG Accessory Kit remote control connection for foot pedal or hand control. WELDING GAUNTLETS Supplied without accessories. See pages 708 & 709 for details Use with optional Spool-On-Gun welding torches of our W elding Gauntlets and (Model No’ s. MIG/SGT15 - 6mtr , MIG/SGT15/12 other Welding Protection. 12mtr) for trouble free aluminium welding. Model No.

INV/25 Arc Welding Kit

120.801160 MIG Welding Kit

120.742058 TIG Welding Kit

120.802279 Aluminium MIG Welding Kit

PULSEMIG225

Section 10 Welding Accessories Locking A - E Fabrication/Welding Grips One-Handed Operation Model No.

SEE BELOW

453

Manufactured with rounded contours for smooth, secure handling. Grips feature linear jaw action which applies pressure perpendicular to the workpiece for secure clamping. Compact size with push-button jaw release is ideal for working in confined spaces.Thumb release action allows one-handed operation. Suitable for a wide variety of applications including welding, glueing and riveting. LOCKING GRIPS Available as a 5pc set, Model No. AK68402 Contains AK6832, AK6833, AK6835, AK6836 & AK6837. See page 96 for more details.

A L-Tip Locking Grip Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width:

B LL-Tip Locking Grip AK6832 195mm 0-18mm 18mm

Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth:

AK6837 195mm 0-15mm 57mm 36mm

Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth: Lip Depth:

E JJ-Tip Locking Grip AK6835 205mm 0-15mm 18mm 7mm 14mm

G Frame

Model No. WFS/94 Stand-alone extractor designed to filter out harmful fumes from the atmosphere. Fitted with spark and charcoal filter to remove large concentrations of ozone gas from fumes, this unit is recommended for professional use. Supplied with extractor hose and collector nozzle. 230Volt Power supply required. Dimensions (L x W x H): Hose Length: Motor: Capacity: Supply: Weight:

530 x 250 x 360mm 5mtr 1000W 150m³/hr 230V - 1ph 18kg

I Leather Welding Apron Model No.

SSP/LWA

Comfortable leather welding apron with ties. Height: Width:

900mm 600mm

SAFETY PRODUCTS See pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue for our full range of Safety Products.

Model No.

SSP99

Supplied with welding screen to BSEN1598. Suitable for use in workshops where the glare from welding and cutting may be a hazard to others. Supplied with two feet. Curtain and frame supplied flat packed, assembles with ease. Size (W x H): 1.3 x 1.9mtr

ClearVision® Welding Helmet J Variable Shade 9 to 13 Model No.

Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth: Lip Depth:

AK6836 230mm 0-15mm 40mm 27mm 12mm

Welding Curtain with Workshop

F Welding Fume Extractor

AK6833 210mm 0-15mm 40mm 9mm

D J-Tip Locking Grip

C W-Tip Locking Grip

Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth:

Welding Curtain with H Add-On Workshop Frame Model No.

SSP990

Designed to extend SSP99 welding frame and curtain. Kit comprises of one upright and foot, 2 horizontals and welding curtain to BSEN1598. Once joined to SSP99, entire assembly can be hinged on centre joint. Two add-on units can be attached to SSP99, one each side. Size (W x H): 1.3 x 1.9mtr

PWH599

High quality variable shade 9-13 lens manufactured and tested to BSEN379. Fully automatic switching from light to dark on striking arc. Fitted with solar power panel - no batteries required. Features sensitivity and speed controls for switching light to dark. This prevents arc eye when welding at high power whilst still providing fast switching for tack welding. Deluxe contoured helmet design approved to BSEN175 gives full neck protection and protects lens from scratching when helmet is laid down. Comfortable headband and non-slip quick release ratchet mechanism. Suitable for MIG, TIG and arc welding. Shade Active: 9-13 Variable Shade Inactive: 4 Viewing Area: 98 x 38mm UV/IR Protection: Yes Operating Time: Light/Dark: 0.05ms Temperature Range: -5°C to +55°C Power: Solar Cells

Solar Powered

454

Section 10 Welding Accessories

A MIG Tips & Nozzles Model No. SEE BELOW A comprehensive range of MIG tips and nozzles to fit a wide variety of welding machines - not just Sealey . Quality European manufactured components give long life and value for money.

Minimig/Mightymig® Range Compatible with TB14 Torches Model No. Model No: MIG950 120/722054 MIG951 120/722661 MIG952 120/722667 MIG953 MIG954

SEE BELOW Description: Gas Cup Gas Cup Contact Tip 0.6mm Contact Tip 0.6mm Contact Tip 0.8mm Contact Tip 0.8mm 1 x Gas Cup 3 x Contact Tip 0.6mm 1 x Gas Cup 3 x Contact Tip 0.8mm

Pack Qty: 5pc 1pc 5pc 1pc 5pc 1pc 1Set 1Set

Gasless Welding Contact Tips Model No. Model No: TG100/2 TG100/3

SEE BELOW Description: Contact Tip 0.9mm Contact Tip 1.0mm

Pack Qty: 5pc 5pc

Siegen/Supermig®/Electromig/ Powermig® Range - Compatible with TB14/15 Torches Model No. Model No: MIG955 120/722423 MIG956 120/722415 MIG957 120/722416 MIG912 MIG927 MIG928 120/722149 120/722150 120/722151 120/722672 120/722319

SEE BELOW Description: Gas Cup Gas Cup Contact Tip 0.6mm Contact Tip 0.6mm Contact Tip 0.8mm Contact Tip 0.8mm Contact Tip 1.0mm Contact Tip 0.8mm Ally Contact Tip 1.0mm Ally Cylinder Nozzle Spot Weld Nozzle Thin Headed Nozzle Stud Welding Nozzle Nozzle Spring

Pack Qty: 3pc 1pc 5pc 1pc 5pc 1pc 2pc 2pc 2pc 1pc 1pc 1pc 1pc 1pc

Powermig® 2750/3500 Compatible with TB25 Torch Model No. Model No: MIG913 MIG914 MIG915 120/722684 120/722686 120/722687

SEE BELOW Description: Diffuser Adaptor Nozzle Spring Gas Cup Cylinder Nozzle Thin Headed Nozzle Spot Welding Nozzle

Pack Qty: 2pc 2pc 2pc 1pc 1pc 1pc

F E D

Powermig® 2750/3500/4500 Tip Kits Compatible with TB25/36 Torches Model No. Model No: MIG916 MIG917 MIG918 MIG919 MIG920 MIG921 MIG922 MIG923

Pack Qty: 5pc 5pc 5pc 5pc 5pc 5pc 5pc 5pc

Powermig®4500 Compatible with TB36 Torches Model No. Model No: MIG924 MIG925 MIG926 120/722793 120/722794

SEE BELOW Description: Contact Tip 0.6mm Contact Tip 0.8mm Contact Tip 1.0mm Contact Tip 1.2mm Contact Tip 1.6mm Contact Tip 1.0mm Ally Contact Tip 1.2mm Ally Contact Tip 1.6mm Ally

SEE BELOW Description: Gas Cup Tip Adaptor Ceramic Diffuser Thin Headed Nozzle Spot Welding Nozzle

Pack Qty: 2pc 2pc 2pc 1pc 1pc

B - F Welding Wire Model No.

SEE BELOW

Top quality wound welding wire manufactured to BSEN440 Part 1. Mild Steel Welding Wire - A18 B Model No: Weight: MIG/7K06 0.7kg MIG/7K08 0.7kg MIG/777706 5.0kg MIG/777708 5.0kg MIG/888806 15.0kg MIG/888808 15.0kg MIG/888810 15.0kg

Diameter: 0.6mm 0.8mm 0.6mm 0.8mm 0.6mm 0.8mm 1.0mm

Flux Cored Welding Wire - E71T-GS C Model No: Weight: TG100/1 0.9kg

Diameter: 0.9mm

Aluminium Welding Wire - 5356(NG6) Weight: D Model No: MIG/5K08A 0.5kg MIG/2KAL08 2.0kg MIG/2/KAL/1 2.0kg

Diameter: 0.8mm 0.8mm 1.0mm

Stainless Steel Welding Wire - 308(S)93 Weight: Diameter: E Model No: MIG/1K/SS08 1.0kg 0.8mm MIG/5K/SS08 5.0kg 0.8mm Copper Silicon Bronze Welding Wire - C9 Weight: Diameter: F Model No: MIG/4K/BW08 4.0kg 0.8mm

Section 10 Welding Accessories A

A - H Gas Regulators Model No. SEE RIGHT Top quality European made regulators to EN585 and ISO2503. Industrial regulators fit CO and 2, Argon CO2/Argon mix gas cylinders, using adaptors where applicable. A - E Suitable for industrial gas cylinders. F - H Suitable for mini refillable/disposable gas cylinders. Maximum operating pressure of 4bar for all models.

Model No: REG/MZ REG/MO REG/MT REG/MX REG/MTHD Cylinder Type: Industrial Industrial Industrial Industrial Industrial Gauge(s): 0 1 2 1 2 Argon/CO2 Adaptor: Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Safe Cylinder Pressure: 230bar 230bar 230bar 230bar 230bar Max. Throughput (ltr/min): 10 10 10 30 30

REG/MM REG/MMG REG/MMGT Mini Refillable/Disposable 0 1 2 n/a n/a n/a 110bar 110bar 110bar 6 6 6

Gas Cylinder I - J Industrial Adaptor Kits Model No.

SEE BELOW

Convert the small-bore hosing (normally Ă&#x2DC;4mm OD) found on portable MIGs for use with industrial size gas regulators and cylinders. Order just the bull nose adaptor (120/432102) and hose (AK9) or a complete kit including regulator (REG/KIT/MZ or REG/KIT/MO).

I Model No: Hose Length: Regulator:

REG/KIT/MZ 1.5mtr REG/MZ

J Model No: Hose Length: Regulator:

REG/KIT/MO 1.5mtr REG/MO

Model No: Description:

120/432102 Bull Nose Adaptor

Model No: Description:

AK9 1.5mtr Gas Hose Adaptor

Model No. SEE BELOW Portable sized disposable cylinders for the mobile welder. Fits Siegen, Sealey and other makes of welder/regulator. When comparing price, always check fill weights. Model No: Fill Welding Gas Type: Weight: Duration*: CO2/100 390g 1-1/4hr CO2 CO2/101 600g 2hr CO2 MIG/ARG/100 300g 1hr Argon MIG/MIX/100 300g 1hr CO2/Argon Mix

DISPOSABLE

L 390g FILL

1kg FILL

CO2

K Disposable Gas Cylinders 600g FILL

ARGON

300g FILL

L CO2 Refillable Gas Cylinder Model No. CO2/1KG Portable sized CO 2 refillable gas cylinder for the jobbing welder. Gives value for money, repaying investment in just a few fills. Suitable for Siegen Minimig and Sealey MightymigÂŽ welders. Will also fit other makes of welder/regulator . Refill exchange service available through local distributors. Fill Weight: 1kg Welding Duration*: 3.3hr * Welding duration is approximate and depends on machine settings.

CO2/ARGON CO2 300g FILL

455

REFILLABLE

456

Section 10 Welding Accessories Illustrations show wire feed liner removed from umbilical cable.

Torch with B Swivel Euro Connection Model No.

Torches with A MIG Euro Connection Model No.

SEE BELOW

Professional torches with contoured grip and heat-proof cable. Euro connection enables quick and simple connection to welder . No wiring means torch can be disconnected and stored safely when not being used. Model No: MIG/T15 MIG/T25 MIG/T36

Length: 3.0mtr 3.0mtr 3.0mtr

Connector: Euro Euro Euro

300ml

Length: Torch Type:

Torch Type: TB15 TB25 TB36

Model No. MIG/722308 Extremely ef fective anti-spatter spray preventing spatter build-up on fixings, jigs and welding nozzles. Contains rust inhibitor to prevent corrosion. New innovative pressure spray system allows 99% of the active product to be expelled from the can. Up to six times the life of normal aerosols.

D Welder’s Pliers Model No. WP94 Drop-forged steel construction. Six function tool includes nozzle and tip installation grips, wire cutters, nozzle cleaner, slag hammer and long nose pliers. Fitted with spring loaded, fully insulated handles. Length: 215mm

3.0mtr TB15 ELECTRONIC SURGE PROTECTION Before carrying out welding on a motor vehicle, we strongly recommend the attachment of a surge protection device across the vehicle’ s battery. See page 213 for further details.

C Anti-Spatter Pressure Spray D

MIG/ST15

Revolutionary design enables complete torch handle to rotate 360° without twisting wires. Suitable for use with any machine fitted with Euro connection and requiring TB15 type torch.

Safe to use. Non-toxic. No acrid fumes. Recycleable tin. Environmentally friendly. Cleaner, easier and tidier welding.

E Nozzle Cleaning Tool Model No.

AK107

Retracting three-legged scraper for cleaning spatter from welding nozzles.

F Magnetic Quick Clamp Set 2pc Model No.

MQC2

Ideal for welders and fabricators. Strong magnets hold ferrous metals in place during welding and assembly . Clamps incorporate angled edges for accurate alignment. Clamp 1 - Angles: 30°, 90°, 135° Clamp 2 - Angles: 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°

Magnetic Quick G Multi-Angle Clamp

H Spark Proof Welding Blanket Model No.

SSP23

Neoprene coated glass fibre blanket tested to BS476 Model No. MQC1 Pt.1, Pt.7, Pt.20 and UK building regulations Class 0. Designed to hold ferrous sheet and tube. The angles of Protects against the spray of sparks from welding and 30°, 45°, 60°, 75° and 90° are marked for quick reference. cutting. Suitable for a variety of welding and assembly jobs. Angles: 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90° Size: 1800 x 1300mm

Section 10 Arc Welders Air Cooled A - D Heavy-Duty Arc Welders Model No.

SEE TABLE

Manufactured in Europe to exacting standards these models meet all relevant EU requirements. Fitted with forced air cooling systems*, these welders have increased duty cycle and performance. All models feature a single, vented, wraparound shell fitted to a heavy-duty chassis. Screw type, stepless welding control allows fine adjustment of current. Each welder is fitted with carry handle with extension bar* and set of wheels for added mobility. All models have complete accessory kit including electrode holder, cables, earth clamp, chipping hammer/wire brush and welding mask. *Except model 150XL.

~ ~

Air Cooled

A Model No: Welding Current: Electrode Capacity: Cooling: Output Cable: No-Load Voltage: Supply: Absorbed Power: Weight:

All models supplied with accessory kit.

Model No.

150XL 40-150A Ø1.6-3.2mm Air 10mm² 48V 230V - 1ph 3.35kW 20kg

Forced E - G Extra-Heavy-Duty Air Cooled Arc Welders SEE RIGHT

This range of arc welders of fers robust, heavyweight transformers with forced air cooling systems for increased duty cycles at all amperages. Manufactured in Europe these models meet all relevant EU standards. 210XTD and 260XTD feature dual voltage input for use on 230V-1ph or, for higher performance, on 415V-3ph. All models supplied with complete accessory kit including electrode holder , cables, earth clamp, chipping hammer/wire brush and welding mask.

457

B 150XTC 40-150A Ø1.6-3.2mm Forced Air 10mm² 48V 230V - 1ph 3.35kW 20kg

160XTC 55-160A Ø2.0-4.0mm Forced Air 16mm² 49V 230V - 1ph 5.98kW 21kg

D 200XTC 55-200A Ø2.0-4.0mm Forced Air 16mm² 52V 230V - 1ph 5.98kW 27kg

E Model No: 180XTD Welding Current: 35-180A Electrode Capacity: Ø2.0-4.0mm Cooling: Forced Air Output Cable: 16mm² No-Load Voltage: 48V Supply: 230V - 1ph Absorbed Power: 5.0kW Weight: 24kg

F 210XTD 35-210A(230V), 80-210A(415V) Ø2.0-5.0mm Forced Air 25mm² 48V 230V - 1ph, 415V - 3ph 6.0kW 39kg

G 260XTD 35-210A(230V), 80-260A(415V) Ø2.0-5.0mm Forced Air 25mm² 48V 230V - 1ph, 415V - 3ph 6.0kW 39kg

458

Section 10 Inverters

Inverters Lightweight, powerful and incredibly versatile, inverters offer many advantages over traditional transformer type welders. Inverters use state-of-the-art electronic components to produce fully portable power sources for arc, TIG and plasma processes. For example, the MW95 will produce up to 80Amps at 10% duty cycle. Weighing in at just 2.9kg makes it ideal for the mobile technician or for applications where the power unit needs to be taken to the job. Just compare our MW140 against a standard air-cooled welder: Standard 140A Welder: MW140: Power Output: 140A 130A Duty Cycle: 10% 25% Weight: 15kg 5kg

A Inverter Kit 95Amp

MW95 and MW130 are supplied ready to weld with arc welding accessory kit. Complete set is packed into composite carry-case.

B Inverter Kit 130Amp

Model No. MW95 Suitable for arc welding or for TIG welding (option) using scratch-start method. Automatic Arc-Force circuitry makes the unit suitable for arc welding with a wide variety of rods including rutile, basic and stainless from Ø1.6mm up to Ø2.5mm. Also includes thermal cut-out and mains voltage LEDs. Fitted with Hot-Start system to counter electrode sticking during scratch starting. Supplied in carry-case with 6mm² arc welding accessory kit. Also suitable for TIG welding with optional TIG accessory kit. Optional TIG Accessory Kit: INV/TIG

Model No. MW130 Suitable for arc welding or forTIG welding (option) using scratch-start method. Automatic Arc-Force circuitry makes the unit suitable for arc welding with a wide variety of rods including rutile, basic and stainless from Ø1.6mm up to Ø3.2mm. Also includes thermal cut-out and mains voltage LEDs. Fitted with Hot-Start system to counter electrode sticking during scratch starting. Supplied in carry-case with 10mm² arc welding accessory kit (Model No. INV/10) and shoulder strap. Also suitable for TIG welding with optional TIG accessory kit. Optional TIG Accessory Kit: INV/TIG

All inverters can be used for TIG welding. Order optional kit INV/TIG. Includes torch with on-gun gas control. INV/10 - INV/16

INV/TIG

INV/25

Arc & TIG Welding Accessory Kits for Inverters Suitable for Sealey and other inverters fitted with Dinse connectors. Model No: INV/10 Arc Welding Accessory Kit 10mm² Contents: Electrode Holder & 3mtr x 10mm2 Cable, 2 Cable, Chipping Earth Clamp & 2mtr x 10mm Hammer/Brush, Handshield Applications: MW95, MW100, MW130, MW140, MW145 Model No: INV/16 Arc Welding Accessory Kit 16mm² Contents: Electrode Holder & 3mtr x 16mm2 Cable, 2 Cable, Earth Clamp & 2mtr x 16mm Chipping Hammer/Brush, Handshield Applications: MW140PLUS, MW160PLUS, MW170, TIG130HF Model No: INV/25 Arc Welding Accessory Kit 25mm² Contents: Electrode Holder & 3mtr x 25mm² Cable, Earth Clamp & 2mtr x 25mm² Cable, Chipping Hammer/Brush,Handshield Applications: TIG175HF, PULSEMIG225 Model No: INV/TIG TIG Welding Accessory Kit Contents: TIG Torch with On-Gun Gas Control, Gas 2 Cable, Regulator, Earth Clamp & 2mtr x 16mm Handshield Applications: MW95, MW100, MW130, MW140, MW140PLUS, MW145, MW160PLUS, MW170

C Inverter 140Amp Model No. MW140 Inverter power supply suitable for arc or TIG welding applications using scratch-start method. Arc-Force circuitry makes the unit suitable for arc welding a wide variety of rods including rutile, basic and stainless from Ø1.6mm up to Ø3.2mm. Also includes thermal cut-out and mains voltage LEDs. Fitted with Hot-Start system to counter electrode sticking during scratch starting. Supplied without accessories. Optional Arc Accessory Kit: INV/10 Optional TIG Accessory Kit: INV/TIG

A Model No: MW95 Peak Power: 95A Power Output: 5-80A Duty Cycle: 10% @ 80A Electrode Capacity: Ø1.6-2.5mm Absorbed Power: 2.5kW Supply: 230V - 1ph Insulation Class: H Protection: IP21 Weight: 2.9kg Accessories Included: Yes Arc Accessory Kit: Included TIG Accessory Kit (Optional): INV/TIG *Included as standard.

140Amp with Surge D Inverter Protection Model No.

MW140PLUS

The same specification as the MW140, but with the added feature of built-in surge protection. Makes this machine ideal for use with a generator where the power input fluctuates. Minimum generator output of 3.75kW required. Supplied without accessories. Optional Arc Accessory Kit: INV/16 Optional TIG Accessory Kit: INV/TIG

B MW130 130A 5-125A 15% @ 125A Ø1.6-3.2mm 3.5kW 230V - 1ph H IP21 3.7kg Yes INV/10* INV/TIG

C MW140 140A 5-130A 25% @ 130A Ø1.6-3.2mm 4.0kW 230V - 1ph H IP23 4.3kg No INV/10 INV/TIG

D MW140PLUS 140A 5-130A 25% @ 130A Ø1.6-3.2mm 4.2kW 230V - 1ph H IP23 5.1kg No INV/10 INV/TIG

Section 10 Inverters A

459

Dual Voltage A Inverter 130Amp 110V/230V Model No. MW145 Inverter power supply suitable for arc or TIG welding applications using scratch-start method. Features auto power sensor, automatically switching between 110V or 230V power supplies - ideal for site applications. ArcForce circuitry makes the unit suitable for arc welding with a wide variety of rods including rutile, basic and stainless from Ø1.6mm up to Ø3.2mm. Also includes thermal cut-out and mains voltage LEDs. Fitted with Hot-Start system to counter electrode sticking during scratch starting. Supplied without accessories. Optional Arc Accessory Kit: INV/10 Optional TIG Accessory Kit: INV/TIG

160Amp with Surge B Inverter Protection Model No.

MW160PLUS

Fan-cooled inverter for direct currentTIG and arc welding applications. Suitable for welding steel, deoxidised copper, nickel and titanium. Features surge protection, allowing the unit to be powered by a generator . Minimum generator output of 7kW required. Equipped with shoulder strap. Supplied without accessories. Optional Arc Accessory Kit: INV/16 Optional TIG Accessory Kit: INV/TIG

C Inverter 170Amp Model No. MW170 Inverter power supply suitable for arc or TIG welding applications using scratch-start method. Features manual Arc-Force control making the unit suitable for arc welding a wide variety of rods including rutile, basic and stainless from Ø1.6mm up to 4.0mm.Also includes thermal cut-out and mains voltage LEDs. Fitted with Hot-Start system to counter electrode sticking during scratch starting. Supplied without accessories. Optional Arc Accessory Kit: INV/16 Optional TIG Accessory Kit: INV/TIG INV/10 - INV/16

INV/TIG

INV/25

MW145 is fitted with circuitry which senses supply voltage and automatically switches between 110V and 230V. It is therefore ideal for the mobile technician where available voltages may vary between locations.

Optional accessory kits available for bothTIG and arc welding consisting of torch, earth clamp, helmet and chipping hammer . INV/TIG kits also include a regulator. See opposite page for details.

This table shows the materials which can be welded with the inverter models from the Sealey range.

D MATERIAL Mild Steel Stainless Steel Cast Iron Aluminium Copper Brass Nickel Titanium

ARC

INVERTER TYPE TIG DC TIG AC/DC *

ACCESSORY KIT APPLICATIONS MW95 MW130 MW140 MW140PLUS MW145 MW160PLUS MW170 PULSEMIG225 TIG130HF TIG175HF

ARC WELDING INCLUDED INCLUDED INV/10 INV/10 INV/10 INV/16 INV/16 INV/25 INV/16 INV/25

TIG WELDING INV/TIG INV/TIG INV/TIG INV/TIG INV/TIG INV/TIG INV/TIG 120.742058 INCLUDED INCLUDED

*Note: Not all types.

D Safety Products To compliment our range of welders and accessories, we also stock a range of welding safety equipment. All products are CE approved and conform to the relevant British standards. See pages 707 to 717 for our complete range of safety products.

Model No: MW145 Peak Power: 145A Power Output: 5-100/130A Duty Cycle: 40/25% @ 100/130A Electrode Capacity: Ø1.6-3.2mm Absorbed Power: 3.4kW Supply: 110V/230V - 1ph Insulation Class: H Protection: IP23 Weight: 5.1kg Accessories: Arc Accessory Kit (Optional): INV/10 TIG Accessory Kit (Optional): INV/TIG

MW160PLUS 160A 5-150A 35% @150A Ø1.6-4.0mm 4.5kW 230V - 1ph H IP23 6.5kg

MW170 170A 5-160A 35% @ 160A Ø1.6-4.0mm 4.5kW 230V - 1ph H IP23 6.1kg

INV/16 INV/TIG

460

Section 10 TIG Inverters

Inverter 130Amp DC A TIG HF Lift Start Model No.

TIG130HF

Fan-cooled DC power supply for TIG and arc welding applications. Suitable for welding steels, deoxidised copper, nickel and titanium.TIG cycle includes current down-slope regulation. Features HF or lift striking. Includes remote control connector for foot pedal or hand controller. Supplied with shoulder strap. Optional Arc Accessory Kit: INV/16

Inverter 160Amp AC/DC B TIG HF Lift Start Model No.

TIG175HF

Fan-cooled AC/DC power supply forTIG and arc welding applications. Suitable for welding steel, deoxidised copper, nickel, titanium and aluminium. LED power read-out with push-button programming in conjunction with an encoder knob. The unit features regulation of post-gas and current down-slope time as well as control of AC balance and arc force. When TIG welding, the current can be set to change from one preset value to another using the torch button. HF or lift start (for reduced HF emissions) can be selected. Includes remote control connection for foot pedal or hand control. Supplied with shoulder strap. Optional Arc Accessory Kit: INV/25 Please note: Inverters need a clean power supply and and may not be suitable for use with some types of portable generator . Please check with our technical department for further information.

A Model No: Power Output: Duty Cycle: Electrode Capacity: Absorbed Power: Supply: Insulation Class: Protection: Weight: TIG Accessories Included: Arc Accessory Kit (Optional): Foot Pedal (Optional): Current Control (Optional):

TIG130HF 5-130A 60% @ 73A Ø1.6-3.2mm 3.7kW 230V - 1ph H IP21 5.3kg Yes INV/16 INV/TIG/5 INV/TIG/7

TIG175HF 5-160A 60% @ 90A Ø1.6-4.0mm 4.5kW 230V - 1ph H IP23 13kg Yes INV/25 INV/TIG/5 INV/TIG/7

C Control Pedal Model No. INV/TIG/5 Permits hands-free feathering of power output in use. Supplied with 10mtr cable. Applications: TIG130HF, TIG175HF, PULSEMIG225

D Current Controller Model No. INV/TIG/7 Controls power output and one other selectable parameter. Supplied with 10mtr cable. Applications: TIG130HF, TIG175HF, PULSEMIG225

G Welding Accessory Kits E Arc for Inverters Model No.

Welder’s Lined F Professional Leather Gauntlets - Pair

G TIG Welding Gauntlets - Pair

Model No. SSP142 Model No. SSP141 BSEN420, BSEN388, BSEN407 - Gauntlets of fer BSEN388, BSEN407 - Quality goat skin TIG welding superior protection from spatter, heat and radiation. leather gauntlets with 160mm split cow leather cuf f. Comfortable, durable and preferred by the professional 330mm Length. welder.

SEE BELOW

Suitable for Sealey and other leading brands of inverter fitted with Dinse connectors. Model No: INV/16 Arc Welding Accessory Kit 16mm² Contents: Electrode Holder & 3mtr x 16mm² Cable, Earth Clamp & 2mtr x 16mm² Cable, Chipping Hammer/Brush, Handshield Applications: MW140PLUS, MW160PLUS, MW170, TIG130HF Model No: INV/25 Arc Welding Accessory Kit 25mm² Contents: Electrode Holder & 3mtr x 25mm² Cable, Earth Clamp & 2mtr x 25mm² Cable, Chipping Hammer/Brush, Handshield Applications: TIG175HF, PULSEMIG225

Section 10 Plasma Inverters Inverter 25Amp with A Plasma Integral Compressor Model No.

PP25PLUS

461

Weighing only 12.5kg but with the power to cut up to 6mm steel, this machine features an integral compressor. No more trailing hoses or bottled air , just plug into a power supply and pull the trigger . Ideal for mobile repairers and fabricators. Inverter features fourLED information panel including torch under-voltage, torch in cooling cycle, general thermostatic/power fault and power on. Supplied with plasma torch and earth cable. Utilises contact start torch making it suitable for use near electrical equipment. Ideal for cutting steel, stainless, galvanized steel, aluminium, copper and brass. Supplied with torch and earth cable.

Simply plug in to mains -

switch machine on -

Integral Compressor pull the trigger to cut.

All standard plasma inverters (excluding PP25PLUS) are fitted with an integral filter/regulator.

All plasma cutters include standard plasma torch and earth cable.

Electrodes & Nozzles Model No.

SEE BELOW

120/802420 Electrodes (5pc)

120/802428 Long Electrodes (5pc)

120/802092 Nozzle (5pc)

120/802423 Nozzle (5pc)

B Plasma Inverter 25Amp Model No. PP25 Inverter power supply fitted with plasma cutter control circuitry. Inverter features three-LED information panel including torch under-voltage, general fault (thermostat, over/under-voltage, over current) and power on. Supplied with plasma torch and earth cable. Utilises contact start torch making it suitable for use near electrical equipment. Ideal for cutting steel, stainless, galvanized steel, aluminium, copper and brass. Includes integral air filter and regulator unit with pressure gauge.

C Plasma Inverter 40Amp Model No. PP35 Inverter power supply fitted with plasma cutter control circuitry. Inverter features four-LED information panel including torch under-voltage, air fault, general fault (thermostat, over/under voltage, over current) and power on. Supplied with plasma torch and earth cable. Uses air to strike arc making it suitable for use near electrical equipment. Ideal for cutting steel, stainless, galvanized steel, aluminium, copper and brass. Includes integral air filter and regulator unit with panel-mounted pressure gauge.

120/802429 Long Nozzle (5pc)

120.802096 Safety Cap (2pc)

120/802422 Diffuser (5pc)

120/802425 Safety Cap (2pc)

Model No: PP25PLUS Power Output: 5-23A Duty Cycle*: 25% @ 20A Maximum Cutting Thickness: 6mm Air Requirements: Integral Compressor Air Pressure: n/a Absorbed Power: 2.8kW Supply: 230V - 1ph Insulation Class: H Protection: IP23 Weight: 12.5kg Accessories Included: Yes Replacement Consumables: Electrode (Pack Qty): 120/802420 (5) Electrode, Long (Pack Qty): Nozzle (Pack Qty): 120/802092 (5) Nozzle, Long (Pack Qty): Diffuser (Pack Qty): 120/802422 (5) Safety Cap (Pack Qty): 120.802096 (2) * With Optional High Power Nozzles/Electrodes

PP25 5-25A 20% @ 25A 8mm 100ltr/min 55-70psi 2.8kW 230V - 1ph H IP23 6.2kg Yes

PP35 7-40A 30% @ 35A 12mm 100ltr/min 58-72psi 4kW 230V - 1ph H IP23 7.7kg Yes

120/802420 (5) 120/802428 (5) 120/802423 (5) 120/802429 (5) 120/802422 (5) 120/802425 (2)

462

Section 10 Plasma & Oxyacetylene

Gas B Oxyacetylene Welding/Cutting Set Model No.

A Plasma Cutter 12mm Capacity Model No. PL120/1 Cut without gas! Plasma cutter produces a powerful cutting flame using only compressed air and electricity. Features pilot ignition for quick, clean commencement of cut. Will cut up to 12mm but requires a 415V olt 3-phase supply. Supply: 230/415V - 3ph Absorbed Power: 12.4kW Absorbed Current: 31/18A Cutting Current Position 1: 100% @ 30A Cutting Current Position 2: 35% @ 50A Maximum Cutting Depth (on “C” class steel)*: 12mm Air Pressure: 90psi Air Capacity: 120ltr/min Weight: 60kg *With High Power Nozzles/Electrodes

SGA1

A complete set of regulators and torches for oxyacetylene gas welding. Single stage gas regulators with two gauges to show bottle pressure and working pressure. 4.5mtr Twin gas hose set with hose check valves (to torch) and EN730-compliant pressure activated flash arrestors (to regulators). Welding torch with three lightweight nozzles. Cutting torch attachment with three ANMS cutting nozzles. Spark lighter. Supplied in carry-case.

E & Acetylene C - D Oxygen Regulators Model No.

SEE BELOW

Twin gauge regulator to ISO 2503:1998 with bull nose adaptor and 3/8”BSP hose union. Displays bottle pressure and working pressure for oxygen or acetylene.

Oxyacetylene Welding Torch Set

Model No. SGA2 Welding torch supplied with mixer nozzle, No. 2, No. 5 and No. 10 welding nozzles.

Model No: C SGA3 D SGA4

Type: Oxygen Acetylene

4.5mtr

H - K Flashback Arrestors Model No. SEE BELOW Protects operators, regulators and gas supply from the consequences of severe forms of flashback. Conforms to BS6158 and EN730 and tested to German BAM standards.

Welding/Cutting F Oxyacetylene Torch Set Model No.

SGA6

Comprises cutting torch, welding torch, mixer nozzle, No’s. 2, 5 and 10 lightweight welding nozzles, 1/16”, 3/64” and 1/32” ANMS cutting nozzles. Lightweight Welding Nozzles Model No: SGA1/LW02 SGA1/LW05 SGA1/LW10 Cutting Nozzles Model No: ANMS-1/16 ANMS-1/32 ANMS-3/64

Size: No. 2 No. 5 No. 10 Size: 1/16” 1/32” 3/64”

G Gas Welding Hose Model No. SGA5 4.5mtr Twin hose fitted with check valves and 3/8”BSP swivel unions. Note: On premises covered by the Health and Safety at W ork Act the use of hose check valves and flashback arrestors is required. Order your flashback arrestors, see right, with your SGA1 set for full compliance.

Model No: H SGA3/RFA I SGA3/MFA J SGA4/RFA K SGA4/MFA

Gas Type: Oxygen Oxygen Acetylene Acetylene

Resetting Type: Auto Manual Auto Manual

WELDING PROTECTION Please see pages 708 & 709 for our full range of Welding Helmets and Goggles.

Section 10 Bottle Racks & Trolleys A

Model No.

ST28

Designed to accept large oxyacetylene cylinders as distributed by the gas companies. Includes compartment for safe storage of welding and cutting accessories. Accepts cylinders of up to Ø280mm.

Bottle Trolley with C Welding Pneumatic Tyres

B Welding Bottle Trolley Welding Bottle A Professional Trolley with Storage Box

463

Model No. ST28/B Lightweight tubular steel frame with large diameter wheels for easy transport of large cylinders. Accepts cylinders of up to Ø300mm.

Model No.

ST28P

Lightweight tubular steel frame. Extra large diameter wheels, fitted with pneumatic tyres for use over uneven surfaces and rough terrain. Accepts cylinders of up to Ø300mm.

Welding Bottle Trolley

Model No. ST32 Lightweight steel frame with two-position adjustable handle. Accepts gas welding/cutting set and two bottles - Ø140mm x 940mm and Ø172mm x 570mm. Also has torch stowage feature. Enables welding/cutting equipment to be moved easily and conveniently . Suitable for Sealey Gas W elding/Cutting Set Model No. SGA1.

G E Welding Bottle Trolley - Single Model No.

ST28S

Lightweight tubular steel frame with large diameter wheels for easy transport of heavy cylinders. Accepts cylinders of up to Ø280mm.

Bottle Wall Bracket F Welding 2 Bottle Model No.

WBB2

Wall-mounting welding bottle rack for holding up to 2 bottles safely and securely. Bottles held in place by tough galvanized chain.

Bottle Wall Bracket G Welding 3 Bottle Model No.

WBB3

Wall-mounting welding bottle rack for holding up to 3 bottles safely and securely. Bottles held in place by tough galvanized chain.

464

Section 10 Spot Welders

A Spot Welder with Timer Model No. SR122 Semi-automatic spot welder . Composite casing and handle reduce heat transfer for operator comfort. Die-cast aluminium head and chassis reduces overall weight for improved handling. Integral synchronous timer enables adjustable spot time of between 0.1 and 1.2 seconds. Fully adjustable jaw pressure from 40kg to 120kg enables close control of weld quality . Supplied with 120mm welding arms, electrodes and side handle. Capacity: 1 + 1mm Absorbed Power: 6kW Mains Fuse: 16A Maximum Welding Current: 3800A Duty Cycle: 1.5% Insulation Class: B Weight: 10.5kg

B Spot Welder with Digital Timer Model No. SR123 Semi-automatic spot welder. Integral electronic control allows operator to select thickness of material while automatically calculating the optimum weld duration. Also features pulse mode for use on high stress steels commonly found in modern vehicle construction. All automatically selected parameters may be overridden by the operator if required. Composite casing and handle reduce heat transfer for operator comfort. Die-cast aluminium head and chassis reduces overall weight for improved handling. Fully adjustable jaw pressure from 40kg to 120kg enables close control of weld quality . Supplied with 120mm welding arms, electrodes and side handle. Capacity: 2 + 2mm Absorbed Power: 13kW Mains Fuse: 25A Maximum Welding Current: 6300A Duty Cycle: 1.5% Insulation Class: B Weight: 11kg

Electronic Power Control

B Electronic Timer

PULSE MODE

Set: 120/803152 250mm

120/690046

120/690047

C Spot Welder Arms

Set: 120/803158 120mm

120/690050

Model No. SEE ILLUSTRATION A comprehensive range of heavy-duty spot welding arms suitable for Sealey and other leading brands of welder. Sets include electrodes and cotter pins. W e recommend the use of an electrode sharpener to retain the optimum tip configuration and performance. Arm Application: SR122, SR123, E/SPOT7001, E/SPOT8000, E/SPOT9500

120mm

350mm

Set: 120/803153 120/690049

350mm

120/690047

120/690050 ES/3553

Ratchet action electrode sharpener , keeps tips to optimum profile for maximum weld penetration. Recommended for all portable spot welders.

120mm

Set: 120/803155

Set: 120/803150

120/690051

120/690049

120/690052

Set: 120/803154 120/690046

Set: 120/803151

Welding Electrode D Spot Sharpener

Model No. SR20 A welder of exceptional quality for fast, ef ficient body repairs. Removes dents quickly , without holes or the need to remove interior trim. Amazing pulling power even on heavier gauge panels. W elds on screws, washers and nails. Contents: Welding Gun with Stud Gripping Slide Hammer, Nozzles suitable for welding a wide range of studs and nails, Starter Kit of consumables. Power Supply: 230V - 1ph Fuse: 16A Power at 50%: 0.8kW Maximum Welding Power: 6kW Maximum Short Circuit Current: 2500A Weight: 4.9kg

120/690048

120/690050

130mm

E Stud Welding Kit

500mm

120/690052

Model No.

Set: 120/803156

120/690050

Set: 120/803159

Section 10 Spot Welders

~ ~

7000 Amps

Fully Water-Cooled

PULSE MODE

4500 Amps

465

PULSE MODE

INCLUDES: · PNEUMATIC PINCERS · POWER CONTROLS · TROLLEY

Model No: E/SPOT9500 E/SPOT8000 Max. Spot Welding Current: 7000A 4500A Max. Capacity: 3.0 + 3.0mm 1.5 + 1.5mm Absorbed Power: 58.0kW 39.0kW INCLUDES: Rated Power 50%: 13.0kW 6.7kW · PNEUMATIC PINCERS · TROLLEY No Load Voltage: 8.6V 8.6V · POWER CONTROLS · REGULATOR Supply*: 400V - 3ph 400V - 3ph Water Cooler: Included Trolley: Included Included Digital Spot Welders A - B Accessory Options: Stud Welder Kit: 120.802102 1 120.802102 Model No. SEE RIGHT Manual ‘C’ Pincers: 2 120/801041 120/801041 Microprocessor controlled power unit with push-button control automatically recognises which welding accessories Double Spot Gun: 3 120/801042 are fitted and adapts power and duration characteristics for optimum results. Includes operator override. Features Manual Clamp: 120/801043 4 120/801043 pulse facility for welding high stress materials. Check-panel indicates machine status including: supply , thermostat, * Two phases of 3-phase supply required. supply over/under voltage. E/SPOT9500 fitted with piggy-back water-cooler, cools both power cables and arms for For a complete range of Spot Welding Arms for Model maximum duty-cycle. Both models supplied with pneumatic pincers, set of arms and trolley . No. E/SPOT8000 see opposite page.

Set: 120.803163 250mm

350mm

500mm

STUD/SCREW/WASHER PULLING KIT Model No. 120.802102 Includes: Slide Hammer, Stud Gripper, Electrodes and popular selection of fittings

Welding Arms C Spot Water-Cooled Model No.

Set: 120.803165

Set: 120.803164

SEE ABOVE

Suitable for E/SPOT9500. Arms carry waterways, through which passes chilled water reducing the rate of heating and increasing duty cycle. PULSE WELDING Pulse welding is used for welding surfaces with traces of varnish or oxides and is also suitable for galvanized and high stress steel. The pulse effect combined with high current produces mechanical stresses and micro sparks which scour the surface of the welded area ensuring a complete and fully developed spot weld.

Manual C-Pincers Model No. 120/801041

Air-Cooled Double Spot Gun Model No. 120/801042

Manual Pincers Model No. 120/801043

Section 10 Spot Welders

466

B Aluminium Stud Welding Kit Model No.

120.802108

Includes slide hammer, stud grippers, electrodes and a popular selection of fixings. Suitable for use with ALUSPOT1500.

& Stud Welding C Spot Consumables Model No.

Aluminium Spot Welding Set with Body Repair Kit

Model No. ALUSPOT1500 A comprehensive repair solution for non-oxidised or non-treated aluminium sections and panels in one package. Capacitor discharge welding unit attaches studs, rivets, washers and nails to the aluminium surface, delivering power in a single strike. This energy release is so fast and effective that it will not damage surrounding areas even if they are painted. Also suitable for stud welding steel, stainless, galvanized and brass. The kit also includes a pulling rig and hooks used to apply tension to the repair area while working the surrounding metal. Optional slide hammer and stud kit also available.Turn aluminium repairs into additional workshop revenue.Also suitable for aluminium sign making and repair. Maximum Energy Release: Spot Period: Duty Cycle: Absorbed Power: No Load Voltage: Supply: Stud Welding Kit (Optional):

SEE BELOW

1500J 1-3ms 20 studs/min 0.9kW 12V 230V - 1ph 120.802108

Stud & Spot Welding System

Model No. Microprocessor controlled, single phase, stud and spot welder machine with automatic torch recognition. Suitable for the professional body shop. Push-button control of welding functions and setting of the material thickness selects a pre-programmed welding time for consistent weld quality . Ideal for all types of singlesided steel body repair techniques including the use of studs, nails, washers and wavy-wires. Supplied with welding-gun-mounted slide-hammer for fast dent removal. Set also includes carbon rod for heating and re-tempering spot repairs. May also be used for doublesided spot welding with optional guns - see page 465.

E/SPOT7001 Maximum Spot Welding Current: Maximum Capacity: Maximum Absorbed Power: Rated Power 50%: No Load Voltage: Supply: Water Cooler: Stud Welder Kit (Included): Accessory Options: Trolley: Manual â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Câ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Pincers: Manual Pincers:

3000A 1.5 + 1.5mm 11kW 3kW 5.4V 400V - 1ph 120.802102

120.803002 120/801041 120/801043 Model No: 1 PS/0002 1 PS/0003 2 PS/0004 3 PS/0005 3 PS/0006 3 PS/0007 4 PS/0008 4 PS/0009 5 PS/0010 5 PS/0011 5 PS/0012 6 PS/0023 7 PS/0020

Description: Pack Qty: Stud Welding Nail 2.5 x 50mm 100 Stud Welding Nail 2.0 x 50mm 100 Stud Welding Washer 8 x 15 x 1.5mm 100 Stud Welding Rivet 5 x 10mm 100 Stud Welding Rivet 3 x 3.2mm 100 Stud Welding Rivet 3 x 4.5mm 100 Stud Welding Threaded Rivet 5 x 18mm 100 Stud Welding Threaded Rivet 4 x 15mm 100 Self-Thread Rivet 5 x 25mm 100 Self-Thread Rivet 5 x 18mm 100 Self-Thread Rivet 5 x 12mm 100 Tri-Hook Washer 100 Carbon Heating Rod 5

for E Trolley E/SPOT7001 Model No. Stud Welding Kit 120.802102 supplied as standard with E/SPOT7001

120.803002

Heavy-duty workshop trolley for E/SPOT7001 stud and spot welding machine. Features storage for slide hammer and welding gun plus a shelf for welding accessories. E/SPOT7001 not included.

Section 11

Body Shop 468 471 473 474 475 476 477 478 480 481 482 483 484 486 487 488 489 490 494 497

Spray Guns HVLP Spray Guns Air Accessory Kits & Spray Gun Accessories Air Brush Kits Spray Gun Cleaning & Flammables Storage Panel Stands & Bumper Rack Windscreen Stand, Mats & Plunger Cans Panel Dryers Panel Preparation Tools Masking Products Coating & Wax Injector Guns Caulking & Sealant Guns Body Repair Kits Pulling Accessories & Trammel Gauges Chassis Straighteners Pulling Accessories Vehicle Trolleys & Skates Panel Tools Hand Riveters Dust-Free Tools & Vacuum Systems

468

Section 11 Spray Guns

Series Gravity Feed B Workshop Refinishing Gun

Series Suction Feed A Workshop Refinishing Gun Model No.

SSG401

The use of water based paints is now the accepted norm in the professional body shop. All Sealey spray guns, HVLP and stan dard pressure are suit able for use with water based paints. This incorporates the use of quality materials such as stain less steel and brass where appropriate.

Suction Feed C Professional Refinishing Gun Model No.

Model No.

Water Based Paints

Ideal for applying base coats. Features adjustable paint flow and fan width controls. Supplied with aluminium cam action suction feed pot. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately. Standard Set-Up: 1.5mm Available Set-Ups: 1.2, 1.8, 2.0, 2.2, 2.5mm Air Pressure: 50psi Air Consumption: 5-11cfm Pot Capacity: 1000ml

Purpose Suction Feed E General Refinishing Gun

Series Suction Feed D Gold Refinishing Gun SSG1

Model No.

SSG501

Ideal for applying base coats. Features adjustable paint flow and fan width controls. Supplied with composite gravity feed pot. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately. Standard Set-Up: 1.8mm Available Set-Ups: 1.2, 1.5mm Air Pressure: 50psi Air Consumption: 5-11cfm Pot Capacity: 400ml

S701

Model No.

SSG2

Suitable for a variety of general purpose applications. Superbly balanced spray gun suitable for applying finishing coats. Supplied with cam action suction pot and fitted with air regulator control. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately.

Spray gun with striking gold finish handle suitable for applying finishing coats. Supplied with cam action suction pot. Superbly balanced gun. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately.

Ideal for applying base coats. Features adjustable paint flow and fan width controls. Supplied with aluminium screw type suction feed pot. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately.

Standard Set-Up: Available Set-Up: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

Standard Set-Up: Available Set-Ups: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

1.8mm 2.0mm 30-70psi 7-12cfm 900ml

1.8mm 1.5, 2.0mm 30-70psi 7-12cfm 900ml

1.5mm 1.2, 1.8, 2.0, 2.2, 2.5mm 50psi 5-11cfm 800ml

Section 11 Gravity Feed & Touch-Up Spray Guns A

Purpose Gravity Feed A General Refinishing Gun Model No.

SG4

Ideal for applying base coats. Features adjustable paint flow and fan width controls. Supplied with spun aluminium gravity feed pot and comfortable composite gun handle. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately. Standard Set-Up: 1.4mm Available Set-Ups: 1.2, 1.6, 1.8, 2.0, 2.2, 2.5, 3.0mm Air Pressure: 50psi Air Consumption: 4.5-9.0cfm Pot Capacity: 700ml

Series Gravity Feed D Gold Refinishing Spray Gun Model No.

S701G

Purpose Gravity Feed B General Refinishing Gun Model No.

469

SSG5

Superbly balanced spray gun ideal for applying base coats. Features adjustable paint flow, fan width and air regulator controls. Supplied with composite gravity feed pot. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately. Standard Set-Up: 2.0mm Available Set-Ups: 1.2, 1.4, 1.8mm Air Pressure: 50psi Air Consumption: 7-14cfm Pot Capacity: 500ml

Gravity Feed C Professional Refinishing Gun Model No.

SSG1/G

Superbly balanced spray gun suitable for applying finishing coats. Supplied with plastic gravity feed pot and lid. Fitted with air regulator control. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately. Standard Set-Up: 1.4mm Available Set-Ups: 1.7, 2.0mm Air Pressure: 40-50psi Air Consumption: 6-12cfm Pot Capacity: 500ml

Suitable for applying finishing coats. 2-Stage trigger control and 500ml plastic gravity feed pot. Adjustable spray width and fluid flow. Maintenance tools supplied. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-ups available separately. Standard Set-Up: 1.4mm Available Set-Ups: 1.7, 2.0mm Air Pressure: 30-50psi Air Consumption: 6-11cfm Pot Capacity: 500ml

Spray Gun Variable F Touch-Up Fan Model No.

E Low Pressure Spray Gun Model No. SSG701 Constant bleed type spray gun suitable for use with diaphragm type air compressor. Supplied with quick release coupling. Standard Set-Up: 1.2mm Air Pressure: 12-40psi Air Consumption: 1.2-2.5cfm Pot Capacity: 500ml

SG6VC

Ideal for blowing in small areas of panel where fine control of paint and air is necessary . Features adjustable paint flow and fan width controls. Supplied with aluminium gravity feed pot and comfortable composite gun handle. Suitable for use with water based paints. Alternative set-up available separately. Standard Set-Up: Available Set-Up: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

0.8mm 0.5mm 50psi 5-7cfm 100ml

Spray Gun Variable G Touch-Up Fan Model No.

SG6T

Ideal for blowing in small areas of panel where fine control of paint and air is necessary . Features adjustable paint flow and fan width controls. Supplied with aluminium cam type suction feed pot. Suitable for use with water based paints. Standard Set-Up: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

1.6mm 50psi 4.2-7cfm 240ml

470

Section 11 Pressure Feed Spray Guns & Accessories

A Pressure Feed Spray Gun Kit

B Pressure Pot Components

Model No. SSG1P Based on the SSG1 spray gun head and supplied with high capacity pressure pot with gauge. Suitable for bulk/production spraying. Suitable for use with water based paints. Components of this kit are also available individually. Alternative set-up available separately. Standard Set-Up: 1.8mm Available Set-Up: 2.0mm Air Pressure: 40-60psi Air Consumption: 7-12cfm Pot Capacity: 2ltr

Spray Gun Holder C Magnetic 2 Gun & Hose Model No.

MSH02

Model No. SEE BELOW Pressure pot components compatible with SSG1P pressure feed spray gun kit. Model No: 1 SSG1P/1 2 SSG1P/2 3 SSG1P/3

Description: Spray Gun Head Set of 2 x 1.37mtr Hoses 2ltr Pressure Pot

D Spray Aid - Magnetic

Z-Swivel Air

E Connector/Regulator

Heavy-duty magnetic bracket with two large magnets that will adhere to any ferrous surface. Composite covering prevents scratching of surface. Suitable for storing up to two spray guns.

Model No. RE001 Spray and dry odd-shaped trim and wing mirrors quickly and easily. Fix trim to spray-aid and hand-hold to spray. Then, to dry, fix to spray-booth wall using the two strong magnets.

Model No. SA900 Suitable for all air tools with 1/4”BSP connection. Swivel assembly gives greater freedom of movement to tool when connected to air line. Fitted with air valve for extra control over working pressure of power tool.

Dimensions (W x H):

Air Inlet Size: Air Outlet Size:

250 x 158mm

160 x 285mm

Swivel Adaptor with F Universal Pressure Gauge Model No.

SA901

Suitable for all types of air tools with 1/4”BSP connection and prevents hose from twisting. Particularly suited for use with reciprocating/vibrating tools. Mini gauge allows reading of pressure at tool. Enables maximum performance. Air Inlet: Air Outlet: Maximum Air Flow:

1/4”BSP 1/4”BSPT 25cfm

1/4”BSP 1/4”BSPT FILTER REGULATOR COMBINATIONS See pages 539 to 541 for the comprehensive range of Filter Regulators.

Section 11 HVLP Spray Guns A

HVLP

Model No.

HVLP

Feed HVLP Touch-Up A Gravity Spray Gun HVLP731

471

HVLP

B Gravity Feed HVLP Spray Gun

C Gravity Feed HVLP Spray Gun

Ideal for blowing-in small areas of panel where fine control of paint and air is necessary . Anodized spray gun body resists corrosion and makes for easier cleaning. Brass air cap with stainless steel needle and nozzle make this HVLP gun suitable for water based paint. Alternative set-up available separately.

Model No. HVLP741 Round/flat fan control allows spray pattern to be adjusted for any job. Anodized spray gun body resists corrosion and makes for easier cleaning. Brass air cap with stainless steel needle and nozzle make this HVLP gun suitable for water based paint.Alternative set-ups available separately.

Model No. HVLP742 Round/flat fan control allows spray pattern to be adjusted for any job. Anodized spray gun body resists corrosion and makes for easier cleaning. Aluminium air cap with stainless steel needle and nozzle make this HVLP gun suitable for water based paint. Alternative set-ups available separately.

Standard Set-Up: Available Set-Up: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

Standard Set-Up: Available Set-Ups: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

0.8mm 1.0mm 3bar/43psi 9cfm 100ml

HVLP

Model No. New HVLP740 Round/flat fan control allows spray pattern to be adjusted for any job. Anodized spray gun body resists corrosion and makes for easier cleaning. Brass air cap with stainless steel needle and nozzle make this HVLP gun suitable for water based paint.Alternative set-ups available separately. 1.7mm 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.0mm 43psi 16cfm 800ml

2.0mm 1.4, 1.7mm 3bar/43psi 15cfm 600ml

HVLP

D Suction Feed HVLP Spray Gun

Standard Set-Up: Available Set-Ups: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

1.4mm 1.2, 1.3, 1.7, 2.0mm 3bar/43psi 15cfm 600ml

HVLP

E Suction Feed HVLP Spray Gun

F Gravity Feed HVLP Spray Gun

Model No. HVLP-750 Fully polished metal gun body resists corrosion and has low affinity for paint making this unit ideal for water based paints and easy to clean. Adjustable paint, fan width and air regulator controls. Alternative set-ups available separately.

Model No. HVLP-751 Fully polished metal gun body resists corrosion and has low affinity for paint making this unit ideal for water based paints and easy to clean.Adjustable paint, fan width and air regulator controls. Alternative set-ups available separately.

Standard Set-Up: Available Set-Ups: Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Pot Capacity:

1.7mm 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.0mm 15-28psi 2.8-7.9cfm 900ml

1.4mm 1.3, 1.5, 1.7, 2.0mm 15-28psi 2.8-7.9cfm 500ml

Section 11 HVLP Spray Guns & Paint Can Crusher

472

HVLP

Pressure Pot System with Gun & Hoses A HVLP 1.7mm Set-Up Model No.

HVLP-79/P

Fully polished metal gun body resists corrosion and has low af finity for paint, making this unit ideal for water based paints and easy to clean.Adjustable paint, fan width and air regulator controls. High capacity pressure pot holds up to two litres of paint per fill. This unit is perfectly suited to the commercial refinishing shop. Components from the HVLP-79/P are also available individually. Alternative set-ups available separately. Contents: Spray Gun Head, Paint Supply Hose, Pressure Pot Standard Set-Up: 1.7mm Available Set-Ups: 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.0mm Air Pressure: 15-50psi Air Consumption: 10cfm Pot Capacity: 2.0ltr

HVLP

B HVLP Pressure Pot Components Model No. SEE BELOW Individual components for use with HVLP-79/P pressure pot spray gun. Model No: Description: Spray Gun Head 1 HVLP-79/P1 Set of 2 x 1.37mtr Hoses 2 HVLP-79/P2 2ltr Pressure Pot 3 HVLP-79/P3 Cap Test Device 4 HVLP-79-CT

230V

HVLP C HVLP Spray Gun Kit 400W Model No. HVLP2000 Utilizes 400Watt electric motor with high performance turbine to deliver continuous volumes of air. Spray gun uses composite body , which has low af finity for paint, enabling quick and easy cleaning. Gun includes air and paint controls for fine adjustment of spray pattern. Suitable for interior and exterior use, applying water and oil based paints, lacquers and stains. Supplied with air hose, viscosity cup and shoulder strap. Motor Power: 400W Maximum Air Pressure: 1.5psi Supply: 230V Spray Gun Set-Up: 2mm Air Hose Length: 2.7mtr Weight: 2.3kg Pot Capacity: 900ml

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING! Always wear respiratory protection when using these tools! For a full range of safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

D Pneumatic Paint Can Crusher 2.2ton Model No. New HCC08 Reduce your waste disposal costs* - crushing paint cans minimizes the volume of your hazardous waste. Air operated paint can press with safety lock-out device which prevents the door being opened during operation. Bench mounting unit with outlet for waste paint collection. * For disposal by volume customers. Internal Size (W x D x H): External Size (W x D x H): Air Supply: Air Inlet: Weight:

280 x 230 x 250mm 390 x 250 x 750mm 110-130psi 1/4â&#x20AC;?BSP 41kg

Section 11 Air Accessory Kits & Spray Gun Accessories A

473

2 1 5

5 4

2 4

A Air Accessory Kit with Quick Couplings

B Air Accessory Kit with 1/4”BSP Union Couplings

Model No. SA30 Pack of compressed air tools and accessories suitable for all leading makes of compressor. Comprises quality suction feed spray gun with bayonet type pot lid, tyre inflator with gauge, paraf fin/detergent spray gun, air blow gun and coiled air hose. Components fitted with quick release air line couplings.

Model No. SA33/S Pack of compressed air tools and accessories suitable for all leading makes of compressor. Includes high performance suction feed spray gun with composite bayonet type pot lid, tyre inflator with gauge, paraffin/detergent spray gun, air blow gun and coiled air hose. Components fitted with 1/4”BSPthreaded unions.

Kit Contains: 1 Suction Feed Spray Gun: 2 Tyre Inflator with Gauge: 3 Paraffin Spray Gun: 4 Air Blow Gun: 5 Coiled Air Hose:

Model No: SA301 SA302 SA303 SA304 SA305

C Professional Paraffin Spray Gun Model No. SA923 Metal tank with large diameter fluid aperture which aids filling and cleaning of tank. Suitable for applying degreasing and cleaning agents. Fitted with fluid/air control valve. Air Inlet:

Model No: SA331 SA332 SA333 SA334 SA335

1/4”BSP

D Spray Gun Cleaning Set 20pc Model No. New BSGC2 Various sized brushes and probes suitable for many cleaning applications, particularly spray guns after use. Contents: 115, 135 (Small), 200 (Medium), 200mm (Large) Bristle Brush. 2 x 150, 210mm Soft Brush, 180mm Brush with 45mm Soft-fill, Wire Probe, 10 x Wooden Probe, Needle Lubricant

E - J Spray Gun Accessories Model No. Model No: Description: Alloy Paint Pot with Cam Action Lid 1ltr E SC138 Spray Gun Cleaning Brush Set 3pc F BSGC/3 On-Gun Pressure Regulator/Gauge G ILF/RG Maximum 160psi - Maximum 18cfm at 90psi

SEE BELOW Model No: Description: H ILF/GF10 In-Line Gravity Cup Filter (Pack of 10) In-Line Water Trap/Filter I ILF/SE Maximum 160psi - Maximum 18cfm at 90psi J ILF/PF10 In-Line Suction Pot Filter (Pack of 10)

474

Section 11 Air Brush Kits

A Air Brush Kit with Propellant

B Pistol Type Air Brush Kit

C Professional Air Brush Kit

Model No. AB9301 Composite body suction type air brush. Supplied with 1.5mtr small bore hose, two 22cc suction pots, propellant cap and wrench. Kit also includes a can of air brush propellant.

Model No. AB931 Gravity fed air brush with composite body. Suitable for blowing-in small areas of panel. Kit includes gravity cup, propellant adaptor*, 1.5mtr small bore hose, 1/4” reduction nipple. Supplied in composite case.

Working Pressure:

Working Pressure: *Propellant not included

15-45psi

D Air Brush Utility Kit 23pc

15-45psi

Model No. AB932 Metal body with suction bottle or thimble feed options. Paint delivery controlled on single thumb screw . Supplied with 0.35mm nozzle. Includes two 22cc glass pots, one 5cc metal cup, 1.6mtr small bore hose, 1/4” reduction nipple, wrench and hanging bracket. Supplied in storage case. Working Pressure: 15-50psi

Professional Gravity Feed Air

Model No. AB932/K E Brush Kit Air brush kit including AB932 professional gun and Model No. New AB933 comprehensive set of accessories including knife set and air brush holder. Supplied in carry-case. Ideal for Metal body construction with built-in gravity feed pot the serious air brush enthusiast, or professional artist. and 0.25mm nozzle. Features a double-action trigger providing precision control of paint flow, which allows for a professional finish. Supplied in storage case. Contents: AB932 Air Brush Kit, Modeller's Knife Set 7pc, Air Brush W orkstation Stand, Artist's Brush, Paint Storage Jars (22cc x 4), Cleaning Fluid, Petroleum Jelly Working Pressure: 15-45psi

Working Pressure: Nozzle Size: Cup Capacity:

15-50psi 0.25mm 9cc

F Mini Air Brush Compressor Model No. AB900 Quiet running piston pump, powered by a 1 10Watt electric motor - suitable for most air brushes. Requires no lubrication and the air supply from the unit is oil-free. Supplied with an air filter regulator and pressure gauge. Motor Power: Supply: Free Air Delivery: Air Pressure: Air Outlet Size:

110W 230V - 1A 0.8cfm 50psi 1/4”BSP

G Air Brush Propellant Model No. AB/P Can of air brush propellant suitable for SealeyAB9301, AB931, AB932 and AB933 air brushes. The AB932 & AB933 require the additional purchase ofAdaptor Cap Model No. AB930/11. Propellant also suitable for other makes of air brush. COMPRESSORS For our full range of compressors please see pages 549 - 556.

Section 11 Spray Gun Cleaning & Flammables Storage A

A - B Air Operated Spray Gun Cleaners

Operated Water Based C Air Spray Gun Cleaning Tank 2 Gun

Model No. SEE BELOW Fully automatic operation - close lid to start and open lid to stop. Suitable for premises covered by the HSE and does not require expensive fume extraction system. Single gun tank suitable for the smaller body shop operation and uses less solvent than the two gun unit, saving on gun wash and cleaning time. A B Model No: SM24/1 SM23/2 Gun Capacity: 1 2 Width: 430mm 572mm Depth: 450mm 470mm Height: 1300mm 1300mm Pump: Pneumatic Pneumatic Air Pressure: 20-50psi 20-50psi Air Consumption: 2-4cfm 2-4cfm

475

Model No.

New

SM233

Fully enclosed, corrosion resistant tank suitable for containing water and detergent necessary for cleaning water based spray guns. Powerful and reliable diaphragm pump system washes up to two guns simultaneously. Semi-automatic operation. Gun/Pot Capacity: Solvent Capacity: Dimensions (W x D x H): Pump: Air Pressure: Air Consumption:

2/2 19ltr 650 x 470 x 1000mm Pneumatic Diaphragm 40-60psi 2-4cfm

E G Storage Cabinet D Flammables 460 x 460 x 760mm Model No.

FSC01

Sturdy metal construction with yellow powder coat and BS5378 warning sign. Single door, fitted with two-point key lock and supplied with two keys. Features an adjustable, lipped shelf and liquid-tight base to retain spills. Smaller compact design for limited space. Illustrated with optional floor stand, Model No. FSC01ST. Shelves: 1 Size (W x D x H): 460 x 460 x 760mm

E Floor Stand for FSC01 Model No. FSC01ST Sturdy metal stand to support FSC01. Size (W x D x H): 465 x 465 x 450mm

Storage Cabinet F Flammables 915 x 460 x 915mm Model No.

FSC02

G Floor Stand for FSC02 Model No. FSC02ST Sturdy metal stand to support FSC02. Size (W x D x H): 920 x 465 x 445mm

Storage Cabinet H Flammables 915 x 460 x 1830mm Model No.

FSC03

Sturdy metal construction with yellow powder coat and BS5378 warning signs. Two door, fitted with two-point key lock and supplied with two keys. Features three adjustable, lipped shelves and liquid-tight base to retain spills. 155mm Raised, leak-proof, door sill. Shelves: 3 Size (W x D x H): 915 x 460 x 1830mm

476

Section 11 Panel Stands & Bumper Rack

B Universal Panel Stand A Panel Stand - Door & Bonnet Model No. MK51 Features fully adjustable arms to fit many styles of bonnets, wings, doors and bumpers. Main frame can adjust through 180°, to give required angle. Fitted with two fixed Ø180mm wheels and two braked Ø125mm castors for easy manoeuvrability. Overall Arm Width: Base Dimensions (W x D):

935mm 1110 x 780mm

Model No. New MK52 Ideal for doors, bonnets, bumpers, wings and spoilers. Eight adjustable bars and 360° rotation make this stand suitable for almost any panel types. Portable for easy manoeuvring of application from preparation to spray booth. Built-in tool tray/storage for easy and convenient selection. Overall Arm Length: Short Adjustable Bar (x 4): Long Adjustable Bar (x 4): Height (Stand): Maximum Capacity:

1420mm 410mm 760mm 1070mm 90kg

C E Folding Bumper Stand

Model No. New MK54 Ideal for storage of bumpers prior to preparation and spraying. Adjustable stand width with extendable arms makes this unit suitable for holding various types and styles of bumpers. Folds away for easy storage whilst not in use. Maximum Width: Arms Closed: Arms Fully Extended:

890mm 2000mm

Rack Double Sided C Bumper 4-Level Model No.

RE55

Double-sided rack for safe and tidy workshop storage of painted bumpers. Prevents inadvertent damage to paint finish during storage. Four pairs of height adjustable support arms for maximum capacity and flexibility. Fitted with four castors, two with brake, for maximum manoeuvrability and safe positioning. Width: 1180mm Height: 2140mm Upper Arm Length: 400mm Lower Arm Length: 585mm

D Folding Panel Stand Model No. MK50 Versatile stand suitable for a wide variety of body shop applications. W ork height is fully adjustable by lengthening chains. Foam cushioned supports help prevent marking of panel. Folds away when not in use. Width: Folded Height:

1040mm 1100mm

Section 11 Windscreen Stand, Mats & Plunger Cans A

A Folding Windscreen Stand

Width: Folded Height:

B Bonnet Protection Mat

Model No. WK4 Lightweight tubular steel design with variable height facility. Large rubber suckers prevent screen from moving during preparation. Folding frame makes this ideal for both workshop and mobile screen preparation. 1060mm 1165mm

477

C Dashboard Protection Mat

Model No. WK200 Quilted design with edge trim for extended life. Complete bonnet protection when removing and installing windscreens. Elastic and padded straps for easy fitting. Universal size, suitable for most vehicles. Fully washable.

Model No. WK201 Complete dashboard and steering wheel protection when removing and installing windscreens. Additionally covers air vents. Non-slip lining ensures mat remains in position. Suitable for the majority of right-hand drive vehicles. Fully washable.

Size (W x H):

Size:

1490 x 1120mm

1280 x 590/1090mm

F 1

D Mobile Parts Storage Cage Model No. New MK53 Ideal for short-term storage during car repair or body shop preparation. Keeps parts, panels and components neatly and securely stored for clutter-free workshop and easy location during vehicle re-assembly. Supplied with two hanging hooks for suspending various panels/components within cage. Size (W x D x H):

800 x 800 x 1880mm

E Air Bag Cabinet

F Plunger Cans

Model No. AP95 Mandatory safe storage for air bag and seat-belt pre-tensioner charges. Our cabinet is made from 2mm thick sheet steel and is fitted with a quality slam type lock. Keeps charges safe from theft or tampering. W all mounting. Size (W x D x H):

460 x 310 x 615mm

Model No. SEE BELOW Easy one-handed operation, these plunger cans are convenient and safe for dispensing flammable solvents. Spring mounted dasher delivers measured amount of liquid to swab/cloth. Perforated metal flash arrestor protects against ignition and escape of flammablevapours. Model No: Capacity: 1.0ltr 1 PC1 1.9ltr 2 PC19 3.8ltr 3 PC38

478

Section 11 Panel Dryers

Operated Panel Dryer with A Air Adjustable Air Flow Model No.

New

SDA03

Designed for drying water based paints. Lightweight, composite panel dryer operates on workshop air supply. Filter prevents airborne particles contaminating paint surface. Adjustable air flow to regulate as required. Ideal for localised or spot repair . May be hand-held or mounted on optional Double Support Stand - Model No.SDAST (requires 2 x SA1/1414 - 1/4” BSPT Male to Male Adaptor). Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Maximum Working Pressure: 90psi Air Consumption: 7cfm @ 40psi, 15cfm @ 90psi

Operated Panel Dryer with B Air Adjustable Air Flow Model No.

SDA01

Designed for drying water based paints. Panel dryer operates on workshop air supply . Filter prevents airborne particles contaminating paint surface. Adjustable air flow to regulate as required. Ideal for localised or spot repair. May be hand-held or mounted on optional Double Support Stand - Model No.SDAST. Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Maximum Working Pressure: 90psi Air Consumption: 10cfm @ 15psi, 18cfm @ 90psi

Stand for Air Operated C Double Panel Dryers Model No.

Maximum Height: Minimum Height:

Water Based Paints

The use of water based paints is now the accepted norm in the professional body shop. All Sealey spray guns, HVLP and standard pressure are suit able for use with water based paints. This incorporates the use of quality materials such as stainless steel and brass where appropriate.

Repair Paint & Panel Dryer D Spot Regulated Model No.

SDA02

Trigger operated air gun with fine multi-jet outlet for controlled airflow. Ideal for rapid air-drying of small areas of water based paint. Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP

For full range of spray guns, see pages 468 to 472.

HVLP E Gravity Feed HVLP Spray Gun Model No. HVLP741 Round/flat fan control allows spray pattern to be adjusted for any job. Anodized spray gun body resists corrosion and makes for easier cleaning. Brass air cap with stainless steel needle and nozzle make this HVLP gun suitable for water based paint.Alternative set-ups available separately. See page 471 for full specification.

HVLP F Gravity Feed HVLP Spray Gun Model No. HVLP-751 Fully polished metal gun body resists corrosion and has low affinity for paint, making this unit ideal for water based paints and easy to clean. Adjustable paint, fan width and air regulator controls. Alternative set-ups available separately. See page 471 for full specification.

SDAST

Stand will support one or two SDA01 or SDA03 Air Panel Dryers allowing operator more time for other tasks. Fully adjustable for height and dryer angle. Supplied with coiled air hoses and fittings.

B + C

2300mm Ground

Section 11 Panel Dryers B

479

Laser

Sight

Focal Ratio: 8:1

1000W

Area Measured Ø50mm Ø25mm Ø13mm

SHORT WAVE

100mm

Infrared Panel Dryer Hand-Held

Illustrated with IR1000 (not included).

A Short Wave 1000W Model No.

Distance

200mm

400mm

IR1000

Designed and developed to assist with any number of small drying processes. Ideal for spot repairs, engine drying, adhesive stripe removal, drying filler , drying primer or just preheating prior to spraying. May be used as a stand-alone system, when fitted to the slide and lock bracket on the separately available lightweight Floor Stand Model No. IR1000ST, or as a source of instant direct heat, when used hand-held. Fitted with a powerful 1000Watt short wave infrared lamp - instant heat can be directed wherever and whenever it may be required. Number of Elements: 1 Element Power: 1000W Reflector Size: 300 x 110mm Power Supply: 230V

B Floor Stand for IR1000 Model No. IR1000ST Sturdy 1870mm chrome plated stand. Combines all the features of a flexible hand-held heater, with all the benefits of a free-standing panel dryer . Full height ‘slide and lock’ heater bracket. Ideal for use on small repairs and drying jobs, for example engine drying, stripe removal, filler drying, stone chip repairs and preheating prior to spraying. Easy assembly and designed to suit Model No. IR1000 Hand-held Infrared Panel Dryer. Maximum Lamp Height: 2100mm

Thermometer with C Infrared Laser Sight Model No.

VS900

Detects energy emission in the infrared spectrum and converts reading into a display of temperature. Features laser pointer to indicate area being sampled. Temperature is displayed on large LCD panel with back-lit display for use in low light areas.Temperature can be shown in either °C or °F. Powered by 9Volt cell (not included). Supplied with belt pouch. Focal Ratio: 8:1 Temperature Range: -50 to +280°C, -58 to +536°F

E SHORT WAVE

3000W Bracket for IR1000 to D Mounting use with SDAST Model No.

New

SDA04

Enables the Sealey Short Wave Infrared Panel Dryer (Model No: IR1000) to be used with the Air Panel Drying Stand/Air Dryers (Model No’ s: SDAST & SDA01 or SDA03). Used together drying time is accelerated, increasing turnaround on repairs.

E Infrared Panel Dryer - Short Wave 3000W Model No. IR3000 Three 1000Watt high output short wave lamps in three individually switched cassettes. Lamps emit short wave infrared heat ideal for optimizing drying of water based paints. This flexible system allows each cassette to be adjusted and locked in position around the contours of the vehicle, ensuring maximum area coverage. Height adjustment is made using the locking gas strut, of fering near weightless movement of the cassette support arm.

SDA04 used in conjunction with SDAST , 2 x SDA01 or SDA03 & IR1000.

Number of Elements: Element Power: Reflector Size: Power Supply:

3 3 x 1000W 490 x 140mm 230V

480

Section 11 Panel Preparation Tools

B Sanding Block 70 x 130mm Model No. SB66 Accepts 100mm wide abrasive strips. Comfortable contoured grip. Grip and base separate completely for very simple and fast abrasive changes.

3 4

Size:

70 x 130mm

A Sanding Blocks Model No. SEE RIGHT Comprehensive range of resilient sanding blocks for both small and large work areas. All, except RE4010, have a hook-and-loop surface for attaching abrasive.

Model No: Type: Size: Curved Hook & Loop Ă&#x2DC;150mm 1 RE4001 2 RE4002 Two-Handed Hook & Loop 75 x 440mm Square Hook & Loop 100 x 180mm 3 RE4004 Square Hook & Loop 70 x 135mm 4 RE4005 Round Hook & Loop Ă&#x2DC;30mm 5 RE4007 Teardrop 70 x 130mm 6 RE4010

C Sanding Block 65 x 125mm Model No. SB67 Accepts 100mm wide abrasive strips. Comfortable contoured grip. Abrasive firmly retained by integral pins. Size:

65 x 125mm

Block Extra Large D Sanding 70 x 210mm Model No.

Size:

F Rigid Scrapers Model No. SEE BELOW Chrome plated, highly polished steel blade with composite handle and hanging holes.

Adjustable Hand E Professional File Holder Model No.

New

70 x 210mm

RE5001

Simple screw adjustment flexes file either concave or convex to suit job at hand. Features a 2-position swivel lock handle. Suitable for use in professional body shops. N.B. File not included - Order Model No:RE5001.9TPI or RE5001.12TPI. Model No: Optional Files: Model No: RE5001.9TPI RE5001.12TPI

SB68

Accepts 100mm wide abrasive strips. Comfortable contoured grip. Abrasive firmly retained by integral pins.

Model No: 1 AK5220 2 AK5221 3 AK5222 4 AK5223

Blade Width: 40mm 50mm 75mm 100mm

Length: 195mm 195mm 195mm 195mm

RE5001 TPI: 9 12

G H Composite Scraper Set 4pc

SCRAPERS See pages 343 & 344 for our comprehensive range of Scrapers.

Body Filler Applicator Set 4pc

Model No. AK5224 Spring steel blades with composite grips. Suitable for the application of auto body filler. Blade Widths: 12, 25, 50, 75mm

Model No. AK5251 Ideal for removing trim, badges and decals from bodywork. Also suitable for removing residue from alloy wheels. Polypropylene edges will not scratch or mark paint or panel work and can be re-sharpened with a file when required. Length: 275mm Blade Sizes: 20, 23, 25, 38mm

Section 11 Masking Products A

481

Paper Dispenser A Masking 1 x 450mm Roll Model No.

MK65

Single roll dispenser accepts rolls up to 450mm and can be stood on the body shop floor or wall mounted. Automatically applies adhesive tape to edges of masking paper. Capacity: 1 x 450mm Paper Roll Note: Papers and tapes not included with any dispenser/trolley.

Papers and tape not included.

Paper Dispenser C Masking 2 x 900mm Rolls

Paper Dispenser B Masking 2 x 450mm Rolls Model No.

MK66

Two roll dispenser accepts rolls up to 450mm and features storage tray underneath dispenser unit. Automatically applies adhesive tape to edges of masking paper. Capacity: 2 x 450mm Paper Rolls Note: Papers and tapes not included with any dispenser/trolley.

Model No.

MK67

Two roll dispenser accepts rolls up to 900mm and features storage tray underneath dispenser unit. Automatically applies adhesive tape to edges of masking paper. Capacity: 2 x 900mm Paper Rolls Note: Papers and tapes not included with any dispenser/trolley.

F Magnetic Edge Protector 2pc

E Suction Clamp Set 6pc

Papers and tape not included.

Paper Dispenser Trolley D Masking 1 x 300 & 2 x 450mm Rolls Model No.

MK69

Heavy-duty trolley with three-station masking paper dispenser. Includes weight-loaded cutter bar and masking tape dispenser for each station. Capacity: 1 x 300, 2 x 450mm Paper Rolls Note: Papers and tapes not included with any dispenser/trolley.

Model No. SEP2 Protects panel edges next to workpiece whilst sanding, grinding or painting. Magnetic and flexible for easy installation. Size (W x H): 153 x 88mm

Model No. RE006 A great body shop time saving tool set. Secures panel trims, decals, badges, window trims, rain and light sensors during preparation stages or while waiting for adhesives to set. Non-marking, composite construction with adjustable reach and clamp. Contents: 6 x Suction Clamps Clamp Length: 180mm

G Door Jammer Model No. RE010 Holds door ajar while working on or around door-skins or door-struts. Prevents inadvertent damage to adjacent panels. Ideal for sanding, painting and practically any work around door edge. Minimum/Maximum Length: 310/255mm Applications: Vehicle Doors & Boot Lids

482

Section 11 Coating & Wax Injector Guns

A Under-Body Coating Gun

B Under-Body Coating Gun

Model No. SG139 Accepts most popular types of 1ltr coating tins. Air Pressure: 90psi Air Consumption: 10cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP

Coating/Wax D Under-Body Injector Kit Model No.

Under-Body C Professional Coating Gun - American Style

Model No. SG14 Accepts most popular types of 1ltr coating tins. Air Pressure: 90psi Air Consumption: 8cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP

Model No.

AK42

Fitted with regulator to obtain even deposit of coating. Accepts standard size canisters. Air Pressure: 90psi Air Consumption: 5cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP

Under-Body E Deluxe Coating/Wax Injector Gun SG14D

Unique disposable head and pick-up tube assembly means that you never need to clean your gun again just throw away the head and tube every time. Saves time and mess. Supplied with wax injector probe. Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Replacement Head Kit: SG14D/ACC Contents: 6 Disposable Heads & Tubes

Model No.

SG16

Supplied with canister and wax injection probe. Air Pressure: 90psi Air Consumption: 8cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP

G Wax Injector Gun

F Extension Probe 600mm Model No. SG191 Rigid cavity probe suitable for use with SG19 W ax Injector Gun.

Model No. SG19 Suitable for proprietary brands of wax rust inhibitor . Supplied with nozzle for surface application and 910mm flexible probe for cavities. Air Pressure: 87-145psi(6-10bar) Air Consumption without Extension: 13.4cfm Air Consumption with Extension: 6.4cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Optional Rigid Probe: SG191

H Wax Injector Kit Model No. SG18 Designed for the application of proprietary brands of wax rust inhibitor. Supplied with a selection of lances to enable the wax to be sprayed into body cavities through small access points. Air Pressure: Air Consumption: Air Inlet:

70-80psi 15cfm 1/4”BSP

Section 11 Caulking & Sealant Guns A

4.8V

7.2V

Caulking Gun 4.8V A Cordless Variable Rewind Model No.

CPC48VR

Ideal for dispensing 310ml cartridges and sausage packs. Anti-drip feature with variable rewind and variable speed control allows pinpoint control of caulking bead. Superb gun for dispensing all types of caulking - particularly suitable for windscreen repair applications. Battery: 4.8V No. of Cartridges per Charge: Ø2mm Nozzle: 15 Cartridges (Approx.) Ø6mm Nozzle: 35 Cartridges (Approx.) Speed: 372mm/min Charging Time: 1hr Replacement Battery: CPC48VRBP Weight Including Battery: 2.1kg

C Sealant Gun

B Cordless Caulking Gun 7.2V A

The CPC48VR features a variable rewind control. Standard cordless guns are fitted with a rewind facility which backs off the plunger pressure once the trigger is released - this prevents drip ping. When applying windscreen sealant, this feature is undesirable as it inhibits smooth operation, especially around the corners.

Model No. CP72V Well balanced cordless caulking gun with ergonomic handle. Can dispense up to 15 cartridges on one charge. Accepts standard 310ml cartridges up to 220mm length. Includes extra battery, charger unit and transformer plug. Supplied in carry-case.

Battery: 7.2V 0.8Ah No. of Cartridges per Charge: Ø2mm Nozzle: 5 Cartridges (Approx.) Ø6mm Nozzle: 15 Cartridges (Approx.) Speed: 0-270mm/min Charge Time: 3-5hr Replacement Battery: CB7205 Weight Including Battery: 2.0kg

D Sealant Gun

Model No. AK38 Die-cast body with aluminium tube. Supplied with plastic plunger and application nozzles. Suitable for sausage packs and cartridges. Replacement nozzles available.

Model No. AK3801 Die-cast body with aluminium tube. Supplied with plastic plunger and application nozzles. Suitable for sausage packs and cartridges. Replacement nozzles available.

Cartridge Length: 200mm Replacement Applicator Nozzles: (Pack of 3) AK38/DN

Cartridge Length: 250mm Replacement Applicator Nozzles: (Pack of 3) AK38/DN

483

E Easy Load Caulking Gun Model No. New AK3802 Quick to load and easy-to-use. Innovative design suitable for use with cartridges up to 215mm in length and 50mm in diameter. Grips and holds rear skirt of cartridge firmly. Simply released by pulling plunger firmly backwards.

H - I

Cartridge not included.

G Air Caulking Gun F Air Caulking Gun Model No. AK41 Accepts standard 215 x 50mm cartridges. Fitted with trigger control for smooth application of caulking. Air Pressure: 30-40psi Air Consumption: 15cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP

Model No. AK4102 Accepts standard 215 x 50mm and also larger 230 x 50mm cartridges. Lightweight composite body. Trigger action control for smooth application of caulking with anti-drip overrun function. Air Pressure: 30-40psi Air Consumption: 2cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP

H - I Caulking Guns Model No.

SEE BELOW

Model No: Length: 330mm H AK39 Suitable for 310ml cartridges up to 220mm length. 370mm I AK3901 Suitable for 310-380ml cartridges up to 260mm length. Hook end suitable for attaching to user’s belt.

484

Section 11 Body Repair Kits

Hydraulic

A Specialist Push & Pull Ram Set

B - H Push & Pull Rams

Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for many applications including workshop, agricultural, industrial, and construction where lifting, pushing, positioning, bending and holding of heavy loads may be required. Use in conjunction with 610/40 or 604/40 Hydraulic Pump and 610/42 Hose (notincluded). Features: High flow, quick-connecting coupler with dust cap. Use in conjunction with 610/40 or 604/40 Hydraulic Unique ram and cylinder bearings absorb Pump and 610/42 Hose (not included) - see opposite page. eccentric load stresses in order to protect the cylinder against abrasion, over-extensionand jamming. Set features: Chromed ram with polyurethane seals and wipers High flow quick connecting couplers with dust provide longer service life. caps on all components. Unique ram and cylinder bearings absorb eccen tric RE97XC10 B Model No: load stresses in order to protect the cylinder against Type: Push Ram abrasion, over-extension and jamming. Capacity: 10000kg Chromed rams with polyurethane seals and wipers Closed/Open Height: 132/189mm provide longer service life. Return Spring: Yes Selected rams fitted with heavy-duty return spring. Model No. RE97XCKIT Comprehensive set of mini, midi and maxi sized push and pull rams. Suitable for many applications including workshop, agricultural, industrial and construction where lifting, pushing, positioning, bending and holding of heavy loads may be required. Supplied in steel carrycase.

Contents: Ram Capacity/ Closed/ Return Model No: Type: Open Height: Spring: RE97XC02 2000kg/Push 139/240mm No RE97XC04 4000kg/Push 42/58mm No RE97XM04 4000kg/Push 275/405mm Yes RE97XC10 10000kg/Push 132/189mm Yes RE97XM10 10000kg/Push 350/500mm Yes RE97XM02 2000kg/Pull 422/550mm Yes RE97XM05 5000kg/Pull 520/650mm Yes Hook Model No: RE97XM02.H-F RE97XM02.H-M RE97XM05.H-F RE97XM05.H-M

Type: Female Male Female Male

Application: RE97XM02 RE97XM02 RE97XM05 RE97XM05

I - L Short Push Rams Model No. SEE BELOW Extremely short closed height makes these rams suitable for use where there is almost no clearance at the lift point. Unique ram and cylinder bearings absorb eccentric load stresses in order to protect the cylinder against abrasion, over-extension and jamming. Chromed rams with polyurethane seals and wipers provide longer service life. Rams feature high flow quickconnecting couplers with dust caps. Use in conjunction with 10ton or 4ton pump and hose (610/40, 604/40 and 610/42).

I Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height:

RE97XS05 Push Ram 5000kg 33/39mm

J Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height:

RE97XS10 Push Ram 10000kg 43/54mm

K Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height:

RE97XS20 Push Ram 20000kg 52/63mm

L Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height:

RE97XS30 Push Ram 30000kg 59/71mm

C Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height: Return Spring:

RE97XC02 Push Ram 2000kg 139/240mm No

D Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height: Return Spring:

RE97XC04 Push Ram 4000kg 42/58mm No

E Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height: Return Spring:

RE97XM04 Push Ram 4000kg 275/405mm Yes

F Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height: Return Spring:

RE97XM10 Push Ram 10000kg 350/500mm Yes

G Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height: Return Spring:

RE97XM02 Pull Ram 2000kg 422/550mm Yes

H Model No: Type: Capacity: Closed/Open Height: Return Spring:

RE97XM05 Pull Ram 5000kg 520/650mm Yes

I K

Section 11 Body Repair Kits A Snap Body Repair Kit 10ton Model No. RE97/10 Heavy gauge snap-together pipe work and cast attachments compatible with most leading makes of snap-together equipment. Supplied with hand-pump, hose, hydraulic ram and storage case.

10ton

Hydraulic

Snap

B Snap Body Repair Kit 4ton Model No. RE97/4 Heavy gauge snap-together pipe work and cast attachments compatible with most leading makes of snap-together equipment. Supplied with hand-pump, hose, hydraulic ram and storage case.

Hydraulic

4ton Snap

PANEL TOOLS See Body Shop section, pages 490 to 493 for our full range of panel tools. ® Body Repair Kit C SuperSnap 10ton

Model No.

RE83/10

SuperSnap® kit features snap together pipe work for speed and threaded attachments for strength. Connecting parts are zinc or cad plated for long, rust-free life. Components are manufactured from high quality steel and finished with red supergloss paint.All attachments interchange with other popular makes so you can use your existing equipment with the SuperSnap® range.

10ton

Hydraulic

Super Snap

® Body Repair Kit D SuperSnap 4ton

Model No.

RE83/4

SuperSnap® kit features snap together pipe work for speed and threaded attachments for strength. Connecting parts are zinc or cad plated for long, rustfree life. Components are manufactured from high quality steel and finished with red supergloss paint.All attachments interchange with other popular makes so you can use your existing equipment with the SuperSnap® range.

4ton

Super Snap

Hydraulic

485

486

Section 11 Pulling Accessories & Trammel Gauges

5ton

10ton

Super

6ton

Snap

® A SuperSnap Pull Ram Kit 5ton

Model No. RE91/5 Suitable for use with manual or air hydraulic pump. Supplied with connectors and two chain claws. Capacity: 5ton Stroke: 140mm Length: 445mm

B Pull Ram Kit 10ton

C Large Hook Pulling Kit 6ton

Model No. RE91/10 RE92/11 Spring-return pull ram, suitable for use with manual or Model No. air powered hydraulic pumps. Supplied with two chain Suitable for reaching over wide obstructions. Ideal for hooks. inside boot recesses. Reduces marking due to chains. Supplied with two sizes of feet and adaptor for ® Capacity: 10ton SuperSnap screw-on accessories and heads. Stroke: 150mm Ram Length Extended: 500mm Capacity: 6ton

D E

10ton Strut Pulling Kit D MacPherson 10ton Model No.

RE92/19

E Aperture Restraining Bars

Clamps to strut tower and allows 360° alignment. Top Model No. DR66 hook permits realignment of sunken tower assemblies. Can be used with Large Hook Pulling Kit RE92/1 1. Manufactured with steel tube and heavy jaw assemblies. Designed to triangulate and strengthen door apertures whilst performing pulling operations. Supplied with tommy bar. Capacity:

10ton

Trammel Gauge F Telescopic Metric Model No.

Jaw Width: Minimum Length: Maximum Length:

90mm 830mm 1160mm

RE50

Aluminium measuring device constructed in four sections. Suitable for obtaining precise dimensional data for chassis alignment purposes. Integral measuring tape provides fast Metric read-out between end probes. Mid probe read-out obtained by markings on exterior of pole. Includes three fully adjustable probes. See below for specification.

Telescopic Trammel Gauge G Mini Metric Model No.

RE501

Aluminium measuring device constructed in four sections. Compact design suitable for obtaining precise dimensional data for chassis alignment purposes especially around the engine bay and cockpit areas. Integral measuring tape provides fast Metric read-out between end probes. Mid probe read-out obtained by markings on exterior of pole. Includes three fully adjustable probes. F G Model No. Min. Dist - End Probes: Max. Dist - End Probes: Min. Dist - Mid/End Probes: Max. Dist - Mid/End Probes:

RE50 1050mm 3000mm 170mm 730mm

RE501 500mm 1050mm 165mm 350mm

Section 11 Chassis Straighteners A

487

Air Hydraulic

10ton

Super Pull

Hydraulic

B Air Hydraulic Pumps Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for use with SuperSnap ® hydraulic ram as supplied with both straighteners and body kits. Supplied with or without air hose. Model No. RE83/840 RE83/840/CWH Air Supply Pressure: Oil Pressure: Oil Capacity: ® A SuperPull Hydraulic Chassis Straightener 10ton

Specification: Air Pump only Air Pump with Hose 60-120psi 10000psi 530cc

Model No. DZRE84/C One of the biggest selling chassis repair systems in the UK with proven performance over the last 25 years. Heavily reinforced frame and components. Supplied as standard with SuperSnap® manual hydraulic pump and ram. Contains: Chassis Frame, SuperSnap® Hydraulic Pump & Ram, 2 x Pull Clamps, 2 x Sill Clamps, 2 x Chains, 2 x Chain Hooks, Carriage Anchorage Tube, 2 x Tube Stands

10ton

Super Pull

Hydraulic

C Chain Kit Model No. RE91/5/CK Use in conjunction with RE91/5 pull ram. The kit contains 2 x 1.5mtr chains each with 1 hook and 2 heavy-duty pull clamps.

® D SuperPull Hydraulic Chassis Straightener Variable Tilt 10ton

Model No. DZRE92/C All components are fully interchangeable with the rest of the DZ range. V ariable position upright allows six ® manual hydraulic pre-set angles of pull, plus a seventh upright position. Supplied as standard with SuperSnap pump and ram.

Extra Long Sill E Two-Position Clamps Model No.

RE92/29

Considering the wide range of vehicles on the market, sometimes the standard sill clamps just will not fit.The RE92/29 clamps give an extra positional choice for the Contains: Chassis Frame, SuperSnap® Hydraulic Pump & Ram, 2 x Pull Clamps, 2 x Sill Clamps, 2 x Chains, carriage anchorage tube and, because of their extra length, they grip the sill tighter. 2 x Chain Hooks, Carriage Anchorage Tube, 2 x Tube Stands

Section 11 Pulling Accessories

488

6ton 2

2mtr

A Hooks & Chain Shorteners Model No.

SEE BELOW

Suitable for use with body repair kits and chassis straighteners. Model No: Description: 1 RE92/03 Hook - Fork End Double Hook - Fork End 2 RE92/04 Chain Shortener 3 RE92/05

Capacity: 6ton 6ton 6ton

B Safety Cable

Model No. RE92/SC Safety cable for use when using pull clamps on bodywork. In the event of the pull clamp becoming detached from the vehicle bodywork under tension the use of the safety cable will minimize the risk of serious injury. Cable Length: 2mtr

4ton

6ton D

C Pull Clamps Model No. Suitable for use with body repair kits and chassis straighteners. Model No: Description: 35mm 2-Directional Pull Clamp 1 RE92/12 100mm Universal Pull Clamp 2 RE92/20 & Rotating Ring

SEE BELOW

6ton

Capacity: 4ton 6ton

D Multi-Hole Pull Plate Model No. RE92/18 Bolts directly onto chassis. Prevents chain marking.

Capacity:

6ton

1.5ton E Wheel Arch Puller 320mm

1.5ton F Wheel Arch Puller 160mm

Model No. RE99/09 Suitable for wheel arches and other small/lightweight pulls including those around light clusters.

Model No. RE99/10 Suitable for wheel arches and other small/lightweight pulls including those around light clusters.

Length: Capacity:

320mm 1.5ton

1ton

160mm 1.5ton

G Cross Beam Adaptor 1ton Model No. X135 Provides extra safety when locating awkward jacking point. Ideal for front-wheel-drive vehicles. Saves time loading and unloading jigs when used with a high lift jack. See page 151 for full details.

Gloves H Mechanicâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Synthetic Palm with Tactouch - Pair Model No.

SEE BELOW

Close fitting gloves suitable for professional workshop use. Synthetic palm withTactouch finish for fine control and sure grip. Suitable for use with air powered workshop tools. Stretch Spandex ÂŽ glove back for added comfort. Washable materials. Model No: Size: MG801M Medium MG801L Large MG801XL X-Large See pages 709 to 712 for our full range of Hand Protection.

Section 11 Vehicle Trolleys & Skates 2ton

489

Narrow

A A Transportacar Trolley Adjustable 2ton Model No. RE901 Heavy-duty steel frame-work suitable for supporting partly dismantled or badly damaged vehicles. Enables easy movement around body shop. Supports interchangeable between V -crutches and sill clamps. Supports and clamps adjustable for height and overall width. Fitted with four Ø125mm nylon castors, two of which lock. Using with Crutches: Minimum Height: Maximum Height: Using with Sill Clamps: Minimum Height: Maximum Height: Minimum Width*: Maximum Width*: Capacity: *Widths measured between centres of jacking points

250mm 310mm

Wide

570kg

330mm 390mm 1035mm 1430mm 2ton

2ton

Skate Mechanical C Wheel 570kg Capacity Model No.

Transportacar Trolley Economy 2ton

Model No. RE89 Steel framework designed for supporting and moving partly dismantled or badly damaged vehicles around the workshop or body shop. Sliding castor brackets adjust for width and rubber-faced support pads adjust for height. Capacity: Depth: Height Minimum/Maximum: Width Maximum: Castor Ø:

2ton 430mm 290/370mm 1500mm 120mm

WS570

Steel chassis with pedal operated mechanical lifting action. Skate sits on easy rolling Ø50mm nylon castors. Composite rollers cradle vehicle’s tyre and are capable of handling up to 240mm profiles. Suitable for showrooms, body shops, hotels, pubs and car parks - in fact anywhere a disabled vehicle needs to be moved. Note: Skates sold as singles, but must be used in pairs. Capacity: 570kg Maximum Opening: 620mm Maximum Tyre Profile: 240mm Castor Ø: 50mm Weight: 17.5kg

680kg

Skate Hydraulic F Wheel 680kg Capacity Model No.

WS680

Steel tube chassis with four Ø100mm nylon castors. Pedal operated hydraulic lifting action with safety locking pin when under load. Composite rollers cradle E Wheel Dolly Set 454kg Capacity vehicle’s tyre and are capable of handling up to 240mm profile. Suitable for body shops, garages, Model No. WS454 showrooms or anywhere a disabled vehicle needs D Wheel Skate Rack moving on even ground. Pressed steel wheel dolly with four Ø90mm metal Model No. WSST castors. Can handle up to 355mm profiles. Suitable for Note: Skates sold as singles, but must be used in pairs. Rack stores four wheel skates safely and conveniently use in body shops, workshops and car parks. Capacity: 680kg and is easily manoeuvred on four castors. Suitable for Capacity (Each): Maximum Opening: 540mm 454kg Sealey Wheel Skate Model No. WS570. Maximum Tyre Profile: 240mm Maximum Tyre Profile: 355mm Castor Ø: 100mm Castor Ø: 90mm Width: 745mm Weight: 17kg Weight (Each): 10kg Depth: 490mm

490

Section 11 Panel Beating Tools

Beating Set 7pc A Panel with Fibreglass Shafts

B Panel Beating Set 3pc

C Panel Beating Set 7pc

Model No. CB707 Polished, drop-forged steel dollies. Hammers with fibreglass handle and rubber grips. Supplied in tough storage case.

Model No. CB3 Fully polished, drop-forged steel dollies and hammers with composite handles and rubber grips.

Contents: Pein Hammers; Shrinking, Pick, Straight, Dollies; Universal, Heel, Curved, Mushroom

Contents: Body Hammer, Dollies; Universal, Heel

Beating Set 7pc D Panel with Hickory Shafts Model No.

Panel Beating Set 7pc F Deluxe with Hickory Shafts

Panel Beating Set 5pc E Deluxe with Hickory Shafts CB507

Model No.

CB5

Polished, drop-forged steel dollies. Professional hickory Fully polished, drop-forged steel dollies. Professional handled hammers. Supplied in tough storage case. hickory handled hammers. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Pein Hammers; Shrinking, Pick, Straight, Contents: Hammers; Shrinking, Pick, Dollies; Toe, Dollies; Universal, Heel, Curved, Mushroom Curved, Drip Moulding Spoon

Model No. CB7 Fully polished, drop-forged steel dollies and hammers with composite handles and rubber grips. Contents: Hammers; Body , Pick, Bumping, Dollies; Universal, Heel, Mushroom, Combination

Model No.

New

CB57

Fully polished, drop-forged steel dollies. Professional hickory handled hammers. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Hammers; Shrinking, Pick, Curved, Dollies; Utility, Curved, Heel, Toe

I Multi-Dolly 3-in-1 Model No. CB31 Small design allows access in tight spots for panel repair. Features a choice of three heads for various applications. Smoothing round face, spoon curve dolly and an awl type dolly for internal concave beating.

Head Body G Interchangeable Repair Kit/Panel Beating Set 11pc Model No.

Nylon Body Shop Chisels

CB11

Model No. SEE BELOW Hammer body made from drop-forged steel with quick Nylon body shop chisels. Heads may be re-shaped release double locking pin and PVC handle for comfort with a file to suit work in hand. Especially suited to body and control. Nine interchangeable heads made from shop panel applications. Chrome V anadium steel. Supplied with multi-dolly (CB31) for use in tight areas. Supplied in storage case. Model No: Width: Length: Contents: Hammer Body , Interchangeable Heads; 95mm 280mm 1 RE4500 Cross Curve, Ball Pein (Large & Small), Ball, Small 95mm 280mm 2 RE4501 Curved, Angle Grooved, Round Face, Square Face, 65mm 180mm 3 RE4502 Multi Curved, Multi-Dolly 3-in-1 (CB31)

J Rubber Heel Dolly Model No. CB1 Weighted dolly with rubber coating to provide cushioning. Curved edge enables use in recessed corners. Ideal for use on thinner material.

Section 11 Panel Tools A

491

A Slide Hammer Kit 9pc Model No. DP9/5 Steel shaft hammer with comfortable plastic grip. 5lb Sliding weight. Supplied in display carton. Attachments: Small & Large Flat Hook, Small & Large Round Hook, Screw Holder , Adaptor, Self Tapping Screw, Taper Screw

Hammer Kit 9pc C Slide in Carry-Case

Hammer Kit 9pc B Slide in Carry-Case Model No. DP9/5B Slide hammer kit with 5lb sliding weight. Comfortable rubber grip handle for added control. Supplied in tough carry-case with storage for set of attachments. Attachments: Large & Small Flat Hook, Large & Small Round Hook, Screw Holder , Adaptor, Self Tapping Screw, Taper Screw

Model No.

DP935B

Slide hammer kit with 3.5lb sliding weight. Comfortable rubber grip handle for added control. Supplied in tough carry-case with storage for set of attachments. Attachments: Large & Small Flat Hooks, Large & Small Round Hooks, Screw Holder , Adaptor, Self Tapping Screw, Taper Screw

G E

E Flat Cutting Chisel Model No. AK570 Chrome Vanadium steel flat chisel suitable for the manual cutting of spot welds. Length: 235mm

D Air Suction Dent Puller

Panel Cutting F Double-Sided Chisel

Model No. RE101 Air activated suction pad keeps firm hold of panel Model No. AK571 while slide hammer is used to ease out dents and Chrome Vanadium steel panel cutting chisel suitable depressions without damage to the paint surface. Ideal for the manual cutting of body panels. for initial panel reshaping. Supplied with large and Length: 205mm small suction pads. Suction Pads: Ø120mm, Ø155mm Length: 600mm Optional Ø60mm Suction Pad: RE101.60 I Working Pressure: 90psi

G Panel Seam Splitter Set 3pc Model No. New AK579 Ideal for separating spot-welded panels during repairs. Stainless steel coated Chrome Vanadium go-through shafts allow use with hammers. Soft grip handles for comfort and control. Includes straight, 30° of fset and 90° angle splitters. Contents: 1 x Straight, 1 x 30° Offset, 1 x 90° Angle

Strip for Panel J Wavy-Wire Pulling System 50pc Suction Pad for RE101 H Air Ø60mm Model No.

New

RE101.60

Air activated suction pad for use with Sealey Model No. RE101. Size: Ø60mm Working Pressure: 150psi

I Suction Dent Puller Ø150mm Model No. AK98 Strong suction will pull out panel dents, move glass panels and aid handling. Suction releases simply by lifting the edge. Size: Ø150mm

Model No. RE100/WS Pack of 50 wavy-wires. Suitable for panel pulling systems. IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!

Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

492

Section 11 Panel Tools

A Hand Nibbler Shears

Tinman’s Shears

C Model No. AK327 Suitable for cutting metal and plastics without panel Model No. AK6910 distortion. Interchangeable Chrome Molybdenum steel B Straight Pattern Tin Snips One-piece, drop-forged blades with spring loaded cutting jaws with safety lock. Contour grip, non-slip handles. Suitable for cutting narrow gauge ferrous and Model No. AK6911 handles for extra comfort and safety . Blades are non-ferrous metal sheet. consumable items and are not covered by the lifetime One-piece, drop-forged handles with induction hardened Capacity: 0.8mm blades to 55-60 HRC. Cushion grip handle. Cuts up to guarantee. Length: 250mm Maximum Thickness: 1.2mm Steel 0.8mm cold rolled steel or 0.45mm stainless steel. Capacity: 0.8mm Maximum Hardness: 85 HRC Length: 250mm Replacement Centre Blade: AK327/B F

F Aviation Tin Snips Set 3pc

D Tinman’s Shears

Tin Snips E Aviation Straight Cut

Model No. AK6912 Model No. AK69/S One-piece, drop-forged blades with spring loaded Drop-forged, Chrome V anadium, tempered steel handles. Suitable for cutting narrow gauge ferrous and blades with serrated jaws. Self opening, spring action non-ferrous metal sheet. handles with composite, contoured grips and safety catch. Cut: Straight Capacity: 0.8mm Length: 250mm Length: 300mm

Model No. AK6907 Drop-forged, Chrome V anadium, tempered steel blades with serrated jaws. Self opening, spring action handles with composite, contoured, colour coded grips with safety catch. Contents: Left, Right, Straight Length: 250mm

I Deburring Tool Model No. DB01 Composite grip with interchangeable swivel cutting bits. Spare cutter stored in handle. Suitable for deburring pipes and sheet materials. Length: 150mm

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

G Generation Air Shears Model No. GSA53 Third Generation air nibbler features contoured and insulated handle to protect operator from the effects of vibration and chill. Smooth operating mechanism suitable for cutting straight lines in steel sheet up to 1.2mm thickness. Maximum Cutting Capacity: 1.2mm (Steel) Air Consumption: 6cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.6kg Replacement Outer Blade Left: GSA53.34 Replacement Outer Blade Right: GSA53.37 Replacement Centre Blade: GSA53.35

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

H Generation Air Nibbler Model No. GSA28 Third Generation air nibbler features contoured and insulated handle to protect operator from the effects of vibration and chill. Smooth operating mechanism suitable for cutting intricate shapes in steel up to 1.5mm thick. Maximum Cutting Capacity: 1.5mm (Steel) Free Speed: 3500spm Air Consumption: 6cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.0kg Replacement Cutter & Die: GSA28.39-40

J 10mm Spot Weld Cutter Model No. Z1 Spring loaded centre point guides cutter crown onto spot weld. Fine adjustment of cutting depth by screw permits top panel to be removed leaving the lower panel free to be dressed clean for replacement panel. Suitable for air and electric drills.

K Replacement Cutter Crowns Model No. Z1C2 Double sided cutter crowns for Z1 spot removal tool. Pack of two.

Section 11 Panel Tools A

Model No. RE92/30 All steel construction with spring loaded handles. Precision jaws make 10mm flange on 18-20 gauge mild steel or aluminium sheet and provide smooth flush joint between panels. Fitted with non-slip PVC grips. Length:

C Punch Tool Ø5mm

B Joggler & Punch Tool

A Joggler/Flanging Tool

280mm

493

Model No. RE92/31 All steel construction with swivel head. Joggler tool produces a 10mm lip on 18-20 gauge mild steel or aluminium sheet. Push and turn head to produce 6mm holes. Ideal for spot/MIG welding car panels. Fitted with non-slip PVC grips. Length: 290mm

Model No. RE92/35 All steel construction with spring loaded handles. Ø5mm Holes are suitable for preparing panels for MIG/spot welding. Fitted with non-slip PVC grips. Throat Depth: 15mm Maximum Material Thickness: 1mm Length: 290mm

D Door Skin Folding Tool Model No. RE92/33 Suitable for pre-forming and finishing door skins onto door frames. Also suitable for joining sheet material. Fitted with nylon pad to prevent panel deformation. Length:

300mm

E Metal Punch Set 14pc Model No. AK9821 Heavy-duty drop-forged and heat-treated steel punch body with compound lever action. Suitable for precision punching of holes in steel, aluminium, brass, copper and plastic. Fitted with gauge for depth adjustment up to 50mm. Suitable for materials up to 14 gauge. Punches and dies hardened to 55-60 HRC. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: 3/32”, 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 9/32”

Locking H - L Fabrication/Welding Grips One-Handed Operation Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured with rounded contours for smooth, secure handling. Grips feature linear jaw action which applies pressure perpendicular to the workpiece for secure clamping. Compact size with push-button jaw release is ideal for working in confined spaces.Thumb release action allows one-handed operation. Suitable for a wide variety of applications including welding, gluing and riveting.

I LL-Tip Locking Grip Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth:

C-Clamp & Welding G Locking Clamp Set 3pc Model No.

AK67

Heat treated steel grips and jaws with bright nickelplated finish. C-Clamp features swivel pads. Knurled adjusting screw with lever type release. Supplied in tool roll. Contents: Sheet Metal Clamp 248mm, Welding Clamp 225mm, Locking C-Clamp 280mm

AK6833 210mm 0-15mm 40mm 9mm

K JJ-Tip Locking Grip Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth: Lip Depth:

AK6836 230mm 0-15mm 40mm 27mm 12mm

F Locking C-Clamp Set 3pc Model No. AK66 Heat-treated steel jaws with bright nickel plate finish. Knurled jaw adjustment screw with lever type release. Supplied in tool roll. Length: 170, 275, 450mm

L-Tip Locking

H Grip

Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width:

AK6832 195mm 0-18mm 18mm

J J-Tip Locking Grip Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth: Lip Depth:

AK6835 205mm 0-15mm 18mm 7mm 14mm

Locking L W-Tip Grip Model No: Length: Jaw Capacity: Jaw Width: Throat Depth:

AK6837 195mm 0-15mm 57mm 36mm

494

Section 11 Hand Riveters A

A Riveting Kit

C Extra-Heavy-Duty Riveter

B Heavy-Duty Riveter

Model No. AK99 High grade aluminium die cast body with heat treated carbon steel handle. Heat treated chrome steel jaws and jaw case. Composite hand grips. Four nozzles to accept 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4.0mm(5/32”) and 4.8mm(3/16”) rivets. Supplied with nozzle wrench. Kit includes a selection of aluminium rivets. Length: 250mm Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel:

Model No. AK991 High grade aluminium die-cast body with heat-treated carbon steel handle. Heat-treated chrome steel jaws and jaw case. Composite hand grips with wrench storage. Four nozzles to accept 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4.0mm(5/32”) and 4.8mm(3/16”) rivets. Supplied with nozzle wrench. Length: 250mm Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel:

Model No. AK992 High grade aluminium die-cast body with heat-treated carbon steel handle. Heat-treated chrome steel three-piece jaws and jaw case. Composite hand grips with wrench storage. Four nozzles to accept 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4.0mm(5/32”) and 4.8mm(3/16”) rivets. Supplied with nozzle wrench. Length: 250mm Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel:

2-Way

D Heavy-Duty Riveter Model No. AK9902 Drop-forged aluminium body with heavy-duty SCM4 grade jaws, carbon steel jaw case and pin. PVC handle grips. Supplied with four rivet nozzles to accept 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4.0mm(5/32”) and 4.8mm(3/16”) rivets. Supplied with nozzle wrench. Length: 270mm Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel:

E Two-Way Riveting Kit Model No. AK397 Two-position head allows jaws to work either at 90° or 180° to the workpiece. Chrome Molybdenum jaws in steel jaw case. Supplied with four nozzles to accept 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4.0mm(5/32”) and 4.8mm(3/16”) rivets. Suitable for aluminium and steel rivets. Supplied with nozzle wrench, a selection of approximately 60 assorted rivets and carry-case. Length: 280mm Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel:

Swivel Head F Swivel Head Riveting Kit Model No. AK99/SH Pressed steel body with cast swivel head and Chrome Molybdenum steel jaws. Supplied with four rivet nozzles to accept 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4.0mm(5/32”) and 4.8mm(3/16”) rivets. Suitable for aluminium rivets. Fitted with non-slip rubber grip handles and supplied with nozzle wrench and selection of approximately 80 rivets. Length: 280mm Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel:

G Sheet Metal Screws 305pc AIR DRILLS See pages 518 & 519 for details of our comprehensive range of Air Drills.

Model No. BMS305 Zinc plated pan head sheet metal screws. Partitioned case. Contents: #4 x 1/2”, #6 x 1/2”, #6 x 5/8”, #6 x 3/4”, #8 x 5/8”, #8 x 3/4”, #8 x 1”, #10 x 1/2”, #10 x 3/4”, #10 x 1”, #10 x 1-1/4”, #10 x 1-1/2”

Section 11 Hand Riveters A

495

C Lazy Tong Riveter A

Long-Arm Riveter

Model No. AK398 Die-cast head with 400mm long tubular steel handles for extra leverage. Spring return and compound jaw action. Supplied with four nozzles and suitable for aluminium and stainless steel rivets. Fitted with comfortable rubber hand grips. Includes nozzle wrench/retainer. Length: 470mm Includes: Nozzles; 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4mm(5/32”), 4.8mm(3/16”), Wrench Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel: Blind Rivets: Structural Rivets:

Long-Arm Riveter B Heavy-Duty with Collection Bowl Model No.

AK3981

Precision made triple, high grade alloy steel jaws with strong aluminium body. Forged alloy steel pins and bolts with double handle bearings for long life and durability. Suitable for aluminium, steel and stainless steel rivets. Includes Chrome Molybdenum special profile nozzles for structural rivets up to 6.4mm(1/4”). Length: 540mm Includes: Nozzles; 3/3.2mm(1/8”), 4mm(5/32”), 4.8/5mm(3/16”), Structural Steel Nozzles; 4.8mm(3/16”), 6.4mm(1/4”), Wrench Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel: Blind Rivets: Structural Rivets:

Model No. AK39902 Die-cast head with steel jaw case and Chrome Molybdenum jaws for aluminium, steel and stainless steel rivets. Suitable for repetitive type riveting tasks. Supplied with three nozzles. Length: 880mm Includes: Nozzles; 4mm(5/32”), 4.8mm(3/16”), 6.4mm(1/4”) Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel: Blind Rivets: Structural Rivets:

F Aluminium Blind Rivets in Tubs Model No. SEE BELOW Steel shafted aluminium rivets in handy sized tubs. Model No: Approx. Qty: Size: AK99/6 2000pc 3.2mm(1/8”) x 10.2mm AK99/7 1200pc 4.0mm(5/32”) x 10.2mm AK99/8 800pc 4.8mm(3/16”) x 10.2mm

G D Lazy Tongs Riveter Model No. AK399 Die-cast head with steel jaw case and three-piece jaws for aluminium, steel and stainless steel rivets. Suitable for repetitive riveting tasks. Supplied with five nozzles and wrench. Length: 790mm Includes: Nozzles; 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4mm(5/32”), 4.8mm(3/16”), 6.4mm(1/4”), Wrench Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel: Blind Rivets: Structural Rivets:

E Heavy-Duty Lazy Tongs Riveter Model No. AK395 Precision made triple, high grade alloy steel jaws with strong aluminium body. Forged alloy steel pins and bolts with double handle bearings for long life and durability. Suitable for aluminium, steel and stainless steel rivets. Includes Chrome Molybdenum special profile nozzles for structural rivets up to 6.4mm(1/4”). Length: 835mm Includes: Nozzles; 4.8/5mm(3/16”), 6mm, 6.4mm(1/4”), Structural Steel Nozzles; 4.8mm(3/16”), 6.4mm(1/4”), Wrench Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel: Blind Rivets: Structural Rivets:

G Aluminium Blind Rivets Model No. SEE BELOW Steel shafted aluminium rivets.Average 100 rivets per bag. Model No: AK99/1 AK99/2 AK99/3 AK99/4 AK99/5

Size: 3.2mm(1/8”) x 6.2mm 3.2mm(1/8”) x 8.0mm 4.0mm(5/32”) x 8.0mm 4.8mm(3/16”) x 8.9mm 2.4mm(3/32”) x 8.9mm

496

Section 11 Threaded Nut Riveters

B Rivet & Threaded Nut Rivet Kit

A Blind, Nut & Stud Riveting Kit Model No. AK396 Suitable for rivets, rivet nuts and rivet studs in aluminium, steel and stainless steel. 360° Swivel head gives greatly improved accessibility . Four nozzles for standard rivets, four mandrels for rivet nuts and three mandrels for rivet studs. Supplied with wrenches and a selection of steel rivet nuts. Rivet Sizes: 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4.0mm(5/32”), 4.8mm(3/16”) Rivet Nut Sizes: M3 x 0.5, M4 x 0.7, M5 x 0.8, M6 x 1 Rivet Stud Sizes: M4 x 0.7, M5 x 0.8, M6 x 1 Rivet Materials: Aluminium, Steel, Stainless Steel Rivet Nuts Supplied: M3 x 0.5, M4 x 0.7, M5 x 0.8, M6 x 1 (10 each size)

Model No. AK39602 Drop-forged frame with patented folding mechanism for compact storage. Comfortable cushion grips. Suitable for installing rivet nuts for securing threads in thin sheet material. Heavy-duty head suitable for threaded rivets up to M10. Suitable for aluminium, steel and stainless steel threaded rivets and blind rivets. Standard Threaded Rivet Mandrel Sizes: M4 x 0.7, M5 x 0.8, M6 x 1.0, M8 x 1.25, M10 x 1.5 Standard Blind Rivet Mandrel Sizes: 3.2, 4.0, 4.8, 6.4mm Folded Length: 285mm Unfolded Length: 510mm

D C

C Air/Hydraulic Riveter Model No. SA31 Powerful tool suitable for both aluminium and steel rivets up to 4.8mm(3/16”). Supplied with four riveting nozzles and two wrenches. Trigger operated riveter with hardened steel jaw assembly and rivet shaft safety cap. Nozzle Sizes: 2.4mm(3/32”), 3.2mm(1/8”), 4mm(5/32”), 4.8mm(3/16”) Air Consumption: 4.2cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.3kg Rivet Type: Aluminium: Steel: Stainless Steel: For details of our full range of Air Riveters see page 527.

Head Aluminium Threaded D Flat Rivets Model No. Model No: AK396/1 AK396/2 AK396/3 AK396/4 AK39602/1 AK39602/2

Thread Size: M3 x 0.5mm M4 x 0.7mm M5 x 0.8mm M6 x 1.0mm M8 x 1.25mm M10 x 1.5mm

Qty: 50pc 50pc 50pc 15pc 10pc 10pc

SEE BELOW Capacity: 0.25-1.5mm 0.5-2.5mm 0.5-2.5mm 1.0-4.0mm 1.0-4.0mm 1.0-4.0mm

Section 11 Dust-Free Sanders A

Premier

Dust-Free

Dust-Free Pad not included.

Ø150mm

Dust-Free Air Random A 150mm Orbital Sander

Dust-Free

Ø150mm

Pad not included.

Dust-Free Air Random B 150mm Orbital Sander

Model No. SA7/SAS Fitted with patented air diversion system which maximizes level of dust collection. Lightweight, balanced aluminium body with smooth double bearing counter balance assembly for fatigue free operation. Fitted with air flow control valve, safety knuckle guard and housing insulation to prevent hand chill. Pad not included.

Model No. SA7/AS Fitted with patented air diversion system which maximizes level of dust collection. High quality DA sander with internally chromed cylinder and precision bearings for super-smooth operation. Fitted with air flow control valve and housing insulation to prevent hand chill. Pad not included.

Pad Size: Free Speed: Operating Pressure: Free Air Consumption: Air Inlet: Vac Outlet Ø: Optional Dust-Free Pad:

Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF 8000-10000rpm 90psi 10.6cfm 1/4”BSP 28mm AK289 or AK290

500W

Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF 8000-10000rpm 90psi 10.6cfm 1/4”BSP 28mm AK289 or AK290

497

Ø150mm

Premier Dust-Free C 150mm Air Palm Sander Model No.

SA801

Polycarbonate outer housing with soft rubber handgrip reduces hand-chill and vibration with an overall weight of 0.7kg. Features adjustable air regulator for additional control. Exhaust muf fler to reduce noise emission. Dust-free outlet for use with centralised dust extraction systems. Supplied with hook-and-loop pad. Pad Size: Ø150mm Thread Size: 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 10000rpm Air Consumption: 16cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Vac Outlet Ø: 28mm Weight: 0.7kg Supplied with: Universal S/A Dust-Free Pad

450W HEAVY DUTY

750W VARIABLE SPEED

Self-Contained

Dust-Free

Ø150mm

Dust-Free Electric Random F 150mm Orbital Sander Variable Speed Model No.

Dust-Free Dust-Free

210 x 115mm

Bed Dust-Free Electric D Flat Orbital Sander Model No.

EM110/DFS

210 x 115mm 500W - 230V 8000rpm 5mm

Ø150mm Heavy-Duty Dust-Free E 150mm Electric Orbital Sander Model No.

ER150D/DFS

Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF 450W - 230V 8000rpm 8mm Universal S/A Dust-Free Pad

New

DAS151

Features variable speed control ranging from 4000 to 7000rpm. Rotating self-contained dust extraction port with dust collection bag. Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing. Supplied with Ø150mm hook-and-loop backing pad and side handle. Pad Size: Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Orbit Size: Weight: Replacement Pad:

Ø150mm 750W 230V - 2.8A 4000-7000rpm 3.5mm 2.9kg DAS151.06

ELECTRIC POLISHERS & SANDERS We stock a comprehensive range of Electric Polishers and Sanders See pages 565 to 567 for more details.

498

Section 11 Dust-Free Sanders

Premier

Dust-Free

Ø150mm Dust-Free Air Random A 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

MA150AS

High quality air tool manufactured in the EU.All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble-free operation. Requires no oil mist air supply, reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work. Pad Size: Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 8000-10000rpm Operating Pressure: 75-90psi Air Consumption: 14.8cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP + Coupling Vacuum Outlet: Ø28mm Supplied with: Ø150mm Universal S/A Dust-Free Pad

Self-Contained

Ø150mm

Dust-Free Self Contained B 150mm Air Dual Action Sander Model No.

MA150SC

High quality air tool manufactured in the EU. All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble-free operation. Self-contained unit with integral dust collection system, means no additional vacuum devices are required. Requires no oil mist air supply , reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work. Pad Size: Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 8000-10000rpm Operating Pressure: 75-90psi Air Consumption: 10.6cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP + Coupling Vacuum Outlet: Ø28mm Supplied with: Ø150mm Universal S/A Dust-Free Pad

Dust-Free

Premier

210 x 115mm

Bed Dust-Free C Flat Air Orbital Sander Model No.

MA110AS

High quality air tool manufactured in the EU.All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble-free operation. Requires no oil mist air supply, reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work. Pad Size: Free Speed: Operating Pressure: Air Consumption: Air Inlet: Vacuum Outlet:

210 x 115mm 8000-10000rpm 75-90psi 15.2cfm 1/4”BSP + Coupling Ø28mm

D E

D Dual Action Sander Backing Pads Model No.

SEE BELOW

Suitable for air and electric tools fitted with 5/16”UNF thread. Model No: AK289 AK290 Diameter: 150mm 150mm Suitability: Stick-on Papers Hook & Loop Papers

400 x 70mm E Long Bed Dust-Free Air Orbital Sander Model No. MA407AS High quality air tool manufactured in the EU.All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble-free operation. Requires no oil mist air supply , reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work. Pad Size: 400 x 70mm Free Speed: 8000-10000rpm Operating Pressure: 75-90psi Air Consumption: 15.2cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP + Coupling Vacuum Outlet: Ø28mm

Premier

G 180mm Air Angle Sander

F 10mm Premier Air Belt Sander Model No. New SA635 Aluminium housing with articulated sanding arm. Features belt tracking control, heavy-duty nose roller and one-handed trigger operation. Composite handle with exhaust reduces chill and noise level. Suitable for sanding otherwise inaccessible areas such as around door-shuts. Supplied with three belts. Replacement belts readily available. Belt Size: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

10 x 330mm 17cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.8kg

Sander Ø180mm

Model No. SA18/S Polished and well balanced aluminium body with two side handle mounting positions. Precision made bevel gears give quiet and smooth operation at speeds suitable for sanding. Trigger operated throttle control. Supplied with self-adhesive backing pad. Pad Size: Thread Size: Free Speed Loaded/Unloaded: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Ø180mm 5/8”UNC 4500rpm 7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.0kg

For our full range of Air Sanders see pages 529 to 533.

Section 11 Dust-Free Vacuum Systems

499

Professional Dust-Free Systems Modern automotive paints and fillers can produce clouds of lethal dust when sanded. If inhaled, the particles can cause silicosis and other respiratory problems. Airborne particles can cause cross contamination problems in the body shop. Fine wood dust is also a cause of serious bronchial problems. In all cases dust creates a dirty and unsafe working environment and it is the duty of the employer to minimize the risks posed to staff by this hazard.

On DFS23A powerful suction is generated from two 1000W att motors, protected by large capacity industrial filter.

Air/Electric Tool Combinations Model No.

Air

DFS31A

DFS31B

DFS55

AND

DFS91A DFS91B DFS23A

Electric

Note that the DFS23A, DFS91A and DFS91B are supplied with only one combined air/vacuum hose. If you require to run two air tools it is necessary to purchase another DFS/AK2 Combined Hose. If you require to run an additional power tool it is necessary to purchase a DFS/AK3 Vacuum Hose.

DFS Air tool supply.

DFS Electric power tool supply.

Series Dust-Free C - D DFS91 System Model No.

SEE BELOW

Tough, composite bin and motor housing are suitable for industrial/body shop applications. Fitted with microchip controlled electric and air supply circuit which monitor power/air to the power tool and automatically activate the suction. The same microchip overruns the suction by 10 seconds to clear the hoses of dust. Features vibration function that helps clear dust accumulated on the filter bag after use. Supplied with a combined air/vacuum hose to minimize trailing hoses. All DFS models require an independent power/air supply. DFS models can be purchased with MA150AS Dust-Free Air Sander ('A' V ersions) or without ('B' Versions). Model No: DFS91A DFS91B Motor Power: 1000W 1000W Power Tool Capacity: 1200W 1200W Supply: 230V 230V Drum Size: 37ltr 37ltr Hose Ø: 28mm 28mm Weight: 10.4kg 9.8kg Optional Vac Accessories: DFS/AK16 DFS/AK16 Replacement Filter: 122.03241 122.03241 Supplied with Air Tool: MA150AS No

DFS Series Accessories & Consumables Model No.

Series Dust-Free A - B DFS31 System Model No.

SEE BELOW

Tough, composite bin and motor housing are suitable for industrial/body shop applications. Fitted with microchip controlled electric and air supply circuit which monitors power/air to the power tool and automatically activates the suction. The same microchip overruns the suction by 10 seconds to clear the hoses of dust. Features vibration function that helps clear dust accumulated on the filter bag after use. Supplied with a combined air/vacuum hose to minimize trailing hoses. All DFS models require an independent power/air supply . DFS models can be purchased with MA150AS Dust-Free Air Sander ('A' Versions) or without ('B' Versions). Model No: DFS31A DFS31B Motor Power: 1000W 1000W Power Tool Capacity: 1200W 1200W Supply: 230V 230V Drum Size: 16ltr 16ltr Hose Ø: 28mm 28mm Weight: 7.4kg 6.8kg Optional Vac Accessories: DFS/AK16 DFS/AK16 Replacement Filter: 122.00124 122.00124 Supplied with Air Tool : MA150AS No

SEE BELOW

Model No: Description: 122/99.70.23 Dust Bag, Non-Sealable - DFS31 (Single) AK291 Dust Bag, Sealable (Pack of 5) DFS/AK2 Combination Hose for air tools DFS/AK10 Flexible Tool Adaptor DFS/AK3 Vacuum Hose for electric tools DFS/AK16 Accessory Kit allowing use as a regular vacuum cleaner (not included with machine)

Dust-Free/Wet & Dry F Combination Vacuum System Air/Electric 55ltr Model No. New DFS55 Manufactured from tough composite material suitable for industrial and body shop use. Microchip controlled electric and air supply circuit, which monitors power/air to the power tool and automatically activates the suction. The same microchip overruns the suction by 10 seconds to clear the hose of dust. Supplied with vacuum hose and accessory kit for use as a standard wet and dry vacuum. All DFS models require an independent power/air supply. Motor Power: 1200W Power Tool Capacity: 2000W Supply: 230V Drum Size: 55ltr Hose Ø: Ø10-35mm Adaptor Weight: 16kg Replacement Filters: Cartridge Filter: DFS55.02-42 Fine Particle Filter: DFS55.04 Dust Collection Bag: DFS55.05-18

Professional Dust-Free E Mobile System Model No.

DFS23A

Professional system for small and medium sized garage and body shops. Strong steel cabinet houses 60litre 2000Watt vacuum unit and features integral air filter regulator for a clean, dry supply for up to two air tools. Electronic control for two power tools up to 2000Watt total is also included. Vacuum unit overruns by ten seconds to clear hose of dust and debris and motors are protected by heavy-duty filter system. Supplied with dispenser for 5, 6 and 8 holed sanding discs and combination air vacuum hose and spring loaded hose carrier for clutter free use. Cabinet also features folding storage hooks and large work surface. Large, easy rolling wheels allow added workshop mobility even when the unit is fully loaded. Supplied with dust-free air sander MA150AS. Motor Power: Power Tool Capacity: Supply: Drum Size: Hose Ø: Weight (with Cabinet): Optional Vacuum Accessories: Replacement Filter: Supplied with Air Tool:

2 x 1000W 2000W 230V 60ltr 28mm 62kg DFS/AK16 122/06830000 MA150AS

Section 12

Air Power Tools 501 508 511 518 520 522 523 524 526 527 528 529 534 535 536 539 542 544 547

Air Impact Wrenches Air Ratchet Wrenches Impact Sockets, Adaptors & Extensions Air Drills & Screwdrivers Air Die Grinders & Engravers Air Nibblers & Shears Air Cut-Off Tools & Tyre Buffing Tools Air Hammers & Scalers Air Saws Air Riveters Air Angle Grinders Air Sanders & Polishers Air Blow Guns Air Nailers/Staplers Air Line Couplings Filters/Regulators/Lubricators Fast Fit Air Supply System Retractable Air Hose Reels & Air Hoses Air Hose Accessories

Section 12 Air Impact Wrenches

501

Air Tool Product Ranges With so many air tools in our range we have tried to make it easier to find product by categorising them by quality level. Read on for more information.

Workshop Range Traditional designs and proven workshop reliability define our Workshop range. These tools represent the very best value in everyday air tools yet are supported by our extensive after-sales operation in exactly the same way as our high-end Premier range.

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

Generation Range

Sealey’s Generation or G3 series of air tools represents some of the best design innovations in air tools of recent date. The tools feature contoured, soft-grip handles and housings which help reduce the effects of vibration and chill - major contributors to circulatory and nerve problems such as white finger . The tools also include exhaust systems designed to reduce noise levels by baffling the noise or directing it away from the operator’s environment. Most of the tools include integral and adjustable air control valves for precise control of output. The air wrenches are, pound for pound, amongst the most powerful machines we have seen in the market and the materials and manufacturing techniques used in the production of all the G3 series will ensure long and reliable service.

Premier

Premier Range

STANDARD HAMMER Commonly referred to as ‘rocking-dog’ hammer . Combines simplicity of construction with high level of power output. Includes single hammer weight counterbalanced with hammer dog. Ideal for price-competitive workshop power tools.

TWIN HAMMER Twice the number of hammers, twice the hammer weight and therefore twice the energy per blow. Fast delivery of raw power with the bullet-proof reliability of a standard hammer mechanism. Ideal for heavy hitting power in the tyre-shop and workshop.

PIN CLUTCH Torque delivery of a pin clutch impact wrench is steady and smooth. A pin clutch impact wrench has a greater life expectancy than either rocking-dog or twin hammer type wrenches and generally has longer service intervals. The clutch design also provides a slight advantage in reducing vibration and noise levels. Pin clutch wrenches are recommended for industrial as well as tyre and garage applications. In order to clarify the torque characteristics of these tools, we quote three figures:

Our range of Premier air tools offers the very best in performance and price. W e specify the very highest quality components and manufacturing designs to ensure a long and durable working life and are confident that these tools offer the best value around. Premier professional air tools are backed by a one-year warranty with a free-of-charge conditional two-year warranty available.

WORKING AND MAXIMUM TORQUE The working and maximum torque figures are those developed by tightening a bolt. ULTIMATE TORQUE The ultimate torque is the highest bolt torque that the tool will undo within a reasonable time. It is not related to the torque to which the tool can tighten the bolt.

3/8” Drive

Standard Hammer

TORQUE TESTED All our impact tools are thoroughly tested during the initial selection phase to ensure the power we quote is the power you get. Power output curves for all our impact tools are constructed so we can properly rate them for maximum, working and ultimate torque. W e recommend the use of an air filter , regulator and lubricator to protect the tools from dirt, rust and damage.

Twin Hammer

3/8” Drive

Standard Hammer

Model No. SA91 Fingertip forward/reverse throttle control. Fitted with rocking-dog hammer, nine-position air/torque control and Z-swivel air inlet. One-handed operation and compact size make this tool especially suitable for engine bay work. Drive: 3/8”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 105/130lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 135lb.ft Air Consumption: 4.5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.9kg

Bjs Uppmt

3/8” Drive

Composite

Drive Generation C 3/8”Sq Composite Air Impact Wrench Twin Hammer

Model No.

Drive Butterfly Air A 3/8”Sq Impact Wrench

fofsbujpo

New

GSA6000

Combination of composite materials, alloyed metals B 3/8”Sq Drive Air Impact Wrench and twin hammer design result in a lightweight, durable and powerful air impact wrench. Soft-grip handle with Model No. SA912 downward facing exhaust make this wrench Pistol type wrench with rocking-dog hammer and comfortable on the hands and ears and limits the hardened anvil assembly . Fitted with four-position circulation of brake dust on wheel applications. Finger air/torque control and push-through reverse control. tip control of power and direction via lever on rear of Compact and lightweight tool suitable for engine bay work. wrench. Suitable for professional garage use. Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

3/8”Sq 105/130lb.ft 135lb.ft 5.5cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.2kg

Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

3/8”Sq 320/370lb.ft 400lb.ft 6.7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.2kg

Section 12 Air Impact Wrenches

502

fofsbujpo

1/2” Drive

Standard Hammer

A 1/2”Sq Drive Air Impact Wrench

B 1/2”Sq Drive Air Impact Wrench

Model No. SA2 Fitted with rocking-dog hammer and hardened impact anvil. Suitable for general garage use. Features four-position adjustable air/torque control and reversible action.

Model No. SA3/S Superior quality wrench suitable for garage and tyre shop use. Fitted with rocking-dog hammer mechanism with hardened anvil and cage. Features four-position adjustable air/torque control and reversible action.

Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

1/2”Sq 230/270lb.ft 420lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.2kg

Premier

Pin Clutch

SA5/S

GSA01

Premier

Pin Clutch

Drive Premier Air Impact E 1/2”Sq Wrench Pin Clutch Model No.

Model No.

Third Generation rocking-dog impact wrench. Suitable for garage, tyre shop and workshop applications. Handle exhaust reduces noise output and contoured soft-grip handle gives added comfort and control. Features three-position adjustable air/torque control and reversible action. Drive: 1/2”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 295/325lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 450lb.ft Air Consumption: 5.6cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.2kg

1/2” Drive

Pin Clutch

Drive Premier Air Impact D 1/2”Sq Wrench Pin Clutch

Drive Generation C 1/2”Sq Air Impact Wrench

1/2” Drive

Model No.

1/2”Sq 350/400lb.ft 470lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.5kg

Bjs Uppmt

SA601

Composite

Drive Premier Composite F 1/2”Sq Air Impact Wrench Pin Clutch Model No.

SA6001

Fitted with power-pin type clutch giving up to 50% better performance than standard rocking-dog. Suitable for heavy garage and tyre shop use. Features four-position adjustable air/torque control and reversible action plus spring balancer anchorage point.

Pin clutch provides reliable performance. Free spinning air motor includes quality bearings and carefully finished components to ensure smooth running and maximum power. Simple forward/reverse mechanism with four-position air regulator. Suitable for heavy tyre shop use.

Composite casing with soft-grip makes the tool lighter, easier to handle and helps reduce vibration and chill. Handle exhaust reduces noise level. Pin clutch design gives the wrench a high torque output making it suitable for jobs that would normally require a 3/4” impact wrench. Dial type power and direction control on rear of wrench. Suitable for heavy tyre shop use.

Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

1/2”Sq 420/520lb.ft 600lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.7kg

1/2”Sq 380/470lb.ft 490lb.ft 4.2cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.4kg

1/2”Sq 700/800lb.ft 950lb.ft 13cfm 90psi 1/4“BSP 2.1kg

Section 12 Air Impact Wrenches A

fofsbujpo

Bjs Uppmt

1/2” Drive

Twin Hammer

Drive Generation A 1/2”Sq Air Impact Wrench Twin Hammer Model No.

GSA02

Third Generation twin hammer impact wrench. Suitable for garage, tyre shop and workshop applications. Handle exhaust reduces noise output and contoured soft-grip handle gives added comfort and control. Features three-position adjustable air/torque control and reversible action. Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

1/2”Sq 400/460lb.ft 500lb.ft 5.6cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.1kg

Premier

fofsbujpo

Bjs Uppmt

Twin Hammer

Composite

Drive Generation B 1/2”Sq Composite Air Impact Wrench Twin Hammer

Drive Premier Air Impact C 1/2”Sq Wrench Twin Hammer Model No.

SA602

Powerful 1/2”Sq drive impact wrench with twin hammer Combination of composite materials, alloyed metals mechanism for increased torque. Air motor features and twin hammer design result in a lightweight, durable quality bearings, steel end plates and carefully finished and powerful air impact wrench. Soft-grip handle with components to ensure smooth running and maximum power. Combination forward/reverse and speed downward facing exhaust make this wrench selector. Suitable for heavy tyre shop use. comfortable on the hands and ears and limits the circulation of brake dust on wheel applications. Finger tip control of power and direction via lever on rear of Drive: 1/2”Sq wrench. Suitable for professional garage use. Working/Maximum Torque: 400/480lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 500lb.ft Air Consumption: 4.2cfm Drive: 1/2”Sq Operating Pressure: 90psi Working/Maximum Torque: 420/500lb.ft Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Ultimate Torque: 600lb.ft Weight: 2.6kg Air Consumption: 8.4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.9kg Model No.

New

GSA6002

Premier

1/2” Drive

1/2” Drive Composite

Drive Premier Composite D 1/2”Sq Air Impact Wrench Twin Hammer Model No.

Premier

1/2” Drive

Twin Hammer

503

SA6002

Pin Clutch

Limited Torque

Drive Limited Torque G 1/2”Sq Premier Air Impact Wrench Pin Clutch

Model No.

New

SA6035

Innovative pin clutch design limits output torque New twin hammer design gives the wrench a high preventing over-tightening, which can result in torque output making it suitable for jobs that would wheel/wheel fixings damage. However full torque is normally require a 3/4” impact wrench. Features twist still transmitted in reverse direction for rapid fixing Magnetic Impact Tool control at back of tool for simple choice of speed and E - F Tidies removal. Limited torque, to 75lb.ft maximum for direction. Composite casing with soft-grip makes the professional installation of wheels, allowing final New SEE BELOW tightening of nuts with a calibrated torque wrench to tool lighter, easier to handle and helps reduce vibration Model No. and chill. Handle exhaust reduces noise level. Suitable Heavy-duty magnetic tool brackets with powerful manufacturers specification. Anodised fixings easily for heavy tyre shop use. magnets. W all mountable to allow for a more identifies as limited torque wrench when amongst permanent fixing with higher weight capacity . Both other models. Ideal for professional tyre shops. Drive: 1/2”Sq suitable for storing an impact wrench when not in use. Drive: 1/2”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 725/825lb.ft Model No. MIT also features storage points for sockets Maximum Torque: 75lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 1000lb.ft and leader/air hose. Ultimate Torque: 500lb.ft Air Consumption: 13cfm Model No: Dimensions: Maximum Air Consumption: 5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi (H x W) Capacity: Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP 355 x 134mm 15kg E MIT Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.1kg 100 x 105mm 9kg Weight: 2.2kg F MMIT

504

Section 12 Air Tool Kits Air Tool Kit Specifications

1/2” Drive

Drive Air Impact Wrench A 1/2”Sq Kit with Accessories Model No.

SA2/TS

Kit of tools comprising SA2 rocking-dog air impact wrench, 125mm extension bar and ten DuoMetric ® impact quality sockets covering fifteen sizes. Kit also includes bottle of air tool oil. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Impact Wrench: SA2 - 1/2”Sq Drive Sockets: 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm DuoMetric® Coverage:7/16”, 3/4”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1-1/16” Total Weight: 4.2kg

1/2” Drive

Model No. SA2002KIT Comprises 1/2”Sq drive air impact wrench, 1/2”Sq drive air ratchet wrench, ten 1/2”Sq drive W allDrive® Chrome Vanadium impact sockets, in-line air oiler, air tool oil and a hex key, all in a carry-case. Suitable for workshop and body shop applications. Contents: Impact Wrench: SA2 - 1/2”Sq Drive Air Ratchet Wrench: SA21/S - 1/2”Sq Drive Sockets: 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm Total Weight: 5.5kg

SA2 1/2”Sq 230/270lb.ft 420lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP

Model No. Drive: Maximum Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size:

SA21/S 1/2”Sq 50lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP

Model No. Chuck Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size:

SA24 10mm 1800rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP

Model No. Chisel Shank Size: Speed: Stroke: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size:

SA12/S .401” Parker Taper 4500bpm 32mm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP

Model No. Chuck Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size:

SA671 Ø6mm 22000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP

D 4pc Air Tool Kit with Accessories

Model No. SA2004KIT Comprehensive air tool kit containing, medium stroke air hammer, air die grinder , 1/2”Sq drive air impact Model No. SA2003KIT wrench and 1/2”Sq drive air ratchet wrench. Includes a 1/2”Sq drive air impact wrench, 1/2”Sq drive air ratchet selection of sockets, extension bars, grinding points, chisels and many accessories. Suitable for workshop wrench and 10mm reversible air drill in composite carry-case. Includes seven 1/2”Sq drive W allDrive® and body shop applications. Supplied in carry-case. Chrome Vanadium impact sockets and in-line air oiler. Suitable for workshop and body shop applications. Contents: Impact Wrench: SA2 - 1/2”Sq Drive Contents: Air Ratchet Wrench: SA21/S - 1/2”Sq Drive Impact Wrench: SA2 - 1/2”Sq Drive Medium Stroke Air Hammer: SA12/S Air Ratchet Wrench: SA21/S - 1/2”Sq Drive Die Grinder : SA671 Reversible Air Drill: SA24 - 10mm Sockets: 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm Sockets: 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19mm Total Weight: 7.9kg Total Weight: 6.5kg

C 3pc Air Tool Kit with Accessories

Model No. Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size:

B 2pc Air Tool Kit with Accessories

1/2” Drive 1/2” Drive

Air tool kits of fer the most economic way to buy air tools. All of our air kits use common tools. Specifications of the tools are listed below . See kit description for details of socketry.

Section 12 Air Impact Wrenches A

Premier

Pin Clutch

3/4” Drive

Pin Clutch

505

3/4” Drive Standard Hammer

3/4” Drive

Drive Heavy-Duty Air A 3/4”Sq Impact Wrench

Drive Premier Heavy-Duty B 3/4”Sq Air Impact Wrench Pin Clutch Model No.

SA59

Drive Premier Super-Duty C 3/4”Sq Air Impact Wrench Pin Clutch Model No.

SA6

Model No. SA4 Suitable for heavy garage and tyre shop use. Fitted with rocking-dog hammer mechanism with hardened anvil and cage. Features four-position adjustable air/torque control and reversible action. Polished aluminium housing with textured grip.

Fitted with smooth performing, power-pin clutch. Suitable for heavy garage and tyre shop use. Features four-position adjustable air/torque control and reversible action plus spring balance anchorage point.

Pin clutch design gives smooth and reliable performance. Features four-position twist dial located at back of unit. Handle exhaust reduces noise level. Soft-grip handle to help reduce the effects of chill and vibration. Suitable for heavy garage and workshop use.

Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

3/4”Sq 420/520lb.ft 540lb.ft 7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 4.5kg

fofsbujpo

Bjs Uppmt

3/4”Sq 900/1000lb.ft 1050lb.ft 12cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 4.5kg

Premier

3/4” Drive

Twin Hammer

3/4”Sq 980/1150lb.ft 1175lb.ft 13cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 4.0kg

3/4” Drive 3/4” Drive Twin Hammer

Composite Twin Hammer

Composite

Drive Generation D 3/4”Sq Composite Air Impact Wrench

Drive Premier E 3/4”Sq Composite Mini Air Impact

Model No.

Twin Hammer

New

GSA6004

Wrench Twin Hammer

SA6003

Drive Premier F 3/4”Sq Air Impact Wrench Twin Hammer

Model No.

SA604

Combination of composite materials, alloyed metals and twin hammer design result in a lightweight, durable and powerful air impact wrench. Soft-grip handle with downward facing exhaust make this wrench comfortable on the hands and ears and limits the circulation of brake dust on wheel applications. Finger tip control of power and direction via lever on rear of wrench. Suitable for professional garage use.

Lightweight handling and heavyweight power - half the weight of traditional style 3/4”Sq drive air impact wrenches. Features twist control at back of tool for simple choice of speed and direction. Composite casing with soft-grip handle makes tool lighter , easier to handle and helps reduce vibration and chill. Handle exhaust reduces noise level. Powerful twin hammer mechanism gives high torque output suitable for professional heavy tyre shop use.

Twin hammer mechanism utilizes oversized hammers and specially strengthened hammer cage to pull even more torque out of the precision air motor . Precision made components fit closely to reduce air leakage and maximize power. Flip reverse control on the rear of the tool with four-position air regulator on the handle base. Suitable for heavy tyre shop use.

Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

3/4”Sq 900/1000lb.ft 1200lb.ft 9cfm 90psi 3/8”BSP 3.8kg

3/4”Sq 700/800lb.ft 1000lb.ft 13.7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.2kg

3/4”Sq 950/1150lb.ft 1200lb.ft 7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 4.6kg

Section 12 Air Impact Wrenches

506

A 1” Drive

B Standard Hammer

Premier

1” Drive

A 1”Sq Drive Long Anvil Straight Air Impact Wrench Model No.

SA29/S

Suitable for commercial and agricultural vehicle use. Long anvil and straight configuration with rocking-dog hammer for applications with restricted access. Fitted with reverse action. Supplied with side handle. Drive: 1”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 1170/1460lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 1520lb.ft Air Consumption: 15cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/2”BSP Weight: 13.5kg

1”Sq Drive Premier Heavy-Duty Air Impact Wrench

B Long Anvil

Model No. SA291 Suitable for heavy commercial tyre shop, fleet and workshop use. Features air/torque device, to control power output, and reverse action. Long pattern anvil gets into deeply dished wheels. Supplied with side handle. Drive: 1”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 1200/1350lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 1600lb.ft Air Consumption: 21cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/2”BSP Weight: 14.2kg

1” Drive

Pin Clutch

Standard Hammer

Premier

Pin Clutch

C 1”Sq Drive Air Impact Pistol Wrench Pin Clutch Model No. New SA297 Pin clutch mechanism provides smooth operation reducing vibration, whilst still creating a high torque output. Control direction and power via 4-position lever adjustment on rear of wrench. Supplied with side handle for added control. Suitable for commercial and agricultural vehicle use. Drive: 1”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 1000/1200lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 1500lb.ft Air Consumption: 15cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 3/8”BSP Weight: 5.6kg

1”Sq Drive Premier Super-Duty Air Impact Pistol

D Wrench Pin Clutch

Model No. SA682 Super-duty 1”Sq drive pistol grip air wrench suitable for commercial and agricultural vehicle use. Pin clutch mechanism gives high power-to-weight ratio. Four-position torque control with reverse. Supplied with side handle and spring balance hoop. Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

E 1” Drive

1”Sq 1400/1600lb.ft 1800lb.ft 12cfm 90psi 1/2”BSP 10.3kg

Premier Pin Clutch

F 1

4 2

F Heavy-Duty Coupling Bodies & Adaptors Model No. SEE BELOW Compatible only with heavy-duty coupling adaptors. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar): 100-120cfm (2832-3398ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: Female Thread 1/2”BSP 1pc 1 AC22 Male Thread 1/2”BSPT 1pc 2 AC23 Female Thread 3/8”BSP 2pc 3 AC24 Male Thread 3/8”BSPT 2pc 4 AC25 Male Thread 1/2”BSPT 2pc 4 AC26

Drive Premier Super-Duty Air Impact Pistol E 1”Sq Wrench Long Anvil Pin Clutch Model No.

New

SA684

Super-duty 1”Sq drive pistol grip air impact wrench suitable for commercial and agricultural vehicle use. Pin clutch mechanism gives high power-to-weight ratio. Fitted with long anvil for areas with restricted access. Four-position torque control with reverse. Supplied with side handle and spring balance hoop. Drive: 1”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 1400/1600lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 1800lb.ft Air Consumption: 12cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/2”BSP Weight: 11.1kg

Section 12 Air Impact Wrenches A

Premier

1” Drive

Pin Clutch

Drive Premier Super-Duty Air Impact Wrench A 1”Sq Pin Clutch Model No.

SA680

507

Pin Clutch

Drive Premier Super-Duty Air Impact Wrench B 1”Sq Long Anvil Pin Clutch Model No.

SA681

Super-duty 1”Sq drive air tool suitable for commercial and agricultural vehicle use. Pin clutch mechanism gives high power-to-weight ratio. Straight pattern and top side exhaust allow wide variety of applications. Supplied with side handle and spring balance hoop.

Super-duty 1”Sq drive air tool suitable for commercial and agricultural vehicle use. Pin clutch mechanism gives high power-to-weight ratio. Long anvil, straight pattern and top side exhaust allow use on wheels with deep dish. Supplied with side handle and spring balance hoop.

Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

C 1” Drive

1”Sq 1400/1600lb.ft 1800lb.ft 42cfm 90psi 1/2”BSP 10.5kg

Weighs Just

5.1kg

1”Sq 1100/1450lb.ft 1800lb.ft 42cfm 90psi 1/2”BSP 11.6kg

Weighs Just

7.6kg

1” Drive Twin Hammer

Twin Hammer

Premier

Composite

Drive Composite Premier Air Impact Wrench C 1”Sq Twin Hammer Model No.

SA6005

Composite/Magnesium

Drive Composite/Magnesium Premier D 1”Sq Air Impact Wrench Twin Hammer Model No.

New

SA685

Lightweight handling and heavyweight power - half the weight of traditional style 1”Sq drive air impact wrenches. Features twist control at back of tool for simple choice of speed and direction. Composite housing with soft-grip and side handle helps reduce vibration and chill. Handle exhaust reduces noise level. Powerful twin hammer mechanism gives high torque output suitable for commercial and agricultural use.

Lightweight wrench with heavyweight power - 1/2 the weight of traditional style 1”Sq drive air impact wrenches. Manufactured from a composite and magnesium housing for ultimate performance. Soft grip covered handles help reduce vibration and chill. Heavy hitting twin hammer mechanism gives extremely high torque output suitable for commercial and agricultural use. Lever and twist controls for simple choice of speed and direction. Designed for the professional workshops.

Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

1”Sq 1100/1200lb.ft 1500lb.ft 16cfm 90psi 3/8”BSP 5.1kg

1”Sq 1800-2000lb.ft 2100lb.ft 14cfm 90psi 1/2”BSP 7.6kg

Section 12 Air Ratchet Wrenches

508

A - B

Premier

C - D

1/4” & 3/8” Drive Super Stubby A - B Premier Air Ratchet Wrenches Model No.

SEE BELOW

Ultra-compact air ratchet wrenches fit in the palm of the hand. Perfect for working around tightly-packed engine compartments. Ratchet yoke designed and manufactured to provide additional strength. Rear exhaust with baffle reduces noise.

A Model No: Drive: Maximum Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Length: Weight:

SA632 1/4”Sq 25lb.ft 2.4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 140mm 0.5kg

B SA633 3/8”Sq 25lb.ft 2.4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 140mm 0.5kg

Bjs Uppmt

Compact Air E - F Generation Ratchet Wrenches

Model No. SEE BELOW Mini air wrenches suitable for applications where space is at a premium. Superb for engine bay work on cars, commercial vehicles, motorcycles and outboards. Compact design utilizes high quality bearings and rotor end plates for smooth power output. Rear exhaust with baffle reduces noise and oil spray. Fitted with protective rubber ratchet head boot. D C Model No: SA630 SA631 Drive: 1/4”Sq 3/8”Sq Maximum Torque: 30lb.ft 30lb.ft Air Consumption: 5cfm 5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP Length: 175mm 175mm Weight: 0.5kg 0.5kg

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Third Generation twin pawl compact air ratchet wrenches. Feature packed, with contoured handle to insulate user from chill and vibration. Finger operated trigger and textured grip allows added control - even with greasy hands. Low noise exhaust adjusts 360° - keeping airflow from operator. 4-Position air regulator integrated into air inlet adjusts torque output. Ideal for working in engine bays or other places with restricted access. F E Model No: GSA634 GSA635 Drive: 1/4”Sq 3/8”Sq Maximum Torque: 50lb.ft 50lb.ft Air Consumption: 5cfm 5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP Length: 215mm 215mm Weight: 0.75kg 0.75kg

H - I

3/8” & 1/2” Drive H - I Air Ratchet Wrenches

Bore: 8mm 10mm

3/8” Drive

fofsbujpo

Mini Air Ratchet C - D Premier Wrenches

Model No. SEE BELOW 600mm Rubber hose for use between air tool and supply point. Avoids vibration damage to couplings. Supplied with tail piece and 1/4”BSP female union. Length: 600mm 600mm

1/4” & 3/8” Drive

Air Leader Hoses

Model No: AH2R AH2R/38

E - F

1/4” & 3/8” Drive

C - D

Premier

H - I

Model No. SEE BELOW Air powered ratchet with hardened steel anvil and twist-reverse mechanism. Trigger operated power control. Suitable for use in the engine bay where there is limited space for hand-operated ratchets. H I Model No: SA20/S SA21/S Drive: 3/8”Sq 1/2”Sq Maximum Torque: 50lb.ft 50lb.ft Air Consumption: 4cfm 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP Length: 265mm 265mm Weight: 1.2kg 1.2kg

14.4V

Ratchet Wrench 14.4V J Cordless 3/8”Sq Drive Model No.

New

CP2144

Powerful cordless ratchet wrench with hardened steel anvil and twist-reverse mechanism. Finger operated trigger incorporated in housing.Textured soft grip helps reduce vibration. Features built-in LED work light for use in low-light areas. Suitable for workshop applications. Includes 14.4V Ni-Cd battery pack and 1 hour mains charger. For full specification see page 559.

For our full range of Premier Line Ratchet Wrenches see pages 38 to 43.

Section 12 Air Ratchet Wrenches A - B

C - D

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

Premier

3/8” & 1/2” Drive

Air Ratchet A - B Generation Wrenches Model No.

SEE BELOW

A GSA20 3/8”Sq 60lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 280mm 1.2kg

C Model No: Drive: Maximum Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Length: Weight:

A - B

SA607 3/8”Sq 50lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 265mm 1.2kg

NORMAL WRENCH

Model No.

SA607 - SA610

Compare the ratchet head casting of our SA607 SA610 to that of a normal wrench and you will find there are no scallops on the Premier tool. These scallops reduce manufacturing time but also reduce the strength of the head by as much as 20%.

E - F

A - B 360º Directional Exhaust.

A - B

SA607 SA608

Fingertip Trigger Control.

The ratchet heads of the SA607 and SA608 include a small grease fitting allowing grease to be introduced directly onto the drive shaft. This reduces friction and increases the power and longevity of the tool.

SEE BELOW

E Model No: Drive: Maximum Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Length: Weight:

E - F

C - D

New

Innovative design flexible ratchet head allows 30° angle adjustment both directions. Ratchet yoke designed and manufactured to provide additional strength, prolonging the working life. Reversible for use in either direction and trigger operated power control. Rear exhaust with baffle reduces noise level and oil spray. Suitable for use in the professional workshop.

D SA608 1/2”Sq 50lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 265mm 1.2kg

C - F

4-Position Air Regulator.

3/8” & 1/2” Drive

Flexi-Head Air E - F Premier Ratchet Wrenches

Model No. SEE BELOW Feature packed air ratchet wrenches. Composite air motor jackets reduce hand-chill and provide extra grip for comfort and control. Unique design ratchet heads are stronger than traditional ratchet style - lowering risk of damage to the tools from over-torquing. Grease fitting on ratchet heads allows smoother operation and longer working life.

B GSA21 1/2”Sq 60lb.ft 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 280mm 1.2kg

Premier

Flexi-Head

Super-Duty Air C - D Premier Ratchet Wrenches

Feature packed, Third Generation twin pawl air ratchet wrenches. Contoured handle insulates user from chill and vibration. Finger operated trigger and textured grip allows added control - even with greasy hands. Low noise exhaust adjusts 360° - keeping air flow away from operator. 4-Position air regulator integrated into air inlet adjusts torque output.

Model No: Drive: Maximum Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Length: Weight:

E - F

509

SA609 3/8”Sq 50lb.ft 5cfm 90psi 1/4”BSPT 256mm 0.9kg

F SA610 1/2”Sq 50Ib.ft 5cfm 90psi 1/4”BSPT 256mm 0.9kg

510

Section 12 Air Ratchet Wrench Kits

fofsbujpo

3/8” Drive

A Air Ratchet Wrench Kit 3/8”Sq Drive

Bjs Uppmt

3/8” Drive

B Generation Air Ratchet Wrench Kit 3/8”Sq Drive

Model No. SA20-KIT A complete air ratchet kit including 3/8”Sq drive air ratchet, selection of sockets, extension bars and driver bits. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Air Ratchet Wrench; Model No. SA20/S - 3/8”Sq Drive, Impact Sockets; ® Coverage; 7/16”, 15/32”, 3/4”, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 17, 19mm, DuoMetric Extension Bar; 75mm, Bit Extension Bar; 75mm, Driver Bits; Slotted - 5.5, 7mm, Phillips - #2, Universal Joint, Oil Container Drive: 3/8”Sq Maximum Torque: 50lb.ft Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg

Model No. GSA20KIT Comprehensive air ratchet kit. Includes GSA20 Third Generation ratchet wrench featuring contoured soft-grip handle, 4-position air regulator and 360° directional exhaust. Includes a selection of impact sockets, extension bars and driver bits. Supplied in a storage case. Contents: Air Ratchet Wrench; Model No. GSA20 - 3/8”Sq Drive, Impact Sockets; 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19mm, DuoMetric ® Coverage; 7/16”, 3/4”, Extension Bar; 75mm Bit Holder; 75mm, Driver Bits; Slotted - 5.5mm, Phillips - #2, #3, Universal Joint, Oil Container Drive: 3/8”Sq Maximum Torque: 60lb.ft Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg

1/2” Drive

C Air Ratchet Wrench Kit 1/2”Sq Drive Model No. SA21-KIT A complete air ratchet kit including 1/2”Sq drive air ratchet, selection of sockets, extension bars and driver bits. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Air Ratchet W rench; Model No. SA21/S - 1/2”Sq Drive, Impact Sockets; 9, 10, 1 1, 13, 14, 17, 19mm, DuoMetric ® Coverage; 7/16”, 3/4”, Extension Bar; 75mm, Bit Extension Bar; 75mm, Driver Bits; Slotted - 5.5, 7mm, Phillips - #2, Universal Joint, Oil Container Drive: 1/2”Sq Maximum Torque: 50lb.ft Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

1/2” Drive

D Generation Air Ratchet Wrench Kit 1/2”Sq Drive Model No. GSA21KIT Comprehensive air ratchet kit. Includes GSA21 Third Generation ratchet wrench featuring contoured soft-grip handle, 4-position air regulator and 360° directional exhaust. Includes a selection of impact sockets, extension bars and driver bits. Supplied in a storage case. Contents: Air Ratchet W rench; Model No. GSA21 - 1/2”Sq Drive, Impact Sockets; 9, 10, 1 1, 13, 14, 17, 19mm, DuoMetric ® Coverage; 7/16”, 3/4”, Extension Bar; 75mm, Bit Holder; 75mm, Driver Bits; Slotted - 5.5mm, Phillips #2, #3, Universal Joint, Oil Container Drive: 1/2”Sq Maximum Torque: 60lb.ft Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg

Section 12 Impact Sockets A - D Individual Impact Sockets

Model No. SEE TABLES Drop-forged, six-point, W allDrive® impact sockets. Hardened and tempered for strength and with phosphate finish for greater corrosion resistance. Chrome Vanadium steel used on 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive. Chrome Molybdenum steel used on 3/4” and 1”Sq drive.

1/2” Drive

3/4” Drive

Impact Sockets C Individual 3/4”Sq Drive

Impact Sockets B Individual 1/2”Sq Drive Model No.

3/8” Drive

Impact Sockets A Individual 3/8”Sq Drive Model No.

SEE BELOW

Model No: IS3808 IS3810 IS3811 IS3812 IS3813 IS3814 IS3815 IS3816 IS3817 IS3818 IS3819 IS3808D IS3810D IS3811D IS3812D IS3813D IS3814D IS3815D IS3816D IS3817D IS3818D IS3819D

Size: 8mm 10mm 11mm 12mm 13mm 14mm 15mm 16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12mm 13mm 14mm 15mm 16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm

Depth: Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep

Model No: IS1210 IS1211 IS1212 IS1213 IS1214 IS1215 IS1216 IS1217 IS1218 IS1219 IS1220 IS1221 IS1222 IS1224 IS1227 IS1230 IS1232 IS1210D IS1211D IS1212D IS1213D IS1214D IS1215D IS1216D IS1217D IS1218D IS1219D IS1220D IS1221D IS1222D IS1224D IS1227D IS1230D IS1232D

Size: 10mm 11mm 12mm 13mm 14mm 15mm 16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm 20mm 21mm 22mm 24mm 27mm 30mm 32mm 10mm 11mm 12mm 13mm 14mm 15mm 16mm 17mm 18mm 19mm 20mm 21mm 22mm 24mm 27mm 30mm 32mm

SEE BELOW

Model No.

Depth: Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep

Model No: IS3424 IS3427 IS3430 IS3432 IS3433 IS3434 IS3435 IS3436 IS3438 IS3441 IS3424D IS3427D IS3430D IS3432D IS3433D IS3434D IS3435D IS3436D IS3438D IS3441D

SEE BELOW Size: 24mm 27mm 30mm 32mm 33mm 34mm 35mm 36mm 38mm 41mm 24mm 27mm 30mm 32mm 33mm 34mm 35mm 36mm 38mm 41mm

Alloy Wheel Impact E Individual Sockets 1/2”Sq Drive Model No. New SEE BELOW Chrome Molybdenum sockets, hardened, tempered and anodised for corrosion resistance. Suitable for use with impact tools. Six-point socket is externally and internally sleeved to prevent damage to alloy wheels and nuts. Colour coding assists ease of size selection. Model No: Size: New 15mm 1 SX03015 17mm 2 SX03017 19mm 3 SX03019 21mm 4 SX03021 22mm 5 SX03022 23mm 6 SX03023 24mm 7 SX03024 27mm 8 SX03027

Warning! Never use regular sockets with an impact tool. These sockets are brittle and are liable to shatter causing injury.

Depth: Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep

1” Drive

Impact Sockets D Individual 1”Sq Drive Model No.

1/2” Drive

511

Model No: IS124 IS127 IS130 IS132 IS133 IS134 IS135 IS136 IS141 IS146 IS150 IS152 IS155 IS160 IS165 IS170 IS175 IS180 IS124D IS127D IS130D IS132D IS133D IS134D IS135D IS136D IS141D IS146D IS150D IS152D IS155D IS160D IS165D IS170D IS175D IS180D

SEE BELOW Size: 24mm 27mm 30mm 32mm 33mm 34mm 35mm 36mm 41mm 46mm 50mm 52mm 55mm 60mm 65mm 70mm 75mm 80mm 24mm 27mm 30mm 32mm 33mm 34mm 35mm 36mm 41mm 46mm 50mm 52mm 55mm 60mm 65mm 70mm 75mm 80mm

Depth: Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep Deep

512

Section 12 Impact Socket Sets

A - M Impact Socket Sets Model No. SEE BELOW Our Premier range of high quality impact sockets has been consolidated to form one of the most complete ranges available to the automotive technician.All sets use the DuoMetric® selection principle where no Imperial size socket is included where there is a Metric equivalent.This method gives maximum coverage of sizes with the minimum number of sockets. All sockets are WallDrive® and allow transfer of up to 30% more torque to the fixing before the risk of damage to the corners of the hexagon. This also permits damaged fixings to be easily tackled. All sockets are manufactured from the very highest quality materials with manganese phosphate, electrodeposited finish for corrosion resistance. Chrome Vanadium steel used on 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive. Chrome Molybdenum steel used on 3/4” and 1”Sq drive. All models are supplied in storage case or tray and are suitable for use with air impact guns and air operated ratchet wrenches.

A - B 3/8”Sq Drive Impact Socket Sets Model No.

SEE BELOW

3/8” Drive

Model No: AK682 Quantity of Sockets: 12 Type: 3/8”Sq Drive Standard Size Coverage: 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19mm, 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8” 11/16”, 3/4”

3/8” Drive

Deep

Model No: AK683 Quantity of Sockets: 12 Type: 3/8”Sq Drive Deep Size Coverage: 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19mm, 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8” 11/16”, 3/4”

C - F 1/2”Sq Drive Impact Socket Sets Model No.

SEE BELOW

1/2” Drive

Model No: AK56/11M Quantity of Sockets: 10 Type: 1/2”Sq Drive Standard Size Coverage: 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm, 7/16”, 3/4”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1-1/16”

1/2” Drive

Model No: AK684 Quantity of Sockets: 16 Type: 1/2”Sq Drive Standard Size Coverage: 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 27mm, 7/16”, 15/32”,1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8” 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1-1/16”

1/2” Drive

Deep

Model No: AK58/11M Quantity of Sockets: 10 Type: 1/2”Sq Drive Deep Size Coverage: 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm, 7/16”, 3/4”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1-1/16”

1/2” Drive

Deep

Model No: AK685 Quantity of Sockets: 16 Type: 1/2”Sq Drive Deep Size Coverage: 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 27mm, 7/16”, 15/32”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1-1/16”

Section 12 Impact Socket Sets

513

G - J 3/4”Sq Drive Impact Socket Sets Model No.

SEE BELOW

3/4” Drive

Model No: AK77/9M Quantity of Sockets: 8 Type: 3/4”Sq Drive Standard Size Coverage: 26, 27, 29, 30, 32, 35, 36, 38mm, 1-1/16”, 1-3/16”, 1-1/4”, 1-3/8”, 1-1/2”

3/4” Drive

Deep

Model No: AK80/9M Quantity of Sockets: 8 Type: 3/4”Sq Drive Deep Size Coverage: 26, 27, 29, 30, 32, 35, 36, 38mm, 1-1/16”, 1-3/16”, 1-1/4”, 1-3/8”, 1-1/2”

3/4” Drive

3/4” Drive Deep

Model No: AK686 Quantity of Sockets: 13 Type: 3/4”Sq Drive Standard Size Coverage: 22, 24, 27, 30, 32, 33, 34, 36, 38mm, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1-3/16” 1-1/4”, 1-5/16”, 1-3/8”, 1-7/16”, 1-1/2”

Model No: AK687 Number of Sockets: 13 Type: 3/4”Sq Drive Deep Size Coverage: 22, 24, 27, 30, 32, 33, 34, 36, 38mm, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1-3/16”, 1-1/4”, 1-5/16”, 1-3/8”, 1-7/16”, 1-1/2”

K - M 1”Sq Drive Impact Socket Sets Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

1” Drive

1” Drive Deep

Model No: AK688 Quantity of Sockets: 10 Type: 1”Sq Drive Standard Size Coverage: 24, 27, 30, 32, 33, 36, 38, 41mm, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1-1/4”, 1-5/16”, 1-1/2”

Socket Size Conversion Table Metric: 8mm 10mm 11mm 12mm 13mm 14mm 15mm 16mm 17mm 19mm 20mm 22mm

Imperial: 5/16” 3/8” 7/16” 15/32” 1/2” 9/16” 19/32” 5/8” 11/16” 3/4” 25/32” 7/8”

Model No: New AK888M Quantity of Sockets: 8 Type: 1”Sq Drive Deep Size Coverage: 24, 27, 30, 32, 33, 34, 36, 41mm, 15/16”, 1-1/16”, 1-3/16”, 1-1/4”, 1-5/16”, 1-7/16”, 1-5/8”

M Metric: 24mm 25mm 27mm 28mm 30mm 32mm 33mm 35mm 36mm 38mm 41mm

Imperial: 15/16” 1” 1-1/16” 1-1/8” 1-3/16” 1-1/4” 1-5/16” 1-3/8” 1-7/16” 1-1/2” 1-5/8”

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING! Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

1” Drive Deep

Model No: AK689 Quantity of Sockets: 10 Type: 1”Sq Drive Deep Size Coverage: 24, 27, 30, 32, 33, 36, 38, 41mm, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1-1/4”, 1-5/16”, 1-1/2”

514

Section 12 Impact Socket Sets 1/2” Drive

Socket Set 1/2”Sq Drive A Impact WallDrive® - Metric 12pc Model No.

AK5612M

Nine standard depth WallDrive® sockets manufactured from Chrome Vanadium steel with electro-deposition manganese phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Three anodised colour coded Chrome Molybdenum sockets, each having a sleeve and an insert to prevent damage to alloy wheels.All suitable for use with impact tools and supplied in carry-case. Drive: 1/2”Sq Contents:Standard CrV Sockets; 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm, Alloy Wheel CrM Sockets; 17, 19, 21mm

1/2” Drive

Impact Socket & Wheel Nut

B Remover 15pc 1/2”Sq Drive Model No.

AK5615M

Comprehensive impact socket set. Consists of three Chrome Molybdenum locking wheel nut removalsockets, ideal for busy fast fit operations. Three Chrome Molybdenum alloy wheel impact sockets, colour coded for simple selection, feature protective sleeve to avoid any possible damage to alloy wheel. Nine hardened and tempered Chrome Vanadium steel impact sockets with a phosphate finish for greater corrosion resistance. All impact sockets are W allDrive®, which allows a transfer of up to 30% more torque to the fixing.Supplied in carry-case. Drive: 1/2”Sq Contents: Wheel Nut Removers; 18.5, 21.5, 26mm, Alloy Wheel Impact Sockets; 17, 19, 21mm, Impact Sockets; 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm

Socket Set 1/2”Sq Drive C Impact WallDrive® - Metric 19pc Model No.

AK5815M

Deep WallDrive sockets manufactured from Chrome Vanadium steel with electrodeposited manganese phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Set includes extension bars and universal joint.All suitable for use with impact tools and supplied in steel carry-case. Drive: 1/2”Sq Contents: Sockets; 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 27mm, Extension Bars; 125, 250mm, Universal Joint 1/2”Sq ®

3/8” & 1/2” Drive

Deep

Model No.

AK5619M

Standard depth WallDrive® sockets manufactured from Chrome V anadium steel with electrodeposited manganese phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Set includes three extension bars, 3/4”Sq drive adaptor and universal joint. All suitable for use with impact tools and supplied in steel carry-case. Drive: 1/2”Sq Contents:Sockets; 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 27mm, Extension Bars; 50, 150,250mm, Adaptor 1/2”Sq F x 3/4”Sq M, Universal Joint 1/2”Sq

3/8” & 1/2” Drive

Socket Set 1/2”Sq Drive D Impact Deep WallDrive® - Metric 15pc

1/2” Drive

Socket Set 3/8” & 1/2”Sq E Impact Drive WallDrive® - DuoMetric® 35pc Model No.

AK56/35

Drop-forged, Chrome V anadium steel six-point WallDrive® sockets. Hardened, for corrosion resistance. Supplied in a convenient storage case. Contents: 3/8”Sq Drive Sockets: 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 17mm 3/8”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 11/16” 1/2”Sq Drive Sockets:9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 24, 27, 30mm, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 1” Extension Bars: 3/8” x 75mm, 1/2” x 75mm Drive Adaptor: 1/2”F x 3/8”M

Socket Set 3/8” & 1/2”Sq F Impact Drive WallDrive® - DuoMetric® 32pc Model No.

AK681

Manufactured from Chrome Vanadium steel with an electrodeposited manganese phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. W allDrive® sockets selected on DuoMetric® principle. Suitable for use with impact air wrenches. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: 3/8”Sq Drive Sockets: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17mm 1/2”Sq Drive Sockets: 17, 19, 22, 30mm 1/2”, 9/16”, 11/16”, 13/16”, 1”, 1-1/8” 1/2”Sq Drive Deep Sockets: 13, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 27, 30mm Extension Bars: 3/8” x 75mm, 1/2” x 75mm Adaptor: 1/2”F x 3/8”M

Socket Set 1/2”Sq Drive Metric/Imperial G Impact 56pc

Model No.

1/2” Drive

Deep

MM & IMP

AK68156

Chrome Vanadium, drop-forged, six-point, WallDrive® impact sockets. Hardened and tempered for strength and with electrodeposited manganese phosphate finish for greater corrosion resistance. Ideal for use with air impact wrenches. Drive: 1/2”Sq Sockets: Metric: 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 21, 22, 24mm (1 each Standard and Deep) Imperial: 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1” (1 each Standard and Deep) TRX-Star*: E12, E14, E16, E18, E20, E22, E24 Extension Bars: 75, 125, 250mm Wobble Bars: 75, 150, 200mm Adaptors: 1/2”F x 3/4”M, 1/2”F x 3/8”M Universal Joint: 1/2”M x 1/2”F

Section 12 Impact Sockets & Torque Sticks A

1/2” Drive

515

1/2” Drive

B 1/2” Drive

Stick Set 1/2”Sq Drive D Torque 5pc

Wheel Impact Socket A - B Alloy Sets 1/2”Sq Drive 3pc

Wheel Nut Socket Set C Alloy 1/2”Sq Drive 4pc

Model No.

AK2242

Alloy steel torque sticks designed for use with air and electric impact wrenches. Prevents over-torquing of Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. SX030 wheel nuts which causes distortion of wheels, drums Chrome Molybdenum sockets, hardened, tempered and Chrome Molybdenum sockets, hardened, tempered and discs. Helps prevent brake pulsation. Can be used anodised for corrosion resistance. Suitable for use with and anodised for corrosion resistance. Suitable for use with any impact grade sockets and especially suitable for thin-walled sockets. Fast, easy to use and cost impact tools. Each 6-point socket is sleeved and has an with impact tools. Each 6-point socket is sleeved to efficient. Ideal for fast-fit operations. Simple calibration insert to prevent damage to alloy wheels and nuts. prevent damage to alloy wheels and nuts. Colour Colour coded socket assists ease of size selection. coding assists ease of selection. Includes standard 17, procedure. Popular torque rates for most cars and light Comprises standard 17, 19 and 21mm sockets. SX031D 19 and 21mm sockets plus 27mm for Range Rover , commercial vehicles. Supplied in storage case. includes spare PE sleeves. Supplied in storage case. Land Rover and other 4x4 applications, plus spare PE Colour: Drive: Torque Rating: Model No: Drive: Type: sleeves and depth inserts. Supplied in storage case. Black 1/2”Sq 75lb.ft(100Nm) 1/2”Sq Standard A SX031 Yellow 1/2”Sq 80lb.ft(110Nm) 1/2”Sq Deep Drive: 1/2”Sq B SX031D Red 1/2”Sq 90lb.ft(120Nm) Contents: 17, 19, 21mm Contents: 17, 19, 21, 27mm Blue 1/2”Sq 100lb.ft(135Nm) Orange 1/2”Sq 110lb.ft(150Nm)

1/2” Drive

Stud Extractor 6-12mm F Impact 1/2”Sq Drive Model No.

AK718

Removes broken and damaged threaded studs fast. Suitable for use with 1/2”Sq drive air impact wrench. Works ef fectively on broken, rusted, stripped and smooth studs. Chrome Vanadium casing with Chrome Molybdenum jaws. Drive: 1/2”Sq Capacity: 6-12mm

Stick & Alloy Wheel E Torque Impact Socket Set 1/2”Sq Drive 8pc Model No.

Drive: Torque Sticks: Colour: Yellow Red Blue Orange Impact Sockets: Colour: Blue Gold Red Green

AK2243

Set includes alloy steel torque sticks and Chrome Molybdenum impact sockets, which are hardened, tempered and anodised for corrosion resistance. Both are designed for use with air and electric impact wrenches and are colour coded for ease of selection. The torque sticks prevent over-torquing of wheel nuts which causes distortion of wheels, drums and discs which can produce brake pulsation. Torque sticks can be used with any impact grade sockets and are especially suitable for thin-walled sockets. Popular torque rates for most cars and light commercial vehicles. The impact sockets are sleeved to prevent damage to alloy wheels. Supplied in carry-case. 1/2”Sq Torque Rating: 80lb.ft(110Nm) 90lb.ft(120Nm) 100lb.ft(135Nm) 110lb.ft(150Nm) Size: 17mm 19mm 21mm 22mm

1/2” Drive

Flip Socket Set G Impact 1/2”Sq Drive 3pc Model No.

1/2” Drive

Wheel Nut/Removal Flip H Impact Socket Set 1/2”Sq Drive 4pc SX270

Model No.

SX271

Two sockets, four common wheel nut sizes and double the chance of the right socket loaded on your impact gun. Simply attach the 75mm extension bar and slip on one of the double ended impact sockets. Simple and fast size change, pull socket off bar, flip 180°, put it back on. High quality Chrome Molybdenum impact sockets with heat treatment and anti-corrosion finish.

Flip socket set featuring wheel nut socket one end and fluted socket the other for removing locking or rounded off wheel nuts. Attach the 75mm extension bar and slip on one of the double-ended impact tools. Simple and fast interchange, pull socket of f bar, flip 180°, put it back on. High quality Chrome Molybdenum impact sockets with heat treatment and anti-corrosion finish.

Drive: Size:

Drive: Sizes:

1/2”Sq 17 x 19mm, 21 x 23mm

1/2”Sq 17, 19, 21mm

516

Section 12 Impact Socket Sets & Universal Joints

1/2” Drive

Model No.

TRX-Star* Socket Bit B Impact Set 1/2”Sq Drive 8pc AK5601

Chrome Molybdenum steel impact sockets with 1/2”Sq drive. Phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Suitable for use with any impact tool. Supplied in storage case. Drive: 1/2”Sq Contents: 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 19mm Length 78mm

Model No.

AK5602

1/2” Drive

Hex & TRX-Star* Socket C Impact Bit Set 1/2”Sq Drive 8pc Model No.

AK5603

3/4” Drive

1/2” Drive

Spline Socket Bit Set D Impact 1/2”Sq Drive 8pc AK5604

1/2” Drive

Hex Socket Bit Set A Impact 1/2”Sq Drive 8pc

Model No.

1/2” Drive

Ribe Socket Bit Set E Impact 1/2”Sq Drive 8pc Model No.

AK5605

Hex Socket Bit Set F Impact 3/4”Sq Drive 6pc Model No.

3/8” or 1/2” Drive Drive

Universal Joint Socket H Impact Sets TRX-Star* Female G Impact Socket Set 1/2”Sq Drive 9pc

AK5586

Chrome Molybdenum steel impact sockets with 1/2”Sq Durable Chrome Molybdenum steel gives optimum drive. Phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. balance between hardness and flexibility. Suitable for Suitable for use with any impact tool. Supplied in use with any impact tool. Supplied in a storage case. storage case. Drive: 3/4”Sq Drive: 1/2”Sq Contents: 14, 17, 19, 22, 24, 27mm Contents: M5, M6, M7, M8, M9, M10, M12, M14 Length: 108mm Length: 78mm

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Chrome V anadium steel universal joint sockets for Model No. AK2301 getting into restricted areas. Suitable for use on all types Chrome Molybdenum steel impact sockets with 1/2”Sq of impact tools. Blackened finish provides corrosion drive. Phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. resistance. Supplied in a storage case. Suitable for use with any impact tool. Supplied in Model No: Drive: Type: Contents: storage case. AK6701 3/8”Sq 7pc Set 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17mm Contents: E10, E11, E12, E14, E16, E18, E20, E22, E24 AK6703 1/2”Sq 8pc Set 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21mm

Deep

3/8” or 1/2” Drive Drive

Universal Joint Deep I Impact Socket Sets Model No.

SEE BELOW

Chrome Vanadium steel universal joint deep sockets. Suitable for use on all types of impact tools. Blackened finish provides corrosion resistance. Supplied in a metal storage case. Model No: Drive: Type: Contents: AK6702 3/8”Sq 7pc Set 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17mm AK6704 1/2”Sq 7pc Set 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21mm

Section 12 Impact Adaptors & Extensions A Impact Adaptors Model No. SEE BELOW Drop-forged steel adaptors. Suitable for use on all types of impact tool. Chrome Vanadium steel used on AK5400 and AK5401. Chrome Molybdenum steel used where applications demand higher torque rates. Phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Spring ball socket retainer and drilled head to accept retaining pin where applicable. Model No: Female: 3/8”Sq 1 AK5400 1/2”Sq 2 AK5401 1/2”Sq 3 AK5402 3/4”Sq 4 AK5403 3/4”Sq 5 AK5404 1”Sq 6 AK5405

Male: Length: Material: 1/2”Sq 36mm CrV 3/8”Sq 38mm CrV 3/4”Sq 48mm CrM 1/2”Sq 58mm CrM 1”Sq 63mm CrM 3/4”Sq 70mm CrM

B Universal Impact Joints Model No. SEE BELOW Drop-forged steel universal joints. Suitable for use on all types of impact tool. Chrome Vanadium steel used on 3/8”Sq drive size. Chrome Molybdenum steel used where applications demand higher torque rates. Phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Spring ball socket retainer and drilled head to accept retaining pin where applicable. Model No: 1 AK5497 2 AK5500 3 AK5498 4 AK5499

Drive: 3/8”Sq 1/2”Sq 3/4”Sq 1”Sq

Length: 50mm 70mm 110mm 130mm

Material: CrV CrM CrM CrM

3/8” Drive

C Impact Extension Bars Model No. SEE BELOW Drop-forged steel extension bars. Suitable for use on all types of impact tool. Chrome Vanadium steel used on 3/8” and 1/2”Sq drive sizes. Chrome Molybdenum steel used on 3/4” and 1”Sq drive sizes which demand higher torque rates. Phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Spring ball socket retainer and drilled head to accept retaining pin where applicable. Model No: AK5503 AK5504 AK5501 AK55012 AK5502 AK55022 AK5505 AK5506 AK5507 AK5508 AK5510 AK5511 AK5512

Drive: 3/8”Sq 3/8”Sq 1/2”Sq 1/2”Sq 1/2”Sq 1/2”Sq 3/4”Sq 3/4”Sq 3/4”Sq 3/4”Sq 1”Sq 1”Sq 1”Sq

Length: 75mm 150mm 75mm 125mm 150mm 250mm 100mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 150mm 200mm 250mm

1/2” Drive

3/4” Drive

1” Drive

3/8” Drive

1/2” Drive

3/4” Drive

1” Drive

1/4” Drive

3/8” Drive

1/2” Drive

3/4” Drive

Material: CrV CrV CrV CrV CrV CrV CrM CrM CrM CrM CrM CrM CrM

D Impact Socket Adaptor Set 8pc Model No. AK5900 Comprehensive set of impact adaptors for use on all types of impact tools. Manufactured from drop forged Chrome V anadium steel with phosphate finish for added corrosion protection. Contents: 1/4”F x 3/8”M, 3/8”F x 1/4”M, 3/8”F x 1/2”M, 1/2”F x 3/8”M, 1/2”F x 3/4”M, 3/4”F x 1/2”M, 3/4”F x 1”M, 1”F x 3/4”M

CORDLESS IMPACT WRENCH CP3004 is the most powerful cordless impact wrench in the Sealey range, producing torque in excess of 542Nm (400lb.ft) - enough to remove wheel nuts. Forward and reverse controls integrated into housing for ease of use. See page 558 & 559 for full specification.

1” Drive

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!!

Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defend ers, plus other safety equip ment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

517

Section 12 Air Drills

518

Ø10mm

Reversible

A 10mm Reversible Air Drill

Reversible Air Drill B 10mm with Keyless Chuck

Model No. SA24 Polished aluminium housing with textured grip handle and planetary gear drive assembly . Features reversible action making this tool suitable for driving fixings. Fitted with 10mm drill chuck and supplied with chuck key. Suitable for general workshop use. Chuck Size: 10mm Free Speed: 1800rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.1kg

Model No.

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

Generation Reversible Air C 10mm Drill with Keyless Chuck SA241

Polished aluminium housing with textured grip handle and planetary gear drive assembly . Features reversible action making this tool suitable for driving fixings. Fitted with 10mm keyless drill chuck. Suitable for general workshop use. Chuck Size: 10mm Free Speed: 1800rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.1kg

Model No.

GSA241

Fully polished finish with exhaust through handle base for reduced noise emission. Unit features encaged twin gear drive assembly. Rotor runs on high quality ball bearings for long life and reliability . Fully reversible drive with fingertip control set above trigger. Fitted with Jacobs keyless chuck for fast bit changes. Contoured soft-grip handle gives added comfort and control. Chuck Size: 10mm Free Speed: 2200rpm Air Consumption: 4.5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg

E F

Ø10mm Reversible

Premier E 10mm Spot Weld Cutter

Premier Super-Duty Air D 10mm Drill with Keyless Chuck Model No.

Model No. Z1 Spring loaded centre point guides cutter crown onto spot weld. Fine adjustment of cutting depth by screw permits top panel to be removed leaving the lower panel free to be dressed clean for replacement panel. Suitable for air and electric drills.

SA620

Fully polished finish with exhaust through handle base for reduced noise emission. Smooth air motor runs on high quality ball bearings for long life and reliability . Fully reversible drive with fingertip control set above trigger. Fitted with Jacobs keyless chuck for fast bit changes. Rubber grip gives added control. Chuck Size: 10mm Free Speed: 1800rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.1kg

F Replacement Cutter Crowns Model No. Z1C2 Double sided cutter crowns for Z1 spot removal tool. Pack of two.

Ø13mm Ø13mm Reversible

Reversible

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

Generation Reversible Air H 13mm Drill with Keyless Chuck Model No.

GSA27

Fully polished finish with exhaust through handle base for reduced noise emission. Unit features encaged planetary gear drive assembly . Rotor runs on high Model No. SA27 quality ball bearings for long life and reliability . Fully Powerful drill with polished aluminium housing, textured reversible drive with fingertip control set above trigger. grip, heavy-duty, planetary gear drive assembly and 13mm Fitted with Jacobs keyless chuck for fast bit changes. keyless chuck. Fitted with flip-reverse control and supplied Supplied with side handle. Contoured soft-grip handle with side handle. Suitable for heavy workshop use. gives added comfort and control. Chuck Size: 13mm Chuck Size: 13mm Free Speed: 700rpm Free Speed: 600-700rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Air Consumption: 4.5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.4kg Weight: 1.5kg

Reversible Air Drill G 13mm with Keyless Chuck

Ø13mm Reversible

Premier

Premier Super-Duty I 13mm Air Drill with Keyless Chuck Model No.

SA621

Fully polished finish with exhaust through handle base for reduced noise emission. Smooth air motor runs on high quality ball bearings for long life and reliability . Fully reversible drive with fingertip control set above trigger. Fitted with Jacobs keyless chuck for fast bit changes. Supplied with side handle. Rubber grip gives added control. Chuck Size: 13mm Free Speed: 650rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.4kg

Section 12 Air Drills & Screwdrivers A

Premier

519

Ø10mm Ø10mm A

10mm Straight Air Drill

10mm Premier Straight Air Drill

B with Keyless Chuck

Model No. SA232 Straight type air drill with machined aluminium body . Unit features planetary gear drive assembly, built-in air regulator, built-in muffler and safety trigger to prevent inadvertent operation. Supplied with 10mm drill chuck and key. Suitable for general workshop use.

Chuck Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Ø10mm

10mm 2500rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.9kg

Model No. SA622 Fully polished finish with exhaust through rear for reduced noise emission. Smooth air motor runs on high quality ball bearings for long life and reliability . Safety trigger prevents inadvertent operation. Full cage type gearbox gives added torque. Fitted with Jacobs keyless chuck for fast bit changes. Chuck Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

10mm 2600rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.1kg

C 10mm Reversible Air Angle Drill Model No. SA26 Right angle air drill with 90° planetary gearbox. Ideal for drilling in hard to get at areas where normal drills will not fit. Push-button reverse feature suitable for driving fixings. Supplied with 10mm chuck and key . Chuck Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

10mm 1800rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.1kg

D Drill Nibbler Attachment

Reversible

Model No. SNA9820 Turns an electric or air drill into a versatile nibbler suitable for cutting intricate shapes in mild steel up to 1.6mm thick. Fits any 13mm drill chuck. Minimum/Maximum Speed: 1500/3000rpm Maximum Capacity: Steel: 1.6mm Stainless: 1.0mm Brass, Plastic, Copper: 2.0mm Replacement Punches: (Pack of 2) SNA9820P Replacement Die: SNA9820D

Reversible Reversible Air E Straight Screwdriver Model No. SA57 Fully polished, machined, aluminium body. Features three speed settings with forward/reverse control and quick release bit mechanism. Ideal for assembly/dismantling and general production work. Suitable for use with AK2099 Power Tool Bit Set. Chuck Size: 6mm Hex Quick-Release Type Maximum Torque: 115lb.in Free Speed: 9800rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.8kg See pages 544 to 546 for details of our comprehensive range of Retracting Air Hose Reels.

Reversible Reversible Air F Pistol-Grip Screwdriver Model No.

Premier

Reversible

Pistol-Grip Super-Duty G Premier Reversible Air Screwdriver SA58

Pistol-grip style, air operated screwdriver with reverse control. Positive clutch gives up to 115lb.in of torque. Suitable for assembly/dismantling and general production work. Chuck Size: 6mm Hex Quick-Release Type Maximum Torque: 115lb.in Free Speed: 1800rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.7kg IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!! Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defend ers, plus other safety equip ment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

Model No.

SA623

Fully polished finish with exhaust through handle base for reduced noise emission. Smooth air motor runs on high quality ball bearings for long life and reliability . Fully reversible drive with finger-tip control set above trigger. Fully adjustable torque between specified ranges. Accepts 6mm hex driver bits. Rubber grip gives added control. Chuck Size: 6mm Hex Quick-Release Type Maximum Torque: 115lb.in Free Speed: 1600rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg

Section 12 Air Die Grinders

520

C 1

fofsbujpo

A Air Die Grinder Kit 13pc

Air Die Grinder Kit B Generation 13pc

Model No. SA67 One-handed straight type die grinder with aluminium body and trigger with safety catch. Chuck accepts grinding points with 6mm shanks. Supplied with a selection of popular sized grinding points, two wrenches and carry-case. Collet Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Bjs Uppmt

Ø6mm 22000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.4kg

Model No.

GSA67

Powerful, Third Generation die grinder . Contoured handle insulates user from chill and vibration. Directional, low noise air exhaust can be rotated 360° giving operator added protection. Includes 4-position air valve and throttle safety device. Supplied with set of Ø6mm grinding points, chuck wrenches and carry-case. Collet Size: Ø6mm Free Speed: 25000rpm Air Consumption: 3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.1kg

C Mounted Grinding Points Model No. SEE BELOW Mounted point on Ø6mm shank and suitable for use with Sealey and other brands of die grinder. Supplied individually.

fofsbujpo

D Air Die Grinder

E Generation Air Die Grinder

Model No. SA671 One-handed straight type die grinder with aluminium body and trigger with safety catch. Chuck accepts grinding points with Ø6m shanks. Supplied with chuck wrenches. Collet Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Ø6mm 22000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.4kg

Bjs Uppmt

Air Tool Oil

Model No. SEE BELOW Maintain your air tools with a quality high performance air tool oil containing mineral lubricants and detergents. Model No: Pack Qty: Size: ATO/500 12 500ml ATO500S 1 500ml ATO/1000 12 1ltr ATO1000S 1 1ltr

Model No. GSA671 Powerful, Third Generation die grinder . Contoured handle insulates user from chill and vibration. Directional, low noise air exhaust can be rotated 360° giving operator added protection. Includes 4-position air valve and throttle safety device. Collet Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Model No: 1 SA67/W01 2 SA67/W02 3 SA67/W03 4 SA67/W04 5 SA67/W05 6 SA67/W06 7 SA67/W07 8 SA67/W08 9 SA67/W09 10 SA67/W10

Ø6mm 25000rpm 3cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.4kg

Tip Ø: 10mm 20mm 25mm 25mm 20mm 20mm 25mm 16mm 25mm 25mm

Tip Length: 25mm 20mm 22mm 10mm 26mm 25mm 25mm 26mm 25mm 25mm

Length: 52mm 50mm 52mm 45mm 52mm 52mm 52mm 52mm 52mm 52mm

G - H Spring Balancers Model No. SEE BELOW Designed to support the weight of the tool, reduce operator fatigue and keep the benches and production lines free of clutter . Simple clip-on tool attachment fitted to multi-strand steel cable. Fine adjustment by large plastic knob. Model No: G ATB0615 H ATB1530

Weight Range: 0.5-1.5kg 1.5-3.0kg

Cable Length: 1.5mtr 1.5mtr

Section 12 Air Die Grinders & Engravers A

Premier

Air Die Grinder A Premier Midi Size Straight Super-Duty Model No.

SA652

Shaped composite cover moulded around lightweight aluminium alloy housing reduces ef fects of chill on operator’s hands and provides added control. Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Integral sintered brass baf fle with rear exhaust gives quiet operation. Fitted with safety trigger to prevent inadvertent operation. Supplied with wrenches. Suitable for professional users. Configuration: Straight - Midi Motor Power: 0.3hp Free Speed: 25000rpm Collet Size: Ø6mm Air Consumption: 3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.4kg

Model No.

fofsbujpo

SA672

235mm Ø6mm 25000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.7kg

Premier

Air Die Grinder C Premier Midi Size 90º Super-Duty Model No.

SA653

Shaped composite cover moulded around lightweight aluminium alloy housing reduces ef fects of chill on operator’s hands and provides added control.Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Integral sintered brass baf fle with rear exhaust gives quiet operation. Fitted with safety trigger to prevent inadvertent operation. Supplied with wrenches. Suitable for professional users. Configuration: 90º - Midi Motor Power: 0.3hp Free Speed: 18000rpm Collet Size: Ø6mm Air Consumption: 3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.5kg

Bjs Uppmt

Long Reach Air Die Grinder E Generation Long Reach 100mm Shank

One-handed, straight type die grinder with machined aluminium body . Long reach head chuck accepts grinding points with Ø6mm shanks. Supplied with wrenches. Length: Collet Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

SA654

Shaped composite cover moulded around lightweight aluminium alloy housing reduces ef fects of chill on operator’s hands and provides added control.Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Integral sintered brass baf fle with rear exhaust gives quiet operation. Fitted with safety trigger to prevent inadvertent operation. Supplied with wrenches. Suitable for professional users. Configuration: Straight - Maxi Motor Power: 0.6hp Free Speed: 20000rpm Collet Size: Ø6mm Air Consumption: 3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.6kg

Long Reach

Model No.

Air Die Grinder B Premier Maxi Size Straight Super-Duty

Die Grinder Long Reach D Air 150mm Shank

Premier

521

Model No.

GSA672

Powerful, Third Generation long reach die grinder . Contoured handle insulates user from chill and vibration. Directional, low noise air exhaust can be rotated 360° giving operator added protection. Includes 4-position air valve and throttle safety device. Length: 245mm Collet Size: Ø6mm Free Speed: 23000rpm Air Consumption: 3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.6kg

F Air Engraver Model No. SA96 Composite bodied high quality tool with Tungsten Carbide tip for engraving metals and plastics. Suitable for security marking loan products, applying service date information to tools and for marking components prior to storage. Supplied with 1.5mtr small bore hosing and 1/4”BSP adaptor. Free Speed: 3000bpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 60psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.2kg Tungsten Tip: SA96/03

Micro Die Grinder G Air Ø3mm Collet

Model No.

SA673

Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Shrouded exhaust gives quieter operation. Suitable for professional users. Supplied with wrenches and grinding points, air tool oil, in-line oiler and quick connector. Contents: Air Micro Grinder, 10 Grinding Points, Air Tool Oil, In-line Oiler , Quick Connector , Chuck W renches Air Micro Grinder: Free Speed: 58000rpm Air Consumption: 3cfm Collet: Ø3mm Operating Pressure: 90psi SA673 is supplied with a complete accessory set including mounted tips and air lubricator.

See page 562 for our Electric Engraver & Multi-Tool Sets.

522

Section 12 Air Nibblers & Shears

A Air Shears

fofsbujpo

Bjs Uppmt

B Generation Air Shears

Model No. SA53 Suitable for cutting straight lines in metal sheet. Palm throttle control and alloy head and housing. Blades are consumable items and are not covered by warranty . Maximum Cutting Capacity: 1.2mm (Steel) Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.1kg Replacement Outer Blade: (Pack of 2) SA53/36 Replacement Centre Blade: (Single) SA53/38

D Air Nibbler

C Air Scissors

Model No. GSA53 Third Generation air nibbler features contoured and insulated handle to protect operator from the effects of vibration and chill. Smooth operating mechanism suitable for cutting straight lines in steel sheet up to 1.2mm thickness. Maximum Cutting Capacity: 1.2mm (Steel) Air Consumption: 6cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.6kg Replacement Outer Blade Left: GSA53.34 Replacement Outer Blade Right: GSA53.37 Replacement Centre Blade: GSA53.35

& Die G Punch Set Model No. SA28/PDK Consumable parts for SA28 air nibbler . Two punches and a die.

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING! Always wear eye or face protectionwhen using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

Model No. SA55 Polished aluminium housing with textured grip handle. Suitable for accurately cutting metal sheet. Unlike air shears this tool is ideal for trimming ragged sheet edges to gain a flat finish. Handle exhaust helps reduce noise level. Maximum Cutting Capacity: 1.2mm Air Consumption: 4.3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.4kg Replacement Blade Left: SA55.36 Replacement Blade Right: SA55.37

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

E Generation Air Nibbler

Model No. SA28 Well balanced, robust construction with fingertip operated throttle control. Suitable for cutting intricate shapes in steel up to 1.5mm thick. Punch and die may be rotated through 360° to aid access and obtain maximum consumable life. Maximum Cutting Capacity: 1.5mm (Steel) Free Speed: 2500spm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.0kg

F Air Sheet Saw

Model No. GSA28 Third Generation air nibbler features contoured and insulated handle to protect operator from the effects of vibration and chill. Smoothoperating mechanism suitable for cutting intricate shapes in steel up to 1.5mm thick.

Model No. SA72 Aluminium housing and safety guard. Fitted with safety trigger control. Suitable for cutting steel up to 2mm and aluminium sheet up to 8mm thick. Supplied with cutting blade.

Maximum Cutting Capacity: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Max. Cutting Capacity:2mm (Steel), 8mm (Aluminium) Free Speed: 600rpm Air Consumption: 6cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.6kg Replacement Saw Blade: SA72/B

1.5mm (Steel) 3500spm 6cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.0kg

& Die H Punch Set Model No. GSA28.39-40

Consumable parts for GSA28 air nibbler. One punch and a die.

Swivel Adaptor with I Universal Pressure Gauge Model No. Suitable for all types of air tools with 1/4”BSP connection and prevents hose from twisting. Particularly suited for use with reciprocating/vibrating tools. Mini gauge allows reading of pressure at tool. Enables maximum performance.

SA901 Air Inlet: Air Outlet: Maximum Air Flow:

1/4”BSP 1/4”BSPT 25cfm

Section 12 Air Cut-Off Tools & Tyre Buffing Tools A

fofsbujpo

Bjs Uppmt

Ø75mm

A Air Cut-Off Tool

B Generation Air Cut-Off Tool

Model No. SA25 Versatile tool, suitable for cutting car panel thickness material. Ideal also for cutting exhaust brackets. Fitted with metal safety guard and throttle safety device to prevent accidental operation. Cutting disc not included.

Model No. GSA25 Powerful Third Generation air cut-of f tool. Contoured handle insulates user from chill and vibration. Metal disc guard and rear air exhaust can be rotated 360° giving operator added protection. Includes 4-position air valve and throttle safety device. Supplied with cutting disc.

Disc Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight: Cutting Discs:

Ø75 x 2 x 10mm 20000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.8kg (Single) PTC/3C (Pack of 5) PTC/3C5

Premier

Ø75 x 2 x 10mm 20000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.9kg (Single) PTC/3C (Pack of 5) PTC/3C5

Ø75mm

New

Disc Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight: Cutting Discs:

Model No. SA650 Shaped composite cover moulded around lightweight aluminium alloy housing for ultimate comfort and control. Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Integral sintered brass baf fle with rear exhaust gives quiet operation. Fitted with metal safety guard and safety trigger. Cutting disc not included. Disc Size: Ø75 x 2 x 10mm Free Speed: 22000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.9kg Cutting Discs: (Single) PTC/3C (Pack of 5) PTC/3C5

Premier

Model No. SA651 Geared tyre buf fer with shaped composite cover moulded around lightweight aluminium alloy housing for ultimate comfort and control. Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Integral sintered brass baffle with rear exhaust reduces noise. Fitted safety trigger. Buffing cone not included.

SA6501

Ø75 x 2 x 10mm 19000rpm 7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.8kg (Single) PTC/3C (Pack of 5) PTC/3C5

C Premier Air Cut-Off Tool

F Premier Air Tyre Buffer

Air Angle Cut-Off Tool D Premier Long Reach Model No.

Ø75mm Disc not included

Disc not included

Extended reach cut-off tool is especially suitable for cutting of f rear axle and exhaust tubes/brackets. Additionally suited to cutting of f side frames or door sills. Fitted with metal safety guard and throttle safety device to prevent accidental operation. Cutting disc not included.

Premier

Ø75mm

Disc not included

523

E Tyre Buffing Kit Model No. SA92 Aluminium cased air motor with selection of Ø6mmshanked grinding points, 10mm chuck and tyre buffing cone. Kit also includes wrenches, chuck key and air hose adaptors. Chuck Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight: Tyre Cone:

10mm 22000rpm 5cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.4kg SA651/C

Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight: Buffing Cone:

2500rpm 3cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.8kg SA651/C

G Air Punch/Flange Tool Model No. SA36 Suitable for heavy body shop use. Aluminium alloy body with steel punch and die. Puts a 10mm flange onto car panel thickness sheet for lap jointing and puts 5mm holes in panels for MIG spot-welding. Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight: Replacement Punch: Replacement Die:

90psi 1/4”BSP 1.3kg SA36/36 SA36/40

Buffing Cone for SA651 & H Tyre SA92 Model No.

SA651/C

Tyre buffing cone, arbor and spacer for SA651 and SA92.

524

Section 12 Air Hammer, Driver & Scalers

Chisel Quick Release A Air Coupling

B Air Chisel Set 5pc

C Air Chisel Set 7pc

Model No. New SA11QRC Model No. AK50 Suitable for use with .401” Parker taper chisels. Quick Set of air chisels suitable for Sealey and other brands of air hammers. Supplied in tool roll. release feature allows fast and easy interchanges. Compatible with the Sealey Air Hammer range and Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper other leading air tool suppliers. Contents:Cold Chisel, Special Panel Cutter, Ripping Chisel, Double Sided Panel Cutter, Long Blade Panel Application: .401” Parker Taper Cutter

Stroke: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight: Replacement Needle Set (12):

16mm 4000bpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.2kg SA51/16

Model No: 1 AK57/1 2 AK57/2 3 AK57/3 4 AK57/4 5 AK57/5 6 AK57/6 7 AK57/7 8 AK57/8 9 SA11R/17

Description: Cold Chisel Weld Buster Taper Punch Panel Cutter Special Panel Cutter Pipe Remover Long Blade Panel Cutter Double-Sided Panel Cutter Spring Retainer

F Air Needle Scaler/Flux Chipper

Model No. SA51 Suitable for cleaning heavy paint and rust scale from metal surfaces. Palm control trigger mechanism. Replaceable scaler needles.

D Air Hammer Accessories

E Air Needle Scaler

Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper Contents:Panel Cutter, Muffler Tail Pipe Remover , Weld Buster, Cold Chisel, Tapered Punch, Special Panel Cutter, Long Blade Cutter

Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for SA11, SA12/S, GSA11, GSA12, SA611, SA612 and other leading brands of air hammer . Chisels have .401” Parker taper shanks.

Model No. AK57 Set of air chisels suitable for Sealey and other brands of air hammers. Supplied in tool roll.

Model No. SA52 Straight type air hammer supplied with interchangeable needle and chisel heads. Suitable for cleaning heavy paint and rust scale from metal surfaces. Palm control trigger mechanism. Replaceable scaler needle set. Stroke: 16mm Free Speed: 4000bpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg Replacement Needle Set (12): SA51/16 Replacement Chisel: SA52/15

Reversible Air G Straight Screwdriver Model No.

SA57

Fully polished, machined, aluminium body. Features three speed settings with forward/reverse control and quick release bit mechanism. Ideal for assembly/dismantling and general production work. Suitable for use with AK2099 Power Tool Bit Set. Chuck Size: 6mm Hex Quick-Release Type Maximum Torque: 115lb.in Free Speed: 9800rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.8kg

H Industrial Air Hammer Model No. SA120 Heavy-duty alloy handle with thumb actuated trigger control. Large open grip enables use of this tool whilst wearing heavy gauntlets or gloves. Supplied with chisel retaining spring. Chisel not included. Chisel Shank Size: 12.7 x 47mm Speed: 3000bpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.6kg Replacement Retaining Spring: SA120/21 Optional Chisels: Model No: Flat Chisel 1 SA120/F Pointed Chisel 2 SA120/P

Section 12 Air Hammers A

MEDIUM STROKE

A Air Hammer Kit - Medium Stroke

fofsbujpo

LONG STROKE

B Air Hammer Kit - Long Stroke

Model No. SA12/S Quality medium stroke air hammer supplied in carry-case. Kit also includes spare spring retainer, weld buster, special panel cutter, pointed chisel, muffler tail pipe remover and cold chisel. Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper Speed: 4500bpm Stroke: 32mm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.2kg

Bjs Uppmt

Model No. SA11 Quality long stroke air hammer supplied in carry-case. Kit also includes spare spring retainer, long bladed panel cutter, special panel cutter, panel cutter, muffler tail pipe remover and cold chisel. Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper Speed: 3500bpm Stroke: 67mm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.5kg

fofsbujpo

MEDIUM STROKE

C Generation Air Hammer Kit - Medium Stroke Model No. GSA12 Third Generation air hammer kit supplied in carry-case. Handle exhaust reduces noise emission and contoured soft-grip allows added comfort and control. Kit includes spring retainer, taper punch, special panel cutter, weld buster, panel cutter and cold chisel. Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper Speed: 4300bpm Stroke: 43mm Air Consumption: 5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.2kg

525

Premier

LONG STROKE

D Generation Air Hammer Kit - Long Stroke Model No. GSA11 Third Generation air hammer kit supplied in carry-case. Handle exhaust reduces noise emission and contoured, soft-grip allows added comfort and control. Kit includes spring retainer, taper punch, long bladed panel cutter, weld buster, panel cutter and cold chisel. Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper Speed: 3600bpm Stroke: 66mm Air Consumption: 5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.3kg

SHORT STROKE LOW VIBRATION

E Premier Air Hammer Low Vibration - Short Stroke Model No. SA612 Almost half the vibration level of a traditional low cost air hammer. Handle exhaust gives reduced noise output. Heat treated alloy steel impact components and contoured rubber grip make this tool both hard-wearing and comfortable to use. Accepts standard .401” Parker taper shank chisels. Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper Speed: 3000bpm Stroke: 66mm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.8kg

Bjs Uppmt

Premier LONG STROKE LOW VIBRATION

F Premier Air Hammer Low Vibration - Long Stroke Model No. SA611 Almost half the vibration level of a traditional low cost air hammer. Handle exhaust gives reduced noise output. Heat treated alloy steel impact components and contoured rubber grip make this tool both hard-wearing and comfortable to use. Accepts standard .401” Parker taper shank chisels. Chisel Shank Size: .401” Parker Taper Speed: 2100bpm Stroke: 89mm Air Consumption: 4.5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.1kg

526

Section 12 Air Saws

Premier

Composite

A Reciprocating Air Saw

LOW VIBRATION LOW NOISE

Composite Low Vibration & Noise B Premier Reciprocating Air Saw

Model No. SA345 Low vibration and low noise saw suitable for professional use. V ibration and noise significantly reduced by up to 50% against standard air saws. Suitable for a wide variety of body shop applications. Composite case with contoured grip ensures comfortable operation. Fully enclosed blade chuck. See below for replacement blades.

Maximum Cutting Capacity: Free Speed: Stroke: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

2mm (Steel), 2.5mm (Aluminium) 10000spm 10mm 6cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.6kg

Premier

Composite

Premier

LONG STROKE LOW VIBRATION LOW NOISE

Composite Low Vibration & Noise C Premier Reciprocating Air Saw Long Stroke Model No.

SA346

10mm (Steel), 12mm (Aluminium) 5000spm 25mm 6cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.9kg

E - G Air Saw Blades Model No. SEE BELOW HSS Air saw blades suitable for Sealey and other leading makes of air saw.

Ø75mm Disc not included

D Premier Air Angle Cut-Off Tool - Long Reach

Low vibration and low noise saw suitable for professional use. Vibration and noise significantly reduced by up to 50% against standard air saws. Long stroke and long blade combination is suitable for cutting sections, pillars, pipes etc. Fully enclosed blade chuck and safety trigger. Supplied with two blades (18 & 24tpi), hex key and Z swivel air hose connector. See below for replacement blades. Maximum Cutting Capacity: Free Speed: Stroke: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Model No. New SA6501 Extended reach cut-off tool is especially suitable for cutting off rear axle and exhaust tubes/brackets. Additionally suited to cutting off side frames or door sills. Fitted with metal safety guard and throttle safety device to prevent accidental operation. Cutting disc not included. Disc Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight: Cutting Discs:

Air Saw Blades Model No:

3mm (Steel), 3.5mm (Aluminium) 10000spm 10mm 6cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.5kg

Application:

Pack Qty:

Blade Pitch:

SA34 - Blades E SA34/B14 E SA34/B24 E SA34/B32

SA34 SA34 SA34

5 5 5

14tpi 24tpi 32tpi

SA345 - Blades F SA341/B14 F SA341/B18 F SA341/B24 F SA341/B32

SA345 SA345 SA345 SA345

4 4 4 4

14tpi 18tpi 24tpi 32tpi

SA346 - Blades G SA346/B18 G SA346/B24

SA346 SA346

5 5

18tpi 24tpi

SAFETY EQUIPMENT For our full range of Safety equipment see pages 707 to 717.

Ø75 x 2 x 10mm 19000rpm 7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.8kg (Single) PTC/3C, (Pack of 5) PTC/3C5

Section 12 Air Riveters A

HEAVY DUTY

Industrial A Air/Hydraulic Riveter

B Industrial Air/Hydraulic Riveter

Model No. SA31 Powerful tool suitable for both aluminium and steel rivets up to 3/16”. Supplied with four riveting nozzles and two wrenches. Trigger operated riveter with hardened steel jaw assembly and rivet shaft safety cap. Nozzle Sizes: 3/32”(2.4mm), 1/8”(3.2mm), 5/32”(4.0mm), 3/16”(4.8mm) Air Consumption: 4.2cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.3kg

Model No. SA312 Heavy-duty model suitable for aluminium, steel and stainless steel rivets up to 3/16”. Supplied with four riveting nozzles and two wrenches. Trigger operated riveter with hardened steel jaw assembly and rivet shaft safety cap. Will handle heavy assembly work. Nozzle Sizes: 3/32”(2.4mm), 1/8”(3.2mm), 5/32”(4.0mm), 3/16”(4.8mm) Air Consumption: 4.0cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.3kg

527

Air/Hydraulic C Heavy-Duty Riveter Model No.

SA314

Heavy-duty model suitable for aluminium, steel and stainless steel rivets up to 1/4”. Supplied with five riveting nozzles and two wrenches. Trigger operated riveter with hardened steel jaw assembly and rivet shaft safety cap. Supplied with swivel hose tail adaptor, riveting nozzles, spare set of jaws, jaw case and return spring. Will handle heavy assembly work. Nozzle Sizes: 3/32”(2.4mm), 1/8”(3.2mm) 5/32”(4.0mm), 3/16”(4.8mm), 1/4”(6.4mm) Air Consumption: 4.5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.6kg

Extra-Heavy DUTY

All our air/hydraulic riveters are fitted with heavy-duty jaw sets for long and reliable service. Riveters include tools for adjustment/removal of jaws.

F Aluminium Blind Rivets Model No. SEE BELOW Steel shafted aluminium rivets.Average 100 rivets per bag. Model No: AK99/1 AK99/2 AK99/3 AK99/4 AK99/5

Vacuum System

Size: 3.2mm(1/8”) x 6.2mm 3.2mm(1/8”) x 8.0mm 4.0mm(5/32”) x 8.0mm 4.8mm(3/16”) x 8.9mm 2.4mm(3/32”) x 8.9mm

G Industrial Vacuum System D Extra-Heavy-Duty Air/Hydraulic Riveter Model No. SA316 Powerful, extra-heavy-duty tool suitable for aluminium, steel, stainless steel and structural rivets from 3/16” to 1/4”. Trigger operated riveter with hardened steel jaw assembly and air-actuated vacuum rivet shaft collector. Resilient grip for added comfort and hanging loop for use with balancer. Supplied with three riveting nozzles, two wrenches and oil can. Nozzle Sizes: 3/16”(4.8mm), 7/32”(5.6mm), 1/4”(6.4mm) Air Consumption: 4.0cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.9kg

OIL FREE

E Industrial Oil Free Riveter Model No. SA38 Lightweight yet powerful riveter handles aluminium rivets up to 3/16”(4.8mm). Fast action unit capable of 28-30 rivets a minute. Well balanced, trigger operated unit suitable for light production work. Nozzle Sizes: 3/32”(2.4mm), 1/8”(3.2mm), 5/32”(4.0mm), 3/16”(4.8mm) Air Consumption: 4.2cfm Operating Pressure: 110psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.4kg

G Aluminium Blind Rivets in Tubs Model No. SEE BELOW Steel shafted aluminium rivets in handy sized tubs. Model No: Approx. Qty: Size: AK99/6 2000pc 3.2mm(1/8”) x 10.2mm AK99/7 1200pc 4.0mm(5/32”) x 10.2mm AK99/8 800pc 4.8mm(3/16”) x 10.2mm

Section 12 Air Angle Grinders

528

Premier

Ø100mm

Ø50mm

Disc not included

B 100mm Pistol Grip Air Angle Grinder

A 50mm Premier Mini Air Angle Grinder Model No. SA153 Lightweight mini housing design with textured finish. Ideal for work in confined areas. Features rear exhaust with baffle for reduced noise level and safety throttle lever to stop accidental operation. Suitable for professional workshop use. Supplied with grinding disc. Disc Size: Ø50mm Free Speed: 15000rpm Air Consumption: 3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Overall Length: 125mm (Including Disc) Weight: 0.34kg

Model No. SA14 Supplied with steel safety guard. Fitted with air throttle control and trigger mechanism. Suitable for general workshop use. Grinding disc not included. Disc Size: Ø100mm Free Speed: 18000rpm Air Consumption: 6cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.1kg

HEAVY DUTY

Ø100mm

Ø100mm C

D 100mm Heavy-Duty Air Angle Grinder

100mm Air Angle Grinder

Model No. SA43 Aluminium body and bevel gear housing with steel disc guard. W ell balanced multi-purpose tool suitable for general workshop use. Supplied with grinding disc, locking and pin wrenches. Disc Size: Ø100mm Free Speed: 11000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.5kg

Premier

Model No. SA44 Aluminium body and bevel gear housing with steel disc guard and side handle. Fitted with throttle safety device to prevent accidental operation. Balanced and comfortable to operate. Suitable for general/heavy workshop use. Supplied with side handle, grinding disc, locking and pin wrenches. Disc Size: Ø100mm Free Speed: 10000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.9kg

Composite HEAVY DUTY

Ø100mm Disc not included

Ø180mm

LOW VIBRATION

Premier Air Angle Grinder E 100mm Composite Housing Model No.

Disc not included

F 180mm Heavy-Duty Air Angle Grinder SA152

Lightweight, easy to handle composite body reduces the ef fects of vibration and chill. Features rear exhaust with baffle for reducing noise level, safety throttle lever and spindle stop button. Supplied with side handle and wrench. Grinding disc not supplied. Professional workshop quality. Disc Size: Ø100mm Free Speed: 10000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Spindle Size: M10 x 1.5 Weight: 1.8kg

Model No. SA151 Well balanced professional tool with side handle, polished aluminium bevel gear housing and throttle body. Fitted with throttle safety device to prevent accidental operation and steel disc guard for added safety. Supplied with wrenches. Suitable for heavy workshop use. Not suitable for use with cutting discs. Disc Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Ø180mm 6000rpm 21cfm 90psi 3/8”BSP 3.1kg

Section 12 Mini Air Sanders & Polishers A

Premier

Ø50mm Sanding Discs Model No: Grade: SA701D60G 60 SA701D80G 80 SA701D120G 120

Ø50mm

529

Premier

Ø50mm

Premier Mini Air Orbital C 50mm Sander Model No.

SA721

Textured grip and lightweight aluminium alloy housing provide comfort and control. Air motor with quality Premier Random Orbital bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Supplied B 50mm A 50mm Air Angle Sander Mini Sander with Ø50mm hook and loop pad, 3 starter sanding Model No. SA701 discs and locking pin. Use with SA701 sanding discs. Model No. SA19/S Lightweight and versatile sanding tool suitable for use Shaped composite cover moulded around lightweight Ø75mm Hook and loop pad optional - See page 570. Disc Size: Ø50mm with mini sanding pads or 3M ® bristle pads and 3M ® aluminium alloy housing reduces ef fects of chill on 0.3hp backing pads. 97° Angle head with gearless drive gives operator’s hands and provides added control.Air motor Motor Power: Free Speed: 15000rpm optimum operator comfort with performance. Fitted with quality bearings for smooth and powerful Orbit: Ø4mm with safety release trigger control and whip hose. operation. Integral sintered brass baf fle with rear 4cfm Includes backing pad, wrench and sanding disc. exhaust gives quiet operation. Fitted with safety trigger Air Consumption: 90psi to prevent inadvertent operation. Supplied with wrench Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP and Ø50mm pad for hook and loop discs. Weight: 0.6kg Disc Size: Ø50mm Disc Size: Ø50mm Drive Thread Size: 1/4”-20UNC Motor Power: 0.3hp Free Speed: 25000rpm Free Speed: 15000rpm F Air Consumption: 10cfm Orbit: Ø3mm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Consumption: 4cfm Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Operating Pressure: 90psi Weight: 0.6kg Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.75kg

Premier

Ø75mm

F 75mm Premier Mini Air Polisher Model No. SA722 Textured grip and lightweight aluminium alloy housing provide comfort and control. Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Supplied with Ø75mm hook and loop pad and wrench. Use with Ø79mm compounding heads, Ø50mm hook and loop pad optional - See page 570. Disc Size: Ø75mm Free Speed: 2500rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.7kg

Ø50mm & Ø75mm Angle Grinder/Sander Kit D Air 48pc Model No.

SA719

One-handed straight type air angle grinder . Use as either a die grinder or simply insert the backing pad attachment to convert into a sander. Includes various grinding points and Ø50/75mm sanding discs. Supplied in carry-case. Collet Size: Disc Size: Motor Power: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Ø6mm, Ø3mm Ø50mm, Ø75mm 0.3hp 19000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.64kg

See page 570 for our full range of Compounding Heads.

Ø50mm Premier Air Mini Sander E 50mm Kit 35pc Model No.

SA720

Designed for smart repair and spot refinishing. 90° Handle configuration with double finger trigger allows unit to fit snugly into palm for added control. Rubber finger cover reduces effects of chill. Handle exhaust reduces noise and surface contamination. Fitted with variable speed control. Supplied with selection of Ø50mm discs and pads with industry standard fitting. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Ø50mm Backing Pad, Sanding Discs; (10pcs each) - #60, #80, #120grit, Surface Prep Pads (3pcs) - Fine/Medium/Coarse Disc Size: Ø50mm Free Speed: 15000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.75kg

Discs & Preparation G - H Sanding Pads for SA719 & SA720 Model No.

SEE BELOW

Replacement sanding discs and preparation pads for SA719 and SA720.

G Sanding Discs Model No: SA720D60G SA720D80G SA720D120G

Pack Qty: 10 10 10

Grade: 60 Grit 80 Grit 120 Grit

H Preparation Pads Model No: SA720PPF SA720PPM SA720PPC

Pack Qty: 3 3 3

Pack Type: Fine Medium Coarse

530

Section 12 Air Sanders

Ø50mm

Premier

Ø75mm

Premier

Ø150mm

A 75mm Premier Air Palm Sander

B 150mm Premier Air Palm Sander

Model No. New SA802 Polycarbonate outer housing with soft rubber handgrip reducing hand-chill and vibration with an overall weight of 0.54kg. Features adjustable air regulator for additional control and exhaust muffler to reduce noise emission. Supplied with hook-and-loop pad. Pad Size: Ø75mm Thread Size: 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 13000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.54kg

Model No. SA800 Polycarbonate outer housing with soft rubber handgrip reduces hand-chill and vibration with an overall weight of 0.7kg. Features adjustable air regulator for additional control and exhaust muffler to reduce noise emission. Supplied with hook-and-loop pad. Pad Size: Ø150mm Thread Size: 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 10000rpm Air Consumption: 16cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.7kg

D High Speed Orbital Sander

Model No. SA10 Direct drive, pistol type sander with aluminium body and steel safety guard. Fitted with air flow speed control and supplied with three sizes of backing pads. Suitable for flexible sanding discs. Pad Size: Ø76, Ø114, Ø140mm Free Speed: 18000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.3kg

QUIET RUNNING

Premier

Dust-Free

Premier Dust-Free C 150mm Air Palm Sander Model No.

SA801

E Dust-Free Conversion Kit Model No. DFS/ACC3 Both the SA7 and SA7/S can be converted to run on dust-free equipment. The DFS/ACC3 kit contains an air diversion plate, gasket, suction cowl, extension tube and Ø28mm hose connector . Converts similar models from other manufacturers too.

HEAVY DUTY

Ø150mm

Ø150mm Ø150mm SUPER DUTY

Random Orbital Sander F 150mm Quiet Running Model No.

SA77

Lightweight, balanced aluminium body with double bearing counter balance assembly and spindle lock device for easy pad removal. Housing fitted with composite cap and internal baf fle for quiet operation. Equipped with airflow control valve. Supplied with Ø150mm self-adhesive pad. Pad Size: Ø150mm Thread Size: 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 10000rpm Air Consumption: 4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.9kg

Heavy-Duty Random G 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

SA7/S

Super-Duty Random H 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

SA7

Lightweight, balanced aluminium body with smooth double bearing counter balance assembly for fatigue free operation. Fitted with air flow control valve and housing insulation to prevent hand chill. Supplied with Ø150mm hook-and-loop pad.

High quality dual action sander with internally chromed cylinder and precision bearings for super-smooth operation. Fitted with air flow control valve and housing insulation to prevent hand chill. Supplied with Ø150mm hook-and-loop pad.

Pad Size: Thread Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Ø150mm 5/16”UNF 10000rpm 4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.0kg

Section 12 Air Sanders - Dust-Free A

531

HEAVY DUTY

Dust-Free SUPER DUTY

Ø150mm Dust-Free Air Random A 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

SA7/SAS

Dust-Free

Ø150mm

210 x 115mm

Dust-Free Air Random B 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

SA7/AS

Bed Dust-Free Air Orbital C Flat Sander Model No.

MA110AS

Fitted with patented air diversion system which maximizes level of dust collection. Lightweight, balanced aluminium body with smooth double bearing counter balance assembly for fatigue free operation. Fitted with air flow control valve, safety knuckle guard and housing insulation to prevent hand chill. Pad not included.

Fitted with patented air diversion system which maximizes level of dust collection. High quality DA sander with internally chromed cylinder and precision bearings for super-smooth operation. Fitted with air flow control valve and housing insulation to prevent hand chill. Pad not included.

High quality air tool manufactured in the EC.All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble-free operation. Requires no oil mist air supply, reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work.

Capacity: Free Speed: Operating Pressure: Air Consumption: Air Inlet: Vac Outlet Ø: Optional Dust-Free Pad:

Capacity: Free Speed: Operating Pressure: Air Consumption: Air Inlet: Vac Outlet Ø:

Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF 8000-10000rpm 90psi 10.6cfm 1/4”BSP 28mm AK289 or AK290

Dust-Free

Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF 8000-10000rpm 90psi 10.6cfm 1/4”BSP 28mm AK289 or AK290

Ø150mm

210 x 115mm 8000-10000rpm 75-90psi 15.2cfm 1/4”BSP 28mm

F G

Sander Backing F - G Dust-Free Pads Model No.

SEE BELOW

Suitable for air and electric tools fitted with 5/16”UNF thread.

Dust-Free

Self-Contained

Ø150mm

Dust-Free Air Random D 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

MA150AS

High quality air tool manufactured in the EU.All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble-free operation. Requires no oil mist air supply, reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work. Capacity: Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 8000-10000rpm Operating Pressure: 75-90psi Air Consumption: 14.8cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Vac Outlet Ø: 28mm Supplied with: Ø150mm Universal S/A Dust-Free Pad

Model No: Diameter-Thread: Suitability: 150mm-5/16”UNF Stick-on Papers F AK289 150mm-5/16”UNF Hook & Loop Papers G AK290

Dust-Free Self-Contained E 150mm Air Random Orbital Sander Model No.

MA150SC

High quality air tool manufactured in the EU. All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble free operation. Self-contained unit with integral dust collection system, means no additional vacuum devices are required. Requires no oil mist air supply , reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work. Capacity: Ø150mm - 5/16”UNF Free Speed: 8000-10000rpm Operating Pressure: 75-90psi Air Consumption: 10.6cfm Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Vac Outlet Ø: 28mm Supplied with: Ø150mm Universal S/A Dust-Free Pad

DUST-FREE VACUUM UNITS We stock a comprehens ive range of Dust-Free Vacuum Units suitable for body shop use. See page 499 for more details.

532

Section 12 Air Flat Bed & Belt Sanders

Premier

10mm A 10mm Air Belt Sander

10 x 330mm 12cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 0.8kg

Model No. New SA635 Aluminium housing with articulated sanding arm. Features belt tracking control, heavy-duty nose roller and one-handed trigger operation. Composite handle with exhaust reduces chill and noise level. Suitable for sanding otherwise inaccessible areas such as around door-shuts. Supplied with three belts. Replacement belts readily available. (Use Sealey Model No. SA35/BxxG) Belt Size: 10 x 330mm Air Consumption: 17cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.8kg

Premier

30mm

Speed Belt Sander E Variable 400W/230V

D 30mm Premier Air Belt Sander

Model No.

New

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING! Always wear eye or face protectionwhen using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

C 20mm Air Belt Sander Model No. SA355 Aluminium housing with articulated sanding arm. Features belt tracking control, heavy-duty nose roller and one-handed trigger operation. Suitable for sanding otherwise inaccessible areas such as around door shuts. Extra width of belt makes tool suitable for welding work too. Replacement belts available from stock. Belt Size: 20 x 520mm Air Consumption: 15cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.9kg

G SBS35

Ideal for use in body shops sanding otherwise inaccessible areas, such as around door-shuts. Features Model No. SA356 three different sanding arms to suit the working area. Aluminium housing with articulated sanding arm and Self-contained dust collection bag to fit exhaust. V ariable integral regulator . Features belt tracking control, speed power control. Belt tension release lever for simple heavy-duty nose roller and left or right-hand mounting removal/replacement. Supplied in tough storage/carry-case. for side handle. Suitable for sanding otherwise inaccessible areas such as around door-shuts. Wide See page 565 for replacement belt model numbers. Belt Sizes: 6 x 456mm, 12 x 456mm belt makes tool suitable for welding work too. Motor Power: 400W Replacement belts available from stock. Supply: 230V - 5A Belt Size: 30 x 540mm No Load Speed: 900-1400rpm Air Consumption: 20cfm Weight: 1.45kg Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Sanding Belts F Weight: 2.1kg

20mm

10mm B 10mm Premier Air Belt Sander

Model No. SA35 Aluminium housing with articulated sanding arm. Features belt tracking control, heavy-duty nose roller and one-handed trigger operation. Suitable for sanding otherwise inaccessible areas such as around doorshuts. Supplied with three belts. Replacement belts readily available. Belt Size: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Model No. SEE BELOW Super-flexible belts for Sealey and other mini belt sanders. Supplied in packs of five. Model No: Nominal Size: Grade: SA35/B40G 10 x 330mm 40 Grit SA35/B60G 10 x 330mm 60 Grit SA35/B80G 10 x 330mm 80 Grit SA35/B100G 10 x 330mm 100 Grit SA35/B120G 10 x 330mm 120 Grit SA355/B60G 20 x 520mm 60 Grit SA355/B80G 20 x 520mm 80 Grit SA355/B100G 20 x 520mm 100 Grit SA355/B120G 20 x 520mm 120 Grit SA356B40G 30 x 540mm 40 Grit SA356B60G 30 x 540mm 60 Grit SA356B80G 30 x 540mm 80 Grit SA356B100G 30 x 540mm 100 Grit

170 x 95mm G Air Flat Bed Sander Model No. SA22 Orbital flat bed sander with counter-balanced drive shaft for smooth operation. Palm type trigger with rubber head ring allows comfortable, one-handed operation. Suitable for sanding body panels, wood, metals and plastics, this tool is suitable for 115mm roll papers and uses strong spring clips to attach them to the base plate. Pad Size: Orbit: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

170 x 95mm Ø5mm 8000rpm 6cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.0kg

Section 12 Air Sanders & Polishers A

533

Dust-Free

400 x 70mm A Twin Piston In-Line Long Bed Air Sander

400 x 70mm

B Dust-Free Long Bed Air Orbital Sander

Model No. SA32 Twin piston configuration powers base plate on both forward and backward strokes. Twin piston arrangement also reduces vibration for comfortable operation. W ell balanced aluminium housing and base plate.Accepts 115mm papers or sheets and is suitable for heavy body shop use.

Model No. MA407AS High quality air tool manufactured in the EU.All internal components are chromed or are resistant to rust for long, trouble-free operation. Requires no oil mist air supply , reducing contamination of prepared surfaces. Just lubricate when laying up tool for the weekend or prolonged periods and run out oil before starting work.

Pad Size: Stroke: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Pad Size: Free Speed: Operating Pressure: Air Consumption: Air Inlet Size: Vac Outlet Ø: Weight:

400 x 70mm 25mm 2400spm 8cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 3.0kg

Sander

Polisher

Ø180mm

C 180mm Air Angle Sander

D 180mm Air Angle Polisher

Model No. SA18/S Polished and well balanced aluminium body with two side handle mounting positions. Precision made bevel gears give quiet and smooth operation at speeds suitable for sanding. Trigger operated throttle control. Supplied with backing pad. Pad Size: Thread Size: Free Speed: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Ø180mm 5/8”UNC 4500rpm 7cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 2.0kg

E Pinstripe Removing Tool Model No. SA95 Ingenious tool saves time when removing pinstripes or double-sided tape from panel work prior to refinishing. Lightweight, aluminium housing fitted with safety trigger powers special composite pad. Pad Size: Ø88 x 16mm Free Speed: 4000rpm Air Consumption: 9cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.9kg Replacement Pad: SA95/PX

SA95PXPLUS

Toothed cutting edges rapidly remove pinstripes or double-sided tape prior to refinishing. Large diameter and increased width ensure extended life and make this pad ideal for the busy body shop. Suitable for use with SA95. Pad Size: Ø100 x 27mm

Model No. SA17/S Polished and well balanced aluminium body with two side handle mounting positions. Precision made bevel gears give quiet and smooth operation. Trigger operated throttle control. Suitable for polishing and compounding. Supplied with backing pad. Pad Size: Ø180mm Thread Size: 5/8”UNC Free Speed: 2500rpm Air Consumption: 5.3cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 2.0kg

F Deluxe Stripe Removing Pad Model No.

400 x 70mm 8000-10000rpm 75-90psi 15.2cfm 1/4”BSP 28mm 2.8kg

Ø88mm

534

Section 12 Air Blow Guns

B 1

2 2

Safety nozzles are fitted to all our long reach air blow guns and prevent serious personal injury . Side vents allow air to escape in the event of main nozzle exit being covered.

A Long Reach Air Blow Guns

B Flexible Air Blow Guns

Model No. New SEE BELOW Model No. SEE BELOW Trigger operated blow gun with extended lance. Fitted with brass air inlet ferrule. Trigger operated extended blow guns featuring flexible lances for use in obstructed Suitable for quick removal of chips, dust and particulate from any surface. Ideal for areas. Fitted with brass inlet ferrule. Suitable for quick removal of chips, dust and use in the workshop or body shop. Long lance allows projection of airflow directly to particulate from any surface. Ideal for use in the workshop or body shop. required area. Fitted with safety nozzle. Maximum operating pressure 110psi. Model No: Lance Length: Air Inlet: Model No: Length of Lance: Air Inlet: 100mm 1/4”BSP 1 SA9131F 100mm 1/4”BSP 1 SA9131 200mm 1/4”BSP 2 SA9133F 2 SA9133 250mm 1/4”BSP 300mm 1/4”BSP 3 SA9135F 330mm 1/4”BSP 3 SA9135 500mm 1/4”BSP 500mm 1/4”BSP 4 SA9137 4 SA9137F

D Air Blow Gun Model No. SA334 Die-cast metal body with moulded handle and hanging E Air Blow Gun point. Fitted with short type safety nozzle for bench top Model No. SA304 use. Air Inlet: 1/4”BSP Die-cast metal body with moulded handle and hanging point. Fitted with short type safety nozzle for bench top use. Supplied with quick coupling.

Air Inlet:

1/4”BSP

C Palm Type Air Blow Guns Model No. New SEE BELOW Die-cast metal body with moulded handle and hanging point. Palm type gun with thumb trigger control.

1 Model No: Air Inlet: 2 Model No: Length of Lance: Air Inlet: 3 Model No: Length of Lance: Air Inlet:

New New

SA913 1/4”BSP SA913M 180mm 1/4”BSP SA913L 290mm 1/4”BSP

F Air Blow Gun Kit 4pc

Type Blow Gun with G Pistol Extended Lance

Model No. SA914 Composite valve body with interchangeable nozzles and safety tip. Includes 100 and 300mm extensions, gun body, blanking plug and safety nozzle.

Die-cast metal body with moulded handle and hanging point.

Length of Lance: Air Inlet:

100/300mm 1/4”BSP

Model No.

SA919

200mm 1/4”BSP

Section 12 Air Nailers/Staplers A

A Air Staple Gun 10-25mm

Air Nail/Staple C Combination Gun

B Air Nail Gun 10-50mm

Model No. SA789 Professional air stapler with lightweight aluminium body and rubber grip handle. Safety trigger device to prevent accidental firing of staples. Supplied in storage case with oiler and starter pack of staples.

Model No. SA791 Professional air nailer with lightweight aluminium body and rubber grip handle. Safety trigger device to prevent accidental firing of nails. Incorporates quick jam release mechanism. Supplied in storage case with oiler and starter pack of nails.

Staple Capacity: Maximum Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

Nail Capacity: Maximum Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

10-25mm 18SWG 100psi 1/4”BSP 1.3kg

535

10-50mm 18SWG 120psi 1/4”BSP 1.4kg

Model No.

SA792

Professional air nail/staple gun with lightweight aluminium body and rubber grip handle. Safety trigger device to prevent accidental firing of nails and staples. Supplied in storage case with oiler and starter pack of nails and staples. Nail Capacity: 10-50mm 18SWG Staple Capacity: 10-40mm 18SWG Maximum Pressure: 120psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.6kg

Air Nail/Staple D Combination Gun Model No.

18 Gauge Nails Model No. Model No: SAAN1810 SAAN1815 SAAN1820 SAAN1825 SAAN1830 SAAN1832 SAAN1835 SAAN1840 SAAN1845 SAAN1850

Not Illustrated Length Pack mm: Qty: 10 5000 15 5000 20 5000 25 5000 30 5000 32 5000 35 5000 40 5000 45 5000 50 5000

SEE BELOW Applications: SA791, SA792 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793 SA791, SA792, SA793

SA793

Professional air nail/staple gun with lightweight Nail/Staple Gun Kit including aluminium housing and ergonomically designed rubber E Air Compressor & Hose grip handle. Safety trigger device to prevent accidental Model No. SA3006 firing. Adjustable wheel to control depth. Easy side load magazine. Supplied in storage case with oiler . The most economical way to purchase an air nail/staple gun kit. Comprises our Model No. SA2306 Compressor, Nail Capacity: 15-50mm 18SWG SA335 Coiled Air Hose and SA792 Nail/Staple Gun. Staple Capacity: 16-40mm 18SWG Compressor can also be used with any of our air brushes Maximum Pressure: 120psi (see page 474) or tyre inflators (see pages 321 to 323). Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.6kg Motor Output: 1.0hp Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Noise Level: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

18 Gauge Staples Model No. Not Illustrated SEE BELOW Model No: Length Crown Pack Applications: mm: mm: Qty: SAAS1810 10 5.7 5000 SA789, SA792 SAAS1813 13 5.7 5000 SA789, SA792 SAAS1816 16 5.7 5000 SA789, SA792, SA793 SAAS1819 19 5.7 5000 SA789, SA792, SA793 SAAS1825 25 5.7 5000 SA789, SA792, SA793 SAAS1828 28 5.7 5000 SA792, SA793 SAAS1832 32 5.7 5000 SA792, SA793 SAAS1835 35 5.7 5000 SA792, SA793 SAAS1838 38 5.7 5000 SA792, SA793 SAAS1840 40 5.7 5000 SA792, SA793

230V - 1ph 3.5A 78dB.A 4.5cfm 4.0cfm 6ltr 115psi/8bar

Silicon-Free Rubber F Professional Air Hoses Model No.

SEE BELOW

Top quality rubber air hoses manufactured to ISO2398. Cut into pre-set lengths and fitted with female swivel 1/4”BSP unions on both ends. Guaranteed silicon-free for use in the body shop. Model No: Bore: Length: AH5R 8mm(5/16”) 5mtr AH10R 8mm(5/16”) 10mtr AH15R 8mm(5/16”) 15mtr AH20R 8mm(5/16”) 20mtr

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!

Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

Section 12 Air Line Couplings

536

Standard Air Line Couplings

Manufactured in the UK, these fittings are the best money can buy. Ideal for general workshop use with all types of wrenches, sanders and grinders.Adaptors will fit Vertex slim type coupling bodies.

E Hose Tail Piece Adaptors

Model No. SEE BELOW Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: AC20 AC06 AC21 AC07

Adaptors C Screwed Male Thread

Model No.

Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC04 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 1 Card of 5pc ACP04 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 3 Cards of 5pc AC04BP Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 100pc AC19 Male Thread 3/8”BSPT 1 Card of 5pc SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC01 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 1 Card of 1pc ACP01 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 5 Cards of 1pc AC01BP Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 50pc

Hose Size: 3/16” Bore 1/4” Bore 5/16” Bore 3/8” Bore

Pack Qty: 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc

SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min).

Bodies A Coupling Male Thread

Type: Hose Tail Hose Tail Hose Tail Hose Tail

Adaptors D Screwed Female Thread Model No.

F Double-Ended Hose Connectors Model No. SEE BELOW Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: AC10 AC50 AC11 AC51

Hose Size: 1/4” Bore 5/16” Bore 3/8” Bore 1/2” Bore

Pack Qty: 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 2pc

SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min).

Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC18 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 1 Card of 5pc ACP18 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 3 Cards of 5pc AC18BP Female Thread 1/4”BSP 100pc

Bodies B Coupling Female Thread Model No.

SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min).

Model No.

Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC13 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 1 Card of 1pc ACP13 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 5 Cards of 1pc AC13BP Female Thread 1/4”BSP 50pc

J Screwed Hose Tail Pieces SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min).

H Double Union Model No. Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty:

AC12 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 1 Card of 5pc

I Union Nuts Model No. Model No: AC48 AC49 AC52

AC52 fits AC46 only

Thread Size: 1/4”BSP 3/8”BSP 1/4”BSP

Model No: Thread Size: AC38 1/4”BSPT AC08 1/4”BSPT AC39 1/4”BSPT AC09 1/4”BSPT AC40 1/4”BSPT AC41 3/8”BSPT AC42 3/8”BSPT

Hose Size: 3/16” Bore 1/4” Bore 5/16” Bore 3/8” Bore 1/2” Bore 3/8” Bore 1/2” Bore

K Cone Hose Tail Pieces Model No.

SEE BELOW Pack Qty: 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 3pc

Pack Qty: 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc 1 Card of 5pc

SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: Hose Size: Union Nut Size: Pack Qty: AC44 1/4” Bore 1/4”BSP 1 Card of 5pc AC45 5/16” Bore 1/4”BSP 1 Card of 5pc AC46 3/8” Bore 1/4”BSP 1 Card of 5pc

L G

L Air Tool Coupling Kit

Air Tool Coupling Kit

Model No. AC60 Kit comprising male threaded coupling body together with male and female screwed adaptors. Fitted with 1/4”BSP threads. Suitable for most air tool applications.

Model No. AC61 Kit comprising female threaded coupling body and male threaded adaptor. Fitted with 1/4”BSP threads. Suitable for most air tool applications.

Thread Size: Pack Qty:

1/4”BSP 1 Card of 1 Set

Section 12 Air Line Couplings Safety Air Line Couplings.

537

Two-stage, self-venting release system enhancing workshop safety . Conforms to ISO4414:1998 and EN983:1996. Compatible with PCL standard adaptors.

A Safety Coupling Bodies Model No. SEE BELOW Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(991 1133ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC56 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 1 Card of 1pc AC57 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 1 Card of 1pc

Vertex Slim Air Line Couplings

Slim profile bodies suitable for trailing hose applications such as portable garage and workshop tools. Compatible with standard coupling adaptors.

Vertex Slim Coupling Bodies

B Male Thread

Model No. SEE BELOW Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC16 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 1 Card of 1pc ACP16 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 5 Cards of 1pc AC16BP Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 50pc

Slim Coupling Bodies C Vertex Female Thread Model No.

SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC15 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 1 Card of 1pc ACP15 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 5 Cards of 1pc AC15BP Female Thread 1/4”BSP 50pc

Heavy-Duty High Flow Air Line Couplings

D Vertex Slim Y-Coupling Body IMPORTANT NOTE European standards currently being introduced mean thread classifications have changed as follows: BSP Parallel = Rp BSPT Taper = R It is recommended that female threads are Parallel (Rp) and male threads are Taper (R) for best fit.

Model No. AC55 Split air supply into two outlets. V ertex slim coupling bodies of fer reduced physical bulk of fitting over traditional Y-couplings. Compatible with standard coupling adaptors. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar): 35-42cfm(991-1133ltr/min). Type: Pack Qty:

Y-Coupling 1pc

Suitable for applications where greater airflow rates are required. Ideal for industrial applications and for use on heavy portable tools such as 3/4” and 1” air impact wrenches.

Hose Tail Piece E Heavy-Duty Adaptors Model No.

SEE BELOW

F Heavy-Duty Coupling Bodies

G Heavy-Duty Screwed Adaptors

Compatible only with heavy-duty coupling bodies. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 100-120cfm(28323398ltr/min).

Model No. SEE BELOW Compatible only with heavy-duty coupling adaptors. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 100-120cfm(28323398ltr/min).

Model No. SEE BELOW Compatible only with heavy-duty coupling bodies. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 100-120cfm(28323398ltr/min).

Model No: AC27 AC28

Model No: Type: Thread Size: AC23 Male Thread 1/2”BSPT AC22 Female Thread 1/2”BSP

Model No: Type: AC25 Male Thread AC26 Male Thread AC24 Female Thread

Hose Size: 1/2” Bore 3/8” Bore

Pack Qty: 2pc 2pc

Pack Qty: 1pc 1pc

Thread Size: 3/8”BSPT 1/2”BSPT 3/8”BSP

Pack Qty: 2pc 2pc 2pc

538

Section 12 Air Line Couplings High Flow Air Line Couplings

A High Flow Coupling Bodies Model No. SEE BELOW Compatible only with high flow coupling adaptors. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 100-120cfm(28323398ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC30 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 1pc AC32 Male Thread 3/8”BSPT 1pc AC29 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 1pc AC31 Female Thread 3/8”BSP 1pc

Air D Z-Swivel Connector/Regulator

Model No.

B High Flow Screwed Adaptors Model No. SEE BELOW Compatible only with high flow coupling adaptors. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 100-120cfm(28323398ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: AC34 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 2pc AC33 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 2pc

B C

Flow Hose Tail Piece C High Adaptors Model No.

SA900

Suitable for all air tools with 1/4”BSP connection. Swivel assembly gives greater freedom of movement to tool when connected to air line. Fitted with air valve for extra control over speed of power tool. Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP - Female Air Outlet Size: 1/4”BSPT - Male

SEE BELOW

Compatible only with high flow coupling adaptors. Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 100-120cfm(28323398ltr/min). Model No: Hose Size: Pack Qty: AC35 5/16” Bore 2pc AC36 3/8” Bore 2pc AC37 1/2” Bore 2pc

F Swivel Adaptor with E Universal Pressure Gauge Model No.

F On-Gun Air Lubricator Model No. SA111 Oil mist lubrication for all 1/4”BSP inlet tools. Use with Sealey air tool oil for best results. Supplied with fillerbottle. Maximum Pressure: 120psi

Air Inlet: Air Outlet: Maximum Air Flow:

G - L Economy Air Line Couplings

Model No. Economy fittings, compatible with UK style couplings. Ideal for general workshop use with all types of air tools. Good value for money.

1/4”BSP 1/4”BSPT 25cfm SEE BELOW

SA901

J H

Adaptor I Screwed Male Thread Model No.

Body G Coupling Male Thread Model No.

SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: ACX01 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 1pc ACX01BP Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 25pc

Body H Coupling Female Thread Model No.

SEE BELOW

Free airflow rate at 100psi(7bar) : 35-42cfm(9911133ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: ACX13 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 1pc ACX13BP Female Thread 1/4”BSP 25pc

SEE BELOW

Free airflow at 100psi(7bar) : 40-50cfm(1132-1416ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: ACX04 Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 5pc ACX04BP Male Thread 1/4”BSPT 50pc

Adaptor J Screwed Female Thread Model No.

SEE BELOW

Free airflow at 100psi(7bar) : 40-50cfm(1132-1416ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: ACX18 Female Thread 1/4”BSP 5pc ACX18BP Female Thread 1/4”BSP 50pc

K Y-Adaptor Twin Coupling Bodies Model No.

ACX55

Free airflow at 100psi(7bar) : 40-50cfm(1132-1416ltr/min). Pack Qty: 1pc

L Air Tool Coupling Kit Model No. ACX60 Kit comprises male threaded coupling body together with male and female adaptors. Fitted with 1/4”BSP threads. Suitable for most air tool applications. Thread Size: Pack Qty:

1/4”BSP 1 Set

Section 12 Filters/Regulators/Lubricators A - F Regulators & Filter Regulators Model No. SEE BELOW Heavy-duty aluminium alloy valve assemblies. Integral filters and water traps on filter regulators. Airflow control knob can be locked in position to prevent accidental adjustment of pressure. SA2FR, SA3FR, SA4FR/38 and SA5/RG/14 feature large gauges, dual marked in psi and bar . Individual compressed air outlets are fitted with shut-of f valve. Filter regulators are suitable for direct mounting onto compressors or can be plumbed into air line runs. C D E B F A Model No: SA5/RG/14 SA5R SA4FR/38 SA2FR SA3FR SA4FR Maximum Air Input: 174psi 174psi 174psi 174psi 174psi 174psi Maximum Air Output: 174psi 174psi 174psi 174psi 174psi 174psi Safe Working Pressure: 30-120psi 30-120psi 0-115psi 0-115psi 30-120psi 30-120psi Maximum Air Flow: 76cfm 70cfm 76cfm 76cfm 76cfm 76cfm Inlet Thread: 1/4”BSP 1/2”BSP 3/8”BSP 1/2”BSP 1/2”BSP 1/2”BSP Outlet Thread: 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP 1/4”BSP Outlet Qty: 1 1 2 2 2 2

539

Regulator

Filter Regulator

Regulator

Filter Regulator

G - J Workshop Filters/Regulators/Lubricators Model No.

SEE BELOW

Suitable for most workshop air supply set-ups. Die-cast control heads with clear polycarbonate bowls. Regulator assembly features locking control knob for pre-setting air pressure and large, easy-to-read pressure gauge. Filter is fitted with automatic drain tap. Lubricator includes oil/air mix control and sight glass. Filter and lubricator are fitted with protection bowl cage. Supplied with 1/2” Male - 1/4” Female adaptors and wall bracket.

Filter Regulator G

Filter Regulator Lubricator

Model No: Port Size: Maximum Supply Pressure: Maximum Outlet Pressure: Maximum Air Flow*: *Supply Pressure of 100psi

Lubricator

Filter

SA2001 1/2”BSP 150psi 125psi 28cfm

H SA2001/FR 1/2”BSP 150psi 125psi 28cfm

I SA2001/F 1/2”BSP 150psi 125psi 28cfm

J SA2001/L 1/2”BSP 150psi 125psi 28cfm

540

Section 12 Filters/Regulators/Lubricators

A - E Heavy-Duty Air Filters/Regulators/Lubricators

Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for workshop air supply set-ups. Regulator assemblies feature locking control knob for pre-setting air pressure, pressure gauge and manual 1/8”BSP female drain facility. Lubricator includes oil/air mix control and sight glass. Filter and lubricator are fitted with metal bowl cages for protection.

A Model No: Port Size: Maximum Supply Pressure: Maximum Outlet Pressure: Maximum Air Flow*: *Supply pressure of 100psi.

SA106 1/4”BSP 150psi 125psi 60cfm

SA106FR 1/4”BSP 150psi 125psi 70cfm

C SA106F 1/4”BSP 150psi 125psi 53cfm

D SA106L 1/4”BSP 150psi 125psi 60cfm

HEAVY DUTY

E SA106R 1/4”BSP 150psi 125psi 88cfm

HEAVY DUTY

Filter

D HEAVY DUTY

Filter Regulator Lubricator

Filter Regulator

E HEAVY DUTY

Regulator Lubricator

F Fittings Model No. Model No: SA1/1212 SA1/1214F SA1/1414 SA1/1238F SA1/3814F SA1/1234 SA1/3412F

SEE BELOW Type: 1/2”BSPT Male to 1/2”BSPT Male 1/2”BSPT Male to 1/4”BSP Female 1/4”BSPT Male to 1/4”BSPT Male 1/2”BSPT Male to 3/8”BSP Female 3/8”BSPT Male to 1/4”BSP Female 1/2”BSPT Male to 3/4”BSP Female 3/4”BSPT Male to 1/2”BSP Female

G Air Tool Oil Model No. SEE BELOW Maintain your air tools with a quality high performance air tool oil containing mineral lubricants and detergents. Model No: Pack Qty: Size: ATO/500 12 500ml ATO500S 1 500ml ATO/1000 12 1ltr ATO1000S 1 1ltr

COMPRESSORS For our full range of Mobile and Stationary Compressors for garage, body shop and industrial applications, see pages 549 to 556.

Section 12 Filters/Regulators/Lubricators A - G Extra-Heavy-Duty Air Filters/Regulators/Lubricators - High Flow

Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for industrial workshop air supply set-ups where high flow applications are required. Regulator assemblies feature locking control knob for pre-setting air pressure and large easy-to-read pressure gauges. Filters available with manual or auto 1/8”BSP female drain facility. Lubricator includes oil/air mix control and sight glass. Filters and lubricator are fitted with metal bowl cages for protection.

A Model No: SA206 Port Size: 1/2”BSP Maximum Supply Pressure: 150psi Maximum Outlet Pressure: 125psi Maximum Air Flow*: 105cfm *Supply Pressure of 100psi.

SA206FR SA206FRAD 1/2”BSP 1/2”BSP 150psi 150psi 125psi 125psi 140cfm 140cfm

SA206F SA206FAD 1/2”BSP 1/2”BSP 150psi 150psi 125psi 125psi 140cfm 140cfm

541

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

SA206L SA206R 1/2”BSP 1/2”BSP 150psi 150psi 125psi 125psi 175cfm 210cfm

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

High Flow Auto Drain Filter Regulator

D EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

Filter Regulator Lubricator

High Flow

High Flow Filter Regulator

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

High Flow Filter 1

High Flow Auto Drain Filter

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

High Flow

Lubricator

High Flow Regulator

Coupling Bodies H Heavy-Duty & Screwed Adaptors Model No.

SEE BELOW

Compatible only with heavy-duty coupling adaptors. Free airflow at 100psi(7bar) : 100-120cfm(2832- 3398ltr/min). Model No: Type: Thread Size: Pack Qty: 1/2”BSP 1pc 1 AC22 Female Thread Male Thread 1/2”BSPT 1pc 2 AC23 3 AC24 Female Thread 3/8”BSP 2pc 4 AC25 Male Thread 3/8”BSPT 2pc 4 AC26 Male Thread 1/2”BSPT 2pc

542

Section 12 Fast Fit Air Supply System

Fast Fit Air Supply Ring Main System Install your own workshop compressed air ring main quickly and easily with the Sealey system of fast fit compressed air fittings. A professional compressed air system can be installed quickly and easily, considerably reducing the need for specialist staf f and with extensive disruption and downtime reduced to a minimum. Lightweight yet strong acetal copolymer fittings and nylon pipe runs make handling and assembling the system far easier than an equivalent system in galvanized steel.The system is: Quick to install - save up to 40% in time and cost. Safe, secure and leak proof. Simple to reconfigure. Lightweight and easy to handle. Corrosion resistant and maintenance free. Simple push action pipe fittings do away with preparing threaded tubes or applying solvents. Installed systems are immediately ready for use. Complex pipe and fitting configurations are also assembled more rapidly since the fittings can be disassembled and reconfigured in a flash.

Illustration purposes only

Installation Guidelines For a comprehensive set of installation guidelines and recommendations, contact our technical department on 01284 757505. As with all installation work a certain level of technical competence is required. Refer to 'Approved Code of Practice - Safety of Pressure Systems' available from HMSO.

Simple To Assemble

System can be connected to existing ring main even if made of galvanized steel.

Technical Specification Working Temperature Range Minimum Working Temperature: -20°C Maximum Working Temperature: +70°C The above specification refers to use with compressed air. Working Pressure This system is suitable for the following temperatures and pressures: Temperature: Pressure: +23°C: 10bar +70°C: 7bar The above ratings are for air. For use with other fluids or at other temperatures and pressures please consult our technical sales department. Pipe Types These fittings are intended for use with Sealey nylon pipe but are also suitable for use with a wide range of plastic and soft metal pipes including UPVC, ABS, polyethylene, nylon, mild steel and copper to the tolerances set out below. Soft plastic pipe, such as nylon to have a minimum wall thickness of 1.5mm. The pipe should have a good quality surface and be damage-free. Pipe Tolerances These fittings are intended for pipes with outside diameters to the following tolerances: Size: 15mm & 22mm OD Tolerance: +0.05 to -0.10mm OD

Cut pipe to size.

Push firmly into chosen fitting.

Pull on pipe to check secure. A

A A To disconnect, depressurise system, push collar and remove B . The fitting and pipe may be reused.

Torque Values The following maximum torque values should be applied: Size: 1/2” 3/4” Plastic Threads: 3.0Nm 4.0Nm Metal Threads: 4.0Nm 5.0Nm Material Specification The fittings are made up of three components: Bodies are produced in strong engineering plastic or in brass. O-rings are nitrile rubber . Collets are produced in acetal copolymer with stainless steel teeth. Applications Pipe and fittings should be kept clean and undamaged before use. These products are designed for use with air. For other applications please contact our technical sales department.

A Nylon Pipes Model No. SEE BELOW Rigid nylon air pipe suitable for all Sealey ring main fittings. Model No: CAS15NP CAS22NP

Pack Qty: 5 5

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

Length: 3mtr 3mtr

C B Pipe Clips Model No. Secure pipework to wall. Model No: CAS15PC CAS22PC

Pack Qty: 20 20

SEE BELOW

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

C Pipe Clip Spacer Model No. CASS Provides additional distance between pipe and wall. Use with pipe clips. Pack Qty:

Section 12 Fast Fit Air Supply System A

Model No. Equal connector for nylon pipe. Model No: CAS15SC CAS22SC

B Equal Elbows

A Straight Connectors SEE BELOW

Pack Qty: 5 5

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

C Equal Tees

Model No. 90° Elbow with equal pipe fittings. Model No: CAS15EE CAS22EE

Pack Qty: 5 5

Pack Qty: Pipe OD: Stem OD:

Model No: CAS15SA CAS22SA

5 22mm 15mm

Pack Qty: 2 2

SEE BELOW

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

Thread: 1/2”BSP 3/4”BSP

G Line End Plugs Model No. Caps end of pipe. Pack Qty: 5 5

Tube OD: 15mm 22mm

Model No. SEE BELOW Provides a simple return or can be swivelled in any direction. Model No: Pack Qty: Pipe OD: CAS15SE 2 15mm CAS22SE 2 22mm

Model No. CAS22WTT Stops water reaching air tools, spray guns, etc.

Model No. Converts pipe end to male thread.

Pack Qty: Pipe OD:

Model No: Pack Qty: CAS15BSA 1 CAS22BSA 1

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

SEE BELOW

Stem OD: 1/2”BSPT 3/4”BSPT

CASPB

Five-way junction block with 1/2”BSP connections. Supplied with three blanking plugs. Pack Qty: Connection:

Model No: CAS15STA CAS22STA

Pack Qty: 2 2

SEE BELOW

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

Thread: 1/2”BSP 3/4”BSP

Model No. Reduces 22mm coupling to 15mm stem. Pack Qty: Pipe OD: Stem OD:

CAS2215

2 22mm 15mm

L Brass Wingback Elbows

Block 5 x 1/2”BSP M Porting Connector Model No.

Model No. Converts coupling to male thread.

K Brass Straight Adaptors

1 22mm

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

I 22-15mm Reducer

J 22mm Equal Water Trap Tee

Pack Qty: 5 5

H Stem Elbows SEE BELOW

Model No: CAS15ET CAS22ET

SEE BELOW

F Stem Adaptors

E Straight Adaptors Model No. Converts pipe end to male thread.

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

Model No. Divide main pipe run.

Model No. CAS2215T Suitable for making drops from ring main to workstations.

Model No: CAS15P CAS22P

SEE BELOW

D 22-15mm Reducing Tee

543

1 5 x 1/2”BSP

Model No. SEE BELOW Secures termination of pipe run at workstation. Model No: Pack Qty: CAS15BWE 1 CAS22BWE 1

C H

Pipe OD: 15mm 22mm

Thread: 1/2”BSP 3/4”BSP

C H

544

Section 12 Retractable Air Hose Reels

Series A - C Workshop Retracting Air Hose Reels Rugged composite body design retracting air hose reels. Polyurethane hose with 1/4”BSP female inlets and 1/4”BSPT male outlets. Supplied with mounting bracket for fixing to wall or ceiling.

10mtr

6 ID

8mtr

8 ID

6mtr

6 ID

Retractable Air Hose Reel B 10mtr Ø6mm ID Model No.

Retractable Air Hose Reel A 6mtr Ø6mm ID Model No. Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Inlet-Outlet:

SA810 6mtr 6/10mm 150psi 1/4”BSP

Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Inlet-Outlet:

Retracting Air D - G Heavy-Duty Hose Reels

SA812 10mtr 6/10mm 150psi 1/4”BSP

12mtr

Retractable Air Hose Reel C 8mtr Ø8mm ID Model No. Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Inlet-Outlet:

SA813 8mtr 8/12mm 150psi 1/4”BSP

9mtr

8 ID

6 ID

HEAVY

DUTY

Hard wearing, composite cased, retracting air hose reels supplied with heavy-duty hose. Reels feature ratchet or free running operation and are supplied with wall/ceiling mounting brackets.

Retractable Air Hose Reel D 12mtr Ø6mm ID Model No. Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Inlet-Outlet:

AUTO-RETRACTING ELECTRICAL CABLE REELS See page 444 for our full range of Auto-Retracting Electrical Cable Reels.

SA892 12mtr 6/10mm 150psi 1/4”BSP

15mtr

Model No. Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Inlet-Outlet:

SA893 9mtr 8/12mm 150psi 1/4”BSP

10mtr

8 ID

10 mm ID

HEAVY

DUTY

Retractable Air Hose Reel F 15mtr Ø8mm ID Model No. Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Inlet-Outlet:

9mtr Retractable Air Hose Reel

E Ø8mm ID

SA894 15mtr 8/12mm 150psi 1/4”BSP

Retractable Air Hose Reel G 10mtr Ø10mm ID Model No. Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Inlet-Outlet:

SA895 10mtr 10/15mm 150psi 3/8”BSP

Section 12 Retractable Air Hose Reels A - D

545

10mtr 15mtr 20mtr 30mtr

10 mm ID E - F

Controlled Rewind

10mtr or 15mtr

Auto Layering

230V

Length Control A - D Retract Control Air Hose Reels - Rubber Hose Model No. New SEE BELOW Heavy-duty composite housing with wall mounted aluminium alloy swivel bracket. Fitted with high quality rubber hose. Innovative design features three key points. Hose can be extended and stopped at any length. Controlled, slow rewind which, unlike traditional retractable reels returns the air hose at a safe speed. Auto layering mechanism distributes air hose evenly back into reel housing preventing it from jamming. Suitable for the professional garages/workshops.

A Model No: Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Hose Type: Inlet-Outlet:

SA821 10mtr 10/15mm 250psi Rubber 1/4”-1/4”BSP

B SA822 15mtr 10/15mm 250psi Rubber 1/4”-1/4”BSP

SA823 20mtr 10/15mm 250psi Rubber 1/4”-1/4”BSP

SA824 30mtr 10/15mm 250psi Rubber 1/4”-1/4”BSP

G - I

Retracting Cable Reels E - F 230V Model No.

SEE BELOW

The ideal solution for workshops dogged by the problem of trailing wires, can be wall or ceiling mounted.The cable is retracted by a simple pull and release action. Fitted with manual thermal trip switch to prevent overload. E F Model No: Voltage: Cable Length: Cable Section: Thermal Trip: Capacity Wound: Capacity Unwound:

CRM10 230V 10mtr 3 x 1.5mm² 1000W 2000W

CRM15 230V 15mtr 3 x 1.5mm² 1000W 2000W

8mtr 15mtr 20mtr

10 mm ID Steel Reel Mounting J - K Optional Plates for SA84,

G - I Retractable Air Hose Reels - Steel Model No.

Heavy-duty steel construction with corrosion resistant powder coated finish. Nine-position guide arm with four non-snag rollers. Multi-position ratchet lock with easy tension adjustment. L-Shaped bracket enables the unit to be wall, floor or ceiling mounted. I G H Model No: Hose Length: Hose Size (ID/OD): Maximum Pressure: Hose Type: Inlet-Outlet:

SA84 8mtr 10/17mm 300psi Rubber 3/8”-1/4”BSP

SA841 15mtr 10/17mm 300psi Rubber 3/8”-1/4”BSP

SA85 20mtr 10/17mm 300psi Rubber 3/8”-1/4”BSP

SA841 & SA85

SEE BELOW Model No.

SEE BELOW

Optional wall or ceiling swivel mounting plates for use with SA84, SA841 and SA85. Model No: J SA85PB K SA85SP

Type: Pivot Base 340° Swivel Plate

546

Section 12 Retractable Air Hose Reels & Air Hoses B - C

HEAVY

DUTY

8 ID

20mtr/10mm ID 12mtr

15mtr/13mm ID

Steel Case

Super-Duty Retractable Air Hose Reel A 12mtr Ø8mm ID - Steel

Retractable Air Hose Reels B - C Heavy-Duty Composite

Model No. SA90 Model No. SEE BELOW Heavyweight metal case for heavy-duty applications. Features include swivel inlet Tough impact resistant durable composite case with wall/ceiling mounting bracket. coupling, and ratchet mechanism. Wall/ceiling mounting bracket included. Fitted with high quality TPR (Thermoplastic Rubber) hose, solid brass full flow inlet B C and outlet swivel connectors. Hose Length: 12mtr Model No: SA88 SA8812 Hose Size (ID/OD): 8/12mm Hose Length: 20mtr 15mtr Maximum Pressure: 280psi Hose Size (ID/OD): 10/18mm 13/20mm Hose Type: Polyurethane Maximum Pressure: 250psi 250psi Inlet-Outlet: 3/8”-1/4”BSP Hose Type: TPR TPR Inlet-Outlet: 3/8”-1/4”BSP 1/2”-1/2”BSP

Silicon-Free Rubber F Professional Air Hoses Model No.

SEE BELOW

Top quality rubber air hoses manufactured to ISO2398. Cut into pre-set lengths and fitted with Rubber Air Hoses Workshop Rubber Air Hoses female swivel unions on both ends (1/4”BSP on 8mm D E and 10mm Bore and 1/2”BSP on 13mm Bore). Model No. New SEE BELOW Model No. SEE BELOW Guaranteed silicon-free for use in the body shop. Dual Manufactured in accordance with EN2398. Rubber air Manufactured to BS51 18. Rubber alloy air hose colour blue/red (except 1/2”). hose suitable for garage and body shop applications. suitable for garage or body shop applications. Supplied Model No: Bore: Length: Supplied fitted with 1/4”BSP female swivel unions. fitted with 1/4”BSP female swivel unions. Black hose AH5R 8mm(5/16”) 5mtr Available with 8 or 10mm bores in various lengths. supplied in various lengths. AH10R 8mm(5/16”) 10mtr AH15R 8mm(5/16”) 15mtr Model No: Bore: Length: AH20R 8mm(5/16”) 20mtr Model No: Bore: Length: AHC5 8mm(5/16”) 5mtr AH5R/38 10mm(3/8”) 5mtr AH5RX 8mm(5/16”) 5mtr AHC10 8mm(5/16”) 10mtr AH10R/38 10mm(3/8”) 10mtr AH10RX 8mm(5/16”) 10mtr AHC15 8mm(5/16”) 15mtr AH15R/38 10mm(3/8”) 15mtr AH15RX 8mm(5/16”) 15mtr AHC20 8mm(5/16”) 20mtr AH20R/38 10mm(3/8”) 20mtr AH20RX 8mm(5/16”) 20mtr AHC538 10mm(3/8”) 5mtr AH5R/12 13mm(1/2”) 5mtr AH5RX/38 10mm(3/8”) 5mtr AHC1038 10mm(3/8”) 10mtr AH10R/12 13mm(1/2”) 10mtr AH10RX/38 10mm(3/8”) 10mtr AHC1538 10mm(3/8”) 15mtr AH15R/12 13mm(1/2”) 15mtr AH15RX/38 10mm(3/8”) 15mtr AHC2038 10mm(3/8”) 20mtr AH20R/12 13mm(1/2”) 20mtr AH20RX/38 10mm(3/8”) 20mtr

Section 12 Air Hose Accessories A

547

B 2

A Air Leader Hoses

B Coiled Air Hoses

Model No. SEE BELOW 600mm Rubber hose for use between air tool and supply point. Avoids vibration damage to couplings. Supplied with tail piece and 1/4”BSP female union. Model No: AH2R AH2R/38

Bore: 8mm(5/16”) 10mm(3/8”)

Length: 600mm 600mm

Model No. SEE BELOW Polyurethane recoil type hose helps to keep working area tidy and free of hoses when not in use. Fitted with quick coupling and coupling body or 1/4”BSPswivel unions. Model No: 1 SA305 2 SA335 2 AH10C/6 2 AH10C/8

Bore: 5mm 5mm 6mm 8mm

Fittings: Quick Release 1/4”BSP Unions 1/4”BSP Unions 1/4”BSP Unions

Length: 5mtr 5mtr 10mtr 10mtr

C D

AIR LINE COUPLINGS See page 536 to 538 for our full range of Air Line Couplings.

C - D Self-Build Hose Clamp Sets Model No.

SEE BELOW

Select band width, cut to length and install using only a screwdriver and a pair of pliers. Never have the wrong sized hose clamp again. Set includes a length of banding and a selection of tension clamps. Model No: C JC97 D JC972

Band Length: 3mtr 3mtr

E Locking Hose Clip Nut Drivers Model No. New SEE BELOW Innovative design aids the tightening/loosening of hose clips and ensures faster and easier work in confined spaces. Comfortable, high-grip, textured handle and a simple lever type lock/unlock feature enables a one handed operation.

Band Width: 8mm 12.7mm AIR IMPACT WRENCHES Please see page 501 to 507 for our full range of Air Impact Wrenches.

Model No: Shaft Length: Overall Length: Socket: VS0651 75mm 185mm 7mm VS0652 175mm 285mm 7mm VS0653 380mm 490mm 7mm

E IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!

Avialable in 3 Lengths

Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

Section 13

Compressors 549 551 552 554

Oil Free & Direct Drive Compressors Direct Drive Compressors Belt Drive Compressors Premier Belt Drive Compressors

Section 13 Oil Free & Direct Drive Compressors A

Model No.

SA22315

Ideal for use where an oil-free air delivery is required and especially suited to small, low pressure, touch-up and air brush spraying as well as general-purpose applications, including air staplers/nailers. Simple construction with fewer components makes this unit practically maintenance-free. Reduced weight gives greater portability. Compressor can be transported and even operated on its side. Constructed with a tubular frame which also provides the air storage.This design gives a low centre of gravity, for improved stability, and protection for the compressor unit - both important features for site use. Supplied with fully automatic pressure cut-out switch, air regulator plus tank and supply pressure gauges. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug. Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

Drive Compressor C Direct 6ltr 1.0hp

Free Direct Drive B Oil Compressor 6ltr 1.0hp

Free Frame Tank A Oil Compressor 3ltr 1.5hp

1.5hp 230V - 1ph 5A 5.0cfm 4.3cfm 3ltr 116psi/8bar

Model No.

SA9506

Ideal for use where an oil-free air delivery is required and especially suited to small low pressure, touch-up and air brush spraying applications as well as general purpose use. Simple construction with fewer components makes this unit practically maintenancefree. Reduced weight gives greater portability and compressor can be transported and even operated on its side. Supplied with a precision welded receiver tank, manufactured to meet Pressure Vessel Directive 87/404/EEC, fully automatic pressure cut-out switch and air regulator with tank and outlet pressure gauges. Supplied with handle. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug. Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

1.0hp 230V - 1ph 3A 3.6cfm 3.2cfm 6ltr 116psi/8bar

E Made in Europe

Model No.

Model No. New SA3304 Bi-cylindrical pump offers superb performance and reliability . Ideal for use where an oil-free air delivery is required. Simple construction with fewer components makes this unit practically maintenance-free. Reduced weight gives greater portability. Frame design giving a low centre of gravity , for improved stability, and protection of the compressor unit - both important features for site use. Pumps up to full pressure in under 10seconds. Supplied with fully automatic pressure cut-out switch, air regulator plus tank and supply pressure gauges. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug. 2.3hp 230V - 1ph 7.4A 11.6cfm 9.5cfm 3ltr 145psi/10bar

SA2306

Compact and portable, this compressor is suitable for use with the Sealey range of air nail guns (see page 535), tyre inflators (see pages 321 to 323) and air brushes (see page 474). Fitted with twin gauges displaying tank and working pressures. Features four anti-vibration suction feet for added stability when in use. Complies with current European standards. Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

1.0hp 230V - 1ph 3.5A 4.5cfm 4.0cfm 6ltr 116psi/8bar

Nail/Staple Gun Kit including D Air Compressor & Hose Model No. SA3006 The most economical way to purchase an air nail/staple gun kit. Comprises SA2306 Compressor , SA335 Coiled Air Hose and SA792 Nail/Staple Gun, which includes 1000 x 50mm nails and 1000 x 40mm staples. Compressor can also be used with any of our air brushes (see page 474) or tyre inflators (see pages 321 to 323).

E Oil Free Bi-Cylindrical Compressor 3ltr 2.3hp

Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

549

Section 13 Oil Free Compressors

550

Free Direct Drive A - E Oil Compressors Model No.

SEE TABLE

Ideal for use where an oil-free air delivery is required and especially suited to small low pressure, touch-up and airbrush spraying applications as well as generalpurpose applications. Simple construction with fewer components makes these units practically maintenance-free. Reduced weight gives greater portability and compressor can be transported and even operated on its side. All models (except SA950015) supplied with a precision welded receiver tank, manufactured to meet Pressure Vessel Directive 87/404/EEC, fully automatic pressure cut-out switch and air regulator with gauge. Supplied with wheels (except SA950015) and handle. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug.

Made in Europe

AIR BRUSH KITS Oil free compressors are ideal for Sealey Air Brush kits. See page 474 for details.

Made in Europe

AIR TOOL ACCESSORIES See pages 534, 536 to 541 & 547 for a full range of Air Tool Accessories.

A Model No: Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

SA950015 1.5hp 230V - 1ph 5A 6.7cfm 5.9cfm 116psi/8bar

B SA951015 1.5hp 230V - 1ph 5A 6.7cfm 5.9cfm 10ltr 116psi/8bar

C SA952515 1.5hp 230V - 1ph 5A 6.7cfm 5.9cfm 25ltr 116psi/8bar

SA955015 1.5hp 230V - 1ph 5A 6.7cfm 5.9cfm 50ltr 116psi/8bar

F Air Accessory Kit with 1/4â&#x20AC;?BSP Union Couplings Model No. SA33/S Pack of compressed air tools and accessories suitable for all leading makes of compressor. Includes high performance suction feed spray gun with composite bayonet type pot lid, tyre inflator with gauge, paraffin/detergent spray gun, air blow gun and coiled air hose. Components fitted with 1/4â&#x20AC;?BSPthreaded unions.

E Model No: Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

SA9525 1.5hp 230V - 1ph 6A 6.7cfm 6.0cfm 25ltr 116psi/8bar

SILICON FREE RUBBER HOSES See page 546 for our range of professional Silicon-Free Rubber Air Hoses.

GENERAL PURPOSE RUBBER AIR HOSES See page 546 for our range of general purpose Rubber Alloy Air Hoses.

Section 13 Direct Drive Compressors A - C Direct Drive Compressors Model No. SEE TABLE Aluminium cylinders with cast iron liners give reduced weight and improved resistance to wear . Suitable for general-purpose workshop applications. Pump head directly coupled to heavy-duty induction motor for reliable operation. Precision welded receiver tank manufactured to meet Pressure V essel Directive 87/404/EEC. Fitted with fully automatic pressure cutout switch and air regulator with gauge. Supplied with handle and wheels for easy manoeuvrability . Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug.

Made in Europe

551

Made in Europe

C Made in Europe

Drive Vertical D Direct Compressor 100ltr 3.0hp Model No.

SA9910/3

Aluminium cylinders with cast iron liners give reduced weight and improved resistance to wear . Suitable for general purpose workshop applications. V-Twin pump head directly coupled to heavy-duty induction motor for reliable operation. Precision welded receiver tank manufactured to meet Pressure V essel Directive 87/404/EEC. Fitted with fully automatic pressure cutout switch and air regulator with gauge. Supplied with handle and wheels for easy manoeuvrability . Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug. Motor Output: 3.0hp Voltage/Phase: 230V - 1ph Input Current: 10A Air Displacement: 10.6cfm Maximum Free Air Delivery: 8.9cfm Tank Capacity: 100ltr Maximum Pressure: 116psi/8bar Overall Size (W x D x H): 620 x 550 x 1230mm

Direct Drive Compressor E 50ltr 3.0hp Model No.

SA22503

V-Twin pump with aluminium cylinders and cast iron liners for reduced weight and improved resistance to wear. Suitable for general purpose workshop applications. Pump directly coupled to heavy-duty induction motor for reliable operation. Precision welded receiver tank manufactured to meet Pressure Vessel Directive 87/404/EEC. Fitted with fully automatic pressure cut-out switch, air regulator and pressure gauges for tank and supply . Supplied with handle and wheels for easy manoeuvrability . Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug. Motor Output: 3.0hp Voltage/Phase: 230V - 1ph Input Current: 9.3A Air Displacement: 12.6cfm Maximum Free Air Delivery: 9.2cfm Tank Capacity: 50ltr Maximum Pressure: 116psi/8bar

A Model No: Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure:

V-Twin Pump

SA9925/2 2.0hp 230V - 1ph 8.5A 8.7cfm 7.7cfm 25ltr 116psi/8bar

B SA9925/2.5 2.5hp 230V - 1ph 9.5A 9.5cfm 8.4cfm 25ltr 116psi/8bar

C SA9950/2.5 2.5hp 230V - 1ph 9.5A 9.5cfm 8.4cfm 50ltr 116psi/8bar

Section 13 Belt Drive Compressors

552

B Made in Europe

Made in Europe Soft Start

Soft Start

A - D Belt Drive Compressors Model No. SEE TABLE Suitable for professional garage, body shop and industrial applications. Soft-start system incorporates twin capacitors and dump valve to provide additional punch of power and reduced back-pressure on start-up. These features combine to allow units to be powered by 13Amp supply . Pump units feature heavy-duty aluminium cylinders with cast iron liners for durable and trouble free performance and are capped by alloy heads for improved heat dissipation. Composite drive guard is designed to draw increased levels of cooling air over cylinder head and significantly lowers running temperature. Supplied with full CE certification, test certificate, operating and maintenance guidelines.

Made in Europe Soft Start

E Compressor Oil

Model No. SEE BELOW A blend of mineral oils suitable for Sealey and other leading brands of compressor. Supplied in 1 litre and 5 litre containers. Model No: CPO/1 CPO1S CPO/5

Size: 1ltr 1ltr 5ltr

Pack Qty: 12 1 1

Model No: SA1050/3 SA1010/3 SA1015/3 SA1020/3 Motor Output: 3hp 3hp 3hp 3hp Voltage/Phase: 230V - 1ph 230V - 1ph 230V - 1ph 230V - 1ph Input Current: 13A 13A 13A 13A Air Displacement: 13.6cfm 13.6cfm 14.0cfm 14.0cfm Maximum Free Air Delivery: 9.9cfm 9.9cfm 10.6cfm 10.6cfm Tank Capacity: 50ltr 100ltr 150ltr 200ltr Maximum Pressure: 145psi/10bar 145psi/10bar 145psi/10bar 145psi/10bar Overall Size (W x D x H): 820 x 310 x 720mm 1050 x 395 x 830mm 1380 x 440 x 950mm 1400 x 420 x 1000mm

Section 13 Belt Drive Compressors A - C Belt Drive Compressors Model No. SEE TABLE Suitable for professional garage, body shop and industrial applications. Soft-start system incorporates twin capacitors and dump valve to provide additional punch of power and reduced back-pressure on startup. These features combine to allow units to be powered by 13Amp supply. High efficiency pump unit features heavy-duty aluminium cylinders with cast iron liners, for durable and trouble free performance, capped by alloy heads for improved heat dissipation. Oil bath crankcase fitted with eye glass oil level indicator. Fully automatic electric pressure control valve. SA2010/3 is supplied fitted with wheels and a pressure gauge. Models SA2015/3 and SA2020/3 are suitable for fixed workshop installation and include a pressure gauge. Supplied with full CE certification, test certificate, operating and maintenance guidelines.

553

Made in Europe Soft Start

All models are fitted with twin capacitors and repositioned dump valve to reduce current on start-up. This enables use on 13Amp power supply.

Made in Europe

1/2” Drive

Soft Start

Tool Kit 2pc with D Air Accessories Model No.

SA2002KIT

Comprises 1/2”Sq drive air impact wrench, 1/2”Sq drive air ratchet wrench, ten 1/2”Sq drive W allDrive® Chrome Vanadium impact sockets, in-line air oiler, air tool oil and a hex key , all in carry-case. Suitable for workshop and body shop applications. See page 504 for full details.

Made in Europe

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

1/2” Drive

Twin Hammer

Soft Start

Composite

Series Composite E Generation Air Impact Wrench 1/2”Sq Drive Twin Hammer

Model No.

New

GSA6002

Combination of composite materials, alloyed metals and twin hammer design result in a lightweight, durable and powerful air impact wrench. Soft grip handle with downward facing exhaust make this wrench comfortable on the hands and ears and limits the circulation of brake dust on wheel applications. Finger tip control of power and direction via lever on rear of wrench. Suitable for professional garage use. Drive: 1/2”Sq Working/Maximum Torque: 420/500lb.ft Ultimate Torque: 600lb.ft Air Consumption: 8.4cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 1.9kg

For our full Air Tool Range see pages 501 to 535.

A Model No: SA2010/3 Motor Output: 3hp Voltage/Phase: 230V - 1ph Input Current: 13A Air Displacement: 13.6cfm Maximum Free Air Delivery: 10.5cfm Tank Capacity: 100ltr Maximum Pressure: 145psi/10bar Overall Size (W x D x H): 1050 x 395 x 830mm

B SA2015/3 3hp 230V - 1ph 13A 14.5cfm 12.8cfm 150ltr 145psi/10bar 1380 x 440 x 950mm

C SA2020/3 3hp 230V - 1ph 13A 14.5cfm 12.8cfm 200ltr 145psi/10bar 1400 x 420 x 1000mm

Section 13 Premier Belt Drive Compressors

554

Premier Line A - C Premier Line Compressors Model No.

SEE TABLE

for the Professional

Made in Europe

The Premier Line range of compressors is suitable for garage, body shop and industrial applications. Features heavy-duty electric motors and cast iron cylinders to enable slower revving giving a longer life and higher performance. Fully automatic pressure switches help to keep line pressure at an optimum level. Machines are supplied with 1/2â&#x20AC;?BSP outlet tap on the stationary models and a filter regulator on SA2110/3 mobile unit. All models are supplied with full CE certification, test certificate, operating and maintenance guidelines.

Soft Start

B Made in Europe Soft Start

C Made in Europe Soft Start

Premier Belt Drive D 270ltr Compressor 2 x 3.0hp Model No.

SA2127/32

High output unit suitable for garage, body shop and industrial applications. Features tandem twin-cylinder compressors, each powered by a heavy-duty electric motor. Fully automatic pressure switch keeps line pressure at an optimum level. Supplied with control box which provides automatic stepped starting to prevent supply overload. Requires a 230V 30Asupply. Supplied with full CE certification, test certificate and operation/maintenance booklet.

D Made in Europe

Supplied with control box which provides automatic stepped starting to prevent supply overload.

A Model No: Motor Output: Voltage/Phase: Input Current: Air Displacement: Maximum Free Air Delivery: Tank Capacity: Maximum Pressure: Weight: Overall Size (W x D x H):

SA2110/3 3hp 230V - 1ph 13A 14.9cfm 12.0cfm 100ltr 145psi/10bar 75kg 1050 x 395 x 830mm

B SA2115/3 3hp 230V - 1ph 13A 14.9cfm 12.0cfm 150ltr 145psi/10bar 85kg 1380 x 440 x 950mm

C SA2120/3 3hp 230V - 1ph 13A 14.9cfm 12.0cfm 200ltr 145psi/10bar 97kg 1400 x 420 x 1000mm

D SA2127/32 2 x 3hp 230V - 1ph 20A 26cfm 20.1cfm 270ltr 145psi/10bar 142kg 1470 x 500 x 1120mm

Section 13 Premier Belt Drive Compressors

Premier Line Premier Belt-Drive A - C Compressors 3 Phase Model No.

SEE TABLE

Made in Europe

Premier Line heavy-duty compressor range, features two 5.5hp models, suitable for garage, body shop and industrial applications. Our top of the range 270ltr unit with 7.5hp motor is suitable for use in larger workshops or where more capacity is required to power high volume or multiple air applications. Heavy-duty three-phase electric motors and cast iron cylinders enable slower revving, giving a longer life and higher performance. Includes two-stage compressor head with intercooler unit for maximum ef ficiency. Fully automatic pressure switches help to keep line pressure at an optimum. Supplied with 1/2â&#x20AC;?BSP outlet tap and full CE certification, test certificate, operating and maintenance guidelines.

555

for the Professional

WHEEL KIT An optional conversion kit is available for wheel mounting all static compressors, except SA4025/3. Includes four fixed wheels and handle. Order Model No. COMP/KIT1.

SWIVEL WHEEL KIT All static models, except SA4025/3, may be fitted with workshop wheel kit which includes two fixed and two swivel wheels plus handles. Order Model No. COMP/KIT2.

ANTI-VIBRATION FEET A set of four optional anti-vibration rubber feet available for all static workshop models. Reduces noise and prevents damage to floors. Order Model No. COMP/KIT3. COMPRESSOR OIL

See page 552 for details of our Compressor Oil.

Model No: SA3015/55 Motor Output: 5.5hp Voltage/Phase: 415V - 3ph Input Current: 8.5A Air Displacement: 20.4cfm Maximum Free Air Delivery: 15.5cfm Tank Capacity: 150ltr Maximum Pressure: 160psi/11bar Weight: 91kg Overall Size (W x D x H): 1380 x 440 x 950mm

B SA3020/55 5.5hp 415V - 3ph 8.5A 20.4cfm 15.5cfm 200ltr 160psi/11bar 109kg 1400 x 420 x 1000mm

C SA3027/75 7.5hp 415V - 3ph 11.6A 31.0cfm 25.0cfm 270ltr 160psi/11bar 180kg 1470 x 500 x 1120mm

556

Section 13 Premier Belt Drive Compressors

Premier Line Premier Petrol Engined A 50ltr Compressor 5.5hp Model No. SA4050/55 Fully mobile compressor with Honda GX160 power unit coupled to heavy-duty, twin piston, cast iron pump. Fitted with low pressure transport wheels and protected by 360° bumper bar. Features twin gauges and air outlet regulator. Runs on unleaded fuel. Motor Output: 5.5hp Noise Level: 83dB.A Air Displacement: 14.2cfm Maximum Free Air Delivery: 13.8cfm Tank Capacity: 50ltr Maximum Pressure: 145psi/10bar Weight: 63kg Overall Size (W x D x H): 800 x 400 x 750mm

for the Professional

Made in Europe

FUEL CANS See page 380 for our range of Fuel Cans.

Made in Europe

Soft Start

B EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

High Flow

Filter Regulator Lubricator

B Air Filter/Regulator/Lubricator Model No. SA206 Suitable for industrial workshop air supply set-ups where high volume applications are required. Regulator assembly features locking control knob for pre-setting air pressure and large easy-to-read pressure gauge. Filter with manual drain facility and 1/8”BSP outlet. Lubricator includes oil/air mix control and sight glass. Filter and lubricator are fitted with metal bowl cages for protection. Port Size: 1/2”BSP Maximum Supply Pressure: 150psi Maximum Operating Pressure: 125psi Maximum Air Flow: 105cfm

Made in Europe

Quiet Running D Premier Compressor 3.0hp Single Phase

Compressed Air C Premier Receiver

Model No.

SA4025/3

Features cast iron cylinder head configuration from Premier Line range of compressors. Compact size and Compressed air receiver manufactured to meet 87/404/EEC Pressure Vessel Directive and supplied quiet running features make this compressor unit with test certificate. Includes fitting kit of hose, for direct suitable for installation near or in workshop area. Noise connection to SA4025/3, safety valve, gauge and drain output is just 63dB.A - not much more than a washing machine! Includes heavy-duty single-phase electric valve. Can also be used in conjunction with other motor with soft-start circuitry to enable smooth Sealey Premier compressors. operation from 13Amp supply. Integral 24 litre tank may Capacity: 200ltr be supplemented by additional receiver (see SA200T). Overall Size (H x Ø): 1600 x 452mm Provides both regulated and unregulated pressure output with glycerine filled gauges on control panel for Fast Fit Air Supply Ring Main System precise adjustment. Supplied with full CE certification, See pages 542 & 543 for full details test certificate, operating and maintenance guidelines. Install your own workshop compressed air ring main Unit may not be converted for mobile use. quickly easily and competitively with the Sealey Motor Output: 3.0hp system of fast fit compressed air fittings. Voltage/Phase: 230V - 1ph A professional compressed air system can be installed Input Current: 13A quickly and easily, considerably reducing the need for Air Displacement: 14.9cfm specialist staf f and with disruption and downtime Maximum Free Air Delivery: 12.0cfm reduced to a minimum. Tank Capacity: 24ltr Maximum Pressure: 145psi/10bar Lightweight yet strong acetal copolymer fittings and nylon Weight: 110kg pipe runs make handling and assembling the system far Overall Size (W x D x H): 700 x 620 x 1100mm easier than an equivalent system in galvanized steel. Model No.

SA200T

Section 14

Electric Power Tools 558 560 561 562 563 564 565 568 570

Cordless Impact & Ratchet Wrenches Cordless Screwdriver & Drill/Drivers Cordless Hammer Drill/Drivers Multi-Purpose Rotary Tools & Engravers Hammer Drills, Saws & Router Angle Grinders Electric Sanders & Polishers Hot Air Guns Power Tool Accessories

558

Section 14 Cordless Impact Wrenches

Electric Power Tool Ranges With our constantly expanding range we have tried to make it easier to find products by categorising them by quality level. Read on for more information.

14.4V

19.2V

203Nm Torque

271Nm Torque

3/8” Drive

1/2” Drive

Power Tool Range

Based on similar designs to our Sealey and Premier range. These tools offer good reliability at the very best value in every day electric power tools and still have the same professional support and after sales service as with the rest of the Sealey range.

Power Tool Range Traditional designs and proven workshop reliability define our Sealey range.A value for money range which is supported by our extensive after sales operation in exactly the same way as our high end Premier range.

Premier

Power Tool Range

Impact Wrench 14.4V A Cordless 3/8”Sq Drive Model No.

CP1440

Powerful, compact, cordless impact wrench with Our range of Premier electric power tools of fers the electronic variable speed trigger. Forward, reverse and very best in performance and price. We specify the very trigger lock control integrated into housing for ease of highest quality components and manufacturing designs use. Superbly balanced tool with vibration reducing to ensure a long and durable working life and are grip. Suitable for workshop applications. Includes confident that these tools offer the best value around. 14.4Volt Ni-Cd battery pack and 1 hour mains charger . Battery: Drive Size: No Load Speed: Impact Rate: Maximum Torque: Replacement Battery: Weight:

14.4V 3/8”Sq 0-2200rpm 0-2900bpm 203Nm/150lb.ft CP1440BP 1.8kg

Impact Wrench 19.2V B Cordless 1/2”Sq Drive Model No.

CP1920

Powerful, compact, cordless impact wrench with forward, reverse and trigger lock control integrated into housing for ease of use. Superbly balanced tool with vibration reducing grip. Suitable for workshop applications. Includes 19.2V olt Ni-Cad battery pack and 1 hour mains charger. Battery: Drive Size: No Load Speed: Impact Rate: Maximum Torque: Replacement Battery: Weight:

19.2V 1/2”Sq 2000rpm 2600bpm 271Nm/200lb.ft CP1920BP 3.0kg

19.2V

Premier

19.2V

Premier

19.2V

Premier

386Nm Torque

407Nm Torque

386Nm Torque

1/2” Drive

Reversible Battery Pack

1/2” Drive

Impact Wrench 19.2V C Cordless 1/2”Sq Drive

Impact Wrench 19.2V D Cordless 1/2”Sq Drive

Model No.

CP3001

CP3002

One of the most powerful cordless impact wrenches on the market. Reversible battery pack gives tool added balance when used with bulky socketry . Produces in excess of 386Nm(285lb.ft) of torque enough to remove wheel nuts. Forward and reverse controls integrated into housing for ease of use. Suitable for workshop, body shop and tyre shop applications. Includes 19.2Volt Panasonic Ni-Cad 2Ah battery pack and charger. Compact and powerful motor. Compact and powerful motor. Electric brake reduces overrun for saferoperation. Electric brake reduces overrun for saferoperation. 19.2Volt Panasonic rechargeable, reversible battery. 19.2Volt Panasonic rechargeable battery. 1 Hour charger with BS approved 3-pin safety plug. 1 Hour charger with BS approved 3-pin safety plug. Battery: 19.2V Battery: 19.2V Drive Size: 1/2”Sq Drive Size: 1/2”Sq No Load Speed: 2000rpm No Load Speed: 2000rpm Impact Rate: 2600bpm Impact Rate: 2600bpm Maximum Torque: 386Nm/285lb.ft Maximum Torque: 386Nm/285lb.ft Replacement Battery: CP3002BP Replacement Battery: CP3001BP Weight: 3.0kg Weight: 2.9kg

One of the most powerful cordless impact wrenches on the market. Produces in excess of 386Nm(285lb.ft) of torque - enough to remove wheel nuts. Forward and reverse controls integrated into housing for ease of use. Superbly balanced tool with vibration reducing grip. Suitable for workshop, body shop and tyre shop applications. Includes 19.2Volt Panasonic Ni-Cad 2Ah battery pack and charger.

1/2” Drive Impact Wrench 19.2V E Cordless 1/2”Sq Drive Super Torque Model No.

CP3003

One of the most powerful cordless impact wrenches on the market. Produces torque in excess of 407Nm(300lb.ft) - enough to remove wheel nuts. Forward and reverse controls integrated into housing for ease of use. Suitable for workshop, body shop and tyre shop applications. Features replaceable motor brushes and includes 19.2V olt 2Ah Ni-Cad battery pack and charger. Compact and powerful motor. Electric brake reduces overrun for safer operation. 19.2Volt rechargeable battery. 1 Hour charger with BS approved 3-pin safety plug. Battery: 19.2V Drive Size: 1/2”Sq No Load Speed: 2000rpm Impact Rate: 2600bpm Maximum Torque: 407Nm/300lb.ft Replacement Battery: CP3003BP Weight: 3.0kg

Section 14 Cordless Impact/Ratchet Wrenches A

559

19.2V

CP3004 features 6 torque levels 60/140/180/280/350/400lb.ft.

Chargers for 19.2V C - D In-Vehicle Cordless Impact Wrenches Model No.

SEE BELOW

Charge the battery for the CP3001, CP3002, CP3003 or CP3004 cordless impact wrench from any vehicle 12Volt cigarette lighter socket whilst on the move.The convenient way to make sure the wrench is always ready to use. Cable length 1.8mtr. Model No: Cable Length: 1.8mtr C CP3001/C-IV 1.8mtr D CP3002/C-IV

Applications: CP3001, CP3003 CP3002, CP3004

Premier

24V

542Nm Torque

441Nm Torque

1/2” Drive

Impact Wrench 19.2V A Cordless 1/2”Sq Drive Super Torque Model No. CP3004 The most powerful cordless impact wrench in the Sealey range. Six torque settings with a maximum of 542Nm(400lb.ft) - enough to remove the most stubborn wheel nut. Forward and reverse control integrated into housing for ease of use. Suitable for workshop, body shop and tyre shop applications. Features replaceable motor brushes and includes 19.2Volt 2Ah Ni-Cad battery pack and charger. Compact and powerful motor. Electric brake reduces overrun for safer operation. 19.2Volt rechargeable battery. 1 Hour, auto-cut-off charger with BS approved 3-pin safety plug. Battery: 19.2V Drive Size: 1/2”Sq No Load Speed: 1800rpm Impact Rate: 2200bpm Torque Settings: 6 Torque Range: 81-542Nm/60-400lb.ft Replacement Battery: CP3002BP Weight: 3.2kg

Premier

Impact Wrench 24V B Cordless 1/2”Sq Drive Super Torque Model No.

CP2400

Powerful, compact, cordless impact wrench with forward and reverse control integrated into housing for ease of use. Produces torque in excess of 441Nm(325lb.ft) enough to remove wheel nuts. Superbly balanced tool with side handle and vibration reducing grip. Suitable for workshop applications. Includes 24V olt Ni-Cd battery pack and 1 hour mains charger. Battery: 24V Drive Size: 1/2”Sq No Load Speed: 2000rpm Impact Rate: 2600bpm Maximum Torque: 441Nm/325lb.ft Replacement Battery: CP2400BP Weight: 3.3kg

IMPACT SOCKETS

See pages 511 to 517 for our range of Impact Sockets and Accessories.

fofsbujpo Bjs Uppmt

14.4V 3/8” Drive

3/8” Drive Flexi-Head Flexi-Head Ratchet Wrench F Air 3/8”Sq Drive

Ratchet Wrench 14.4V E Cordless 3/8”Sq Drive Model No.

New

CP2144

Powerful cordless ratchet wrench with hardened steel anvil and twist-reverse mechanism. Finger operated trigger incorporated in housing. Textured soft grip helps reduce vibration. Features built-in LED work light for use in low-light areas. Suitable for workshop applications. Includes 14.4V Ni-Cd battery pack and 1 hour mains charger. Battery: Drive: Maximum Torque: Replacement Battery: Weight:

14.4V 3/8”Sq 48Nm/35lb.ft CP2144BP 1.9kg

Model No. New SA609 Innovative design flexible ratchet head allows 30° angle adjustment in both directions. Ratchet yoke designed and manufactured to provide additional strength, prolonging the working life. Reversible for use in either direction and trigger operated power control. Rear exhaust with baffle reduces noise level and oil spray. Suitable for use in the professional workshop. 1/2”Sq drive version available - Model NumberSA610. Drive: 3/8”Sq Maximum Torque: 50lb.ft Air Consumption: 5cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSPT Length: 256mm Weight: 0.9kg AIR IMPACT WRENCHES For full range of Air Impact Wrenches See page 501 to 507.

Twin Hammer Composite

1/2” Drive

Series Composite G Generation Air Impact Wrench 1/2”Sq Drive Twin Hammer

Model No.

New

GSA6002

Combination of composite materials, alloyed metals and twin hammer design result in a lightweight, durable and powerful air impact wrench. Soft grip handle with downward facing exhaust make this wrench comfortable on the hands and ears and limits the circulation of brake dust on wheel applications. Finger tip control of power and direction via lever on rear of wrench. Suitable for professional garage use. Drive: Working/Maximum Torque: Ultimate Torque: Air Consumption: Operating Pressure: Air Inlet Size: Weight:

1/2”Sq 420/500lb.ft 600lb.ft 8.4cfm 90psi 1/4”BSP 1.9kg

560

Section 14 Cordless Screwdriver & Drill/Drivers

14.4V

1 Hour Charge

12V

No Load Speed: 180rpm Maximum Torque: 2.5Nm Charging Time: 3-5hr Contents: Bits; Slotted - 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 x 24mm, TRX-Star* - T10, T15, T20 x 24mm, Phillips - #1, #2, #4 x 24mm, Slotted - 3, 4, 5, 6 x 50mm, Bit Adaptor, HSS Drill Bit 2mm, Cordless Screwdriver, Pouch

Impact Driver 14.4V B Cordless 1hr Charge 2 Batteries Model No.

New

CP1441

Powerful, compact, cordless impact driver with electronic variable speed trigger. Forward, reverse and trigger lock control integrated into housing for ease of use. Superbly balanced tool with vibration reducing grip. Features replaceable motor brushes and quickrelease bit holder. Includes two 14.4Volt Ni-Cd battery packs and 1 hour mains charger all supplied in a robust carry-case. Battery: Drive Size: No Load Speed: Impact Rate: Maximum Torque: Replacement Battery: Weight:

14.4V 6mm Hex Quick-Release 0-2100rpm 0-2900bpm 135Nm (100lb.ft) CP1441BP 1.74kg

C Cordless Drill/Driver 12V Model No. CP12035V Superbly balanced tool, intended for professional use. Features fifteen position torque control, electronic variable speed control with reverse and 10mm keyless chuck. Ideal for both screw driving and drilling. Supplied in carry-case together with accessories. Variable Speeds: 0-600rpm Drilling Capacities: Wood: 16mm Metal: 10mm Chuck Size: 10mm Replacement Battery: CB12VBP Weight Including Battery: 1.5kg Accessories: Drills; 1.5, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6mm, Screwdriver Bits; Slotted - 5, 6mm, Phillips - #1, #2, Pozi - #1, #2, Magnetic Bit Holder

18V 18V

D Cordless Drill/Driver 18V Model No. CP18035V Superbly balanced tool, intended for professional use. Features fifteen position torque control, electronic variable speed control with reverse and 10mm keyless chuck. Ideal for both screw driving and drilling. Supplied in carry-case together with accessories. Variable Speeds: 0-600rpm Drilling Capacities: Wood: 16mm Metal: 10mm Chuck Size: 10mm Replacement Battery: CB18VBP Weight Including Battery: 1.8kg Accessories: Drills; 1.5, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6mm, Screwdriver Bits; Slotted - 5, 6mm, Phillips - #1, #2, Pozi - #1, #2, Magnetic Bit Holder

Cordless drills feature keyless chuck.

1 Hour Charge

Hammer Drill/Driver 18V E Cordless 1hr Charge Model No.

CP1801V

DRILL BITS See pages 580 & 581 for our full range of Drill Bits.

Section 14 Cordless Hammer Drill/Drivers 2 Batteries

14.4V

2 Batteries

18V

1 Hour Charge

2 Batteries

24V 1 Hour Charge

1 Hour Charge

Premier

561

Premier

Hammer Drill/Driver A Cordless 14.4V Super Torque 1hr Charge

Hammer Drill/Driver B Cordless 18V Super Torque 1hr Charge

Hammer Drill/Driver C Cordless 24V Super Torque 1hr Charge

Model No.

2 Batteries

New

CP3014VHK

New

CP3018VHK

2 Batteries

New

CP3024VHK

Professional cordless drill featuring an extra powerful fan-cooled motor developing up to 25Nm torque. Electronic variable speed in forward/reverse and brake gives complete control. Wide range of torque settings over two mechanical speeds including hammer action. Built-in spirit level allows for accurate drilling. LED battery level indicator prompts re-charging or switching to second battery (included). 13mm Keyless chuck for quick change of drill/bit and auxiliary handle with internal storage for supplied 9pc bit set. Supplied in robust carry-case with internal component storage compartment.

Professional cordless drill featuring an extra powerful fan-cooled motor developing up to 30Nm torque. Electronic variable speed in forward/reverse and brake gives complete control. Wide range of torque settings over two mechanical speeds including hammer action. Built-in spirit level allows for accurate drilling. LED battery level indicator prompts re-charging or switching to second battery (included). 13mm Keyless chuck for quick change of drill/bit and auxiliary handle with internal storage for supplied 9pc bit set. Supplied in robust carry-case with internal component storage compartment.

Professional cordless drill featuring an extra powerful fan-cooled motor developing up to 36Nm torque. Electronic variable speed in forward/reverse and brake gives complete control. Wide range of torque settings over two mechanical speeds including hammer action. Built-in spirit level allows for accurate drilling. 13mm Keyless chuck for quick change of drill/bit and auxiliary handle with internal storage for supplied 9pc bit set. Battery incorporates magnetic plate to hold loose fixings prior to use. Supplied in robust carry-case with internal component storage compartment and a spare battery.

Battery Type: 14.4V - 1.7Ah No Load Speed: 0-360rpm/0-1300rpm (±15%) Impact Rate: 5760bpm/20800bpm (±15%) Drilling Capacities: Wood: 25mm Metal: 10mm Concrete: 6.5mm Chuck Size: 13mm Maximum Torque: 25Nm Replacement Battery: CP3014VHKBP Weight Including Battery: 2.4kg

Battery Type: 18V - 1.7Ah No Load Speed: 0-500rpm/0-1700rpm (±15%) Impact Rate: 8000bpm/27200bpm (±15%) Drilling Capacities: Wood: 25mm Metal: 10mm Concrete: 6.5mm Chuck Size: 13mm Maximum Torque: 30Nm Replacement Battery: CP3018VHKBP Weight Including Battery: 2.5kg

Battery Type: No Load Speed: Impact Rate: Drilling Capacities: Wood: Metal: Concrete: Chuck Size: Maximum Torque: Replacement Battery: Weight Including Battery:

A - C

2-Speed Control.

A - C

Side Handle Bit Storage.

24V - 1.7Ah 0-550/0-1900rpm 0-8800/0-30400bpm 25mm 10mm 6.5mm 13mm 36Nm CP3024VHKBP 2.9kg

A - B

Built-in Spirit Level.

Battery Level LED Indicators.

D D Drill Nibbler Attachment Model No. SNA9820 Turns an electric or air drill into a versatile nibbler suitable for cutting intricate shapes in mild steel up to 1.6mm thick. Fits any 13mm drill chuck. Minimum/Maximum Speed: 1500/3000rpm Maximum Capacity: Steel: 1.6mm Stainless: 1.0mm Brass, Plastic, Copper: 2.0mm Replacement Punches: (Pack of 2) SNA9820P Replacement Die: SNA9820D

E Angle Driver Model No. AK2104 Allows access with a power drill/driver to awkwardly positioned fixings. Suitable for 6mm hex bits and socket adaptors. Magnetic bit retention.

562

Section 14 Multi-Purpose Rotary Tools & Engravers

Supplied with a comprehensive accessory kit.

B Multi-Purpose Rotary Tool & Engraver Set 183pc 230V

Rotary Tool & A Multi-Purpose Engraver Set 40pc 230V Model No.

E540

Multi-purpose high-speed power tool with on/of f and electronic variable speed controls. Stepless control between 8000 and 30000rpm. Spindle lock for fast tool changes. Supplied with a full range of tips, wheels, sanding discs/bands, dressing stone and chuck spanner. Suitable for carving, shaping, de-burring, drilling, engraving, cutting and tool sharpening. Supplied in carry-case. Supply: 230V Speed Range: 8000-30000rpm Collets: 2.3, 3mm Twist Drills: 2.3, 3mm Mounted Points: 10pc Diamond Tipped Engraving Heads: 1.8mm (x2) Sanding Cylinder: 12.7 x 12.7mm Accessories: Sanding Bands (4pc), Sanding Discs (6pc), Cutting Discs (8pc), Polishing Wheels (2pc), Dressing Stone, Wrench

Model No. E5188 Multi-purpose high-speed power tool with on/off and electronic variable speed controls. Stepless control between 8000 and 30000rpm. Spindle lock for fast tool changes. Supplied with a full range of tips, wheels, brushes, sanding discs/bands, dressing stone and chuck wrench. Suitable for carving, shaping, de-burring, drilling, engraving, cutting and tool sharpening. Supplied in carry-case. Motor Power - Supply: 130W - 230V Speed Range: 8000-30000rpm Stepless Contents: Collets: 1.6mm, 2.4mm, 3.2mm (x2) HSS Twist Drills: 1.6mm (x2), 2.4mm (x2), 3.2mm (x2) Mounted Points: 14pc Diamond Tipped Engraving Heads: 7pc HSS Cutters: 2pc Sanding Cylinders: 6.4 x 12.7mm, 12.7 x 12.7mm Steel Brushes: 5, 12.7, 21mm Brass Brushes: 5, 12.7, 21mm Nylon End Brushes: 5, 12.7, 21mm Accessories: Sanding Bands (38pc), Grinding Wheels (12pc), Felt Wheels (5pc), Felt Wheel Pointed, Cut Off Wheels (36pc), Cut Of f Wheel Heavy-Duty (30pc), Spare Mandrels (4pc), Fibreglass Cut Of f Wheels (5pc), Cloth Wheel, Rubber Emery Wheel, Flap Wheel, Dressing Stone, Wrench, Flexible Rotary Shaft, Polishing Compound

2 x AAA Cells Engraver D Diamond-Tipped 2 x AAA Cells Model No.

E532

Multi-purpose high-speed power tool with on/of f control. Fitted with diamond-tipped ball type rotary engraving head. Suitable for engraving wood, metal, ceramic and glass. Contoured grip for added comfort. Ideal for security identification on valuable appliances. Includes two AAA cells and hex key.

4 x AA Cells Portable C Diamond-Tipped Engraver 4 x AA Cells Model No.

Micro Die Grinder E Air Ă&#x2DC;3mm Collet

E533

Diamond Tip Specification: Diameter: Length:

1.1mm 25.2mm

Multi-purpose high-speed power tool with on/of f control. Fitted with diamond-tipped ball type rotary engraving head. Suitable for engraving wood, metal, plastic and glass. Supplied with belt mounted battery pack and powered by four AA cells (not included). Includes 1.9mtr cable. Ideal for security identification on valuable appliances. IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!! Always wear eye or face protection w hen using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defend ers, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

Model No.

MODELLING TOOL KITS See page 630 for our full range of Modelling Tool Kits.

SA673

Air motor with quality bearings for smooth and powerful operation. Shrouded exhaust gives quieter operation. Suitable for professional users. Supplied with wrenches and grinding points, air tool oil, in-line oiler and quick connector. Contents: Air Micro Grinder, 10 Grinding Points, Air Tool Oil, In-line Oiler, Quick Connector, Chuck Wrenches Free Speed: 58000rpm Collet: Ă&#x2DC;3mm Operating Pressure: 90psi

Section 14 Hammer Drills, Saws & Router A

800W

Speed Hammer Drill A Variable 800Watt Stock Code

S0686

800Watt hammer drill with variable speed and reverse controls. Suitable for driving and removing screws. Hammer action allows up to 13mm capacity in masonry. Features high quality chuck, textured grip handle and is supplied with adjustable side handle and 2mtr cable with BS approved plug. Capacity: Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Hammer Action: Drilling Capacities: Wood: Steel: Masonry: Weight:

13mm 800W 230V 0-2900rpm 0-27000bpm 25mm 13mm 13mm 2.4kg

700W

810W

Speed Hammer Drill B Variable 810Watt Model No.

SD800

Professional 810Watt hammer drill with variable speed and reverse controls. Suitable for driving and removing screws. Hammer action allows up to 13mm capacity in masonry. Features high quality chuck with soft grip handle and body for added comfort. Supplied with adjustable side handle, depth stop and 3mtr cable with BS approved plug. Capacity: Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Hammer Action: Drilling Capacities: Wood: Steel: Masonry: Weight: Keyless Chuck (Optional):

13mm 810W 230V - 2.6A 0-3000rpm 0-28000bpm 25mm 13mm 13mm 2.4kg SD1000KC

1000W

563

1050W

Speed Hammer Drill C Variable 1050Watt Model No.

SD1000

Professional heavy-duty 1050Watt hammer drill with variable speed and reverse controls. Suitable for driving and removing screws. Two speed mechanical gearbox gives added versatility and hammer action allows up to 16mm capacity in masonry. Features high quality chuck with soft grip handle and body. Supplied with adjustable side handle, depth stop and 3mtr cable with BS approved plug all in a carry-case with accessories. Capacity: Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Hammer Action: Drilling Capacities: Wood: Steel: Masonry: Weight: Keyless Chuck (Optional):

1400W

13mm 1050W 230V - 3.0A 0-1100/0-3000rpm 0-10000/0-27000bpm 30mm 13mm 16mm 3.3kg SD1000KC

Ø185mm

D Variable Speed Jigsaw 700Watt Model No. SJS700 Heavy-duty 700Watt electric motor with variable speed control. Pendulum cutting action with a maximum cut of 85mm in wood. Tilting sole-plate allows cutting of bevels up to 45°. Supplied with width cutting gauge, dust extraction outlet and fitted with 2.7mtr cable and BS approved plug. Motor Power: Supply: Stroke Length: Strokes: Cutting Capacities: Wood: Steel: Weight: Replacement Blades: Model No: Suitability: SJS700B06 Wood SJS700B10 Wood SJS700B24 Wood/Soft Metal

700W 230V - 3A 19mm 500-2800spm 85mm 6mm 2.6kg TPI: 6 10 24

Pack Qty: 3 3 3

Router Variable Speed E 1/4” 1000Watt Model No.

SR1000

Powerful 1000Watt motor delivers a variable speed of 10000 to 30000rpm. Supplied with full accessories, including collet, copy follower , parallel guide and vacuum dust tube. Fitted with 3mtr cable and BS approved plug. Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Collet Size (Metric): Collet Size (Imperial): Plunge Depth: Weight:

1000W 230V - 4.4A 10000-30000rpm 6-8mm 1/4” 44mm 3.2kg

F 185mm Circular Saw 1400Watt Model No. SCS1400 Powerful 1400Watt electric motor with soft start switch. Aluminium guard protects the 185mmTCT cutting blade that has a capacity of up to 64mm in wood. Supplied with blade, width cutting gauge and dust extraction outlet. Fitted with 2.6mtr cable and BS approved plug. Motor Power: 1400W Supply: 230V - 6A No Load Speed: 5000rpm Blade Size: 185 x 2.8mm Arbor: 20mm Capacity in Wood: 64mm Weight: 5.1kg Replacement Blade: SCS1400.78

564

Section 14 Angle Grinder B

600W

860W

Ø115mm

A 115mm Angle Grinder 600Watt

B 115mm Angle Grinder 860Watt

Stock Code S0530 Angle grinder with alloy drive casing and composite motor housing. Smooth running 600Watt motor and bevel gears give low operating noise and vibration. Features an integral spindle lock for fast loading/unloading of grinding discs. Slider type power control with power lock. Supplied with side handle, guard and wrench. Grinding disc not included, order Model No. PTC/115G. Disc Size: Ø115mm Spindle Size: M14 Motor Power: 600W Supply: 230V - 2.6A No Load Speed: 11000rpm Weight: 2.1kg

Stock Code

S0685

Angle grinder with alloy drive casing and composite motor housing. Smooth running 860Watt motor and bevel gears give low operating noise and vibration. Features an integral spindle lock for fast loading/unloading of grinding discs. Slider type power control with power lock. Supplied with side handle, guard and wrench. Grinding disc not included, order Model No. PTC/115G. Disc Size: Ø115mm Spindle Size: M14 Motor Power: 860W Supply: 230V - 3.8A No Load Speed: 11000rpm Weight: 2.3kg

600W

900W

Ø100mm

Ø115mm

C 100mm Angle Grinder 600Watt

D 115mm Angle Grinder 900Watt

Model No. SG101 Suitable for a variety of trade applications. Features heavy-duty alloy bevel gear head with composite body casing and spindle lock for fast loading/unloading of discs. 600Watt Heavy-duty motor develops powerful 11000rpm (no load speed). Supplied with side handle, guard and wrench. Fitted 3.0mtr power cable with BS approved non rewirable plug. Grinding disc not included, order Model No.PTC/100G. Disc Size: Ø100mm Spindle Size: M10 Motor Power: 600W Supply: 230V - 1.7A No Load Speed: 11000rpm Weight: 1.8kg

Model No. SG115 Suitable for a variety of trade applications. Features heavy-duty alloy bevel gear head with composite body casing and spindle lock for fast loading/unloading of discs. 900Watt Heavy-duty motor develops powerful 11000rpm (no load speed). Supplied with side handle, guard and wrench. Fitted 3.0mtr power cable with BS approved non rewirable plug. Grinding disc not included, order Model No.PTC/115G. Disc Size: Ø115mm Spindle Size: M14 Motor Power: 900W Supply: 230V - 2.2A No Load Speed: 11000rpm Weight: 2.2kg

1000W

2000W

Ø125mm

Ø230mm

E 125mm Angle Grinder 1000Watt Model No. New SG125 Suitable for a variety of trade applications. Features heavy-duty alloy bevel gear head with composite body casing and spindle lock for fast loading/unloading of discs. 1000Watt Heavy-duty motor develops powerful 11000rpm (no load speed). Supplied with side handle, guard and wrench. Fitted 3.0mtr power cable with BS approved non rewirable plug. Grinding disc not included, order Model No.PTC/125G. Disc Size: Ø125mm Spindle Size: M14 Motor Power: 1000W Supply: 230V - 2.2A No Load Speed: 11000rpm Weight: 2.4kg

F 230mm Angle Grinder 2000Watt Model No. SG2303 Heavy-duty alloy bevel gear head with composite body housing a powerful 2000W motor. Fitted with soft start to reduce mains draw when switched on. Spindle lock device for fast loading/unloading of discs. Supplied with side handle, guard and wrench. Fitted 3.0mtr power cable with BS approved non rewirable plug. Grinding disc not included, order Model No.PTC/230G. Disc Size: Ø230mm Spindle Size: M14 Motor Power: 2000W Supply: 230V - 3.8A No Load Speed: 6000rpm Weight: 5.5kg

Section 14 Electric Sanders

565

Electric Sanders, Polishers & Sander/Polishers Suitable for the professional tradesman, our range of sanders, polishers and sander/polishers has a proven record of reliabilit y in the body shop and workshop.All are light and well balanced. All the machines are double insulated for operator safety and comply with current EU regulations.All power tools are backed by a 12 month warranty and huge stocks of spare parts.All models fitted with BS approved 3 pin safety plug.

VARIABLE SPEED

Ø150mm Ø150mm Dual Action Random B 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

Variable Speed Belt A 6/12mm Sander Model No.

New

SBS35

Ideal for use in body shops sanding otherwise inaccessible areas, such as around door-shuts. Features three dif ferent sanding arms to suit the working area. Self-contained dust collection bag to fit exhaust. Variable speed power control. Belt tension release lever for simple removal/replacement. Supplied in storage/carry-case. Belt Sizes: Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Weight: Replacement Belts:

6 x 456mm, 12 x 456mm 400W 230V - 5A 900-1400rpm 1.45kg See table right

EDA150

New

DAS151

Pad Size: Thread Size: Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Orbit Size: Weight: Replacement Pad: Optional Pads:

Pad Size: Motor Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Orbit Size: Weight: Replacement Pad:

Ø150mm 5/16”UNF 400W 230V - 1.7A 7000rpm 8mm 2.2kg PTC/150SA PTC/150A, PTC/150VA

Ø150mm 750W 230V - 2.8A 4000-7000rpm 3.5mm 2.9kg DAS151.06

See page 570 for full details of replacement backing pads.

SANDING BELTS - SBS35 Model No: SBS35/B40GN SBS35/B40GW SBS35/B60GN SBS35/B60GW SBS35/B80GN

Size: 6 x 456mm 12 x 456mm 6 x 456mm 12 x 456mm 6 x 456mm

Grade: 40 Grit 40 Grit 60 Grit 60 Grit 80 Grit

Model No: SBS35/B80GW SBS35/B100GN SBS35/B100GW SBS35/B120GN SBS35/B120GW

Heavy-Duty Random E 150mm Orbital Sander Model No.

ER150D

Vertical type orbital sander for heavy-duty sanding applications. Tough composite body shell with trigger type operation and power lock control. Supplied with side handle and pad. Dust-free version available, see page 497 for details, Model No.ER150D/DFS. Pad Size: Ø150mm Thread Size: 5/16”UNF Motor Power: 450W Supply: 230V - 1.8A No Load Speed: 8000rpm Orbit Size: 8mm Weight: 3.5kg Replacement Pad: PTC/150SA

Size: 12 x 456mm 6 x 456mm 12 x 456mm 6 x 456mm 12 x 456mm

Grade: 80 Grit 100 Grit 100 Grit 120 Grit 120 Grit

210 x 115mm

Ø150mm

Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing and carbon brush caps for quick brush replacement. Top mounted slider type power control with power lock. Supplied with side handle and Ø150mm backing pad. Pad Size: Ø150mm Thread Size: 5/16”UNF Motor Power: 360W Supply: 230V - 1.6A No Load Speed: 7000rpm Orbit Size: 8mm Weight: 2.1kg Replacement Pad: PTC/150A Optional Pads: PTC/150SA, PTC/150VA

Model No.

Features variable speed control ranging from 4000 to 7000rpm. Rotating dust extraction port.Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing. Supplied with Ø150mm hook-and-loop backing pad and side handle.

Heavy-Duty Dual Action D 150mm Random Orbital Sander

Dust-Free Random C 150mm Orbital Sander Variable Speed

Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing and carbon brush caps for quick brush replacement. Side mounted slider type power control with power lock. Supplied with Ø150mm pad and side handle.

Model No.

DAS150T

VARIABLE SPEED

Flat Bed Orbital F Heavy-Duty Sander Model No.

EM110

Vertical type orbital sander with rectangular sanding plate configuration. Accepts standard 115mm papers and is fitted with spring loaded paper retaining clamps. Tough composite body shell with trigger type operation and power lock control. Supplied with side handle. Dust-free version available, see page 497 for details, Model No. EM110/DFS. Pad Size: 210 x 115mm Motor Power: 500W Supply: 230V - 2.2A No Load Speed: 8000rpm Orbit Size: 5mm Weight: 3.5kg

566

Section 14 Electric Polishers

Ø150mm

A 150mm Car Polisher 60Watt

Ø230mm

B 230mm Car Polisher 90Watt

18V

Ø230mm

C 230mm Cordless Polisher 18V

Model No. ER150P Random orbital polisher with Ø150mm 3-ply foam pad and two polishing bonnets. Smooth operation provides even buf fing/polishing with no hot spots. Impact resistant ABS housing with twin grips. Supplied with 4mtr cable and BS approved plug.

Model No. ER230P Random orbital polisher with Ø230mm 5-ply foam pad and two polishing bonnets. Smooth operation provides even buf fing/polishing with no hot spots. Impact resistant ABS housing with 360° grip. Supplied with 4mtr cable and BS approved plug.

Model No. CP2518 Cordless random orbital polisher with Ø230mm 5-ply foam pad and two polishing bonnets. Smooth operation provides even buf fing/polishing with no hot spots. Impact resistant ABS housing with twin grips. Supplied with 18V Ni-Cd battery pack and battery charger.

Supply: 230V - 0.3A Motor Power: 60W Speed: 3800rpm Pad Size: Ø150mm Cable Length: 4mtr Replacement Backing Pad: ER150P.BP Replacement Bonnet Terry Cloth: ER150P.TB Replacement Bonnet Synthetic Wool: ER150P.WB

Supply: 230V - 0.4A Motor Power: 90W Speed: 3500rpm Pad Size: Ø230mm Cable Length: 4mtr Replacement Backing Pad: ER230P.BP Replacement Bonnet Terry Cloth: ER230P.TB Replacement Bonnet Synthetic Wool: ER230P.WB

Battery: 18V Speed: 2800rpm Pad Size: Ø230mm Replacement Backing Pad: CP2518.SBP Replacement Battery Pack: CP2518BP Replacement Bonnet Terry Cloth: ER230P.TB Replacement Bonnet Synthetic Wool: ER230P.WB

Ø150mm

D Backing Pads and Hook & Loop Compounding Heads Model No. SEE BELOW Backing Pads - Hook-and-loop faced pads suitable for use with hook-and-loop backed mops and sponges. Model No: Size: PTCBPV3 Ø117mm x M14 PTCBPV4 Ø75mm x M14 Hook-and-Loop Compounding Heads - Synthetic sponge compounding heads colour coded according to intended use. Made in UK for use with Sealey and other popular machines. White Sponge - Dense and firm. Ideal for compounding2-pack paint systems. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150W Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79W Ø79mm x 25mm Blue Sponge - Softer with more open cell. Excellent for cellulose and acrylics. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150B Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79B Ø79mm x 25mm Pink Sponge - Ultra soft type. Use with dark colours and special polishes. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150P Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79P Ø79mm x 25mm Red Sponge - Ultra soft sponge for final finish. Ideal for car valeting. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150R Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79R Ø79mm x 25mm

VARIABLE SPEED

E 150mm Lightweight Polisher Variable Speed Model No. ER1700P Features variable speed control ranging from 0 to 2800rpm.Two level gear system reduces output speed, still maintaining a high torque level. Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing. Spindle lock for easy pad removal. Supplied with Ø150mm hook-and-loop backing pad, polishing bonnet and side handle. Up to 50% lighter than some polishers. Pad Size: Ø150mm Thread Size: M14 No Load Speed: 0-2800rpm Motor Power: 800W Supply: 230V - 3.5A Weight: 2.2kg

Wet

&Dry

Wet & Dry Rechargeable Vacuum Cleaner F Cordless 14.4V Model No.

CPV144

Ideal for quick clearing up of spillages. Convenient for use in the home, workshop or car. Supplied with crevice tool. Features removable collection chamber for easy disposal of waste and removable battery with base charger. Voltage: 14.4V Charging Time: 3-5hr Weight: 1.6kg Replacement Battery: CPV144BP2

14.4V

Section 14 Electric Sander/Polishers A

567

Ø180mm

VARIABLE SPEED

Ø170mm

B 170mm Sander/Polisher 6-Speed

A 180mm Sander/Polisher Variable Speed Stock Code. S0758 Features variable speed control giving a range suitable for both sanding and polishing. Speeds from 660 to 3000rpm. Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing. D-handle is reversible for left or right hand use. Spindle lock for easy pad removal. Safety button to prevent accidental start-up. Supplied with Ø180mm hook-and-loop backing pad, polishing bonnet, spare brushes and hex key.

Model No. MS900PS Features six speed power control producing speeds suitable for sanding and polishing. Speeds vary from 1400 to 3200rpm.Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing. Supplied with Ø170mm backing pad and side handle.

Pad Size: Thread Size: No Load Speed: Motor Power: Supply: Weight:

Ø180mm M14 660-3000rpm 1200W 230V - 5.2A 3.2kg

Ø170mm M14 1400-3200rpm 1300W 230V - 5.8A 3.8kg

Ø170mm

VARIABLE SPEED

C 170mm Sander/Polisher Variable Speed Model No. New MS850PS Features variable speed control ranging from 500 to 3200rpm - suitable for sanding and polishing. Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing. Carbon brush caps for simple maintenance. Supplied with Ø170mm backing pad, polishing bonnet and side handle. Pad Size: Ø170mm Thread Size: M14 No Load Speed: 500-3200rpm Motor Power: 1500W Supply: 230V - 6.6A Weight: 3.6kg

F 178mm Lambswool Bonnet Model No. ER/MS/66 Suits all makes of electric and air polishing machines. Uses a synthetic pile mix to obtain a deep polishing effect. Fabric backing.

VARIABLE SPEED

Ø170mm

D 170mm Heavy-Duty Sander/Polisher 6-Speed Model No. MS700PS Features six speed power control producing speeds suitable for sanding and polishing. Heavy-duty motor produces up to 2200Watts of power under load tests. Alloy bevel gear head with composite motor housing and trigger type operation with power lock control. Supplied with Ø170mm backing pad and side handle. Pad Size: Ø170mm Thread Size: M14 No Load Speed: 600-2800rpm Motor Power: 1300W Supply: 230V - 5.7A Weight: 4.4kg

E Compounding Heads Model No. SEE BELOW Synthetic foam compounding heads colour coded according to intended use. Made in UK for use with Sealey and other popular machines. Available with M14 or 5/8”UNC threads (except red foam - M14 only). Type: Model No: Blue Foam PTC/CH/M14-B Soft with open cell. Excellent for cellulose and acrylics. Pink Foam PTC/CH/M14-P Ultra soft type. Use with dark colours and special polishes. Red Foam PTC/CH/M14-R Ultra soft sponge for final finish. Ideal for car valeting. White Foam PTC/CH/M14-W Dense and firm. Ideal for compounding 2-pack paint systems. Yellow Foam PTC/CH/M14-Y Coarse type with open cell for aggressive jobs. Ideal for new LV paint. For 5/8”UNC version of Compounding Heads, please see page 570.

G Adjustable Safety Eyeshield Model No. SSP44 BSEN166/FT - W raparound, clear , anti-scratch, polycarbonate lens. Adjustable length nylon arms for a snug fit. Tested to particle impact at 45m/s.

568

Section 14 Hot Air Guns

Temperature Hot Air C Variable Gun Kit

B Hot Air Gun Kit

A Hot Air Gun Model No. New HS105 Two step switch for temperature and air flow control. Gun is designed to stand vertically , allowing use as a safe Bunsen burner alternative. Suitable for paint stripping, soft soldering, removing sticky labels and defrosting frozen pipes. Fitted BS approved 3 pin safety plug. Nozzles available separately see E below . Power Output: Supply: Temperature Range: Air Flow:

1600W 230V - 6.9A 375°C/500°C 300/500ltr/min

Model No. HS103K Double insulated hot air gun suitable for paint stripping, soft soldering, removing sticky labels and defrosting pipes. Fitted with two step temperature and air flow control switch. Ball joint cable guide prevents cable wear. Fitted BS approved 3 pin safety plug. Power Output: 766/1583W Supply: 230V - 4.7/6.7A Temperature Range: 316°C/528°C Air Flow: 220/420ltr/min Contents: Hot Air Gun, Fish Tail Nozzle, Window Nozzle

Model No.

New

HS107K

Two step air flow control switch, with variable temperature range on both levels. Gun is designed to stand vertically, allowing use as a safe Bunsen burner alternative. Suitable for paint stripping, soft soldering, removing sticky labels and defrosting frozen pipes. Fitted BS approved 3 pin safety plug. Supplied with four nozzles and scraper, all in a storage case. Power Output: Supply: Temperature Range: Air Flow:

2000W 230V - 8.6A 50-450°C/90-600°C 250/500ltr/min

D C

Hot Air Gun Kit with D Deluxe LED Display Model No.

HS104K

Fitted with variable electronic temperature control and LED temperature display. Two-speed air-flow control. Nozzle storage slot in grip guard. Suitable for paint stripping, soft soldering, removing sticky labels and defrosting frozen pipes. Ball joint cable guide reduces cable wear . Double insulated and fitted with BS approved 3 pin safety plug. Supplied with four nozzles, stand, stripper, scraper handle, three scraper blades, all in a storage case. Power Output: 1000/2000W Supply: 230V - 4.3/8.7A Temperature Range: 50-550°C/50-650°C Air Flow: 265/520ltr/min Contents: Hot Air Gun, Four Nozzles, Stand, Stripper, Scraper Handle, Three Scraper Blades

E Air Gun Accessories for E Hot HS105 & HS107K Model No.

SEE BELOW

Suitable for use with HS105 & HS107K hot air guns. Model No: Description: Fish Tail Nozzle 1 HS107K.26 Wide Scraper 2 HS107K.27 Deflector 3 HS107K.28 Cone Nozzle 4 HS107K.29 Scraper 5 HS107K.30

1 4

Section 14 Hot Air Guns & Glue Gun A

Premier

Temperature Hot Air B Variable Gun

A Hot Air Gun Model No. HS100CE Features twin speed air flow control. Composite, double insulated housing. Suitable for paint stripping, soft soldering, removing sticky labels and defrosting frozen pipes. Nozzles supplied separately. Supplied with fitted BS approved 3-pin safety plug.

Power Output: Supply: Temperature Range: Air Flow:

1600W 230V - 6.9A 300°C/500°C 240/450ltr/min

569

Premier

C Plastic Welding Kit

Model No. HS102 Model No. HS102K Hot air gun kit supplied with two plastic welding nozzles, Equipped with triple-range variable electronic temperature control. Suitable for paint stripping, soft a starter pack of ABS welding rods and a concise soldering, removing sticky labels and defrosting frozen instruction manual. Hot air gun specification as HS102. pipes. Additionally suitable for plastic welding with Contents: HS102 Hot Air Gun, Plastic Welding optional plastic welding nozzles. Nozzles supplied Nozzle, Reduction Nozzle, Starter Pack ofABS Rods separately. Gun is designed to stand vertically , allowing use as a safe Bunsen burner alternative. Fitted BS approved 3 pin safety plug. B &C B &C Power Output: 2000W Supply: 230V - 8.7A Temperature Range: 50°C-600°C Air Flow: 150/300/500ltr/min

E 1

E Electric Glue Gun Model No. AK292 Composite housing with trigger feed. Fitted with 1.5mtr of cable with BS approved 3 pin 230V non-rewirable fused plug. Includes two glue sticks.

4 5

6 7

D Hot Air Gun Accessories Model No.

SEE BELOW

Suitable for HS100CE (not items 5, 6 & 7), HS102 and HS102K hot air guns. Model No: Description: Fish Tail Nozzle 1 HS100/1 Window Nozzle 2 HS100/2 Deflector Nozzle 3 HS100/3 Reduction Nozzle 4 HS100/4 Plastic Welding Rods 5 HS102K/1 Plastic Welding Nozzle 6 HS102K/2 9mm Reduction Nozzle 7 HS102K/3

G General Purpose Glue Sticks Model No. SEE BELOW Hot melt glue sticks suitable for Sealey and other popular makes of glue guns. Length 100mm each. Model No: Pack Qty: 6pc 1 AK292/1 25pc 2 AK292/2

Heating/Soldering Torch F Butane Kit Model No.

AK2946

Portable and lightweight torch with piezoelectric start. Features adjustable heating control ranging up to 450°C (approximately). Removable solder tip transforms torch into burning flame heat source. Supplied with a variety of nozzles for various applications including a flameless heat source adaptor. Safety cap for storage. Sponge cleaning tray and small roll of solder wire. Suitable for heating, soldering and shrinking. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid). Contents: Butane Solder Torch, Deflector Nozzle, 3 x Solder Tips, Hot Knife Tip, Sponge Stand, Safety Cap, Solder Wire, Wrench For our full range of Butane Soldering Torches, See Pages 625 to 626.

570

Section 14 Power Tool Accessories

B Backing Pads and Hook & Loop Compounding Heads

A Compounding Heads Model No. SEE BELOW Synthetic foam compounding heads colour coded according to intended use. Made in UK for use with Sealey and other popular machines. Available with M14 or 5/8”UNC threads (except red foam - M14 only). White Sponge - Dense and firm. Ideal for compounding2-pack paint systems. Model No: Thread: PTC/CH/M14-W M14 PTC/CH/5/8-W 5/8”UNC

Model No. SEE BELOW Backing Pads - Hook-and-loop faced pads suitable for use with hook-and-loop backed mops and sponges. Model No: Size: PTCBPV3 Ø117mm x M14 PTCBPV4 Ø75mm x M14

Blue Sponge - Softer with more open cell. Excellent for cellulose and acrylics. Model No: Thread: PTC/CH/M14-B M14 PTC/CH/5/8-B 5/8”UNC

Hook-and-Loop Compounding Heads - Synthetic sponge compounding heads colour coded according to intended use. Made in UK for use with Sealey and other popular machines. White Sponge - Dense and firm. Ideal for compounding2-pack paint systems. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150W Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79W Ø79mm x 25mm

Pink Sponge - Ultra soft type. Use with dark colours and special polishes. Model No: Thread: PTC/CH/M14-P M14 PTC/CH/5/8-P 5/8”UNC

Blue Sponge - Softer with more open cell. Excellent for cellulose and acrylics. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150B Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79B Ø79mm x 25mm

Yellow Sponge - Coarse type with open cell for aggressive jobs. Ideal for VL paint. Model No: Thread: PTC/CH/M14-Y M14 PTC/CH/5/8-Y 5/8”UNC

Pink Sponge - Ultra soft type. Use with dark colours and special polishes. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150P Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79P Ø79mm x 25mm

Red Sponge - Ultra soft sponge for final finish. Ideal for car valeting. Model No: PTC/CH/M14-R

Red Sponge - Ultra soft sponge for final finish. Ideal for car valeting. Model No: Size: PTCCHV150R Ø150mm x 50mm PTCCHV79R Ø79mm x 25mm

Thread: M14

Ø50mm

E Lambswool Bonnet Ø178mm Model No. ER/MS/66 Suits all makes of electric and air polishing machines. Uses a synthetic pile mix to obtain a deep polishing effect. Fabric backing.

Ø75mm

D Sander Backing Pads

1 2

Hook & Loop C 1/4”UNC Mini Backing Pads

Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for air and electric tools fitted with 5/16”UNF or Model No. SEE BELOW M14 thread. Suitability: Suitable for air and electric tools with 1/4”UNC thread. Model No: Diameter-Thread: PTC/150A 150mm-5/16”UNF Stick-on Papers (Firm) PTC50VA 1 Model No: PTC/150SA 150mm-5/16”UNF Stick-on Papers Applications: SA721, SA722 (Soft) Pad Size: Ø50mm PTC/150VA 150mm-5/16”UNF Hook & Loop Papers Thread: 1/4”UNC (Blue Foam) Suitability: Hook-and-Loop Papers PTC/150VA/M14 150mm-M14 Hook & Loop Papers (Black Foam) PTC75VA 2 Model No: AK289* 150mm-5/16”UNF Stick-on Papers Applications: SA721, SA722 AK290* 150mm-5/16”UNF Hook & Loop Papers Pad Size: Ø75mm PTC/180VA 180mm-M14 Hook & Loop Papers Thread: 1/4”UNC (Yellow Foam) Suitability: Hook-and-Loop Papers *Dust-Free

F Power Tool Wrenches Model No. SEE BELOW Our power tool wrenches fit most other makes of tools as well. Check the diameter of the pins and the distance between, then see below. Model No: Size/Type: 10-30mm/4mm Pins 1 PTC/UPW 20mm/4mm Pins 2 PTC/PS20-4 10mm Stop 3 PTC/SS10

Section 14 Power Tool Accessories A

571

B Grinding Discs Model No.

A Cutting Discs Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

General purpose flat cutting discs recommended for use with Sealey and other leading makes of grinding and cutting power tools. Model No: Size: PTC/3C Ø75 x 2 x 10mm PTC/3C5 (Pack of 5) Ø75 x 2 x 10mm PTC/3CT Ø75 x 1.2 x 10mm PTC/100C Ø100 x 3 x 16mm PTC/100CET Ø100 x 1.2 x 16mm PTC/100CT Ø100 x 1.6 x 16mm PTC/115C Ø115 x 3 x 22mm PTC/115CET Ø115 x 1.2 x 22mm PTC/115CT Ø115 x 1.6 x 22mm PTC/125C New Ø125 x 3 x 22mm PTC/125CET New Ø125 x 1.2 x 22mm PTC/125CT New Ø125 x 1.6 x 22mm PTC/180C Ø180 x 3 x 22mm PTC/230C Ø230 x 3 x 22mm PTC/230CT Ø230 x 1.9 x 22mm PTC/300C Ø300 x 2.8 x 25.4mm PTC/355C Ø355 x 2.8 x 25.4mm

New

C Backing Pads & Nuts Model No. Backing pads for sanders and grinders. Model No: Diameter: PTC/BP3 90mm PTC/BP4 100mm PTC/BP7/M14 170mm PTC/BP7/5/8 170mm Lock nuts for backing pads. PTC/BP3/NUT PTC/BP4/NUT PTC/LN/M14 PTC/LN/5/8

SEE BELOW

Aluminium oxide, depressed centre discs for electric and air tools. Suitable for metal grinding applications. Model No: Size: PTC/50G Ø50 x 4 x 10mm PTC/100G Ø100 x 6 x 16mm PTC/115G Ø115 x 6 x 22mm PTC/125G New Ø125 x 6 x 22mm PTC/180G Ø180 x 6 x 22mm PTC/230G Ø230 x 6 x 22mm

SEE BELOW Thread Size: n/a n/a M14 5/8”UNC

D Zirconium Flap Discs Model No. New SEE BELOW Zirconium flap disc for descaling, derusting, weld preparation, weld cleaning and general surface preparation. Lasts many times longer than a normal sanding disc. Abrasive flaps are attached to rigid disc with epoxy adhesive - does not require backing pad. Depressed centre disc suitable for electric and air tools. Model No: FD10040 FD10060 FD10080 FD11540 FD11560 FD11580 FD12540 FD12560 FD12580

New New New

Grit: 40 60 80 40 60 80 40 60 80

Size: Ø100 x 16mm Ø100 x 16mm Ø100 x 16mm Ø115 x 22mm Ø115 x 22mm Ø115 x 22mm Ø125 x 22mm Ø125 x 22mm Ø125 x 22mm

For full range of Electric Angle Grinders see page 564 and for Air Angle Grinders see page 528.

M10 x 1.25 M14 x 2 M14 5/8”UNC

572

Section 14 Power Tool Accessories

A Drill Nibbler Attachment Model No. SNA9820 Turns an electric or air drill into a versatile nibbler suitable for cutting intricate shapes in mild steel up to 1.6mm thick. Minimum/Maximum Speed: 1500/3000rpm Maximum Capacity: Steel: 1.6mm Stainless: 1.0mm Brass, Plastic, Copper: 2.0mm Replacement Punches: (Pack of 2) SNA9820P Replacement Die: SNA9820D

B Drill Powered Pump Model No. TP51 Suitable for use with electric drill with output of 350W att or more. Composite housing supplied with two 1/2” quick release couplings. Delivers up to 1000ltr/hr of fluid at 3000rpm. Suitable for water, organic solvents, motor oil, heating oil, insecticides, pesticides, liquid fertilisers and other non-aggressive liquids. Delivery Pressure: Suction Head:

15psi at 3000rpm 1mtr

C Angle Driver Model No. AK2104 Allows access with a power drill/driver to awkwardly positioned fixings. Suitable for 6mm hex bits and socket adaptors. Magnetic bit retention.

D Cobalt Drill Bit Set 19pc - Metric

E - H Drill Chucks & Keys

I Wire Cup Brushes

Model No. AK4701 High speed steel with 5% Cobalt makes these ideal for drilling extra hard materials. Split tip enables bits to bite workpiece quickly reducing the need for centre mark. Drills can be re-sharpened without af fecting their performance. Supplied in metal storage case. See pages 580 & 581 for our full range of Drill Bit sets.

Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. SEE BELOW Chucks and keys to fit Sealey cordless power tools, air Suitable for use with angle grinders. Crimped steel tools and drill presses. filaments with brassed finish for added corrosion resistance. Model No: Type: Suitability: Keyless Chuck Model No: Thread: Diameter: Maximum Speed: E DC/J-38HC 10mm Chuck for Cordless Tools CBC75 M10 75mm 12500rpm 10mm Chuck Small Air Tools CBC100 M14 100mm 8500rpm F DC/J-38 Chuck Key T-Shape CBC125 M14 125mm 6500rpm Contents: 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, G DC/J-38K-T Chuck Key L-Shape 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10mm H DC/J-38K-L

J Wire Cup Brushes Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for use with power drills. Ø6mm Shaft. Crimped steel filaments with brassed finish for added corrosion resistance. Model No: Shaft: SCB50 Ø6mm SCB75 Ø6mm

Diameter: Maximum Speed: 50mm 4500rpm 75mm 4500rpm

K Flat Wire Brushes

L Twist Knot Wire Cup Brushes

Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for use with power drills. Ø6mm Shaft. Crimped Suitable for use with angle grinders. Twisted steel steel filaments add extra rigidity and cleaning power . filaments give more aggressive cleaning action - ideal for heavy rust removal. Model No: Shaft: Diameter: Maximum Speed: SFB50 Ø6mm 50mm 4500rpm Model No: Thread: Diameter: Maximum Speed: SFB75 Ø6mm 75mm 4500rpm TKCB65 M10 65mm 12500rpm SFB100 Ø6mm 100mm 4500rpm TKCB100 M14 100mm 8500rpm

Section 15

Machine Shop 574 576 577 578 579 580 582 584 587 590 592 594 595

Bench Pillar Drills Floor Pillar Drills Variable Speed & Radial Arm Pillar Drills Premier Bench Pillar Drills Premier Floor Pillar Drills Drill Bit Sets Drilling/Milling Machines, Shears & Folders Lathes, Lathe Tools & Accessories Power Bandsaws Power Hacksaws & Cut-Off Saws Bench Grinders Drill Vices & Clamps Bench Vices

574

Section 15 Bench Pillar Drills

Mounting A - C Bench Pillar Drills Model No.

SEE TABLE

A comprehensive range of bench pillar drills to suit light industrial, agricultural and woodworking applications. All machines meet Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Safety devices fitted include a no-volt release switch, allowing insurance company approval for use in educational establishments. Models GDM92B and up have morse taper spindle housings for taking taper shank drill bits. All models offer multiple speed drives and access to drive belts is denied during operation by mechanical protection. All drills are fitted with rack and pinion feed shafts with preset depth control for repetitive work. Mortise attachments are available for all models GDM120B - GDM200F inclusive.

D Safety Guards

All models of drill are supplied with a safety guard and are fitted with a no-volt release switch to prevent accidental restart after a mains power interruption. Motors are fitted with VDE approved cable and approved 3-pin safety plug.

Model No. SEE BELOW Flip-up safety guards are supplied with all Sealey pillar drills. Check the collar size of the drill and order accordingly. Also fits other popular drills. Model No: DPG30 DPG62 DPG95 DPG99 DPG230 DPG240 DPG250

Collar Size: Ø40mm Ø62mm Ø55mm Ø60mm Ø75mm Ø85mm Ø92mm

E Keyless Pillar Drill Chuck 16mm Model No. GDMX/KC High carbon steel chuck suitable for models GDM50B - GDM200F. Hand tightening of chuck collar grips drill bit securely with three high carbon steel jaws. Chuck Capacity: 16mm

DRILL BIT SETS See pages 580 & 581 for our full range of Drill Bit Sets.

Model No: Drilling Capacity (Chuck Size): Spindle Nose Taper: Swing: Spindle Centre to Column: Spindle Travel: Number of Speeds: Speed Range: Maximum Distance Spindle to Table: Maximum Distance Spindle to Base: Working Table Surface Size: Working Base Surface Size: Overall Base Size: Column Diameter: Collar Diameter: Overall Height: Motor Power: Input Power: Weight: Optional Keyless Chuck 16mm:

SDM30 13mm JT2-1/2 256mm 105mm 50mm 5 650-2800rpm 208mm 293mm 162 x 158mm 140 x 180mm 198 x 310mm 46mm 42mm 583mm 170W - 230V 330W - 230V 18kg -

B GDM50B 16mm MT2 314mm 127mm 60mm 5 460-2890rpm 275mm 385mm Ø250mm 155 x 165mm 340 x 210mm 60mm 55mm 745mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 35kg GDMX/KC

C GDM92B 16mm MT2 314mm 127mm 60mm 12 210-2580rpm 370mm 480mm Ø250mm 155 x 165mm 340 x 210mm 60mm 60mm 840mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 37kg GDMX/KC

Section 15 Bench Pillar Drills A

Mounting A - C Bench Pillar Drills Model No.

A SEE RIGHT

A comprehensive range of bench pillar drills to suit light industrial, agricultural and woodworking applications. All machines meet Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Safety devices fitted include a no voltage release switch, allowing insurance company approval for use in educational establishments. Models GDM92B and up have Morse taper spindle housings for taking taper shank drill bits. All models offer multiple speed drives and access to drive belts is denied during operation by mechanical protection. All drills are fitted with rack and pinion feed shafts with preset depth control for repetitive work. Mortise attachments are available for all models GDM120B - GDM200F inclusive.

GDM120B 16mm MT2 394mm 162mm 80mm 16 210-3340rpm 460mm 640mm Ø310mm 200 x 185mm 420 x 250mm 70mm 60mm 1000mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 55kg GDMX/KC

Attachment for E Mortising Drilling Machines Model No.

575

MA10

B GDM150B 16mm MT2 436mm 178mm 80mm 16 120-3000rpm 480mm 670mm Ø310mm 205 x 205mm 440 x 260mm 80mm 60mm 1070mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 68kg GDMX/KC

C GDM180B 20mm MT3 520mm 220mm 80mm 16 120-3000rpm 495mm 685mm Ø355mm 245 x 240mm 520 x 320mm 80mm 75mm 1085mm 750W - 230V 925W - 230V 80kg GDMX/KC

Suitable for use with Sealey and other leading makes of drill. Supplied with three chisel bit sets and four mounting rings. Mortising attachment is not suitable for SDM30, GDM150B, GDM180B, GDM200F , GDM200F/VS, PDM240F, PDM260F. Collar Diameters: Chisel & Bit Sets:

40, 52, 55, 60mm 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”

D Drilling Machine Work Clamp Model No. AK214 Based on the locking plier principle, this clamp is quick and easy to use, plus it keepsoperator’s hands away from the drilling area whilst keeping the workpiece firmly held. Size:

230mm

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING! Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools. For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

576

Section 15 Floor Pillar Drills

A - C Floor Standing Pillar Drills Model No. SEE RIGHT For a small premium over the cost of a bench drill, you can avoid tying up valuable bench space. These drills have adjustable tilting tables and rise and fall height adjustment by rack and pinion.All models are fully CE certificated and approved for use in educational establishments and the industrial workplace.

TABLE VICES See page 594 for our full range of V ices suitable for use with Pillar Drills.

A Model No: Drilling Capacity (Chuck Size): Spindle Nose Taper: Swing: Spindle Centre to Column: Spindle Travel: Number of Speeds: Speed Range: Maximum Distance Spindle to Table: Maximum Distance Spindle to Base: Working Table Surface Size: Working Base Surface Size: Overall Base Size: Column Diameter: Collar Diameter: Overall Height: Motor Power: Input Power: Weight: Optional Keyless Chuck 16mm:

GDM140F 16mm MT2 314mm 127mm 60mm 12 210-2580rpm 780mm 1150mm Ø250mm 195 x 180mm 420 x 250mm 60mm 60mm 1530mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 53kg GDMX/KC

GDM160F 16mm MT2 394mm 162mm 80mm 16 210-3340rpm 790mm 1220mm Ø310mm 200 x 185mm 440 x 260mm 70mm 55mm 1580mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 61kg GDMX/KC

GDM200F 16mm MT2 436mm 178mm 80mm 16 120-3000rpm 800mm 1230mm Ø310mm 205 x 205mm 460 x 275mm 80mm 60mm 1630mm 560W - 230V 745W - 230V 74kg GDMX/KC

SAFETY GUARDS Safety guards are supplied with all pillar drills. Please note that any drill used on premises covered by the Health & Safety at Work Act MUST be fitted with a safety guard.

Section 15 Variable Speed & Radial Arm Pillar Drills A

VARIABLE SPEED

Speed Floor Standing A Variable Pillar Drill Model No.

GDM200F/VS

Variable speed model allows stepless control of drilling speed between minimum and maximum enabling finer control of finish and tolerance. The belt transmission uses two spring tensioned cone pulleys, the diameters of which can be adjusted by moving a centre idle pulley with the speed adjustment control lever. Meets Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Safety devices fitted include a no-volt release switch, allowing insurance company approval for use in educational establishments. Supplied with chuck guard. Drilling Capacity (Chuck Size): 16mm Spindle Nose Taper: MT2 Swing: 436mm Spindle Centre to Column: 178mm Spindle Travel: 80mm Number of Speeds: Variable Speed Range: 150-2300rpm Maximum Distance Spindle to Table: 800mm Maximum Distance Spindle to Base: 1230mm Working Table Surface Size: Ø310mm Working Base Surface Size: 205 x 205mm Overall Base Size: 460 x 275mm Column Diameter: 80mm Collar Diameter: 60mm Overall Height: 1630mm Motor Power: 560W - 230V Input Power: 745W - 230V Weight: 81kg Optional Keyless Chuck 16mm: GDMX/KC

Radial Arm

577

Radial Arm

The heads of both models can be rotated through 135° and have a positive lock in the vertical position. Heads can also be swung through 360°.

B - C Radial Arm Pillar Drills Model No. SEE BELOW Heavy-duty construction meets Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Safety devices fitted include a no-volt release switch and pulley cover cut-out microswitch. Radial feature allows off-table drilling and angle drilling. Features a maximum throat depth of 420mm. Radial arm controlled by rack and pinion assembly allowing fine positioning of drill bit. Available as bench mounting or floor type.

B Model No: Drilling Capacity (Chuck Size): Spindle Nose Taper: Maximum Swing: Maximum Distance Spindle Centre to Column: Radial Arm Travel: Spindle Travel: Number of Speeds: Speed Range: Working Table Surface Size: Working Base Surface Size: Overall Base Size: Column Diameter: Collar Diameter: Overall Height: Motor Power: Input Power: Weight: Optional Keyless Chuck 16mm:

GDM790BR 16mm MT2 940mm 440mm 320mm 80mm 5 460-2890rpm Ø310 155 x 165mm 340 x 210mm 60mm 60mm 790mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 47kg GDMX/KC

C GDM1630FR 16mm MT2 940mm 425mm 315mm 80mm 5 460-2890rpm Ø310mm 195 x 180mm 420 x 250mm 71mm 60mm 1630mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 65kg GDMX/KC

Section 15 Premier Bench Pillar Drills

578

Premier Line A

for the Professional

Work Light C Cooling System Attachment Model No. PDM/CS Suitable for selected PDM Series drills. Reservoir with gravity feed nozzle directs coolant over workpiece. Spent coolant collected in table reservoir. Applications: PDM155B, PDM210F , PDM240F , PDM260F SAFETY GUARDS Safety guards are supplied with all pillar drills. Please note that any drill used on premises covered by the Health & Safety at W ork Act must be fitted with a safety guard.

Mounting Premier A - B Bench Pillar Drills Model No.

SEE RIGHT

A comprehensive range of bench pillar drills for the professional workshop. Meets Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Models feature heavy-duty aluminium-bodied motors for long and reliable performance. Electrical circuitry protected with no-volt release switch to prevent inadvertent start up and pulley cover protected by microswitch to prevent drill operating when cover is open. PDM155B is fitted with an integral work light which illuminates the drilling table giving operator a clear view of the drilling process. Both models supplied with flip-up chuck guard. Large sized square tables fitted with precision rack and pinion height adjustment.

PDM125B 16mm MT2 403mm 165mm 80mm 16 190-3000rpm 485mm 700mm 254 x 254mm 205 x 200mm 450 x 270mm 73mm 55mm 1050mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 52kg PDM/KC

B PDM155B 16mm MT2 460mm 190mm 80mm 16 190-3000rpm 475mm 660mm 290 x 290mm 205 x 200mm 495 x 290mm 80mm 60mm 1050mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 62kg PDM/KC

E Compound Cross Vices Safety Switch.

Microswitch on pulley cover.

Model No. Cast construction with precision machined compound slides. Fitted with replaceable steel jaws, locking slides and Metric calibrated lead-screws. Suitable for drilling and machining operations.

D E

Keyless Pillar Drill Chuck 16mm

Model No. PDM/KC Suitable for PDM Series drilling machines.

SEE BELOW Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: Overall Height: Travel:

CV4 100mm 35mm 100mm 165mm 100 x 100mm

Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: Overall Height: Travel:

CV5 125mm 42mm 120mm 185mm 151 x 163mm

Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: Overall Height: Travel:

CV6 150mm 44mm 150mm 185mm 198 x 200mm

Section 15 Premier Floor Pillar Drills

Premier Line A

Work Light

for the Professional

Work Light

Standing Premier A - D Floor Pillar Drills Model No.

Work Light

SEE TABLE

A comprehensive range of floor pillar drills for the professional workshop. Meets Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Models feature heavy-duty aluminium-bodied motors for long and reliable performance. Electrical circuitry protected with no-volt release switch to prevent inadvertent start up and pulley cover protected by microswitch to prevent drill operating when cover is open. Selected models are fitted with an integral work light which illuminates the drilling table giving operator a clear view of the drilling process. All models supplied with flip-up chuck guard. Large sized square tables fitted with precision rack and pinion height adjustment.

INTEGRAL WORK LIGHT Models PDM155B and PDM210F up are fitted with integral work light providing even illumination over the work table. Bulb: 230V - 60W ES.

E Titanium Coated Drill Bit Sets High quality Titanium coated HSS drill bits designed to reduce friction and heat. Quicker swarf clearance from the drillâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cutting edge produces a superior quality of finish compared to normal HSS drills. Ideal for use on stainless steel, copper and high carbon steels. Supplied in display case. See page 581 for full details.

579

PDM170F 16mm MT2 413mm 170mm 80mm 16 190-3000rpm 770mm 1255mm 254 x 254mm 205 x 200mm 450 x 270mm 73mm 55mm 1610mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 58kg PDM/KC

B PDM210F 16mm MT2 460mm 190mm 80mm 16 190-3000rpm 725mm 1225mm 290 x 290mm 205 x 200mm 495 x 290mm 80mm 60mm 1610mm 370W - 230V 550W - 230V 68kg PDM/KC

C PDM240F 20mm MT3 512mm 216mm 80mm 16 160-3000rpm 720mm 1230mm 356 x 356mm 205 x 200mm 495 x 290mm 80mm 75mm 1635mm 750W - 230V 925W - 230V 86kg PDM/KC

D PDM260F 20mm MT4 612mm 260mm 120mm 12 120-3480rpm 680mm 1160mm 425 x 475mm 410 x 330mm 575 x 455mm 92mm 85mm 1710mm 750W - 230V 925W - 230V 125kg PDM/KC

580

Section 15 Drill Bit Sets

C SDS Plus Drill Bit Set 11pc A SDS Plus Drill Bit Set 6pc Model No. SDS06 SDS Plus drill bit set suitable for a wide range of masonry/concrete hammer drilling operations. Set covers Ø5-10mm. Sand blast finish. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Drill Bit Ø: 5mm 1 5.5mm 6mm 1 7mm 8mm 10mm

Length: 10mm 110mm 10mm 160mm 160mm 160mm

Plus Drill & Chisel Bit Set B SDS 12pc Model No. SDS12 SDS Plus drill bit and chisel set suitable for a wide range of masonry/concrete hammer drilling/chiselling operations. Drills cover Ø5.5-20mm, chisels are point, flat and groove. Sand blast finish. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Drill Bit Ø: 5.5mm 6mm 7mm 10mm 12mm 14mm 16mm 18mm 20mm Chisels:

Length: 110mm 110mm 160mm 160mm 160mm 210mm 210mm 300mm 450mm Point, 20mm Flat, 20mm Groove

Split Dies

Model No. SDS11 SDS Plus drill bit set suitable for a wide range of masonry/concrete hammer drilling operations. Set covers Ø5.5-20mm. Sand blast finish. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Drill Bit Ø: 5.5mm 6mm 6mm 7mm 10mm 10mm 10mm 12mm 12mm 16mm 20mm

Length: 110mm 110mm 160mm 160mm 160mm 210mm 450mm 210mm 450mm 450mm 450mm IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!

Always wear eye or face protectionwhen using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defenders, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

33pc

Speed Steel Drill Bit Set D High 25pc Model No.

F Adjustable Safety Eyeshield

TDS/25M

HSS Drill bit set in flip-upmetal case. Suitable for general workshop use in both hand and pillar drill applications.

Model No. SSP44 BSEN166/FT - W raparound, clear , anti-scratch, polycarbonate lens. Adjustable length nylon arms for a snug fit. Tested to particle impact at 45m/s.

Contents: 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.5, 13mm

& Die Set Split Dies 33pc E Tap Metric/UNF/BSP

100% COBALT Cobalt Spot Weld Drill G Solid 8mm Model No.

New

AK4734

Suitable for drilling out spot welds on most common vehicle panels including galvanized, boron and high stress steels. Solid cobalt stock allows re-sharpening, extending product life. Size: Length:

Ø8mm 80mm See pages 453 to 456 for our full range of Professional Welding Accessories.

Model No. AK3033 High quality steel taps and dies. Split dies with machined lead-ins for ease of use. Die holder features self-centring mechanism for straight and accurate thread cutting. Set includes T-handled tap wrench, metric screw pitch gauge and slotted 5mm screwdriver. H Automatic Centre Punch Contents: Taper Taps and Dies; M3 x 0.5, M4 x 0.7, M5 x 0.8, M6 x 1, M8 x 1.25, M10 x 1.5, M12 x 1.75, Model No. AK9119 UNF 1/4”-28, 5/16”-24, 3/8”-24, 7/16”-20, 1/2”-20, Chromed brass barrel with spring loaded tip and depth BSP1/8”-28, 1/4”-19, Tap Wrench, T-bar Tap Wrench, adjustment on driver ball. Die Holder, Thread Gauge, Screwdriver Length: 135mm

TAP & DIE SETS See pages 604 & 605 for our full range of Professional Taps & Dies.

I Automatic Centre Punch Model No. AK9121 Knurled brass barrel with spring loaded alloy steel point. Length: 125mm

Section 15 Drill Bit Sets

581

Ti COATED Ti COATED Coated Drill Bit Set A Titanium 19pc Model No.

AK4719

High quality Titanium coated HSS drill bits designed to reduce friction and heat. Quicker swarf clearance from the cutting edge produces a superior quality of finish compared to normal HSS drills. Ideal for use on stainless steel, copper and high carbon steels. Supplied in display case. Contents:1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10mm

Ti COATED

Coated Drill Bit Set C Titanium 21pc Model No.

AK473M

High quality Titanium coated HSS drill bits designed to reduce friction and heat. Quicker swarf clearance from Titanium Coated Drill Bit Set the cutting edge produces a superior quality of finish B 25pc compared to normal HSS drills. Ideal for use on Model No. AK4725 stainless steel, copper and high carbon steels. Supplied in a storage case. High quality Titanium coated HSS drill bits designed to reduce friction and heat. Quicker swarf clearance from Contents: 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.2, 3.5, 4, 4.2, 4.5, 5, 5.2, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10mm the cutting edge produces a superior quality of finish compared to normal HSS drills. Ideal for use on stainless steel, copper and high carbon steels. Supplied in ELECTRIC & CORDLESS display case. HAND DRILLS Contents: 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, See pages 560, 561 & 563 for 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.5, 13mm our full range of Electric & Cordless Hand Drills. Suitable for drilling wood, masonry and metal.

COBALT

D Cobalt Drill Bit Set 19pc

Cobalt Drill Bit Set 25pc

Carbide Tipped F Tungsten Masonry Drill Bit Set 8pc Model No.

New

AK5708

Tungsten carbide tipped for prolonged life and heavyModel No. AK4701 Model No. AK4702 duty use. Shank features a special flute design for fast High speed steel with 5% Cobalt makes these ideal for High speed steel with 5% Cobalt makes these ideal for and effective waste removal. Set covers sizes from drilling extra hard materials. Split tip enables bits to bite drilling extra hard materials. Split tip enables bits to bite 3mm to 10mm. Supplied in storage case. workpiece quickly reducing the need for centre mark. workpiece quickly reducing the need for centre mark. Contents: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10mm fecting their Drills can be re-sharpened without af fecting their Drills can be re-sharpened without af performance. Supplied in metal storage case. performance. Supplied in metal storage case. Contents: 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10mm

G 1

MM 2

Contents: 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.5, 13mm

G Step Drills Model No. SEE BELOW High speed steel double flute step drills. Allows clog-free, precision drilling of up to fourteen dif ferent size holes with just one bit. AK4712 1 Model No. Size Coverage: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12mm AK4722 2 Model No. Size Coverage: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22mm AK4732 3 Model No. Size Coverage: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30mm HAND PROTECTION For our full range of Gloves see pages 710 to 712.

H Step Drill Set 3pc Model No. AK4733 Three high speed steel double flute step drills. Allows clog-free, precision drilling of eighteen dif ferent size holes with just three bits. Supplied in flip-up metal case. Size 1: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12mm Size 2: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22mm Size 3: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30mm

582

Section 15 Drilling/Milling Machine A

B Clamping Kit 42pc for SM2502 Model No. SM2502CK Comprehensive range of T-nuts, screws and clamps for attachment to slots in milling table.Also suitable for other popular makes of drilling/milling machines.

Mini Drilling/Milling Machine

Model No. SM2502 Bench mounting mini drilling/milling machine with the flexibility to handle most materials. Features include a 350Watt motor, variable speed drive, working table with T-slots to enable clamping of workpieces and metric graduated compound scales. The machine also incorporates a tilting column which allows drilling/milling of workpiece at ±45° from vertical. Supplied with 13mm chuck accessory kit for adjusting and setting. Complies with Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments) and is fully CE approved. An optional stand is available, Model No. SM3002ST. See below for a comprehensive range of accessories. Drilling Capacity: 13mm Face Mill Capacity: 30mm End Mill Capacity: 16mm Headstock Travel: 180mm Cross Axis: 100mm Longitudinal Axis: 220mm Spindle Tilt Angle: ±45° Spindle Taper: MT3 Spindle Speed - Low Range: 0-1100rpm Spindle Speed - High Range: 0-2500rpm T-Slot: 12mm Motor Power: 350W - 230V Weight: 68kg

C Accessories for SM2502 Model No. SEE BELOW A comprehensive range of high quality accessories for SM2502 mini drilling/milling machine. Model No: Description: Collet MT3-M12 4mm 1 SM2502C04 Collet MT3-M12 6mm 1 SM2502C06 Collet MT3-M12 8mm 1 SM2502C08 Collet MT3-M12 10mm 1 SM2502C10 Collet MT3-M12 12mm 1 SM2502C12 Collet MT3-M12 14mm 1 SM2502C14 Collet MT3-M12 16mm 1 SM2502C16 Collet Set MT3-M12 4-16mm 1 SM2502CSET 2 Flute HSS End Mill 4mm 2 SM2502EM04 2 Flute HSS End Mill 6mm 2 SM2502EM06 2 Flute HSS End Mill 8mm 2 SM2502EM08 2 Flute HSS End Mill 10mm 2 SM2502EM10 2 Flute HSS End Mill 12mm 2 SM2502EM12 2 Flute HSS End Mill 14mm 2 SM2502EM14 2 Flute HSS End Mill 16mm 2 SM2502EM16 2 SM2502EMSET 2 Flute HSS End Mill Set 4-16mm Mill Chuck Set MT3-M12 4-16mm 3 SM2502MCS Quick Vice 50mm 4 SM2502QV Indexable Carbide End Mill 30mm 5 SM2502ICEM Stand - SM2502, SM2503, SM3002 6 SM3002ST

Section 15 Drilling/Milling Machine, Shears & Folders A

B Clamping Kit 52pc

583

Mounting Metal Folder C Vice 600mm

Model No. SM25/52T Model No. DF600 Ensures the firm clamping of most sizes of workpiece Suitable for mounting in a sturdy bench mounted vice whilst drilling and milling. T-Nuts and screws included and capable of bending up to 22 gauge steel sheet. suitable for attachment to slots in drilling/milling table. Suitable for small garage or restoration operation. Fits Sealey and other popular makes of drilling/milling machines. Capacity: 600mm x 22 Gauge Sheet, Ø2mm Rod

3 Sizes

(SM25 Illustrated with optional stand Model No SM25/STAND)

A Drilling/Milling Machine Model No. SM25 Bench mounting drill/mill with twelve speed reversible drive gives flexibility to handle most materials. Large surface area table with inverted T-slots to facilitate securing of the largest and most awkward shapes. Metric graduated compound scales. Complies with Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments) and is fully CE approved. Supplied with 63mm face cutter, 90mm angle vice, 16mm drill chuck and safety guard. Compound Scales: Metric Drilling Capacity: 25mm Swing: 496mm Face Mill Capacity: 63mm End Mill Capacity: 13mm Diameter of Spindle Sleeve: 85mm Head Swivel: 360° Forward/Backward Table Travel: 145mm Right/Left Table Travel: 370mm Table Working Area: 585 x 190mm Spindle Nose Taper: MT3 Spindle Travel: 92mm Number of Speeds: 12 Speed Range: 100-2150rpm Maximum Distance Spindle to Table: 380mm Maximum Distance Spindle to Base: 480mm Column Diameter: 92mm Motor Power: 750W - 230V Overall Height: 930mm Weight: 167kg Drill Press Guard (Optional): DPG240 Floor Stand (Optional): SM25/STAND

Mounting Sheet Metal E Bench Folder 760mm

D Metal Cutting Shears Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from steel-plate and fitted with hardened steel shear blades for accurate cutting and long life. Designed to be bolted to the bench and supplied with long pattern handle for maximum leverage. Suitable for cropping steel sheet and bar. Model No: Sheet: Round Bar: Max. Cut Length: 3S/4R 4mm* Ø10mm 120mm 3S/5R 5mm* Ø11mm 140mm 3S/6R 6mm* Ø13mm 180mm *Capacity in Steel

SM25 supplied with 13mm capacity drill chuck.

DF760

Capacity:

760mm x 17 Gauge Sheet, Ø2mm Rod

F Sheet Metal Disc Cutter

SM25 supplied with face mill attachment.

Model No.

Bench mounting sheet metal folder, fitted with mounting plates. Capable of bending up to 17 gauge steel sheet. Ideal for the small garage or restoration operation.

Model No. DC16 Bench mounting, 8mm plate-steel disc cutter suitable for cutting up to 16 gauge steel sheet. Deep throat and small cutting disc allows tighter curves to be cut than traditional straight blade cutters. Ratchet action cutter blade. Especially suitable for car restoration work as well as general workshop use.

Standing Metal Folder G Floor 910mm Model No.

DF910

Floor standing metal folder with 910mm capacity . Manually operated and suitable for folding up to 22 gauge sheet. Capacity:

910mm x 22 Gauge Sheet, Ø2mm Rod

584

Section 15 Lathe Tools & Accessories

A - C Lathe Tools Sets Model No.

SEE RIGHT

HSS Lathe tools suitable for machining mild steel, brass, copper and plastics. 8x8mm Section fits Sealey and other popular makes. Manufactured to standard DIN profiles.

1 - 22 Lathe Tools & Accessories Model No. SEE BELOW A comprehensive range of tools and accessories for our SM2503 and SM3002 lathe/mill/drill and lathe.

SM3002CS11 - Cutter Set 8x8mm 11pc

SM2503CSET - Collet Set MT2-M10 Ø3-10mm

SM2503EMSET - HSS End Mill Set Ø3-10mm

SM2503RC - Revolving Dead Centre MT1 SM3002RC - Revolving Dead Centre MT2

SM2503HC - Live Centre MT2 SM3002SC - Live Centre MT3

SM3002CS2 - Cutter Set 2pc

SM30024JC - 4-Jaw Independent Chuck

SM3002MA - Mill Attachment

SM2503FP - Face Plate Ø112mm SM3002FP - Face Plate Ø160mm

SM3002KTH - Knurling Tool

SM2503TC - Tail Stock Chuck MT1-10mm SM3002TC - Tail Stock Chuck MT2-13mm

SM2503FR - Follow Rest SM3002FR - Follow Rest

SM2503MCSET - Mill Chuck Set MT2-M10 Ø3-10mm

SM3002QCCR - Quick Change Post

SM3002CS6 - Cutter Set 8x8mm 6pc

SM2503ICEM - Indexable Carbide End Mill MT2-M10 Ø16mm

SM2503QV - Quick Vice 50mm

SM2503THSET - Tool Holder (Parting & Bore) Set 2pc

SM2503SR - Steady Rest SM3002SR - Steady Rest

SM3002LD - Lathe Dog

SM3002DFD - Digital Feed Display

SM3002CS5 - Cutter Set 8x8mm 5pc

SM3002ST - Floor Stand

SM2503COBT - Parting Tool & Bore Cutter

SM2503TCK - Metric Thread Cutting Gear Kit

Section 15 Lathes D Mini Lathe/Drilling Machine Model No. SM2503 Bench mounting, multifunction mini drill, mill and lathe with variable speed giving the flexibility to handle most materials. Features two 150W att motors, one to operate the drill/mill and the other to power the lathe. The lathe cutting feed can be power driven or advanced manually . Thread cutting may also be undertaken with the optional thread cutting kit. Supplied with metric graduated scales and all necessary tools required for setting and adjusting. Complies with Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments) and is fully CE approved.An optional stand is available, Model No. SM3002ST.

Specification - Cutting: Swing Over Bed: 140mm Distance Between Centres: 250mm Spindle Hole Taper: MT2 Cross Slide Travel: 61mm Tailstock Taper: MT1 Spindle Speed (Variable): 100-2000rpm Range of Metric Threads: 5 Pitches (0.5-1.25mm) Specification - Drilling: Maximum Drilling/Milling Capacity: 10mm Drilling/Milling Spindle Travel: 30mm Drilling/Milling Spindle Speed: 100-1300rpm T-Slot: 8mm Distance from Spindle to Table: 180mm Distance from Spindle Centre to Column: 100mm Motor Power: 2 x 150W - 230V Weight: 50kg

Lathe & Mill/Drill Tools & Accessories Model No.

SEE BELOW

Description:

E Metal Working Lathe 300mm Model No. SM3002 Precision built metal working lathe, ideal for the small workshop, professional or home engineer and model maker. Powered by a 300Watt motor this compact unit features variable speed reversible drive and powered cutting facility for right and left hand threads. Supplied with self centring three jaw chuck, four-way tool post, swarf tray and rear splash guard. Complies with Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments), is fully CE approved and supplied with emergency stop button and chuck guard. An optional stand is available, Model No. SM3002ST. Spindle Speed Range: 100-2500rpm Distance Between Centres: 300mm Centre Height: 90mm Maximum Workpiece Diameter: 180mm Spindle Bore: 20mm Spindle Taper: MT3 Tailstock Taper: MT2 Leadscrew: Metric Dimensions: 300 x 300 x 830mm Motor Power: 300W - 230V Weight: 40kg

Lathe/Mill/Drill Lathe Model No: SM2503 SM3002 SM3002CS11 A Cutter Set 8x8mm 11pc SM3002CS6 B Cutter Set 8x8mm 6pc SM3002CS5 C Cutter Set 8x8mm 5pc SM2503CSET 1 Collet Set MT2-M10 Ø3-10mm SM2503EMSET 2 HSS End Mill Set Ø3-10mm - SM2503MCSET 3 Mill Chuck Set MT2-M10 Ø3-10mm SM2503ICEM 4 Indexable Carbide End Mill MT2-M10 Ø16mm SM2503QV 5 Quick Vice 50mm SM2503RC 6 Revolving Dead Centre MT1 SM3002RC 6 Revolving Dead Centre MT2 SM2503HC 7 Live Centre MT2 SM3002SC 7 Live Centre MT3 SM2503TC 8 Tail Stock Chuck MT1 SM3002TC 8 Tail Stock Chuck MT2 SM2503THSET 9 Tool Holder (Parting & Bore) Set 2pc SM2503COBT 10 Parting Tool & Bore Cutter SM3002CS2 11 Cutter Set 2pc SM30024JC 12 4-Jaw Independent Chuck SM2503FP 13 Face Plate Ø112mm SM3002FP 13 Face Plate Ø160mm SM2503SR 14 Steady Rest SM3002SR 14 Steady Rest SM2503TCK 15 Metric Thread Cutting Gear Kit SM2503FR 16 Follow Rest SM3002FR 16 Follow Rest SM3002KTH 17 Knurling Tool SM3002LD 18 Lathe Dog SM3002MA 19 Mill Attachment SM3002QCCR 20 Quick Change Post SM3002DFD 21 Digital Feed Display 22 Floor Stand SM3002ST See opposite page for illustrations.

585

586

Section 15 Metal Turning Lathe

A Metal Turning Lathe Model No. SM27 Quality workshop lathe suitable for a wide range of turning and drilling applications. Features power feed for even surface finish and thread cutting. Four-way tool post mounted on compound slide mechanism enables fast interchange of cutting tools with accurate feed. Powered by 550Watt motor through six-speed gearbox. Incorporates quiet running PTO gearbox with oil bath lubrication for power feed. Supplied with three-jaw chuck, and dead centre. Fitted with no-load voltage release switch. Meets Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Workshop stand available as an optional extra - Model No. SM27ST. Centre Height Over Bed: Centre Height Over Saddle: Distance Between Centres: Spindle Bore: Speed Range: Head Stock Taper: Tail Stock Taper: Tail Stock Travel: Screw Cutting: Metric Pitches: Metric Pitch Range: Inch Pitches: Inch Pitch Range: Motor Power: Supply:

150mm 80mm 500mm Ø26mm 160-1600rpm MT4 MT3 40mm 14 0.5-3mm 20 11-40tpi 550W 230V - 1ph

B Floor Stand for SM27 Model No. SM27ST Suitable for Sealey SM27 metal turning lathe and other similar lathes. Includes suds tray with drain. Height: Width: Depth:

690mm 1000mm 440mm

Accessories for SM27 Model No. Model No: 1 SM27FS 2 SM27MS 3 AK1122 4 SM27FP

SEE BELOW Description: Fixed Steady Moving Steady Turning Tool Set 10 x 10mm 6pc Face Plate Ø160mm

Model No: 5 SM27TSC 6 SM27RDC 7 SM27TNS 8 SM27FJC

Description: Tail Stock Chuck 13mm Revolving Dead Centre T-Nut Set 12pc 4-Jaw Chuck

Section 15 Power Bandsaws A

587

Cutting Bandsaw 115mm A Metal with Stand Model No.

SM4

Compact size and powerful motor make this unit suitable for the mobile workshop. Features swivel arm facility for added versatility. Supplied with anti-vibration feet and workshop stand. Capacity 90° - Round: Ø90mm Capacity 90° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 90 x 115mm Capacity 45° - Round: Ø50mm Capacity 45° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 90 x 50mm Blade Size: 12.5 x 0.64 x 1300mm Blade Speeds: 0.3, 0.5, 0.8mtr/sec Motor Power: 375W Supply: 230V - 1ph Weight: 31kg

Bandsaw 150mm B Power Horizontal/Vertical Model No.

SM5

Heavy-duty cast base and horizontal/vertical cutting arm. Saw base features integral mitring vice with scale of 90° to 45° for angle cutting and fully adjustable precision blade guides for accurate cutting and longer blade life. Stand is fitted with two transport wheels for added workshop mobility. BLADES & BLADE SELECTION See page 589 for details of blades and blade selection.

Capacity 90º - Round: Ø115mm Capacity 90º - Sq/Rect (H x W): 100 x 150mm Capacity 45º - Round: Ø60mm Capacity 45º - Sq/Rect (H x W): 100 x 60mm Blade Size: 12.7 x 0.7 x 1638mm Blade Speeds: 0.3, 0.5, 0.8mtr/sec Motor Power: 375W Supply: 230V - 1ph Weight: 60kg

D C

D Illustrated with optional floor stand.

Hydraulic fall control on SM6582.

Swivel arm mechanism on SM4, SM65, SM6582.

Bandsaw Blade Guards Model No. SEE BELOW All Sealey bandsaws are fitted with HSE approved guards. Guards are available for retro fitting to older models and the kit model numbers are listed below . Model No. SM6582 Model No. SM65 Model No: Application: Features swivel arm facility to aid angle cutting of long Features hydraulic arm to enable smooth and clean SM5/CE/G SM5, SM65 cutting of thin-walled pipe and box section. Swivel arm pieces of stock in confined workshop. Supplied with SM35/CE/G SM35CE facility aids angle cutting of long pieces of stock in quick action vice - push the jaw up to the workpiece confined workshop. Includes integral quick action vice. and then pull the cam action lever to lock. Fully adjustable precision blade guides for accurate cutting Supplied with anti-vibration feet for bench mounting. and longer blade life. Supplied with anti-vibration feet and workshop stand. Capacity 90° - Round: Ø125mm Capacity 90° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 125 x 200mm Capacity 45° - Round: Ø125mm Capacity 90º - Round: Ø105mm Capacity 45° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 125 x 76mm Capacity 90º - Sq/Rect (H x W): 105 x 150mm Blade Size: 12.7 x 0.64 x 1728mm Capacity 45º - Round: Ø100mm Blade Speeds: 0.3, 0.5, 0.8mtr/sec Capacity 45º - Sq/Rect (H x W): 85 x 65mm Motor Power: 375W Blade Size: 12.7 x 0.7 x 1638mm Supply: 230V - 1ph Blade Speeds: 0.3, 0.5, 0.8mtr/sec Weight: 75kg* Motor Power: 375W Floor Stand Optional : SM658/ST Supply: 230V - 1ph * Without optional floor stand Weight: 75kg See page 589 for blade details.

Bandsaw 150mm C Power with Swivel Arm & Stand

Bandsaw 200mm D Power with Swivel/Hydraulic Arm

588

Section 15 Power Bandsaws

A - B Industrial Power Bandsaws Model No. New SEE BELOW Manufactured to comply with Safety of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments) and fully CE approved. Saw arms arefitted with hydraulic damping to prevent the arm being dropped onto the workpiece and to ensure smooth cutting performance. Bow swivels up to 60° angle allowing work piece to always sit in a central position. Coolant fluid system and main power controls are switched on individual 24V/230V circuits for extra safety . Features auto and manual shut off switches giving the user options of control when in use. Heavy-duty single phase electric motor .

210mm Capacity

A Model No: Capacity 90° - Round: Capacity 90° - Square: Capacity 90° - Rectangle (H x W): Capacity 60° - Round: Capacity 60° - Square: Capacity 45° - Round: Capacity 45° - Square: Blade Size: Blade Speed: Coolant Pump Power: Motor Power: Supply: Overall Size (W x D x H): Weight:

SM354CE Ø170mm 170mm 95 x 210mm Ø70mm 60mm Ø120mm 110mm 20 x 0.9 x 2110mm 80mtr/min 25W 750W 230V - 1ph 1500 x 800 x 1620mm 170kg

255mm Capacity

SM355CE Ø220mm 220mm 110 x 255mm Ø90mm 85mm Ø150mm 145mm 27 x 0.9 x 2460mm 72mtr/min 25W 1100W 230V - 1ph 1720 x 800 x 1810mm 210kg

BLADES & BLADE SELECTION See opposite page for details of blades and blade selection.

Stand 1 Roller C Roller 1200kg Capacity Model No.

RS9

Heavy-duty workshop roller stand suitable for industrial applications. Roller fitted with industrial quality ball races for smooth action. Improves handling of long or awkward stock and helps increase both productivity and accuracy. Capacity: 1200kg Roller Width: 300mm Adjustable Height: 570-790mm Number of Rollers: 1 Weight: 12.5kg

Section 15 Power Bandsaws Power Bandsaw A Industrial 300mm Model No.

SM35CE

Manufactured to comply with Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments) and fully CE approved. Saw arm is fitted with hydraulic damping to prevent the arm being dropped onto the workpiece and to ensure smooth cutting performance. Coolant fluid system and main power controls are switched on individual 24V/230V circuits for extra safety. Heavyduty single phase electric motor.

589

300mm Capacity Mobile

Capacity 90° - Round: Ø170mm Capacity 90° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 170 x 210mm Capacity 90° - Bar (H x W): 50 x 300mm Capacity 45° - Round: Ø110mm Capacity 45° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 170 x 110mm Blade Size: 19 x 0.81 x 2360mm Blade Speeds: 34, 41, 59, 98mtr/min Motor Power: 550W Supply: 230V - 1ph Weight: 137kg

Power Bandsaw B Industrial 400mm Model No.

SM353CE

Manufactured to comply with Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments) and fully CE approved. Saw arm is fitted with hydraulic damping to prevent the arm being dropped onto the workpiece and to ensure smooth cutting performance. Coolant fluid system. Heavy-duty single phase electric motor with over-current sensor on SM353CE model to cut power in the event of blade jam.

400mm Capacity

Capacity 90° - Round: Ø230mm Capacity 90° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 230 x 370mm Capacity 90° - Bar (H x W): 30 x 400mm Capacity 45° - Round: Ø185mm Capacity 45° - Sq/Rect (H x W): 230 x 185mm Blade Size: 25.4 x 0.90 x 3035mm Blade Speeds: 25, 40, 51, 71mtr/min Motor Power: 1120W Supply: 230V - 1ph Weight: 285kg

C Power Bandsaw Blades Model No. SEE BELOW Bandsaw blades with hardened cutting edges. Suitable for cutting steel, aluminium, brass, copper and plastics. Model No: Tooth Pitch: Application: SM4.B14 14tpi SM4 SM5/113/xx 6, 10, 14, 24tpi SM5, SM65 SM658/B/xx 6, 10, 14, 24tpi SM658, SM6582 SM35/Bxx 4, 8, 14, 18, 24tpi SM35CE SM353CE/Bxx 4, 8, 14tpi SM353CE SM353CE/085 4/6 Vari-Pitch, Bi-Metal SM353CE SM354Bxx 3, 6, 14tpi SM354CE SM355Bxx 3, 6, 14tpi SM355CE Note: Substitute xx for tooth pitch at the end of model no., i.e. SM35/B14 is 14tpi blade for SM35CE.

CORRECT SELECTION OF BLADES For long blade life, it is important to select the correct blade for the material to be cut. As an example, we indicate here the relevant blade selection information for cutting steel (box section, angle iron and C-section): Material Size: 2-3mm 3-5mm Over 5mm Blade tpi: 18-24 14-18 8-14 D Neat Cutting Oil 5ltr Blade Speed: 24-71mtr per minute Model No. NCO/5L For information regarding blade selection for othermaterials, please contact our technical sales department. Blade Suitable for lubricating and cooling blade and breakage caused by incorrect blade selection is not covered workpiece when cutting mild steel. by your guarantee. Contents: 5ltr

E Soluble Cutting Oil 5ltr Model No. SCO/5L Suitable for lubricating and cooling blade and workpiece when cutting mild steel. Contents: 5ltr

590

Section 15 Power Hacksaws & Cut-Off Saws

A - B

C Power Hacksaw Blades Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from HSS stock and supplied individually. Model No. Application: Tooth Pitch: SM16/17/B/xx SM17/1 10, 14, 18tpi SM18/B/xx SM18/1 14, 24tpi *Please substitute required tooth pitch at the end of the Model No. i.e: SM16/17/B18 is an 18tpi blade for the SM17/1.

Power Hacksaws with Coolant System A - B Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured to comply with Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Cast base with integral mitring vice and setting bar for repetitive cutting. Machined saw arm runners with wear shims for smooth cutting performance. Automatic power cut-off stops machine after completion of cutting. Fitted with heavy-duty 230Volt single phase electric motor and an approved 3-pin safety plug. Supplied with a belt driven coolant pump system to lubricate and cool the workpiece. Fully guarded pulley and drive assembly . Model No: Capacity at 90°: Capacity at 45°: Motor: Size of Blade: Cutting Speed: Working Floor Area Required: Weight:

SM17/1 185 x 185mm 90 x 185mm 375W - 230V 4400 x 25 x 1.25mm 50/70strokes/min 1020 x 350mm 115kg

Ø355mm 230V

SM18/1 196 x 205mm 110 x 205mm 375W - 230V 400 x 32 x 1.60mm 60/80strokes/min 1050 x 370mm 140kg

Ø355mm 110V

Illustrated with optional SM100/ST stand.

F Power Belt Sander Disc Cut-Off Saw D Abrasive 355mm Model No.

MG314/230V

General purpose abrasive saw suitable for site use. Supplied with abrasive disc suitable for metal-cutting but will cut concrete with correct blade fitted. Trigger operated, 2300W motor and hardened gears give smooth transmission of power. Fitted with mitre vice. Size of Disc: Ø355 x 3 x 25.4mm Cutting Disc: PTC/355C Maximum Cutting Capacity @ 90°: Bar - Ø100mm Pipe - Ø110mm Maximum Cutting Capacity @ 45°: Bar - Ø40mm Pipe - Ø50mm Motor: 2300W - 230V No Load Speed: 3860rpm Weight: 21kg

Disc Cut-Off Saw E Abrasive 355mm Model No. MG314/110V General purpose abrasive saw suitable for site use. Supplied with abrasive disc suitable for metal-cutting but will cut concrete with correct blade fitted. Trigger operated, 1700W motor and hardened gears give smooth transmission of power. Fitted with mitre vice. Size of Disc: Ø355 x 3 x 25.4mm Cutting Disc: PTC/355C Maximum Cutting Capacity @ 90°: Bar - Ø70mm Pipe - Ø80mm Maximum Cutting Capacity @ 45°: Bar - Ø70mm Pipe - Ø75mm Motor: 1700W - 110V No Load Speed: 3770rpm Weight: 19kg

Model No. SM100 Heavy cast base with adjustable sanding table. Fitted with magnetic no-volt release switch to prevent accidental starting after belt jam. Quiet and powerful 230V - 750W motor. Suitable for metal and fabrication workshops. Floor stand is an optional extra. Belt Size: Belt Speed: Flat Grinding Surface: Motor: Weight: Optional Floor Stand: Replacement Belts: Model No: SM100/B080G SM100/B100G

100 x 1220mm 19mtr/sec 320 x 105mm 750W - 230V 28kg SM100/ST Grade: 80 Grit 100 Grit

Section 15 Cut-Off Saws Industrial Cut-Off Saws A - C Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured to meet latest safety regulations. Heavy cast iron base with swivel head giving cutting angles of 45-0-45° (0-45° for SM2254). Heavy-duty induction motor with two-stage safety switching and no-volt release circuitry prevents inadvertent re-start after power interruption. Fitted with 24Volt safety switching circuit to reduce risk of electric shock. Coolant system, vice and bar stop included. Designed for cutting ferrous metals. Supplied without blade. Optional stands are available for SM2504 and SM3154, Model Nos. SM2504ST and SM3154ST respectively.

A Model No: Blade Ø: Motor Power: Supply: Blade Speed: Vice Capacity: Weight:

SM2254 225mm 750W 230V - 1ph 52rpm 80mm 60kg

B Model No: Blade Ø: Motor Power: Supply: Blade Speed: Vice Capacity: Weight:

SM2504 250mm 970W 230V - 1ph 42rpm 100mm 85kg

C Model No: Blade Ø: Motor Power: Supply: Blade Speed: Vice Capacity: Weight:

SM3154 315mm 1640W 415V - 3ph 42/84rpm 120mm 165kg

591

Ø225mm 230V

Ø250mm 230V

C D

Ø315mm 415V

D - E Stands for Cut-Off Saws Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured from thick gauge steel plate. Supplied flat packed. Model No: D SM2504ST E SM3154ST

Application: SM2504 SM3154

Replacement Cut-Off Saw Blades Model No. Model No: SM225/B80 SM225/B140 SM225/B220 SM250/B80 SM250/B100 SM250/B160 SM250/B250 SM300/B120 SM300/B160 SM300/B180 SM300/B220

Not Illustrated TPU: 80 140 220 80 100 160 250 120 160 180 220

SEE BELOW Application: SM2554 SM2254 SM2254 SM2504 SM2504 SM2504 SM2504 SM3154 SM3154 SM3154 SM3154

Brow Guard with Full F Deluxe Face Shield Model No. SSP11 BSEN166/B39 - Ratchet adjustable headband with front and back padding for extra comfort. Premium quality for automotive, agricultural and industrial applications.

Cutting Capacities: Model No: 90°/45°: 90°/45°: 90°/45°: 90°/45°:

A SM2254 30/25mm 65/60mm 65/60mm 80 x 55/65 x 50mm

B SM2504 40/35mm 75/65mm 65/58mm 90 x 50/70 x 50mm

C SM3154 80/70mm 100/90mm 90/80mm 115 x 70/85 x 70mm

592

Section 15 Bench Grinders

Ø150mm Stones A 150mm Bench Grinder

Model No.

BG150XL/96

Induction motor drive suitable for general use. Fitted with stone guards, adjustable eyeshields and spark arrestors. Fully CE approved electrics for operator safety. Supplied with coarse and fine aluminous oxide stones for general workshop grinding and sharpening. Supplied with: Motor: Supply: Axle Diameter: No Load Speed: Weight:

2 x Stone 375W 230V 13mm 2850rpm 12kg

Ø150mm Stones

Ø150mm Wire Wheel

Ø150mm Stone

Workshop Bench C 150mm Grinder & Brush Combination

Workshop Bench B 150mm Grinder

Model No. BG150CX Compact design bench grinder with powerful induction motor for general workshop use. Supplied with eye shields, spark arrestors and tool rests. Fully CE approved electrics for operator safety. Supplied with coarse and fine aluminous oxide grinding stones for general workshop grinding and sharpening. Supplied with: 2 x Stone Motor: 150W Supply: 230V Axle Diameter: 13mm No Load Speed: 2950rpm Weight: 6kg

Model No.

BG150XLW/98

Induction motor drive suitable for general use. Fitted with stone guards, adjustable eyeshields and spark arrestors. Fully CE approved electrics for operator safety. Supplied with one coarse aluminous oxide stone and wire brush for general workshop grinding, sharpening and descaling work. Supplied with: 1 x Stone, 1 x Wire Brush Motor: 375W Supply: 230V Axle Diameter: 13mm No Load Speed: 2850rpm Weight: 11kg

Ø150mm Wire Wheel

Ø150mm Stone

Heavy-Duty Bench E 150mm Grinder & Brush Combination

Heavy-Duty Bench D 150mm Grinder Model No.

Ø150mm Stones

BG150XD/99

Model No.

BG150XW/99

High power and high duty cycle induction motor suitable for constant professional use. Fitted with stone guards, adjustable eyeshields and spark arrestors. Full CE specification in respect of electrics, wheel guards and flanges meets all regulations for use in the workplace. Supplied with coarse and fine aluminous oxide stones for general workshop grinding and sharpening.

High power and high duty cycle induction motor suitable for constant professional use. Fitted with stone guards, adjustable eyeshields and spark arrestors. Full CE specification in respect of electrics, wheel guards and flanges meets all regulations for use in the workplace. Supplied with one aluminous oxide stone and one wire brush for cleaning and descaling operations.

Supplied with: Motor: Supply: Axle Diameter: No Load Speed: Weight:

2 x Stone 450W 230V 13mm 2850rpm 13kg

1 x Stone, 1 x Wire Brush 450W 230V 13mm 2850rpm 12kg

(Bench Grinder not included)

F Sander & Grinder Floor Stand Model No. SM57/ST Suitable for all the following Sealey machines: BG150XD/99, BG150XL/96, BG150XLW/98, BG150XW/99, BG200XL, BG200/99. Also suitable for other leading brands of bench grinders. Size (H x W x D):

830 x 290 x 280mm

H Bench Grinder Floor Stand G Grinding Wheel Dresser Model No. BG1 Aluminium alloy body with four star wheels. Suitable for cleaning, sharpening and trueing grinding wheel surfaces. Suitable for use with any grinder. Length:

150mm

Model No. BGST Bench grinder stand with adjustable feet. Suits a wide variety of bench grinders with central mounting holes. Suitable for the following Sealey machines: BG150XD/99, BG150XL/96, BG150XLW/98, BG5150XW/99, BG200XL, BG200/99. Size (H x W x D): 900 x 465 x 465mm Due to variations in the base configuration on the bench grinders, some modification to the stand top plate/frame may be required.

Section 15 Bench Grinders A

Ø200mm Stones

593

Ø200mm Stones

B 200mm Heavy-Duty Bench Grinder

A 200mm Heavy-Duty Bench Grinder Model No. BG200XL High power induction motor suitable for workshop use. Fitted with aluminous oxide grinding wheels and suitable for general sharpening and grinding applications. Equipped with fully CE approved safety guards and wheel location flanges to meet current EU abrasive wheel regulations. Motor and switchgear meet CE low voltage and EMC directives. Fitted with anASTA/BS approved safety plug.

Model No. BG200/99 High power induction motor suitable for workshop use. High duty cycle performance is particularly recommended for frequent use applications. Equipped with fully CE approved safety guards and wheel location flanges to meet current EU abrasive wheel regulations. Motor and switchgear meet CE low voltage and EMC directives. Fitted with an ASTA/BS approved safety plug.

Supplied with: Motor: Supply: Axle Diameter: No Load Speed: Weight:

2 x Stone 560W 230V 16mm 3200rpm 17kg

D Bench Grinder Stones

Ø125mm Stone

Ø250mm Stone

Bench Grinder with C 125mm 250mm Wet Stone Model No.

SM52

Meets Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 (and amendments). Supplied with 230V olt induction motor and is fully guarded and suitable for workshop use. Supplied with Ø250mm wet stone and Ø125mm dry stone, ready for use. Double insulated for extra operator safety. Suitable for sharpening fine blades. Dry Grinding Stone Dimensions: Ø125 x 16 x 13mm Dry Grinding Stone: SM52/GW125 Dry Grinding Speed: 2800rpm Wet Grinding Stone Dimensions: Ø250 x 50 x 22mm Wet Grinding Stone: SM52/GW250W Wet Grinding Speed: 60rpm Motor: 185W - 230V WIRE BRUSHES We stock a comprehensive range of Wire Brushes, see page 602 for full details.

Model No. SEE BELOW Aluminous oxide stones suitable for all general purpose applications. All our 150mm grinding stones fit 13mm axles and are supplied with 32-13mm reduction bushes where applicable. Model No: Size: Grit: NBG150/GWC Ø150 x 16 x 13mm A36Q Coarse NBG150/GWF Ø150 x 16 x 13mm A60P Fine BG150/15 Ø150 x 20 x 32(13)mm A60P Fine BG150/16 Ø150 x 20 x 32(13)mm A36Q Coarse BG200/15 Ø200 x 25 x 16mm A60P Fine BG200/16 Ø200 x 25 x 16mm A36Q Coarse

2 x Stone 600W 230V 16mm 3000rpm 13kg

E Bench Grinder Wire Wheels Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for general workshop/descaling operations. Model No: Size: Width: BG150/WW1 Ø150 x 13 x 13mm Narrow BG150/WW2 Ø150 x 20 x 13mm Wide BG200/WW1 Ø200 x 13 x 16mm Narrow

F Bench Grinder Buffing Wheels Model No. SEE BELOW Cotton buffing wheels suitable for use with Sealey and other brand bench grinders. Made entirely from cotton and manufactured to a soft density to ensure the work piece is finished at the highest standard. Model No: Size: Ply: Arbor Size: BG150BW Ø150 x 13mm 32 Ø13mm BG200BW Ø200 x 16mm 40 Ø16mm

G Wire Brushes Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for use with angle grinders or pillar drills. See page 572 for full details. Model No: Type: Diameter: CBC100 Brassed Steel Cup Brush 100mm SCB75 Wire Cup Brush 75mm SFB75 Flat Wire Brush 75mm TKCB100 Twist Knot Cup Brush 100mm

594

Section 15 Drill Vices & Clamps

A Drill Vices

B Deluxe Drill Vices

Model No. SEE BELOW Cast construction with machined foot and articulated handle. Fitted with replaceable steel jaws. Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: DPV2.5 65mm 22mm 55mm DPV3 82mm 23mm 75mm DPV4 100mm 22mm 102mm DPV5 125mm 24mm 125mm DPV6 150mm 27mm 147mm

C 3-Way Drill Vice 100mm

Model No. SEE BELOW Steel construction with stepped jaws and machined foot suitable for hand-held use or for drill table mounting using two bolt-slides machined into the casting. Fitted with replaceable jaws. Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: 100DV 104mm 32mm 100/108mm 120DV 132mm 38mm 120/130mm

Model No. DV3D 3-Way mounting on side, end or base. Recommended for use on any pillar drill, milling machine or surface grinder. Accurately ground surfaces ensure squareness in three planes. Jaw Width: 100mm Jaw Depth: 30mm Jaw Opening: 90mm

D Multi Angle Vice 125mm Model No. New CV125MAV Bench mounting, heavy-duty vice with cast iron body. 360Â° rotating/locking jaws enable workpiece to be positioned at all angles. Smooth rolled thread for accurate clamping. Includes an integral anvil. V -Jaw especially designed for securing pipe work up to Ă&#x2DC;71mm. Guaranteed for two years against breakage. Jaw Width: Jaw Opening: Jaw Depth:

125mm 120mm 72mm

E Compound Cross Vices Model No. SEE BELOW Cast construction with precision machined compound slides. Fitted with replaceable steel jaws, locking slides and metric calibrated lead screws. Suitable for drilling and machining operations. Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: Height: Travel:

CV4 100mm 35mm 100mm 165mm 100 x 100mm

Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: Height: Travel:

CV5 125mm 42mm 120mm 185mm 151 x 163mm

Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening: Height: Travel:

CV6 150mm 44mm 150mm 185mm 198 x 200mm

H Clamping Kit 52pc Model No. SM25/52T Ensures the firm clamping of most sizes of workpiece whilst drilling and milling. T-Nuts and screws included suitable for attachment to slots in drilling/milling table. Fits most popular makes of drilling/milling machines.

Quick Action F - G Mitre Clamps Model No. SEE BELOW Universal corner, mitre and drill press vice. Die cast body with mounting plates. Model No. CMV65 with swivel jaw and thread action allows for multi-size workpiece clamping, CMV65Q features quick action twin jaws for fast operation. Model No:

F CMV65 G CMV65Q

Jaw Width: 60mm 70mm

Jaw Depth: 35mm 25mm

Jaw Opening: 70mm 65mm

Section 15 Bench Vices A

Iron Engineerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Vices A Cast Light-Duty

Iron Engineerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Vices B Cast Heavy-Duty

Model No. SEE BELOW Bench mounting vices with cast iron body and replaceable, serrated, steel jaws. Smooth rolled thread for accurate clamping. Models feature an anvil. Suitable for workshop, garage and machine shop use. Guaranteed for two years against breakage. Model No: CV100E CV125E CV150E CV200E

595

Jaw Size: 100mm 125mm 150mm 200mm

Jaw Opening: 100mm 125mm 150mm 200mm

Weight: 6.6kg 9.7kg 12.9kg 19.3kg

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Bench mounting, heavy-duty vices with cast iron body and replaceable, serrated steel jaws. Smooth rolled thread for accurate clamping. Models include an anvil. Guaranteed for two years against breakage. Model No: Jaw Size: Jaw Opening: Weight: CV75XT 75mm 95mm 5.2kg CV100XT 100mm 100mm 9.1kg CV125XT 125mm 125mm 13.1kg CV150XT 150mm 150mm 22.1kg CV200XT 200mm 175mm 36.0kg

Optional swivel adaptor plates available, see below.

Steel Vices D All Heavy-Duty Model No.

Steel Vices C All Light-Duty

SEE BELOW

Bench mounting, heavy-duty steel vices suitable for workshop, garage and machine-shop use. Fixed base directly mounts onto work bench and a swivel vice Model No. SEE BELOW plate adaptor is available as an optional extra for models up to 200mm.All models Light-duty bench mounting steel vices, suitable for workshop, garage and machine- in this series include an anvil. Guaranteed for five years against breakage. shop use. Fixed base mounts directly onto work bench. Guaranteed for two years Model No: Jaw Width: Jaw Opening: Weight: Optional Swivel against breakage. Adaptor Plate: ASV100 100mm 118mm 7.5kg VSB4 ASV125 125mm 140mm 10.4kg VSB5 Model No: Jaw Size: Jaw Opening: Weight: ASV150 150mm 180mm 14.1kg VSB6 ASVE125 125mm 140mm 7.8kg ASV200 200mm 225mm 18.6kg VSB8 ASVE150 148mm 180mm 11.0kg ASV250 250mm 250mm 25.7kg ASVE200 195mm 156mm 12.2kg

Quick Action Action Cast Iron Vices E Quick Light-Duty Model No.

New

Quick Action Action Cast Iron Vices F Quick Heavy-Duty

SEE BELOW

Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

Bench mounting, lightweight, light-duty vices with cast iron body, swivel base and replaceable, serrated steel jaws. Smooth rolled thread for accurate clamping. Features quick-slide action for adjusting jaw opening and clamping workpiece. Includes an integral anvil. Guaranteed for two years against breakage.

Bench mounting, heavy-duty vices with cast iron body and replaceable, serrated steel jaws. Smooth rolled thread for accurate clamping. Features quick-slide action for adjusting jaw opening and clamping workpiece. Includes an integral anvil. Guaranteed for two years against breakage.

Model No: CV100QVE CV150QVE

Model No: CV100QV CV150QV CV200QV

Jaw Size: 100mm 150mm

Jaw Opening: 110mm 150mm

Weight: 5.0kg 9.0kg

New

Jaw Size: 100mm 150mm 200mm

Jaw Opening: 155mm 160mm 210mm

Weight: 10.0kg 15.0kg 27.0kg

Section 16

Engineering Tools 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 606 607 608

Vices Micrometers Callipers Stands & Gauges Measuring Tools Wire Brushes Files, Sharpening Stone & Hacksaws Tap & Die Sets Thread Cutting Tools Extractors & Nut Splitters Punches & Chisels

Section 16 Vices A

Vice 70mm with B Universal Drill Clamp

A Universal Vice 70mm

597

Model No.

Vice 70mm C Universal Suction Base UV70DC

Model No.

UV70SB

Model No. UV70 Rubber padded base for easy bench mounting. V ice swivels to any position and is locked by lever on base. Fitted with smooth action lead screw for controllable clamping. Fully enclosed, rubber faced jaws provide even clamping force. Fitted with replaceable jaws. Suitable for model makers and craftsmen.

Bench mounting with swivel base. For use in conjunction with a drill. Fitted with smooth action lead screw for controllable clamping, vice swivels ±45°. Fully enclosed, rubber faced jaws provide even clamping force. Includes drill clamp and hex key . Suitable for model makers and craftsmen.

Bench mounting with powerful suction base and locking handle. Swivel head for precise positioning. Smooth action lead screw for controllable clamping. Fully enclosed, rubber faced jaws provide even clamping force. Fitted with replaceable jaws. Suitable for model makers and craftsmen.

Jaw Width: Opening: Jaw Height: Mounting Height: Weight:

Jaw Width: Opening: Jaw Height: Weight:

70mm 70mm 45mm 65mm 1.6kg

Model No. FV80 Bench mounting with steel jaws. Fitted with replaceable jaws - clamp type mounting. Fitted with smooth action lead screw for controllable clamping. Suitable for model makers and craftsmen. 80mm 65mm 45mm 35mm 1kg

70mm 70mm 40mm 1kg

E Mitre Clamp 60mm

D Fixed Vice 80mm

Jaw Width: Opening: Jaw Height: Mounting Height: Weight:

70mm 50mm 40mm 50mm 1kg

F Quick Action Mitre Clamp 70mm

Model No. CMV65 Universal corner, mitre and drill press vice. Die-cast body with mounting plates. Swivel jaw and thread action allows for multi-size workpiece clamping.

Model No. CMV65Q Universal corner, mitre and drill press vice. Die-cast body with mounting plates. Quick action twin jaws for fast operation.

Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening:

60mm 35mm 70mm

70mm 25mm 65mm

G H Cast Iron Engineer’s Vice G 3-Way Drill Vice 100mm Model No. DV3D 3-Way mounting, on side, end or base. Recommended for use on any pillar drill, milling machine or surface grinder. Accurately ground surfaces ensure squareness in three planes. Jaw Width: 100mm Jaw Depth: 30mm Jaw Opening: 90mm

Model No. CV150XT Bench mounting, heavy-duty vice with cast iron body and replaceable, serrated steel jaws. Smooth rolled thread for accurate clamping. Includes an anvil. Guaranteed for two years against breakages. Jaw Size: 150mm Jaw Opening: 150mm Weight: 22.1kg See pages 594 & 595 for our full range of Engineer’s Bench & Drill Vices.

598

Section 16 Micrometers

2 3

Set 3pc Metric B Micrometer 0-75mm

A External Micrometers Model No. SEE BELOW Brushed steel yoke. Satin chrome finished thimble andsleeve with heavily machinedknurling and locking mechanism. Supplied with thimble adjustment wrench. On 25-50mmand 50-75mm models a calibrated spacer is also included. Model No: Range: Accuracy: 0-25mm 0.01mm 1 AK9630M 25-50mm 0.01mm 2 AK9632M 50-75mm 0.01mm 3 AK9633M

Model No. AK9651M Set comprising Metric micrometers from the standard range. Supplied in foam lined, composite case with two calibrated extension bars and thimble wrench. Contents: AK9630M; 0-25mm, AK9632M; 25-50mm, AK9633M; 50-75mm

C D

Seven-button control of the micrometer ’s operating functions. Instant switching between Metric and Imperial scales. Features tolerance and relative functions.

MM & IMP

C Digital Measuring Set 2pc Model No. AK9637D Seven button digital micrometer with satin chrome thimble and sleeve plus hardened and tempered stainless steel digital vernier calliper with satin finish. Large, easy-to-read LCD read-outs. Displays switchable between Metric and Imperial units. Zero display at any point allows comparative measurement. Both instruments include serial port for connection to computer. Supplied in storage case with micrometer adjustment wrench. Micrometer Range: Graduation: Accuracy: Cell Qty x Type: Calliper Range: Resolution: Accuracy <100mm: Accuracy 100-150mm: Cell Qty x Type:

0-25mm/0-1” 0.001mm/0.00005” ±0.001mm/0.00005” 1 x LR44 (1.5V) 0-150mm/0-6” 0.01mm/0.0005” ±0.02mm/0.001” ±0.03mm/0.001” 1 x LR44 (1.5V)

Gauge 225mm & E Surface 300mm Spindles Model No.

AK9798

Flat ground, polished and hardened steel base. Incorporates V-groove for use on pipes and cylinders and twin retractable pegs for use against the edge of surface plate. Supplied with double-ended scriber . Spring loaded fine adjustment gives added control. Locking head incorporates mechanism for securing DTI. Supplied with 225 and 300mm spindle. Spindle Heights:

225, 300mm

Digital External Micrometer

Model No. AK9635D Seven button digital micrometer with satin chrome thimble and sleeve. Large, easy-to-read 9mm high LCD read-out. Display switchable between Metric and Imperial units. Zero display in any position for relative and tolerance readings. Auto power off. Includes serial port connection for computer interface. Supplied with adjustment wrench and storage case. Range: Graduation: Cell Qty x Type:

MM & IMP

0-25mm/0-1” 0.001mm/0.00005” 1 x LR44 (1.5V)

F Digital Height Gauge 0-300mm Model No. AK9636D Precision ground base with six-button electronic gauge. Includes fine adjustment control carriage for accurate use. Six-digit LCD read-out displays in Metric or Imperial. Features absolute and comparative functions. Tolerance function enables fast check of batch work. Fitted with RS232 interface port. Supplied with scriber foot and clamp. Powered by SW44W cell (included) and supplied with storage case. Range: Graduation:

0-300mm/0-12” 0.01mm/0.0001”

Section 16 Callipers

599

AK9622 & AK9623 Supplied in carry-case

A Vernier Callipers Model No.

SEE BELOW

High quality, hardened and tempered stainless steel calliper. Dual locking carriage with micro-thumb adjustment. Metric and Imperial scales graduated in 0.02mm and 0.001”. Supplied in PVC wallet (AK962) or carrycase (AK9622 &AK9623). Model No: 1 AK962 2 AK9622 3 AK9623

Range: 0-150mm/0-6” 0-200mm/0-8” 0-300mm/0-12”

C 1 2

C Measuring & Marking Set 3pc

3 Supplied in carry-case

B Digital Vernier Callipers Model No. New SEE BELOW Hardened and tempered stainless steel digital calliper with satin finish. Large LCD display with 1 1mm high figures for ease of reading. Metric and Imperial calibration with conversion between the two. Zero setting control allows for comparative measurement. Supplied in carry-case. 1 2 3 Model No: AK962EV AK9622EV AK9623EV Range: 0-150mm/0-6” 0-200mm/0-8” 0-300mm/0-12” Resolution: 0.01mm/0.0005” 0.01mm/0.0005” 0.01mm/0.0005” Accuracy <100mm: ±0.02mm/0.001” ±0.02mm/0.001” ±0.02mm/0.001” Accuracy >100mm: ±0.03mm/0.001” ±0.03mm/0.001” ±0.04mm/0.001” Cell Qty x Type: 1 x LR44 (1.5V) 1 x LR44 (1.5V) 1 x LR44 (1.5V)

Model No. AK11002 Set consists of a vernier calliper and steel rule with pocket clip, both having Metric and Imperial scales, plus a scriber with knurled grip. Calliper Range: 0-125mm/0-5” Rule: 0-152mm/0-6” Scriber Length: 175mm

D 1

E Precision Measuring Set 4pc

Supplied in carry-case

D Digital Vernier Callipers Stainless Steel Model No. New SEE BELOW Hardened and tempered stainless steel digital calliper with satin finish. Large LCD display with 1 1mm high figures for ease of reading. Metric and Imperial calibration with conversion between the two. Zero setting control allows comparative measurement. Supplied in carry-case. 1 2 Model No: AK9621EV AK9624EV Range: 0-150mm/0-6” 0-200mm/0-8” Resolution: 0.01mm/0.0005” 0.01mm/0.0005” Accuracy: ±0.03mm/0.001” ±0.03mm/0.001” Cell Qty x Type: 1 x LR44 (1.5V) 1 x LR44 (1.5V)

Model No. AK9650 High quality set of measuring and comparison tools in one case. Suitable for most engineering applications. Supplied in storage case. Contents: Specification: Micrometer 25mm - Accuracy ±0.01mm Vernier Calliper 0-150mm/0-6” Precision Square 100mm/4” Steel Rule 150mm/6” Thimble Wrench for micrometer included.

MEASURING TAPES See page 633 for our full range of Measuring Tapes.

600

Section 16 Stands & Gauges

Stand with Fine B Magnetic Adjustment

A Magnetic Stand

C Flexible Magnetic Stand

Model No. AK958 Model No. AK9581 Precision ground stand base with rotary controlled Precision ground stand base with rotary controlled magnet. Suitable for use with scribers and dial gauges. magnet. Fine arm adjustment allows close control. Maximum Height: 365mm Suitable for use with scribers and dial gauges. Footprint: 62 x 50mm Maximum Height: 365mm Footprint: 62 x 50mm

Model No. AK959 Articulated main shaft with cam action lock. Micro adjusting head. Powerful magnetic base with rotary control and precision ground surfaces. Maximum Height: Footprint:

385mm 64 x 50mm

D E

D Heavy-Duty Magnetic Stand Model No. AK960 Precision ground base with rotary magnetic control. Articulated arm with rotary lock. Combination dial and scribing clamp with fine adjustment control. Maximum Height: 375mm Footprint: 64 x 50mm

Steel Square Set H Precision BS939(B) 4pc Model No.

IMP

E - F Dial Gauge Indicators Model No. SEE BELOW Precision mechanism with Ø55mm dial and locking, rotating bezel. Interchangeable foot. Model No.AK961 fitted with mounting lug.

E Model No: Type: Deflection/Travel: Graduation: Shank Size:

AK961M Metric 10mm 0.01mm Ø8mm

F Model No: Type: Deflection/Travel: Graduation: Shank Size:

AK961 Imperial 0-0.5” 0.001” Ø9.5mm

AK11000

Precision Steel Squares

I - J BS939(B) Model No.

G Mini Dial Gauge Model No.

AK9634M

Compact design and precision mechanism, ideal for automotive applications and general purpose workshop use. Ø42mm Dial and rotating bezel. Available in Metric format only. Deflection/Travel: Graduation: Shank Size:

8mm 0.01mm Ø8mm

ON-VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Dial gauges on magnetic stands are also suitable for measuring run-out or distortion on brake discs. See pages 306 to 314 for more Brake Tools.

Quality made solid steel construction. Hardened, tempered and precision polished. Manufactured to meet squareness tolerance contained in BS939(B). Blade edges and stock face to within ±0.016mm tolerance. Supplied in wooden carry-case. Contents: 50, 75, 100, 150mm

SEE BELOW

Section 16 Measuring Tools A

601

C F

A Professional Measuring Set 6pc Model No. AK10000 Precision measuring instrument set containing six essential tools for the engineer/tradesman. Contents: Vernier Callipers, Depth/Angle Gauge, Outside Callipers, Dividers, Inside Callipers, Pocket Rule with Clip

Divider & Callipers B - D Spring Square Leg Model No.

Model No B AK9765 C AK9775 D AK9785

SEE BELOW

Professional style callipers with solid square leg profile for added rigidity and precise comparison. Quick release screw mechanism for ease of use. Type: Divider External Internal

Capacity: 150mm 150mm 150mm

E - G Spring Divider & Callipers Model No. SEE BELOW 200mm Capacity with spring loaded action. Knurled thumb screw for fine adjustment. Model No: E AK9761 F AK9771 G AK9781

Type: Divider External Internal

Capacity: 200mm 200mm 200mm

I K H - I Magnifying Glasses Model No. New SEE BELOW Lightweight composite handle housing a glass lens with x5 magnification. Ideal for enlarging small work areas for detailed inspection. Hanging hole for storage.

H Model No: Lens Type: Lens Diameter: Overall Length:

AK9646 Glass 50mm 140mm

I AK9647 Glass 75mm 195mm

J Stainless Steel Rules Model No. SEE BELOW High quality steel rules permanently marked in Metric and Imperial graduations.All rules include hanging hole. Model No: Length: AK9640 150mm/6” AK9641 300mm/12” AK9642 600mm/24” AK9643 1000mm/40”

L K Automatic Centre Punch Model No. AK9119 Chromed brass barrel with spring loaded tip and depth adjustment on driver ball. Length:

135mm

L Automatic Centre Punch Model No. AK9121 Knurled brass barrel withspring loaded alloy steel point. Length:

M Carbide Tipped Scriber

125mm

Double-Ended N Engineer’s Scriber

Model No. AK9752 Fitted with pocket clip. Suitable for use on glass, metals and ceramics. Ideal for machinists, welders, tinsmiths and hobbyists.

Precision manufactured tool with hardened steel tips. Features straight and 90° tips with knurled body.

Length:

150mm

Model No.

AK9751

200mm

602

Section 16 Wire Brushes

Engineer’s Wire Brush Set B Auto 3pc

A Miniature Brush Set 3pc Model No. AK9791 Composite stocked brush set with hanging location holes. Steel, nylon and brass filled heads. Suitable for cleaning spark plugs and smaller engineering components. Length Fill/Overall:

40/180mm

Model No.

AK9801

Composite handles with hanging holes. Small and medium (35 and 110mm headed) brass filled brushes for components such as plugs and contacts and a large steel filled brush (110mm head) for removal of rust and welding slag. Length Fill/Overall: 90/225mm Steel, 35/175mm Brass, 90/225mm Brass

D General Purpose Wire Brush

New

WB05DB24

Model No. WB05/R Composite handle with curved, folded alloy stock. Brassed steel filament fill.

Composite handle with curved, folded alloy stock. Brassed steel filament fill.

Pack Qty: Length Fill/Overall:

Single 120/250mm

Display Box of 24 120/250mm

New

WB08

Length:

170mm

F Wire Brush Set 2pc Model No. WB06 Skeletal handle with crimped steel fill. Suitable for general purpose applications. Length Fill/Overall:

65/210mm, 90/235mm

Enhancing Safety I Light Spectacles

Wire Brush H Engineer’s with Scraper

G Engineer’s Wire Brush

Model No.

Comfortable softgrip brush with steel fill. Suitable for general purpose applications.

Purpose Wire Brush E General Display Box of 24 Model No.

Brush with Steel Fill C Wire Softgrip Handle

Model No. WB02 Wooden stocked brush with steel fill. Suitable for general purpose applications.

Wooden stocked brush with steel fill. Fitted with steel scraper. Suitable for general purpose applications.

Model No. SSP46 BSEN166/F - Amber lens provides better contrast enhancement. Comfortable silicon nose bridge and pre-set sports arms.

Length Fill/Overall: Fill Pattern:

See pages 707 to 717 for our full range of safety products.

130/260mm 4 Rows of 16

Model No.

WB03

130/260mm 4 Rows of 16

Section 16 Files, Sharpening Stone & Hacksaws A

B Diamond/Needle File Set 10pc

A Needle File Set 10pc Model No. AK576 Popular sized needle files. Knurled handle shafts for extra grip. Average overall length 140mm. Contents: Flat Parallel, Flat Taper, Half-Round, Three-Square, Square Form, Round Form, Oval Form, Knife Form, Crossing File, Barrette File

Model No. New AK577 Popular sized diamond needle files.Vinyl dipped handle shafts for extra comfort.Average overall length 140mm. Contents: Flat Parallel, Flat Taper, Half-Round, Three-Square, Square Form, Round Form, Oval Form, Knife Form, Crossing File, Barrette File

& Needle File Set D Engineer’s 10pc Model No. New AK578 Selection of popular engineer's files and needle files with soft grip handles for comfort and control. Each file is double cut for faster removal of material from workpiece. Contents: Engineer's Files; Half-Round, Round, Flat, Three-Square, Needle Files; Half-Round, Round, Flat, Flat Taper, Square, Three-Square

New

DSS4

For fast, ef ficient use when removing burrs on a workpiece or sharpening a blade. Four colour coded grits allow easy choice for application requirements. Supplied in a tough composite storage/work box with anti-slip base for added stability. Colour/Grit: Yellow/#200, Red/#300, Green/#400, Blue/#600 Stone Dimensions (W x D x H ): 150 x 50 x 50mm

C Engineer’s File Set 3pc Model No. AK572 Popular set of assorted files with comfort grip handles. Each file is double cut for faster removal of material from workpiece. Length: 200mm Contents: Flat, Half Round, Round

Grit Sharpening Stone E Diamond 4 Sided Model No.

603

F Junior Hacksaw Blades Model No. AK868/B 150mm General purpose hacksaw blades suitable for Siegen S0527, Sealey AK868, AK8680 and AK8682. Supplied in packs of 10.

Hacksaw 150mm with I Junior Adjustable Blade Model No.

G Junior Hacksaw 150mm

Junior Hacksaw 150mm

Model No. AK8682 Model No. AK868 Steel construction with bright chrome plating. Supplied Rigid steel frame and profiled handle for comfortable grip. Accepts standard 150mm hacksaw blades. Quick with finger guard and two 150mm blades. and easy blade release with micro adjustment. Supplied with blade.

AK8680

Rigid die-cast aluminium frame with comfortable composite handle. Multi-position blade clamp permits blade to be mounted in any one of six positions. Supplied with 150mm general purpose blade.

Bi-Metal 300mm J Vari-Pitch Hacksaw Blades Model No.

Bi-metal blades with unique variable pitch profile teeth for superior performance on a wide range of materials. Standard pitch 20-24tpi. Model No: HSB/1 HSB/10 HSB/50

L Engineer’s 300mm Hacksaw

SEE BELOW

Qty: Single Pack of 10 Pack of 50

Hacksaw with K Mini Bi-Metal Blade Model No. AK8696 Die-cast zinc frame for durability . Ideal for use in confined spaces. Accepts 250, 300mm and even broken blades. Supplied with quality bi-metal hacksaw blade.

Model No. AK8692 Die-cast handle and stock. Micro adjusting blade tension device allows rapid blade changes without the need to adjust the tensioning every time.Twin (90° and 45°) blade positions and cushion-grip for comfortable and accurate cutting. Compass saw capability . Supplied with quality bi-metal hacksaw blade suitable for cutting a variety of materials.

604

Section 16 Tap & Die Sets C

3/8” Drive A Ratcheting Tap & Die Tool Set 3/8”Sq Drive 6pc Model No. New AK3038 Manufactured from high quality Chrome Vanadium steel. Ratchet helps to eliminate hand-over-hand turning and is ideal for use in confined areas where access is restricted. Includes a 72-tooth, twist reverse, ratchetingT-handle, 2 x die sockets, 2 x tap chucks and double open-end wrench. Supplied in a heavy-duty storage case. Contents: 3/8”Sq Drive 72-Tooth Twist Reverse Ratcheting T-Handle, 2 x Die Sockets, 2 x Tap Chucks, Double Open End Wrench

21pc

21pc Split Dies

& Die Set 21pc C Tap Split Dies Metric

B Tap & Die Set 21pc Metric

Model No. AK3002 Model No. AK300 High carbon steel taps and dies. Dies with machined lead-ins for ease of use. Set Tungsten steel taps and dies. Professional style split dies with machined lead-ins for includes one long handled adjustable tap wrench with professional type sliding jaw ease of use and accurate thread cutting. Professional type tap wrench with moving and steel die holder with retention screw. Supplied in carry-case. jaw and steel die holder with three knurled retaining screws for fine adjustment of die split. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Taps and Dies; 3 x 0.5, 4 x 0.7, 5 x 0.8, 6 x 1.0, 7 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, Contents: Taps and Dies; 3 x 0.5, 4 x 0.7, 5 x 0.8, 6 x 1.0, 7 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm, 1/8”NPT, Tap Wrench, Die Holder, Screwdriver 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm, 1/8” NPT, Tap Wrench, Die Holder, Screwdriver

40pc

40pc Split Dies

& Die Set 40pc D Tap Metric Model No.

& Die Set 40pc E Tap Split Dies Metric AK301

High carbon steel taps and dies. Dies with machined lead-ins for ease of use. Set includes one long handled adjustable tap wrench with professional type sliding jaw and steel die holder with retention screw . Also includes T-Bar type tap wrench, screwdriver and thread gauge. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Taps and Dies; 3 x 0.5, 3 x 0.6, 4 x 0.7, 4 x 0.75, 5 x 0.8, 5 x 0.9, 6 x 0.75, 6 x 1.0, 7 x 0.75, 7 x 1.0, 8 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm, 1/8” NPT , Tap Wrench, T-Bar Tap Wrench, Die Holder , Thread Gauge, Screwdriver

Model No.

AK3012

Tungsten steel taps and dies. Professional style split dies with machined lead-ins for ease of use and accurate thread cutting. Professional type tap wrench with moving jaw and steel die holder with three knurled retaining screws for fine adjustment of die split. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Taps and Dies; 3 x 0.5, 3 x 0.6, 4 x 0.7, 4 x 0.75, 5 x 0.8, 5 x 0.9, 6 x 0.75, 6 x 1.0, 7 x 0.75, 7 x 1.0, 8 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm, 1/8”NPT, Tap Wrench, T-Type Tap Wrench, Screwdriver, Die Holder, Thread Gauge

Section 16 Tap & Die Sets A

28pc

33pc

Split Dies

& Die Set 28pc A Tap Split Dies Metric Model No.

Split Dies

& Die Set 33pc B Tap Split Dies Metric/UNF/BSP AK3028

Model No.

AK3033

605

40pc Split Dies

& Die Set 40pc C Tap Split Dies Metric Model No.

AK3040

High quality steel taps and dies. Split dies with machined lead-ins for ease of use. Die holder features self-centring mechanism for straight and accurate thread cutting. Set also includesT-handled tap wrench and Metric screw pitch gauge.

Contents: Taper Taps and Dies; 3 x 0.5, 4 x 0.7, 5 x 0.8, 6 x 1, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm, UNF - 1/4”-28, 5/16”-24, 3/8”-24, 7/16”-20, 1/2”-20, BSP - 1/8”-28, 1/4”-19, Tap W rench, T-Bar Tap Wrench, Die Holder, Thread Gauge, Screwdriver

Contents: Taper Taps and Dies; 3 x 0.5, 3 x 0.6, 4 x 0.7, 4 x 0.75, 5 x 0.8, 5 x 0.9, 6 x 0.75, 6 x 1.0, 7 x 0.75, 7 x 1.0, 8 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm, 1/8”NPT, Tap Wrench, T-Bar Tap Wrench, Die Holder, Screwdriver, Thread Gauge

Split Dies

76pc Split Dies

45pc Tap & Die Set 45pc D Professional Split Dies Metric Model No. AK303 Precision machined, Tungsten steel taps and dies. Dies are split to facilitate the fine adjustment of core diameter. Set includes Metric coarse and fine sizes. Also includes sliding jaw type tap wrench andT-Bar type tap wrench together with steel die holder with knurled screws. Supplied in heavy-duty storage case. Contents: Taper Taps and Dies; 6 x 1.0, 6 x 0.75, 8 x 1.25, 8 x 1.0, 10 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75, 14 x 1.5, 14 x 2.0, 16 x 1.5, 16 x 2.0, 18 x 1.5, 18 x 2.5, 20 x 1.5, 20 x 2.5, 22 x 1.5, 22 x 2.5, 24 x 1.5, 24 x 3.0mm,Tap Wrench, Die Holder, Spacer, Screwdriver

& Die Set 76pc E Tap Split Dies Metric Model No.

AK3076

High quality steel taps and dies. Split dies with machined lead-ins for ease of use. Die holder features self-centring mechanism for straight and accurate thread cutting. Set includes taper and plug taps. Set also includes T-handled tap wrench, Metric screw pitch gauge, slotted 5mm screwdriver and a range of HSS drill bits. Contents: Taper & Plug Taps and Dies; Coarse - 3 x 0.5, 3.5 x 0.6, 4 x 0.7, 4.5 x 0.75, 5 x 0.8, 6 x 1, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm. Fine - 2 x 0.25, 3 x 0.35, 4 x 0.5, 5 x 0.5, 6 x 0.75, 8 x 1, 10 x 1.25mm, 12 x 1.25mm,Taper & Plug Tap & Die; 1/8”BSP, HSS Drill Bits; 1.7, 2.5, 2.6, 2.9, 3.3, 3.5, 3.8, 4.2, 4.5, 5, 5.3, 6.8, 7, 8.5, 8.8, 10.3, 10.7mm, Tap W rench, T-Bar Tap W rench, Die Holder , Thread Gauge, Screwdriver

Section 16 Thread Cutting Tools

606

A Tap Set 10pc Metric Model No.

AK304M

Taps manufactured from high quality tungsten steel hardened and tempered for long life. Contents: 3 x 0.5, 4 x 0.7, 5 x 0.8, 6 x 1.0, 7 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, 9 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm, 1/8”-28BSP

C Tap Wrench B Adjustable Thread Restorer Model No. AK314 Twin HSS blades for quick and easy restoration of damaged threads. Covers all Metric threads from M4 to M45 with a simple knurled adjuster. Cutting Range:

M4-M45

Model No. AK727 Professional steel tap wrench with sliding jaws. Suitable for tap sizes between M3 and M12. Length:

200mm

E D Die Holder Model No. Suitable for solid and split dies. Die Ø: Length:

AK9802 21mm 170mm

F E T-Handle Tap Wrench Set 3pc

Model No. AK9799 General purpose wrenches for tapping and reaming. Solid jaw design and heavy knurled cap. Supplied in pouch. Contents: Ø1.5-4.0mm, Ø4.0-6.5mm, Ø6.5-13mm

F Re-Threading Kit 15pc Metric

Model No. AK310 Taps and dies are suitable for chasing out damaged threads and the removal of nicks and burrs without undercutting good threads. Use with a standard wrench and a little light oil. Thread file restores damaged external threads on any diameter, right or left hand - just select correct pitch. Ideal for restoration work. Supplied in tool tray. Contents: Taps and Dies: Metric; 6-1.00, 8-1.25, 10-1.25, 10-1.5, 12-1.25, 12-1.5, 12-1.75mm, Thread Restorer File: 0.75, 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0mm Pitch

G Deburring Tool Model No. DB01 Composite grip with interchangeable swivel cutting bits. Spare cutter stored in handle. Suitable for deburring pipes and sheet materials. Length:

I Re-Threading Kit 42pc Metric

150mm

Model No. AK311 Taps and dies are suitable for chasing out damaged threads and the removal of nicks and burrs without undercutting good threads. Thread file restores damaged external threads on any diameter, right or left hand. Supplied in case.

Thread Restoring File Set 3pc

Model No. AK313 Suitable for the restoration of external threads. 220mm Double-ended files each supplied with reversible vinyl grip. Packed in storage pouch. Contents:Imperial: File #1; 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24tpi, File #2; 9, 10, 12, 16, 20, 27, 28, 32tpi Metric: File #1; 0.75, 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2.0, 3.0mm Pitch

Contents:Taps: Metric; 6 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.25, 12 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm. National Fine; 1/4” x 28, 5/16” x 24, 3/8” x 24, 7/16” x 20, 1/2” x 20, 9/16” x 18tpi. National Coarse; 1/4” x 20, 5/16” x 18, 3/8” x 16, 7/16” x 14, 1/2” x 13, 9/16” x 12tpi Dies: Metric; 6 x 1.0, 8 x 1.25, 10 x 1.5, 12 x 1.25, 12 x 1.5, 12 x 1.75mm National Fine; 1/4” x 28, 5/16” x 24, 3/8” x 24, 7/16” x 20, 1/2” x 20, 9/16” x 18, 5/8” x 18tpi, National Coarse; 1/4” x 20, 5/16” x 18, 3/8” x 16, 7/16” x 14, 1/2” x 13, 9/16” x 12, 5/8” x 1 1tpi Thread Restorer File: National;11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 and 9, 10, 12, 16, 20, 27, 28, 32tpi

Hacksaw with J Junior Adjustable Blade Model No.

AK8680

Rigid die-cast aluminium frame with comfortable composite handle. Multi-position blade clamp permits blade to be mounted in any one of six positions. Supplied with 150mm general purpose blade.

Section 16 Extractors & Nut Splitters A

607

C - D

Type Screw Extractor Set B Helix 5pc Model No.

AK722

Manufactured from heat treated Chrome Molybdenum C - D Extractor Sets 5 & 7pc steel. Rapid acting helix aids screw removal. Supplied Model No. SEE BELOW in carry-case. Contents: 1/8”-1/4”, 1/4”-5/16”, 5/16”-7/16”, 7/16”-9/16”, Manufactured from heat treated Chrome Molybdenum steel. Supplied in storage tray. 9/16”-3/4” Model No: Contents: 1/8”, 3/16”, 15/64”, 5/16”, 3/8” C AK719 D AK720 1/8”, 3/16”, 15/64”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 15/32”, 9/16”

E Type Screw Extractor Set A Helix with Tap Wrench 6pc Model No:

Square Type Screw

AK721

Manufactured from heat treated Chrome Molybdenum steel. Rapid acting helix aids screw removal. Includes tap wrench. Extractors supplied in carry-case. Contents: 1/8”-1/4”, 1/4”-5/16”, 5/16”-7/16”, 7/16”-9/16”, 9/16”-3/4”, Tap Wrench

MM Extractor Set 3/8”Sq Drive E Bolt 10pc - Metric

Model No.

AK728

Drop-forged Chrome Molybdenum steel sockets. Reverse spiral flutes are designed to bite down to provide maximum gripping power. Set supplied with 8mm straight rod to knock bolt out after use. Contents: Sockets; 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 (5/8”), 17, 19mm (3/4”), 74mm Straight Rod

MM Extractor Set 1/2”Sq Drive H Stud 4pc - Metric Model No.

AK723

Socket type extractors manufactured from Chrome Vanadium steel heat treated and chrome plated for corrosion resistance. Suitable for use with 1/2”Sq drive ratchet or wrench. Supplied in steel case.

Contents:

Driver Set with F Impact Protection Grip 15pc Model No.

6, 8, 10, 12mm

AK2081

G Nut Splitter Set 2pc

Heavy-duty 1/2”Sq drive impact driver with composite Model No. AK84 grip and integral knuckle guard. Supplied with 13pc Chrome Molybdenum steel blades with forged high Chrome Vanadium steel driver bit set and 1/2”Sq drive carbon steel body. Hardened, tempered and chrome adaptor. Supplied in carry-case. plated for rust resistance. Capacity: 12-16mm, 16-22mm Contents: 1/2”Sq Drive Impact Driver, Hex Bits; 4, 5, 6, 8mm, Slotted Bits; 5, 6, 8, 10, 12mm, Phillips Bits; #1, #2, #3, #4, Adaptor; 1/2”Sq Drive x 8mm Hex

J Nut Splitter 4pc Model No. AK85 Chrome Molybdenum steel blades with forged high carbon steel grips. Hardened, tempered and chrome plated for rust resistance.

Screw & Drill Bit Extractor I HSS Set 5pc Model No.

New

HSS screw and drill bit removers. Five sizes range from #0 to #4. Suitable for extracting screw and drill bits, ranging from 6-14mm. Supplied in storage case. See page 65 for our full range of Impact Drivers.

Contents:

Capacity: 9-12mm, 12-16mm, 16-22mm, 22-27mm

AK7228

#0, #1, #2, #3, #4

608

Section 16 Punches & Chisels

A Punch & Chisel Set 25pc Model No.

AK9298

Comprehensive set made from high quality Chrome V anadium steel. Hardened, tempered with chemically blackened finish. Supplied in tool roll.

Punch & Chisel B Interchangeable Set 13pc

Contents: Pin Punches; 3/32”, 1/8” (125mm), 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4” (150mm), Centre Punches; Model No. AK9213 32, 34mm (125mm), 35mm (150mm), Taper Punches; 3/32”, 1/8”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4” (150mm), 1/8”, 3/16”, 1/4” (250mm), Chisels; 3/8”, 1/2” (150mm), 5/8”, 3/4” (175mm), 7/8”, 1” (200mm), 7/8” (310mm), Utility Chisel (150mm) Interchangeable punches and chisels, manufactured from 10mm hex stock. Hammer-through grip with double sprung-ball tool retention and hand guard. Phosphate finish for corrosion resistance. Supplied in C D storage case. Contents: Punches; Pin - 3, 6mm, Centre - 3, 6mm, Solid - 3, 5mm, Chisels; Cold - 10, 13, 16, 20mm, Cape - 6mm, Spade - 10mm, Hammer-Through Grip with Hand Guard

Punch & Chisel C Interchangeable Set 10pc Model No.

New

AK9120

Heavy-duty hammer-through grip with knuckle guard. Features set of nine quick-release 16mm hex stock Chrome Vanadium steel punch and chisels. Supplied in a storage case. Contents: Parallel Punch; 6, 8, 10, 12mm, Flat Chisel; 22, 30, 50mm, Utility Chisel; 9mm, Scaling Chisel; 50mm

F Parallel Pin Punch Set 6pc Model No. AK9123 Chrome Vanadium steel punches with knurled stock for added grip. Overall length 150mm, pin length 50mm. Supplied in pouch. Length: 150mm Pin Length: 50mm Contents: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8mm

H Number Punch Set 9pc Model No. AK9294 Hardened, tempered and chemically blackened. Set of 9 numeric punches (number 6 doubles as 9). 4mm Character height. Supplied in composite case.

I Letter Punch Set 27pc Model No. AK9295 Hardened, tempered and chemically blackened. Set of 27 alphabetic punches. 4mm Character height. Supplied in composite case.

D Punch & Chisel Set 16pc Model No. AK9216 Manufactured from Chrome Vanadium steel, hardened and tempered for extra durability. Supplied with chisel sharpening gauge. Contents: Taper Punches; 2 x 135, 3 x 145, 4 x 150, 5 x 160, 6 x 170mm, Pin Punches; 2 x 1 10, 3 x 120, 4 x 125, 5 x 135, 6 x 145mm, Centre Punches; 3 x 125, 5 x 150mm, Cold Chisels; 10 x 140, 13 x 150, 16 x 165mm, Chisel Gauge

E Combination Punch Set 14pc Model No. AK9145 Five 205mm, parallel pin, steel punches with knurled grips. Eight 90mm, parallel pin, brass punches with hex shanks plus 122mm automatic centre punch. Supplied in storage pouch. Contents: 205mm Parallel Steel Punches; 1/8”, 3/16”, 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 90mm Parallel Brass Punches; 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 5/16”, Automatic Centre Punch; 122mm

Pattern Parallel Pin Punch G Long Set 5pc Model No.

AK9124

Chrome Vanadium steel stock hardened and heat rteated. Chemically blackened for corrosion resistance. Overall length 200mm, pin length 95mm. Supplied in pouch. Length: 200mm Pin Length: 95mm Contents: 1/8”, 3/16”, 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”

& Number Punch Set J Letter 36pc Model No.

AK9296

60mm Long, high carbon steel punches. Hardened, tempered and chemically blackened. Full set of 4mm alpha-numeric characters (number 6 doubles as number 9). Supplied in composite case.

Section 17

Construction & Craft 610 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 620 623 624 627 628 630 631 632 633

Multimeters Mains Testers Socket Testers Electrician's Screwdrivers VDE Pliers Wire Strippers & Shears Cable Ties & Crimping Terminals Wire Stripping & Crimping Tools Pipe Tools & Drainage Plumbing Wrenches & Pressure Tester Soldering Tools & Heating Torches Hole Saws, Hand Saws & Laser Level Tiling Tools Cutting Tools Staplers, Nailers & Tackers Woodscrews Measuring Tapes

610

Section 17 Multimeters

MULTIMETER SPECIFICATION

MM302

MM404

MM405

0-3.26V, 32.6V, 326V, 750V (all ±0.8%) (Auto-ranging)

1-750V (±1%)

MM19

MM20

AC Voltage (Accuracy)

200V, 500V (±1.2%)

200V, 750V (±1.2%)

200V, 600V (±1.2%)

0-200mV (±1.2%), 0-200mV 2V, 20V, 200V (±1.2%), 2V, 20V, 200V (all ±0.8%), (all ±0.8%), 700V (±1.2%) 750V (±1.2%)

DC Voltage (Accuracy)

0-2V (±0.5%), 20V, 200V, 500V (±0.8%)

0-200mV (±0.25%), 2V, 20V, 200V (±0.5%)

0-200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V (±0.5%), 600V (±0.8%)

0-200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V, 1000V (all ±0.5%)

0-200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V (all ±0.5%), 1000V (±0.8%)

0-326mV (±0.5%), 3.26V (±0.3%), 32.6V (±0.3%), 1-1000V (±0.5%) 326V (±0.3%), 1000V (±0.5%) (Auto-ranging)

0-20µA (±3%), 200µA, 2mA, 20mA (all ±1%), 200mA, 2A (all ±1.8%), 20A (±3%)

0-20mA (±1%), 200mA (±1.8%), 10A (±3%)

0-326µA, 3260µA, 32.6mA, 326mA 0.1-200, 1-1000A (all ±1.2%), 0-200A (±3.0%) (<800A ±2%, 10A (±2%) >800A ±2%) (Auto-ranging for µA and mA)

AC Current (Accuracy)

MM30

MM402

MM12

DC Current (Accuracy)

0-200mA (±2.0%)

0-200µA, 2000µA, 20mA (±1%), 200mA (±1.2%), 10A (±2%)

0-2mA, 20mA (±1%), 200mA (±1.5%), 10A (±3%)

0-326µA, 3260µA, 0-20µA (±2%), 0-2mA, 20mA 32.6mA, 326mA 200µA, 2mA, (all ±0.8%), (all ±1.5%), 20mA (all ±0.8%), 200mA (±1.5%), 10A (±3%) 200mA, 2A 10A (both ±2%) (Auto-ranging (all ±1.2%), for µA and mA) 20A (±2%)

Resistance (Accuracy)

0-2kΩ, 20kΩ, 200kΩ, 2MΩ (±1%)

0-200Ω, 2kΩ, 20kΩ, 200kΩ (±0.8%), 2MΩ (±1%)

0-200Ω, 2kΩ, 0-200Ω, 2kΩ, 20kΩ, 200kΩ, 20kΩ, 200kΩ, 2MΩ (all ±0.8%), 2MΩ (all ±0.5%), 20MΩ (±1%), 20MΩ (±1%) 200MΩ (±5%)

Capacitance (Accuracy)

0-200A (±2.8%)

0-326Ω, 3.26kΩ, 32.6kΩ, 326kΩ, 3.26MΩ (all ±0.8%), 32.6MΩ (±1.2%) (Auto-ranging)

0.1-200Ω, 10-20kΩ (±1%)

0-2nF, 20nF, 200nF, 2µF, 20µF (all ±4%)

0-326nF, 32.6µF (±3%)

-20 to 1000°C (-20 to 0°C ±5%, 0 to 400°C ±1%, 400 to 1000°C ±2%)

Temperature (Accuracy)

-20°C to 0°C (±10%), 0°C to 400°C (±1%), 400°C to 1000°C (±2%)

Frequency (Accuracy)

0-32.6kHz (±1.2%), 200kHz (±2.5%) (Auto-ranging)

40-51, 51-510Hz, 051-1KHz (all ±1.2%)

Continuity Buzzer

Diode Test

Transistor Test

Hi-Impact Rubber Case

Digits x Height

4 x 11mm

3.5 x 25mm

3.5 x 15mm

3.5 x 22mm

3.5 x 25mm

3.75 x 20mm

3.5 x 12mm

3.67 x 11mm

Low Battery Indicator

Batteries (Included)

1 x 12V

1 x 9V

2 x 1.5V

Information

Vinyl case.

K-type Thermocouple. Data hold facility. Integral stand.

K-type Thermocouple. Auto power-off. Integral stand and probe storage.

Auto-ranging. Data hold. Integral stand.

Soft, padded carry-case.

Size L x W x D

120 x 70 x 20mm

125 x 70 x 23mm

145 x 75 x 40mm

170 x 88 x 32mm

190 x 90 x 32mm

200 x 95 x 47mm

235 x 70 x 45mm

155 x 66 x 31mm

Weight

80g

120g

Conformity

IEC 1010

240g

220g

420g

440g

300g

160g

IEC 1010

Section 17 Multimeters A

A 12 Function Multimeter

B 19 Function Digital Multimeter

Model No. MM12 Model No. MM19 General purpose multimeter with three digit LCD High quality general purpose multimeter with a large display. Polarity reversal and low battery indication (25mm), clear and easy-to-read LCD display . also displayed. Compact design with wrap-around lead Supplied with full set of leads and probes. storage feature. Audible test feature. Supplied with leads, probes and carry pouch. Measures: AC and DC Voltage DC Current Measures: Resistance Diode/Transistor Verification Mode AC and DC Voltage DC Current Resistance Audible Continuity/Diode Test

Model No. MM30 Quality tradesman’ s multimeter with 18mm high easy-to-read LCD display. Features auto over-range display, auto zero and audible continuity warning. Supplied with full set of leads and probes. Measures: AC and DC Voltage AC and DC Current Resistance Diode/Transistor Verification Mode Audible Continuity

Model No.

MM302

Professional tradesman’s multimeter with 25mm LCD display. Durable case with protective boot, probe storage and integral two-position stand. Features heavy-duty circuitry with auto over-range display, auto zero, auto power-off, audible continuity warning and polarity protection on all necessary ranges. Supplied with probe test leads and temperature probe. Measures: AC and DC Voltage AC and DC Current Resistance Capacitance

Temperature Diode Test Audible Continuity Transistor Test

K-TYPE THERMOCOUPLES Models MM20 and MM302 are supplied with thermocouple attachment allowing accurate temperature readings to be taken. Temperature readings can be displayed in either °C or °F.

G Mini AC/DC Clamp Meter Model No. MM405 Durable composite housing with rubber grip around handle for comfort and control. Designed to verify the presence of AC and DC current and with non-contact voltage detection, flashlight and non-contact frequency measurement. Perfect for the automotive electrician. Features a backlit LCD display and an LED light at the front of the unit for working in dark areas. Supplied with carry-case. Measures: AC and DC Current Frequency

Function Digital Multimeter C 20 with Thermocouple Model No.

MM20

Heavy-duty general purpose multimeter with clear and easy-to-read LCD display. Features data hold function, temperature probe and diode test facility . Housed in rugged rubber boot with integral stand. Supplied with full set of leads and probes. Measures: AC and DC Voltage DC Current Resistance Diode/Transistor Verification Mode Temperature Audible Continuity

Function Heavy-Duty E 30 Multimeter with Thermocouple

D 30 Function Multimeter

611

H Digital Clamp Multimeter Model No. MM404 Durable composite case with integral AC current test clamp, suitable for the toughest workshop conditions. Four digit, large and clear , 12mm LCD display . Features push-button data hold and four function, six range, rotary selection switch. Supplied with probe test leads, wrist strap and carry-case. Measures: AC and DC Voltage AC Current Resistance Audible Continuity

Ranging Heavy-Duty F Auto Multimeter Model No.

MM402

Auto-ranging multimeter with hi-contrast LCD display, 20mm high digital read-out. Durable case with protective boot, probe storage and integral twoposition stand. Suitable for the toughest workshop conditions. Includes data hold and audible continuity test. Supplied with capped probe test leads. Measures: AC and DC Voltage Capacitance AC and DC Current Frequency Resistance Duty Cycle Tests: Diodes Transistors Audible Continuity

612

Section 17 Mains Testers

A Mains Tester 140mm

B Mains Tester 190mm

C Euro Voltage Tester 140mm

Model No. AK1991 Model No. AK1990 Model No. AK1994 Mains voltage tester with screwdriver blade and pocket Mains voltage tester with screwdriver blade. Fully Euro style mains voltage tester with screwdriver blade clip. Fully insulated with moulded transparent plastic insulated with moulded transparent plastic handle and and pocket clip. Presence of voltage shown by neon handle and blade sheath. blade sheath. indicator. Fully insulated with one-piece moulded handle incorporating anti-slip guard for complete protection. Testing Range: 220-250V Testing Range: 220-250V Length: 140mm Length: 190mm Testing Range: 125-250V Length: 140mm

D Euro Voltage Tester 180mm Model No. AK1995 Euro style mains voltage tester with screwdriver blade and pocket clip. Presence of voltage shown by neon indicator. Fully insulated with one-piece moulded handle incorporating anti-slip guard for complete protection. Testing Range: Length:

125-250V 180mm

E Non-Contact Voltage Detector

F Non-Contact Voltage Detector

Model No. AK1997 Voltage detector with on/off switch and three sensitivity settings. Multi-directional flashing red LED and buzzer indicate AC voltages between 100-600V olts. Quick, accurate detection of cable breaks in open-ended cables, e.g. cable drums. Ideal for microwave applications and checking socket connections. Fitted with pocket clip and supplied with 2 x LR44 cells.

Model No. AK1998 Contact free voltage detector with on/of f switch and multi-directional flashing beacon. Optical and acoustic indication of AC voltages between 50-600Volts. Quick, accurate detection of cable breaks in open-ended cables, e.g. cable drums. Ideal for microwave applications and phase detection in sockets. Supplied with 2 x LR03 1.5Volt cells.

Display: Red LED Voltage Range: 100-600V Frequency Range: 50-400Hz Over Voltage Category: CATIII/600V Operating Temperature: -10°C to +55°C at RH <80% Dimensions: 18 x 150mm

Display: Red LED Voltage Range: 50-600V Frequency Range: 50-500Hz Over Voltage Category: CATIII/600V Operating Temperature: -10°C to +55°C at RH <80% Dimensions: 25 x 21 x 140mm

M3.5 M4

G Voltage Tester Model No. AK2002 Professional two pole voltage tester . Suitable for checking AC mains and DC power supplies between H Socket Box Template 6-400Volt. Can also be used for checking voltage and Model No. ESBT2 polarity on car batteries and continuity testing of DC circuits. Features two insulated test probes, one with a Quick and accurate positioning of single and double six stage LED display and 600mm heavy-duty cable. sockets on drylined walls. Easy-to-use, indispensable tool, featuring adjustable depth gauge to ensure boxes Operating Range: 6-400V are placed at a uniform height and built-in spirit level for Operating Temperature Range: -10°C to +50°C correct alignment. Maximum Test Duration: 30 seconds

I Socket Thread Restorers Model No. SEE BELOW Restores damaged threads in electrical socket terminals. Fitted with contoured handle for positive grip and ease of use. Model No: Thread: AK6126 M3.5 x 0.6mm AK6127 M4 x 0.7mm

Section 17 Socket Testers A

Audible

613

Self-Test

ELEC CHECK

C 13A Socket Opener

Socket Tester 230V B 13A 18 Function - Audible

Socket Tester 230V A 13A 14 Function High definition green LEDs indicate error-free socket wiring status, plus 13 fault conditions including L-E reversal, L-N reversal, faulty N or E and missing L.Tough, smooth contoured construction. Tests BS1363 sockets.

Model No. ESO13 Model No. EST32 High definition tri-colour LEDs and clear audible output Tough, polycarbonate constructed 13Amp socket gate opener. The safe way for the qualified electrician to indicate error free socket wiring status, plus 17 fault conditions including L-E reversal, L-N reversal, faulty N open the shutter and check for presence of voltage. or E and missing L. Built-in self-test feature. Tough, smooth contoured construction. Tests BS1363 sockets.

Wiring Condition: Correct L-E Reverse L-N-E Miswire L-N Reverse L-N-E Miswire Faulty N / L-E Miswire Faulty N / E Miswire Faulty N Faulty N / L-E Reverse Faulty E / L-N Reverse Faulty E Faulty E / N Miswire Faulty E / L-N Miswire Faulty L / N-E Miswire Faulty L / E Miswire Faulty L / N-E Miswire Faulty L / N Miswire No Mains

Model No.

EST12

230V

110V

ELEC CHECK

D 16A Socket Tester 230V Model No. EST16230 Tester for use with 16Amp 230V olt sockets. High definition colour LEDs and clear audible output to indicate error-free socket wiring status, plus 17 fault conditions including L-E reversal, L-N reversal, faulty N or E and missing L.

ELEC CHECK

E 16A Socket Tester 110V Model No. EST16110 Tester for use with 16Amp 1 10Volt sockets. High definition colour LEDs and clear audible output to indicate clearly correct/incorrect conditions. Also indicates positions of L1, L2 and CentreTap.

230V

110V

to 32A Socket Tester Adaptor G 16 230V

to 32A Socket Tester Adaptor H 16 110V

Metal, Voltage & Stud F 3-in-1 Detector Model No.

AK2018

Combined unit to accurately detect live or dead electricity cables, water or gas pipes and wooden studs or battens with ease. Powered by a 9V olt cell (not included) the detector will, with a red and green LED display and an audible signal, show the presence of metal, electricity and wooden studs or battens. Supplied with full instructions.

Meter with LED I Moisture Display

Model No. EST16230A Model No. EST16110A Model No. AK2020 Allows single tester to be used with 16Amp and 32Amp Allows single tester to be used with 16Amp and 32Amp Designed to indicate the moisture content of timber in 230Volt sockets. Use in conjunction with EST16230. 110Volt sockets. Use in conjunction with EST161 10. the range 8 to 22%. Colour coded ranges for readings Configuration: 16A Socket - 32A Plug Configuration: 16A Socket - 32A Plug taken on plaster or brick.

614

Section 17 ElectricianÊs Screwdrivers

Screwdriver Set 7pc A Microtip VDE/TUV/GS Approved Model No.

AK6120

Set comprises five slotted and two Phillips drivers manufactured from 8660 steel with precision tips. Insulated and VDE/TUV/GS approved for use up to 1000V. Spinner top enables finger-tip control of driver.

Contents: Phillips; #00 x 75, #0 x 75mm, Slotted; 1.5 x 40, 1.8 x 60, 2.0 x 60, 2.5 x 75, 3.0 x 75mm

Screwdrivers B - O Individual VDE/TUV/GS Approved Model No.

SEE BELOW

Chrome Molybdenum shafts with magnetic tip and corrosion resistant precision blade. Fully insulated to VDE/TUV/GS and EN60900 standards to protect from electric shocks up to 1000V olt. Specially designed impact resistant handle with non-slip grip for comfort, maximum torque transfer and roll resistance. Model No: B AK6122/2 C AK6122/3 D AK6122/4 E AK6122/5 F AK6122/6 G AK6122/7 H AK6122/8 I AK6122/9 J AK6122/10 K AK6122/11 L AK6122/12 M AK6122/13 N AK6122/14 O AK6122/15

Type: Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted Phillips Phillips Phillips Phillips Pozi Pozi Pozi Pozi

Size: 3.0 x 100mm 3.5 x 100mm 4.0 x 100mm 5.5 x 125mm 6.5 x 150mm 8.0 x 175mm #0 x 75mm #1 x 100mm #2 x 100mm #3 x 150mm #0 x 75mm #1 x 100mm #2 x 100mm #3 x 150mm

Set 6pc P Screwdriver VDE/TUV/GS Approved Model No.

AK6122

Chrome Molybdenum shafts with magnetic tip and corrosion resistant precision blade. Fully insulated to VDE/TUV/GS and EN60900 standards to protect from electric shocks up to 1000V olt. Specially designed impact resistant handle with non-slip grip for comfort, maximum torque transfer and roll resistance. Contents: Slotted; 3 x 100, 5.5 x 125, 6 x 150mm, Phillips; #0 x 75, #1 x 100, #2 x 100mm

PowerMAX® Screwdriver Set S with Carry-Case 21pc

® Screwdriver Set R GripMAX 11pc

Model No. AK4303 Extra strong Chrome Molybdenum shafts with satin finish. Shot blasted and magnetized tips. Hexagonal profile design with ribbed grips for maximum power transfer from hand to fixing. Impact resistant handles with hanging hole. Contents: Slotted; 3 x 75, 4 x 100 (Insulated), 5.5 x 125, 6.5 x 150, 8 x 150mm, Phillips; #1 x 80, #1 x 100 (Insulated), #2 x 100mm, Pozi; #1 x 80, #2 x 100mm, Telescopic Magnetic Pick-Up Tool 110-480mm

Model No.

New

AK5043

High quality Chrome Vanadium satin finished shafts with shot blasted and magnetized tips. Textured handles with round profile design of fer maximum power transfer from hand to fixing. Features colour coding for fast identification and hanging hole for alternative storage. Deep knurling on shafts allow extra grip for oily fingers when spinning off fixings. Contents: Slotted; 6 x 150, 8 x 150mm, Phillips; #1 x 75, #2 x 100mm, Pozi: #1 x 75, #2 x 100mm, Bit Holder , Bits; Hex - 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 5.5, 6mm, Slotted - 4, 5mm, Pozi - #3; Phillips - #3, TRX-Star* - T15, T20, T25 All Premier Hand Tools are Guaranteed for life except where stated.

Q Screwdriver Set 12pc Model No.

AK4908

Set of popular sized screwdrivers. High quality hexagon Chrome Vanadium driver shafts with satin finish. Contoured, textured handles for added control. Shot blasted and blackened tips. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Slotted; 6 x 38, 5 x 75, 5 x 100, 6 x 100, 8 x 150, 10 x 200mm, Phillips; #3 x 150, #4 x 200mm, Pozi; #2 x 38, #1 x 75, #1 x 100, #2 x 100mm

PREMIER SCREWDRIVERS See pages 52 to 63 for our full range of Premier Screwdrivers.

Section 17 VDE Pliers Pliers A - F Professional VDE Approved Model No.

SEE BELOW

Manufactured to the very highest standards of quality and safety. Fully certified to EN60900 IEC 900 standard. At a temperature of -20ºC the handles must withstand impact and shock loads. After 24 hours immersion in water, the pliers must still provide protection against discharges and spark-over at up to 10,000VAC. After 2 hours at +70ºC, the pliers must not conduct discharge at a test of 5,000VAC even with a point load of 20N applied. After 168 hours (1 week) at +70ºC, the handles must still be firmly secured to the pliers and be able to withstand a 500N pull-off test. The handles must be manufactured from near inflammable materials. This is tested using a gas flame. All pliers are manufactured from high grade tool steel and are hardened using a special high frequency induction process. Cutting capacities quoted according to DIN/ISO5744.

615

Pliers A Combination VDE Approved Model No. Model No: AK83422 AK83432 AK83442

SEE BELOW Length: 160mm 180mm 200mm

Cutting Capacity: Ø1.6mm Ø2.0mm Ø2.3mm

Nose Pliers B Long VDE Approved Model No. Model No: AK83512 AK83532

SEE BELOW Length: 160mm 200mm

Cutting Capacity: Ø1.6mm Ø1.8mm

Nose Pliers C Snipe VDE Approved Model No. Model No: AK83562 AK83572

SEE BELOW Length: 160mm 200mm

Cutting Capacity: Ø1.6mm Ø1.8mm

Stripping Pliers 160mm D Wire VDE Approved Model No.

AK83552

VDE Approved wire and cable stripper with screw adjustment. Suitable for wire and cables up to Ø5.0mm. Meets DIN/ISO 5743/4, 8979 standards. Length: Capacity:

160mm Ø5.0mm

Set 3pc G Pliers VDE Approved Model No. AK83452 VDE Approved pliers with induction hardened cutting edges in a polished finish. Features soft grip handles for comfort and control. Cutting capacities according to DIN 5236/ISO 5748 and DIN5238/ISO 5749. Combination pliers meet DIN 5244/ISO 5746 standards. Contents: Length: Cutting Capacity: Side Cutters: 160mm Ø2.0mm Combination Pliers: 180mm Ø2.0mm Long Nose Pliers: 200mm Ø1.8mm

Cutter 160mm E Side VDE Approved Model No.

Side Cutter 180mm F Heavy-Duty VDE Approved AK83462

VDE Approved side cutter with induction-hardened cutting edges in a polished finish. Features soft grip handles for comfort and control. Cutting capacity quoted according to DIN 5238/ISO 5749. Length: 160mm Cutting Capacity: Ø2.0mm

Model No.

AK83472

Screwdriver & Pliers Set 10pc

H VDE Approved

Model No. VDE Approved pliers with induction hardened cutting edges in a polished finish. Features soft grip handles for comfort and control. Cutting capacities according to DIN 5236/ISO 5748 and DIN5238/ISO 5749. Combination pliers meet DIN 5244/ISO 5746 standards. Screwdrivers have Chrome Molybdenum shafts with magnetic tips. Fully insulated to VDE/GS and EN60900 standards to protect from electric shocks up to 1000V . Specially designed impact resistant

AK83602 handle with non-slip grip for comfort, maximum torque transfer and roll resistance. Set also contains a mains voltage tester. Contents: 180mm Combination Pliers, 160mm Side Cutters, Screwdrivers; Slotted - 2.5 x 80, 3.5 x100, 4.0 x 100, 5.5 x 125mm, Pozi - #0 x 75, #1 x 100, #2 x 100mm, Voltage Tester

616

Section 17 Wire Strippers & Shears

Rope/Spring Cutter B Wire 190mm

A Cable Shears 250mm Model No.

AK8358

Hardened and tempered high grade steel shears with dipped handles and precision ground cutting edges. Suitable for cutting, stripping and dismantling. Cuts steel rope, thin steel rod, copper and aluminium wire with ease. Cutting Capacity: Length:

Ø4.0-8.75mm 250mm

Model No.

AK503

High carbon steel blades, hardened, tempered and polished. Cuts up to Ø5mm wire rope and Ø1.5mm spring wire. Spring loaded handles with vinyl grip and safety lock. Cutting Capacity: Ø5mm (Wire Rope) Ø1.5mm (Spring Wire) Length: 190mm

C Cutting Nipper 110mm

D Automatic Wire Stripping Tool

Model No. AK2254 Manufactured from high quality stainless steel with spring return. Suitable for cutting soft wires and plastic like cable ties. Sturdy handles for added grip and comfort. Cutting Capacity: Ø1.2mm Length: 110mm

Model No. AK225 Plate steel construction, chemically blackened with oversize vinyl grips. 5-in-1 Wire stripper suitable for wires from 0.13-6mm² (26-10A WG). Crimping attachment suitable for non-insulated terminals including 1.5, 2.5, 4 and 6mm², also insulated auto-ignition terminals 7 and 8mm. Crimps insulated terminals 1.5, 2.5 and 6mm². Includes wire cutters hardened to 40-50 HRC. Stripping Capacity: Length:

E Automatic Wire Stripping Tool Model No. AK2252 One handed, compound action, grips and strips electric cables from 1.0-3.2mm² automatically . Jaw action prevents crushing or cutting even the finest wires. Supplied with length gauge and fitted with vinyl grips. Stripping Sizes: 1.0, 1.6, 2.0, 2.6, 3.2mm² Length: 175mm

0.13-6mm²(26-10AWG) 215mm

G Position cable.

Squeeze handles.

Simple!

Wire Stripping Tool F Automatic Heavy-Duty Model No.

AK2255

Heavy-duty, professional automatic wire stripper with alloy steel jaws. Fully automatic, single action grips and strips all types of wire from 0.2-6.0mm² with minimal pressure to handles and no damage to the inner core of the wire. Adjustable length stop is easily swivelled to allow longer stripping. Precision machined wire cutting blades for long life. Features three crimping elements for insulated, non-insulated (1.5-6.0mm²) and auto-ignition terminals (7-8mm). Stripping Capacity: Length:

0.2-6.0mm² 200mm

G Stripping & Crimping Tool Model No.

AK3851

3mm Steel construction with safety insulated hand grips. Stripper & Cutter H Wire Crimps insulated terminals from 0.5 to 6mm². Capacity 1.25-5.5mm² Crimps non-insulated terminals from 1.5 to 6mm². Model No. AK2250 Crops threaded terminals M2.6 to M5. Combination wire stripper and cutter with variable Strips wires from 0.75 to 6mm². gauge setting, spring return and dipped handles. Also fitted with wire cutters for soft cables and wires. Stripping Capacity: 1.25-5.5mm² Length: 250mm Length: 125mm

Section 17 Cable Ties & Crimping Terminals A Cable Ties Model No. SEE BELOW Ties manufactured from nylon 66 making them heat resistant over the temperature range -400°C to 850°C. Supplied in handy sized packs. Suitable for workshop, garden and home applications.

617

A 1

2.5 x 100mm

4.8 x 200mm

4.8 x 380mm

7.6 x 350mm

Model No: 1 CT25101 2 CT48201 3 CT48301 4 CT48381 5 CT76355 6 CT12655

B Cutting Nipper 110mm

4.8 x 300mm

12.0 x 650mm

Size: 2.5 x 100mm 4.8 x 200mm 4.8 x 300mm 4.8 x 380mm 7.6 x 350mm 12.0 x 650mm

Pack Qty: 100 100 100 100 50 50

4.8 x 250mm

2.4 x 100mm D Cable Tie Pack 100mm - 200pc

C Cable Tie Pack 250mm - 50pc

Model No.

CT200

Tie Pack with Pliers E Cable Assorted Sizes - 375pc Model No.

CT375

Model No. CT50 Pack of approximately 50 cable ties. One colour.

Pack of approximately 200 cable ties. Five colours.

Pack of approximately 375 cable ties. Five colours of each size. Includes cable tie cutting pliers.

Size:

Sizes:

4.8 x 250mm

Ring

Blade

F - L Crimping Terminals Model No. SEE TABLES Fully insulated crimping terminals suitable for automotive applications. Supplied in storage case.

F Ring Model No: AK8826 AK8827 AK8828 AK8829 AK8830 AK8831 AK8832 AK8833

AWG/Colour: 22-16/Red 22-16/Red 22-16/Red 16-14/Blue 16-14/Blue 16-14/Blue 12-10/Yellow 12-10/Yellow

Size: 3mm 4mm 5mm 3mm 4mm 5mm 4mm 5mm

Pack Qty: 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25

2.4 x 100mm

Blade

Piggyback

2.5 x 100mm, 2.5 x 175mm, 4.0 x 200mm

Butt

Bullet

G Blade - Male Model No: AWG/Colour: AK8810 22-16/Red AK8811 16-14/Blue AK8812 22-16/Red AK8813 16-14/Blue AK8814 12-10/Yellow

Size: 4.8mm 4.8mm 6.3mm 6.3mm 6.3mm

Pack Qty: 50 50 50 50 25

H Blade - Female Model No: AWG/Colour: AK8815 22-16/Red AK8816 16-14/Blue AK8817 22-16/Red AK8818 16-14/Blue AK8819 12-10/Yellow

I Blade - Piggyback Model No: AWG/Colour: AK8820 22-16/Red AK8821 16-14/Blue

Size: 6.3mm 6.3mm

Pack Qty: 25 25

J Butt Model No: AK8834 AK8835

AWG/Colour: 22-16/Red 16-14/Blue

Pack Qty: 25 25

Pack Qty: 50 50

L Bullet - Female Model No: AWG/Colour: AK8824 22-16/Red AK8825 16-14/Blue

Pack Qty: 25 25

K Bullet - Male Model No: AWG/Colour: AK8822 22-16/Red AK8823 16-14/Blue

Size: 4.8mm 4.8mm 6.3mm 6.3mm 6.3mm

Pack Qty: 50 50 50 50 25

618

Section 17 Wire Stripping & Crimping Tools

B Stripping & Crimping Tool Model No.

AK3851

3mm Steel construction with safety insulated hand grips. Crimps insulated terminals from 0.5 to 6mm². Crimps non-insulated terminals from 1.5 to 6mm². Crops threaded terminals M2.6 to M5. Strips wires from 0.75 to 6mm². Also fitted with wire cutters for soft cables and wires. Length: 250mm

A Crimping Tool Set 399pc Model No.

AK8904

5-Function crimping tool with soft rubber grip for comfort and control. Features: Wire cutters. Wire stripper 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2.5, 4, 6mm2. Crimps insulated and non-insulated terminals (1.5, 2.5, 6mm2). Hole shears from M3.5 - M5. Ignition terminals. Supplied with a range of terminals, connectors, cable ties, fuses, crocodile clips, electrical tape, electrical wire, mains tester, long nose pliers, Phillips #1 x 80mm driver, Slotted 4 x 100mm driver, fuse removal/replacement tool and small pair of wire strippers.

Contents: 230mm 5-Way Crimping Tool, 9mtr x 20mm PVC Tape, Mains Tester 110V-250V, 1.5mtr Electrical Wire, 150mm Long Nose Pliers, Phillips #1 x 80 Driver, Slotted 4 x 100mm Driver, 12 x Assorted Blade-Type Fuses, 8 x Ceramic Fuses, 4 x Glass Fuses, 122mm Wire Stripper , Cable Ties 150 x 2.5 x 100mm, 30 x 3.2 x 140mm, 30 x 4.8 x 120mm, 10 x 4.8 x 200mm, MagicTies 40 x 2.4 x 140mm, 7 x 40mm Heat Shrink Tubing, 59 Insulated Terminals, 30 Non-Insulated Terminals, 6 x Wire Clamps, 4 x Crocodile Clips, Fuse Removal/Replacement Tool

C Crimping Tool Set 271pc

Model No.

AK8804

Crimping tool with insulated grips. Suitable for 1.5, 2.5 and 6mm² insulated terminals and 1.5, 2.5 and 4.5mm² non-insulated terminals. Also has cutting blade and features 0.75-6mm² wire stripping and M2.6-M5 stud shearing facilities. Approximately 200 assorted terminals and connectors and 70 cable ties supplied, in carry-case. Contents: Crimping Tool, 200 x Assorted Insulated Terminals, 70 x Cable Ties

Splice Assortment Set E Quick 50pc Model No.

New

QSS50

Fast, simple and strong splicing of electrical wires. Easy to use and does not require wire strippers or crimpers. Includes two sizes. AWG/Colour: 18-14/Blue, 22-18/Red

D Assorted Terminals 150pc Model No. AK8805 Assortment of the most popular sizes of ring, male and female spade, fork and butt insulated crimping terminals. Eighteen dif ferent types/sizes in a handy compartmentalised case. Contents:

150 x Assorted Terminals

AUTOMOTIVE FUSES See page 267 for our full range of Automotive Fuses.

Fuse Holder Assortment F In-Line Set 12pc

G Heat Shrink Tubing Set 127pc

Model No. BHS127 Heat shrink tubes from 2mm to 13mm diameter . Suitable for adding a fuse to vehicle wiring looms. Fast, Diameter will reduce by up to 50% when heated giving an insulating, water resistant covering. Partitioned simple and strong. Easy application, no crimpers or case. strippers required. Includes two sizes of adaptor. Contents: Ø2 x 35mm, Ø2.5 x 35mm, Ø4 x 35mm, AWG/Colour: 14-16/Blue, 18-22/Red Ø5 x 35mm, Ø7 x 75mm, Ø10 x 75mm, Ø13 x 75mm Fuse Voltage Rating: 32V Model No.

New

FHS12

Section 17 Crimping Tools A

619

Insulated Terminals

Crimping Tool A Ratchet Insulated Terminals Model No.

AK385

All steel construction with large vinyl grip handles and hardened and tempered jaws. Ratchet action ensures consistent crimp tension. Terminal Suitability: 4.0-6.0mm² Length:

0.5-1.0mm², 1.5-2.5mm², 220mm

B Insulated Terminals

C Ratchet Crimping Tool Kit 552pc Non-Insulated Terminals

Crimping Tool B Ratchet Non-Insulated Terminals Model No.

AK3852

All steel construction with large vinyl grip handles and hardened and tempered jaws. Ratchet action ensures consistent crimp tension. Terminal Suitability: Length:

Model No. AK386 Ratchet crimping tool with laminated steel jaws and insulated grips. Suitable for 1.5, 2.5 and 6mm² insulated terminals. Approximately 500 assorted terminals supplied, with 50 cable ties and insulating tape, in carry-case. Contents: Crimping Tool, 500 x Assorted Insulated Terminals, 50 x Cable Ties, Insulating Tape

1.5, 2.5, 6, 10mm² 220mm

Insulated Terminals Insulated Terminals

Crimping Tool E Ratchet Angled Head Insulated Terminals Model No.

Insulated & Non-Insulated Terminals

Crimping Tool D Ratchet Interchangeable Jaws Model No.

AK3857

All steel construction with large soft grip handles. Quick change hardened and tempered jaws to suit insulated and non-insulated terminals. Ratchet action ensures consistent crimping. Insulated Terminal Suitability: 0.5-1.0, 1.5-2.5, 4.0-6.0mm² Non-Insulated Terminal Suitability:1.5, 2.5, 6, 10mm² Length: 220mm

New

AK3863

All steel construction with large comfort grip handles, angled head and hardened and tempered jaws. Ratchet action ensures consistent crimping. Terminal Suitability: 4.0-6.0mm2 Length:

0.5-1.0mm2, 1.5-2.5mm2, 230mm

Crimping Tool F Ratchet Insulated Terminals Model No.

New

AK3864

All steel construction with large comfort grip handles and hardened and tempered jaws. Ratchet action ensures consistent crimping. Terminal Suitability: 4.0-6.0mm2 Length:

CABLE TIES See page 617 for our full range of Cable Ties.

0.5-1.0mm2, 1.5-2.5mm2, 225mm

620

Section 17 Pipe Tools

Ø3-22mm

A Mini Pipe Cutter Ø3-22mm Model No. AK5050 Die-cast cutter body with heavy-duty HSS hardened cutting wheel. Smooth screw action for clean cutting performance. Capacity: Ø3-22mm Replacement Cutting Wheels: (Pack of 2) AK50581B

Ø6-23mm

C Pipe Cutter Ø3-32mm

Pipe Cutter B Ratchet Ø6-23mm Model No.

Ø3-32mm

AK5057

Cutter for copper, aluminium and brass tube and pipe from Ø6 to 23mm. Spring loaded blade automatically advances through pipe wall without continual adjustment. Ratchet handle enables cutter to be used in confined spaces. Supplied with spare blade. Capacity: Ø6-23mm Replacement Cutting Wheels: (Pack of 2) AK5057.B

Model No. AK5051 Die-cast cutter body with fold-away pipe deburring tool. Smooth action thread with one-piece cutter-slide and hardened alloy steel cutting wheel give excellent results on all types of soft metal tubing.

Capacity: Ø3-32mm Replacement Cutting Wheels: (Pack of 2) AK50581B

D E

STEEL CAST IRON

Ø3-50mm

Ø3-32mm Action Pipe Cutter D Zip Ø3-32mm Model No.

AK50581

E Pipe Cutter Ø3-50mm

Die-cast cutter body with integral pipe deburring tool. Finely adjustable cutter-head with HSS cutting wheel gives clean results on copper and aluminium tubing. Supplied with spare wheel in handle top.

Model No. AK5062 Heavy-duty die-cast body with hardened steel blade for cutting steel and cast iron pipe.Two wide rollers for extra control with less burring leaving a clean cut.

Capacity: Ø3-32mm Replacement Cutting Wheels: (Pack of 2) AK50581B

Capacity: Ø3-50mm Replacement Cutting Wheels: (Pack of 2) AK5062/B

TUBE BENDER See page 189 for details of our AK5056 Tube Bender.

G Reciprocating Air Saw D F Deburring Tool Model No. PLT115 Hardened steel blades provide internal and external deburring of copper, brass or aluminium piping. For pipe up to 42mm external diameter. Maximum Pipe OD:

Ø42mm

Model No. SA34 Suitable for a variety of body shop applications such as cutting through panels, sills, chassis members etc. Excellent for initial crash-repair preparation when quick removal of damaged panels is required. Fitted with safety-trigger device. Supplied with a starter pack of blades. Max. Cutting Capacity: 2mm (Steel), 2.5mm (Aluminium) Free Speed: 10000spm Stroke: 10mm Air Consumption: 6cfm Operating Pressure: 90psi Air Inlet Size: 1/4”BSP Weight: 0.6kg

Section 17 Pipe Tools A

A Forged Steel Pipe Wrenches

Model No: AK511 AK512 AK513 AK514

Length: 250mm 300mm 450mm 600mm

B Cast Steel Pipe Wrenches

Model No. SEE BELOW Drop-forged, steel body with adjustable anodised jaw. Deeply serrated jaws for extra grip. Capacity: 0-38mm 0-43mm 0-65mm 0-80mm

621

Aluminium Alloy Pipe Wrenches

Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. SEE BELOW Shell moulded cast steel handle with high quality European pattern pipe wrench. Gravity cast aluminium drop-forged carbon steel jaws. One-piece head design alloy handle has the strength of steel but at 2/3rds the for added strength. weight. Drop-forged high carbon steel jaws with tool steel spring. Model No: Length: Capacity: Model No: Length: Capacity: AK5101 200mm 9-38mm AK5102 250mm 9-45mm AK5106 250mm 9-38mm AK5103 300mm 9-45mm AK5107 300mm 9-45mm AK5104 350mm 13-50mm AK5108 350mm 13-50mm AK5105 450mm 13-63mm AK5109 450mm 13-63mm AK5112 610mm 13-75mm AK5110 610mm 13-75mm AK5111 915mm 13-100mm AK5113 915mm 13-100mm

Pipe Threading Set

D 1/2” - 1-1/4” Capacity Model No. PTK991 Ratchet type pipe threading set with cassette style die heads. Lightweight design with four tool-steel cutting bits. Snap-in die cassettes allow fast interchange between pipe sizes. Suitable for iron and stainless steel pipe. Twin ratchet pawl head assembly with free run facility. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Ratchet Die Stock, Dies; 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, Two-piece Handle Length: 580mm

G Bench Mounting Pipe Vice Model No. PV63B Cast frame and base with mounting holes. Hinged design for easy insertion of pipe into vice. Suitable for electrical conduits and air installations. Capacity: Ø10-85mm Weight: 5.1kg

Threading Set E Pipe 3/8” - 2” Capacity Model No.

Threading & Cutting Set F Pipe 1/4” - 1-1/4” Capacity PTK992

Ratchet type pipe threading set with cassette style die heads. Lightweight design with four tool-steel cutting bits. Snap-in die cassettes allow fast interchange between pipe sizes. Suitable for iron and stainless steel pipe. Twin ratchet pawl head assembly with free run facility. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Ratchet Die Stock, Dies; 3/8”,1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2”, 2”, Two-piece Handle Length: 715mm

Model No.

PTK993

Ratchet type pipe threading set with cassette style die heads. Lightweight design with four tool-steel cutting bits. Snap-in die cassettes allow fast interchange between pipe sizes. Suitable for iron and stainless steel pipe. Twin ratchet pawl head assembly with free run facility. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Ratchet Die Stock, Dies; 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”,3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, Pipe Cutter #2 10-60mm, Bent Nose Pipe Wrench 1”, Teflon Tape 0.1mm x 26mm x 20mtr, Two-piece Handle, Water Pump Pliers Length: 730mm

PIPE BENDERS See pages 188 & 189 for our range of Hydraulic Pipe Benders.

622

Section 17 Pipe Tools & Drainage B

Ø3-12.7mm Hose Cutter A Rubber Ø3-12.7mm

Ø6-25mm & Reinforced Flexible B Rubber Hose Cutter Ø6-25mm

Model No. SC127 Model No. HCA25 ABS body with steel, heat treated blade to hardness of Die-cast zinc alloy body with simple plier action. 50-55 HRC. Suitable for hoses from 6-25mm OD. Simple reversible steel blade hardened and tempered to 50-55 HRC. Capacity: Ø3-12.7mm Supplied in pouch. Length: 80mm Capacity: Ø6-25mm Length: 190mm Replacement Blade: HCA25/B

Hacksaw with Bi-Metal D Mini Blade

Ø6-42mm Pipe & Extrusion Cutter C Plastic Ø6-42mm Model No.

PC40

Pistol-type, ratchet action, die-cast aluminium alloy body with heat treated AUS-8 stainless steel blade honed and shaped for smooth cutting action. Ratchet cutting action avoids crushing pipe. Long life blade suitable for cutting extrusions and pipes.Textured grip with rubber inlay gives added comfort and control. Capacity: Length: Replacement Blade:

Ø6-42mm 210mm PC40/B

E Junior Hacksaw

Model No. AK868 Model No. AK8696 Steel construction with bright chrome plating. Supplied Die-cast zinc frame for durability . Ideal for use in confined spaces. Accepts 250, 300mm and even broken with finger guard and two 150mm blades. blades. Supplied with quality bi-metal hacksaw blade. Replacement Blades: (Pack of 10) AK868/B

FAST FIT AIR SUPPLY SYSTEM See pages 542 & 543 for our range of Plastic Air Pipes.

Type Tube Bender H Lever Ø15 & Ø22mm

G Drain Rod Worm Screw Model No. DRK03 Carbon steel head with zinc end connection. Length:

F Drain Rod Kit 9mtr Model No. DRK01 Ten flexible rods manufactured from polypropylene with zinc end connections. 9mtr Length when fully assembled. Supplied with double worm screw and plunger. Individual Rod Length: 912mm Double Worm Screw Size: 144mm Plunger Ø: 100mm

144mm

Model No.

AK5056

Die-cast steel heads suitable for bending copper pipes of Ø15mm and Ø22mm up to 180°. Long, cranked tubular steel handles allow smooth and fast bending. Supplied with two aluminium guide bars for Ø15mm and Ø22mm pipes. Folded Length: 750mm Capacity: Ø15, Ø22mm

I Drain Rod Plunger Ø100mm Model No. DRK04 Rubber plunger fitted with zinc coated connector. Diameter:

100mm

Section 17 Wrenches & Pressure Tester A

623

930mm A Universal Key

C Basin Wrench 255mm

B Combination Stopcock Key

Model No. AK5059 Model No. PLT104 Die-cast zinc multifunction key suitable for gas meters, Universal crutch head key fits most 13mm(1/2”) and opening service meter cupboards, stopcocks and taps. 20mm(3/4”) stopcocks situated below ground. T-Handle design features bevelled edge for lifting covers. Fittings:

2 x Square, Tri-Square, Double Pin

Length:

930mm

Model No. PLT108 Essential tool for limited access fittings on basins and baths. Forged head with swivel action and spring loaded serrated jaws for positive grip. Chrome plated steel shaft with sliding tommy bar. Suitable for fittings up to 20mm(3/4”). Length: Jaw Width:

PLT107

Length: Pipe Fitting Sizes:

255mm 15 & 22mm(1/2” & 3/4”)

Heater Wrench E Immersion Flat

D Adjustable Basin Wrench

Model No.

For fitting back nuts and union nuts on bath and sink taps and other fittings in limited access areas. Dropforged malleable cast iron wrench can be used vertically or horizontal.

Immersion Heater Wrench

F Cranked

Model No. PLT100 Heavy gauge, zinc plated steel flat handle wrench for easy installation and removal of electric immersion heaters on water cylinders.

Model No. PLT101 Heavy gauge, zinc plated steel cranked handle wrench for easy installation and removal of electric immersion heaters on water cylinders.

Size:

3-3/8”(86mm)

275mm 45mm

Heater Wrench G Immersion Box Model No.

PLT102

Heavy gauge, zinc plated steel box wrench for easy installation and removal of electric immersion heaters on water cylinders. Size:

3-3/8”(86mm)

SOLDERING TOOLS

H Heating System Pressure Tester

See pages 624 to 626 for our comprehensive range of Soldering Tools.

Model No. HSPT05 Hand operated tester suitable for testing heating system integrity and locating leaks and blockages. Fast, simple and reliable operation. W ater filter prevents ingress of debris into the heating system. Rugged construction features rubber bumper on pressure gauge and contoured pump grip. Maximum Pressure: Capacity:

60bar 10ltr

624

Section 17 Soldering Tools 230V

230V

B Professional Soldering Kit 8pc Model No. SD300K A comprehensive soldering kit comprising 100Watt instant heat soldering gun, 30Watt soldering iron with stand, third hand support, solder-sucker, scraper/probe, spare soldering tips and roll of flux cored solder wire. Soldering irons fitted with BS approved 3 pin 230Volt/13Amp plugs.

A Professional Soldering Irons Model No.

SEE BELOW

Class 1 electrically insulated soldering irons with cool grip handle which stays comfortable during prolonged use. Fitted with replaceable soldering tip. Includes 1.5mtr cable with BS approved 230V olt/13Amp plug. Model No: 1 SD30 2 SD40 3 SD100

12V

Power Rating: 30W 40W 100W

Replacement soldering tips - To order use Model No. as prefix followed by: ST for Straight Tip. CT for Curved Tip.

230V

Soldering Iron

E 40W/12V Model No.

Iron 6Watt D Soldering Battery Operated Model No.

SD06

Powered by three AA cells (not included) and with a fine, replaceable tip, this soldering iron is ideal for printed circuit boards and similar restricted-access work. Heat-on-demand button saves battery power .

SD1240

High quality heater element for thermal stability . Supplied with replaceable soldering tips - chisel and pointed. Ultra-slim textured handle for added grip and comfort. Includes two insulated crocodile clips with 1.5mtr cable.

H G Heat Soldering Gun C Instant 100Watt Model No. SD200 Pistol type, instant heat soldering gun with trigger control and tip illumination. Fitted with 1.5mtr cable and BS approved 230Volt/13Amp plug. Supplied with 10g coil of general purpose solder. Includes one spare tip. Replacement Tips:

(Card of 2) SD02

G Solder Sucker Model No. SD151 Aluminium/composite construction suitable for sucking excess solder from joints and components. Push button operation. Fitted with hard wearing Teflon tip.

Stand with Ă&#x2DC;50mm H Soldering Magnifying Glass Model No.

SD150

Ideal for awkward jobs where a third hand is needed. Cast steel base for extra stability. Fitted with two, fully articulated crocodile clamps and Ă&#x2DC;50mm magnifying glass.

F Soldering Wire Dispenser Tube Model No. SW20 Tube of flux cored wire for general purpose soldering. Size:

20g

HOT AIR GUNS See pages 568 & 569 for our full range of Hot Air Guns and Plastic Welding Kits.

Section 17 Soldering & Heating Torches A

Model No. New AK2947 Portable and lightweight with removable solder tip transforms torch into flameless heat source. Suitable for heating, soldering and shrinking plus many other applications. Produces temperature of approximately 1300°C. Refillable unit powered by Butane (lighter fluid). Piezoelectric start and anti-flare device enables quick and clean operation.

Butane Torch/Soldering Kit B Micro 3pc Model No.

AK2941

Portable and lightweight, suitable for heating, soldering and shrinking plus many other applications. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid). Piezoelectric start and anti-flare device enables quick and clean operation. Contents: Micro Soldering Gun, Soldering Head & Tip, Stand

AK2944

Portable and lightweight torch with piezoelectric start. Features adjustable heating control ranging up to 450°C (approximately). Removable solder tip transforms torch into burning flame heat source. Suitable for heating, soldering and shrinking. Includes safety cap for storage. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid).

Micro Soldering/Heating E Butane Torch Kit 10pc Model No.

C Butane Soldering Gun Model No. AK2942 Portable and lightweight torch with piezoelectric start. Features adjustable heating control ranging from 200-400°C (approximately). Removable solder tip transforms torch into flameless heat source. Suitable for heating and soldering. Includes safety cap for storage and acts as a stand for hands-free operation. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid).

Heating/Soldering Torch D Butane Pen Style Model No.

A Micro Butane Soldering Torch

625

AK2953

Portable and lightweight, suitable for heating, soldering and shrinking plus many other applications. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid). Piezoelectric start and anti-flare device enables quick and clean operation. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Micro Soldering Gun, Hot Air Nozzle, Deflector Nozzle, Soldering Head, Soldering Tips x 3, Probe, Hot Knife, Sponge Stand

Heating/Soldering F Butane Torch Kit 10pc Model No.

AK2946

Portable and lightweight torch with piezoelectric start. Features adjustable heating control up to 450°C (approximately). Removable solder tip transforms torch into burning flame heat source. Supplied with a variety of nozzles for various applications including a flameless heat source adaptor. Safety cap for storage. Sponge cleaning tray and small roll of solder wire. Suitable for heating, soldering and shrinking. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid). Contents: Butane Solder Torch, Deflector Nozzle, 3 x Solder Tips, Hot Knife Tip, Sponge Stand, Safety Cap, Solder Wire, Wrench

Heating/Soldering Torch G Butane Pistol Style Model No.

AK2945

Portable and lightweight torch with piezoelectric start. Features adjustable heating control ranging from 200-450°C (approximately). Removable solder tip transforms torch into burning flame heat source. Bench stand for hands free operation. Suitable for heating, soldering and shrinking. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid). Height: 170mm

H Electronic Micro Soldering Torch Model No. AK293 Piezoelectric ignition with ceramic burner head for simple operation and long life. 1300°C Burner flame adjustable from 12 to 35mm. Includes bench stand for hands free operation. Standard fill gives approximately one hour continuous operation. Powered by Butane (lighter fluid). Height: 155mm

I Cassette Lighter Gas Torch Model No. AK404 Ingenious design converts standard lighter into piezoelectric ignition soldering torch. Produces flame of approximately 1300°C. Suitable for a variety of general purpose uses from soft soldering to lighting the barbecue. Height: 115mm Contents: Cassette Lighter Gas Torch, Refillable Lighter

Section 17 Soldering & Heating Torches

626

Swivel Head

(Gas canister not included)

Butane Soldering/Heating A Micro Torch Model No.

AK2955

Compact, high capacity burner head with push-button piezoelectric ignition. 1750°C Adjustable burner flame size gives wide application possibilities. Ideal for occasional plumbing tasks where space may be limited. Accepts standard Butane self-sealing cartridges (not included).

(Gas canister not included)

Butane Heating Torch B Micro with Swivel Head Model No.

AK2956

Compact burner with swivel head and long neck makes this unit suitable for general heating applications, particularly where access is limited. Push-button piezoelectric ignition gives added control and 1450°C flame is adjusted by control on rear of burner head. Accepts standard Butane self-sealing cartridges (not included).

230V

C Maxi Butane Heating Torch Model No. AK2957 Impact resistant, contoured grip torch with stainless steel burner nozzle for professional use. Anti-flare feature enables use of the gun at any angle, even upside down. 1300°C Maximum flame temperature. Piezoelectric ignition for ease of use.Accepts standard Butane self-sealing cartridges (not included).

230V

230V D Hot Air Gun Kit Model No. HS103K Double insulated hot air gun suitable for paint stripping, soft soldering, removing sticky labels and defrosting pipes. Fitted with two step temperature and air flow control switch. Ball joint cable guide prevents cable wear. Fitted BS approved 3 pin safety plug. Power Output: 766/1583W Supply: 230V - 4.7/6.7A Temperature Range: 316°C/528°C Air Flow: 220/420ltr/min Contents: Hot Air Gun, Fish Tail Nozzle, Window Nozzle

Temperature Hot Air E Variable Gun Kit Model No.

New

HS107K

F Electric Glue Gun Model No. AK292 Composite housing with trigger feed. GS Approved. Fitted with 1.3mtr cable with BS approved 3 pin 230V non-rewirable fused plug. Includes two glue sticks. Glue Sticks Model No: AK292/1 AK292/2

Pack Qty: 6pc 25pc

H Propane Torch Kit 14pc G Propane Torch Kit 7pc Model No. LPT7 Suitable for heating and soldering. Control set includes gas valve and rapid flame control. Simply set the minimum flame level and by activating the rapid flame control, the intensity of the flame is instantly adjusted. Supplied with 2mtr rubber hose, propane regulator and selection of nozzles in carry-case. Nozzles: Mini Jet Nozzle, Small Jet Nozzle, Ø23mm Pipe Heating Nozzle

Model No. LPT14 Suitable for heating and soldering. Includes two control sets with gas valve and rapid flame control. Simply set the minimum flame level and by activating the rapid flame control, the intensity of the flame is instantly adjusted. Supplied with 2mtr rubber hose, propane regulator and selection of nozzles in carry-case. Nozzles: Medium Jet Nozzle, Large Jet Nozzle, Ø23mm Pipe Heating Nozzle, Soldering Iron, Heating Nozzles (Small, Medium & Large), Fan Nozzle, Nozzle Extension Tubes; 100mm, 270mm

Section 17 Hole Saws, Hand Saws & Laser Level A

627

A Bi-Metal Hole-Saws Model No. SEE BELOW M3-HSS Steel cutting edge welded onto alloy steel backing for heavy-duty performance. V ari-pitch tooth profile gives clean and fast cut. Suitable for cutting a wide range of metals, alloys and plastics. Cutting depth 38mm. Model No: Diameter: Cutting Depth: BHS16 16mm 38mm BHS19 19mm 38mm BHS22 22mm 38mm BHS29 29mm 38mm BHS32 32mm 38mm BHS38 38mm 38mm BHS40 40mm 38mm BHS44 44mm 38mm BHS51 51mm 38mm BHS57 57mm 38mm BHS60 60mm 38mm BHS64 64mm 38mm BHS70 70mm 38mm BHS76 76mm 38mm BHS83 83mm 38mm

B Electrician’s Hole-Saw Kit 9pc Model No. HKE9 M3-HSS Steel cutting edge welded onto alloy steel backing for heavy-duty performance. Vari-pitch tooth profile gives clean and fast cut. Suitable for cutting a wide range of metals, alloys and plastics. Supplied with pilot drills. Includes simple arbor for saws between Ø14-30mm and quick release arbor for saws between Ø32-152mm. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Hole-Saws Ø; 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 51mm, Arbors & Pilot Drills; HKA1430, HKA32152, Adaptor; Converts HKA1430 for use with Ø32-152mm Saws

D E

Model No.

AK8642

Professional rigid back tenon saw with cross ground, hardpoint teeth for prolonged life. Composite handle with comfort grip. Ideal for medium to thick wood. Blade Length: 250mm Blade Pitch: 12tpi

Floorboard Saw H Hardpoint 300mm Comfort Grip Handle Model No.

AK8647

Professional floorboard saw with hardpoint teeth for prolonged life, which run around the back edge for easier cutting of boards in situ. Composite handle with comfort grip. Ideal for medium to thick wood. Blade Length: 300mm Blade Pitch: 7tpi

I Hardpoint Hand Saw 550mm Model No. AK8644 Professional hand saw with straight ground, hardpoint teeth for prolonged life. Composite one-piece handle with 45° & 90° tri-square feature. Suitable for cutting a range of materials. Ideal for medium to thick wood. Blade Length: 550mm Blade Pitch: 7tpi

Level Kit 400mm K Laser with Aluminium Base & Tripod

Model No.

J Chalk Powder 100g Model No. SEE BELOW Chalk powder for use with chalk lines.Available in blue, red and white colours to allow visibility on dif ferent surfaces. Model No: Colour: AK2245CB Blue AK2245CR Red AK2245CW White

HKA32152

Arbor with pilot drill for hole-saws Ø32-152mm. Shank Size: 7/16”Hex Hole-Saw Size: Ø32-152mm

Saw 250mm Comfort Grip G Tenon Handle

HKA1430

with Pilot Drill for F Arbor Hole-Saws Ø32-152mm

Suitable for use with Sealey and other leading brands of hole-saw arbor. Model No: Application: Length: HKPD75 HKA1430 75mm HKPD105 HKA32152 105mm

Model No.

Arbor with pilot drill for hole-saws Ø14-30mm. Shank Size: 7/16”Hex Hole-Saw Size: Ø14-30mm

SEE BELOW

Model No. HKP9 M3-HSS Steel cutting edge welded onto alloy steel backing for heavy-duty performance. Vari-pitch tooth profile gives clean and fast cut. Suitable for cutting a wide range of metals, alloys and plastics. Supplied with pilot drills. Includes simple arbor for saws between Ø14-30mm and quick release arbor for saws between Ø32-152mm. Supplied in carry-case. Contents: Hole-Saws Ø;19, 22, 29, 38, 44, 57mm, Arbors & Pilot Drills; HKA1430, HKA32152, Adaptor; Converts HKA1430 for use with Ø32-152mm Saws

with Pilot Drill for E Arbor Hole-Saws Ø14-30mm

D Pilot Drills Model No.

C Plumber’s Hole-Saw Kit 9pc

AK9895

Class II laser spirit level with one vertical and one adjustable vial for measuring gradients up to 90°. Level accuracy 0.5mm in 1mtr (0.028°). Supplied with aluminium rotating base with three levelling feet and bubble level. Also includes 90° prism and line prism for simple generation of vertical and horizontal reference points. Lightweight and fully adjustable aluminium tripod included. Supplied in carry-case. Powered by 2 x AAA cells (not included). Minimum Laser Height (Tripod & Base): 510mm Maximum Laser Height (Tripod & Base): 1265mm Laser Height (Base Only): 92mm

SURVEYOR’S TAPE See page 633 for details of Surveyor’s Tape.

628

Section 17 Tiling Tools

Cutter with Tungsten A Tile Carbide Tip Model No.

Cutter/Snapper with B Tile Tungsten Carbide Tip TT100

Cutter with Tungsten C Tile Carbide Wheel

Model No.

TT101

Model No.

TT102

Tungsten Carbide tipped tile cutter with composite handle.

Tungsten Carbide tipped with knurled carbon steel shaft and tile snapper.

Tungsten Carbide cutting wheel with integrated tile snapper. Plate construction with vinyl covered handles.

Length:

Length: Replacement Cutting Wheel:

125mm

200mm

190mm TT102CW

F D Tile Hole Cutter Model No. TT103 Tungsten Carbide tipped cutter with cast carbon steel body. Spring loaded handles with vinyl grips. Length:

190mm

E Quarry Tile Cutting Pliers Model No. TT105 Tungsten Carbide tipped cutting edges. Ideal for trimming and cutting quarry tiles. Drop-forged carbon steel body. Spring loaded handles with vinyl grips. Length:

250mm

Round File F Half Tungsten Carbide

Model No.

TT106

150mm Tungsten Carbide abrasive half round file, ideal for shaping and smoothing most ceramic and marble tiles. Length:

240mm

G Trowel Set 3pc

H Tile Spacers

Model No. AK9806 Three piece trowel set including pointing trowel, bricklayers trowel and float trowel. Made from carbon steel with soft grip handles for comfort and control. Contents: Pointing Trowel: Bricklayer's Trowel: Float:

Length: 155mm 275mm 115 x 280mm

Model No. SEE BELOW White plastic spacers for accurate positioning of tiles. Available in 2, 3 & 4mm widths. Model No: TT21000 TT2500 TT3500 TT4500

Size: 22 x 2mm 22 x 2mm 26 x 3mm 26 x 4mm

Pack Qty: 1000pc 500pc 500pc 500pc

I Adhesive Spreader & Grouter Model No. TT107 Composite bodied serrated spreader and grouter with 180mm rubber blade.

Section 17 Tiling Tools Tile Cutter A 3-in-1 450 x 16mm Max Cut Model No.

TC4163

629

Heavy gauge steel sheet base with foam tile cushioning, adjustable measuring scale with stop allowing cutting between 0-45° and replaceableTungsten Carbide cutting wheel. Cut and break ceramic tiles with ease - just place tile on the cushioned base, draw the cutting wheel across the tile to cut it and apply pressure with the breaker foot. Includes attachment for cutting Ø30-80mm holes. Base Size: 700 x 205mm Cutting Capacity: Length: 450mm Thickness: 16mm Hole Ø: 30-80mm Replacement Cutting Wheel: TC4163CW Replacement Pilot Drill & Cutter for Hole Cutting Attachment: TC4163PDC

Cutter B Tile 300 x 12mm Max Cut Model No.

TC314

Heavy gauge steel sheet base with foam tile cushioning, measuring scale and replaceable Tungsten Carbide cutting wheel. Cut and break ceramic tiles with ease - just place tile on the cushioned base, draw the cutting wheel across the tile to cut it and apply pressure with the breaker foot. Base Size: Cutting Capacity: Length: Thickness: Replacement Cutting Wheel:

435 x 140mm 300mm 12mm TC314CW

Cutter C Tile 400 x 14mm Max Cut Model No.

TC414

Heavy gauge steel sheet base with foam tile cushioning, measuring scale with adjustable stop and replaceable Tungsten Carbide cutting wheel. Cut and break ceramic tiles with ease - just place tile on the cushioned base, draw the cutting wheel across the tile to cut it and apply pressure with the breaker foot. Base Size: Cutting Capacity: Length: Thickness: Replacement Cutting Wheel:

595 x 165mm 400mm 14mm TC414CW

230V

Cutter D Tile 180mm 230V Model No.

TC180

Powered by 230V olt - 500W att electric motor with thermal overload protection and VDE approved magnetic safety switch. Chrome plated table tilts from 0° to 45° and is fitted with adjustable parallel cutting fence. Also includes 45° cutting guide. Supplied with Ø180mm continuous rimmed diamond cutting blade suitable for glazed ceramic, porcelain, quarry , slate and natural stone tiles. Incorporates 3.5litre capacity water reservoir for blade cooling. Fitted with BS approved non-rewirable plug. Motor Power: Blade Size/Bore: Speed: Table Size: Maximum Cutting Depth - 90°: Maximum Cutting Depth - 45°:

500W - 230V Ø180/22mm 2800rpm 395 x 385mm 35mm 25mm

E Blade for TC180 Model No. TC180B/04 Ø180mm Continuous rimmed diamond cutting blade. Ø22mm Mounting bore.

Suitable for:

Ceramic

Porcelain Quarry

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!!

Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defend ers, plus other safety equip ment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

Slate Supplied with 45° tile cutting template.

Stone

Section 17 Cutting Tools

630

Self Loading A Trim Knife Model No. SEE BELOW Disposable knife with safety cover. Packed in Display Box of 100 or Display Card of 5. Length: 145mm Model No: Pack Qty: AK2963 Display Card of 5 AK296 Display Box of 100

Self Loading C Heavy-Duty Retractable Snap-Off Knife

Retractable B Heavy-Duty Snap-Off Knife Model No.

AK86R

Composite handle with rubber comfort grip and steel reinforced blade holder. Eight section blade automatically retracts and locks into position. Supplied with two spare blades in handle storage. Fitted with blade snapper . Length: Replacement Blades:

165mm (Pack of 10) AK86R/B

AK8610R

F Auto-Retracting Safety Knife E

Utility Knife

Model No. AK86 Die-cast grip with retracting safety blade. Supplied with one reversible blade. Length: Replacement Blades:

155mm (Pack of 10) AK86/B

G Auto-Retracting Safety Knife G

New

D Snap-Off Knife Model No. SEE BELOW Composite safety knife supplied with seven section blade with locking mechanism. Fitted with integral blade snapper to prevent injury . Sold as single or Display Box of 50. Length: 155mm Model No: Pack Qty: AK297S Single AK297 Display Box of 50 Replacement Blades: (20 x Pack of 5) AK297/B

Model No.

Composite handle with rubber comfort grip and steel reinforced blade holder. Eight section blade extends and retracts into locked position. Body stores up to 10 blades which automatically reload when old blade is removed. Supplied with 10 blades. Length: 165mm Replacement Blades: (Pack of 10) AK86R/B

Model No. New AK8631 Ergonomically profiled zinc alloy body with comfort grip. Features auto retracting blade which prevents inadvertent exposure of cutting edge and subsequent injury/damage. Satisfies HSE requirements. Pushrelease cover for quick blade removal/fitting - no tools required. Integral blade storage in body of knife with push-button release. Length: 170mm Replacement Blades: (Pack of 10) AK86/B

Model No. AK863 Zinc alloy die-cast handle with contoured grip and hanging hole. Features auto-retracting blade which prevents inadvertent exposure of cutting edge and subsequent injury/damage. Satisfies HSE requirements. Supplied with safety blade. Length: 160mm Replacement Blades: (Pack of 10) AK86/B

H Punch Pliers Model No. AK9110 Steel construction with comfort handle sleeve. Suitable for punching holes in leather and a variety of other materials, including paper, canvas and soft plastics. Punch Diameters: 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5mm

I Modeller’s Tool Kit 30pc

Precision Knife J Multi-Change Set 18pc

Model No. AK241 Model No. AK8610 Two 120mm precision modeller ’s blade holders, one Two 110mm precision modeller ’s blade holders, one composite handled blade holder with assorted blades, composite handled blade holder, 13 assorted blades, gouges and accessories. Supplied in carry-case. sharpening stone and tweezers. Supplied in storage case with magnetic blade retainers. Contents: Precision Modeller's Blade Holder; Ø8 x 120mm, Ø1 1 x 120mm, Composite Blade Holder Contents: Precision Modeller's Blade Holder: 106mm, Sanding Block, Precision Screwdriver, Tenon 2 x Ø7 x 1 10mm, Composite Blade Holder 104mm, Saw, Blade Tweezers, Aluminium Mitre Block, Mitre Sharpening Stone, Tweezers, Assorted Blades (x13) Wedge, Assorted Blades and Gouges (x24), Awl Ø8 x 140mm

Precision Knife K Multi-Change Set 36pc Model No.

AK8611

Two 110mm precision modeller ’s blade holders, one composite handled blade holder, 25 assorted blades, mini planer, cutting guide and bradawls. Supplied in storage case with magnetic blade retainers. Contents: Precision Modeller's Blade Holder: 2 x Ø7 x 110mm Composite Blade Holder 104mm, Sanding Block, Mini Planer, Cutting Guide, W ooden Wedge, Tweezers, Assorted Blades (x25), Bradawls (x3)

Section 17 Staplers, Nailers & Tackers A

230V

631

230V

Electric Stapler & Nailer A 4-in-1 230V Model No.

AK7062

Operates with wide and narrow staples up to 14mm long and nails/pins up to 16mm long, making it suitable for fastening a wide range of materials from upholstery to timber . Fitted with a trigger safety catch and a multi-channel staple/nail magazine. Nail Capacity: 10-16mm Staple Capacity: 6-14mm Weight: 1.0kg Replacement Nails & Staples: SEE TABLES E & F

Stapler & Nailer Kit B Electric 230V Model No.

AK7063

230V Electric stapler and nailer . Accepts nails from 15-30mm and staples 15-25mm. Fires up to 20 shots per minute. Suitable for fastening a wide range of materials from upholstery to timber. Soft grip handle for comfort and control. Fitted withASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug. Nail Capacity: 15-30mm Staple Capacity: 15-25mm Weight: 1.2kg Replacement Staples & Nails: SEE TABLES E & F

Model No. AK7061 Heavy-duty 3-in-1 staple and nail gun. Fitted with adjustable power control and features removable sole plate for easy clearance of blockages. Handy staple remover also fitted. Suitable for a range of professional applications including upholstery , display work and decorative panelling. Crown Size: 9.5mm Application/Fixing Sizes: Staples: 6, 8, 10, 12, 14mm Hoop Staples: 12mm Nails: 10, 12, 14mm See below for replacement staples, hoops and nails.

Model No. Application: Model No: AK7062.01 AK7062.02 Application: Model No: AK7063.01 AK7063.02 AK7063.03

Model No.

AK7064

230V Electric nailer . Accepts 15-32mm nails firing up to 20 shots per minute. Quick release magazine cover. Suitable for fastening a wide range of materials from upholstery to timber . Soft grip handle for comfort and control. Fitted with ASTA/BS approved non-rewirable plug. Nail Capacity: 15-32mm Weight: 1.6kg Replacement Nails: SEE TABLE F

For E Staples AK7062 & AK7063

D Heavy-Duty Staple & Nail Gun

Nailer 15-32mm C Electric 230V

For F Nails AK7062, AK7063 & AK7064 SEE BELOW

Width x Length: 4 x 13mm 9.4 x 8mm Width x Length: 6.1 x 15mm 6.1 x 20mm 6.1 x 25mm

AK7062 Pack Qty: 1000 1000 AK7063 Pack Qty: 800 800 800

Model No. Application: Model No: AK7062.03 AK7062.04 Application: Model No: AK7063.04 AK7063.05 AK7063.06 AK7063.07

SEE BELOW AK7062 Type/Size: Pack Qty: Headed/12mm 1000 Needle/15mm 1000 AK7063 & AK7064 Type/Size: Pack Qty: Headed/15mm 1000 Headed/20mm 1000 Headed/25mm 1000 Headed/30mm 1000

Staples, Hoops & Nails For AK7061 Model No. SEE BELOW A selection of replacement staples, hoops and nails for Sealey AK7061 and other popular brands.

Staples Model No: AK7061/8 AK7061/9 AK7061/2 AK7061/3 AK7061/4 AK7061/1 AK7061/5 AK7061/7 AK7061/6

Hoops Type/Size: Staples/6mm 500 Staples/8mm Staples/10mm Staples/12mm 500 Staples/14mm Nails/10mm Nails/12mm 500 Nails/14mm 500 Hoops/12mm

Nails Pack Qty: 500 500 500 500 500

Tacker G Cable 4-8mm Round 2.5-6.3mm Flat Model No.

CT610

Heavy-duty cable tacker. Two staple guide plates and two sizes of staple allow the tacker to be used on round cable from Ø4 to 8mm and on flat cable of 2.5 to 6.3mm thickness. Supplied with 100 cable staples. Suitable for a wide range of electrical installation tasks. Replacement Cable Staples: Type: Size: Model No: Round Cable Ø4-6mm CT610S01 Round Cable Ø6-8mm CT610S02 Flat Cable 2.5-4mm Thick CT610S01 <8mm Wide Flat Cable 4.5-6.3mm Thick CT610S02 <10.3mm Wide

Tacker H Cable 8-12.5mm Round 4-7mm Flat Model No.

CT8125

Heavy-duty cable tacker. Three staple guide plates and three sizes of staple allow the tacker to be used on round cable from Ø8 to 12.5mm and on flat cable of 4 to 7mm thickness. Fitted with adjustable pressure control. Supplied with starter pack of 200 cable staples. Suitable for a wide range of electrical installation tasks. Replacement Cable Staples: Type: Size: Model No: Round Cable Ø11.5-12.5mm CT8125S01 Round Cable Ø9.5-11mm CT8125S02 Round Cable Ø8-9mm CT8125S03 Flat Cable 4-7mm Thick CT8125S03 <12.5mm Wide All replacement staples supplied in packs of 200.

I Heavy-Duty Staple Remover Model No.

AK707

Easily removes heavy-duty staples. Large foot-print minimizes the risk of surface damage. Comfortable handle facilitates repetitive use.

CT610S01

CT610S02

CT8125S01

CT8125S02

CT8125S03

632

Section 17 Woodscrews

GOLD Series

SILVER Series

Assortment GOLD Series in Case A Woodscrew 2000pc Model No.

Assortment SILVER Series in Case B Woodscrew 2000pc Model No.

BCS2000

GOLD Series screw set supplied in metal carry-case with double lock system preventing accidental opening. Heat treated and hardened to increase breaking torque. Zinc plated and coated with yellow passivate for corrosion resistance.These screws have a wider thread making them ideal for use with MDF and chipboard as well as normal soft and hard woods. Set includes nine popular screw sizes plus a selection of wall plugs. Contents: 3 x 12mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 16mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 20mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 25mm x 200pc, 4 x 25mm x 200pc, 4 x 30mm x 200pc, 4 x 40mm x 200pc, 4 x 50mm x 200pc, 5 x 70mm x 100pc. Wall Plugs; 5mm x 100pc, 6mm x 100pc, 7mm x 100pc

BWS2000

SILVER Series screw set supplied in metal carry-case with double lock system preventing accidental opening. Thinner shank with double helix thread reduces the risk of wood split and drives into the wood faster than standard screws. Heat treated and hardened to increase breaking torque and zinc coated for corrosion resistance. Ideal for use on hard, soft and man-made woods. Set includes nine popular screw sizes plus a selection of wall plugs. Contents: 4 x 1/2” x 200pc, 6 x 5/8” x 200pc, 6 x 3/4” x 200pc, 6 x 1” x 200pc, 8 x 1” x 200pc, 8 x 1-1/4” x 200pc, 8 x 1-1/2” x 200pc, 8 x 2” x 200pc, 10 x 2-1/2” x 100pc, Wall Plugs; 5mm x 100pc, 6mm x 100pc, 7mm x 100pc

GOLD Series

SILVER Series Assortment SILVER Series in Case D Woodscrew 2400pc

Assortment GOLD Series in Case C Woodscrew 2400pc Model No.

Model No.

BCS2400

Comprehensive set of GOLD Series screws supplied in metal carry-case with double lock system preventing accidental opening. Heat treated and hardened to increase breaking torque. Zinc plated and coated with yellow passivate for corrosion resistance. These screws have a wider thread making them ideal for use with MDF and chipboard as well as normal soft and hard woods. Set includes a selection of fourteen popular screws. Contents: 3 x 12mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 12mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 16mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 20mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 25mm x 200pc, 3.5 x 30mm x 200pc, 4 x 25mm x 200pc, 4 x 30mm x 200pc, 4 x 40mm x 200pc, 4 x 50mm x 200pc, 5 x 50mm x 100pc, 5 x 70mm x 100pc, 5 x 80mm x 100pc, 6 x 100mm x 100pc

14.4V

BWS2400

Comprehensive set of SIL VER Series screws supplied in metal carry-case with double lock system preventing accidental opening. Thinner shank with double helix thread reduces the risk of wood split and drives into the wood faster than standard screws. Heat treated and hardened to increase breaking torque and zinc coated for corrosion resistance. Ideal for use on hard, soft and man-made woods. Set includes a selection of fourteen popular screw sizes. Contents: 4 x 1/2” x 200pc, 6 x 1/2” x 200pc, 6 x 5/8” x 200pc, 6 x 3/4” x 200pc, 6 x 1” x 200pc, 8 x 1” x 200pc, 6 x 1-1/4” x 200pc, 8 x 1-1/4” x 200pc, 8 x 1-1/2” x 200pc, 8 x 2” x 200pc, 10 x 2” x 100pc, 10 x 2-1/2” x 100pc, 10 x 3” x 100pc, 12 x 4” x 100pc

Impact Driver 14.4V E Cordless 1hr Charge 2 Batteries Model No.

New

CP1441

Powerful, compact, cordless impact driver with electronic variable speed trigger. Forward, reverse and trigger lock control integrated into housing for ease of use. Superbly balanced tool with vibration reducing grip. Features replaceable motor brushes and quick-release bit holder. Includes two 14.4V olt Ni-Cd battery packs and 1 hour mains charger all supplied in a carry-case.

1 Hour Charge

Battery: Drive Size: No Load Speed: Impact Rate: Maximum Torque: Replacement Battery: Weight:

14.4V 6mm Hex Quick-Release 0-2100rpm 0-2900bpm 135Nm (100lb.ft) CP1441BP 1.74kg

POWER TOOLS For our complete range of Power Tools see pages 558 to 569.

® F GripMAX Screwdriver Set 8pc

Model No. AK4301 Extra strong Chrome Molybdenum shafts with satin finish. Shot blasted and magnetized tips. Hexagonal profile design with ribbed handle for maximum power transfer from hand to fixing. Impact resistant handle with hanging hole. Contents: Pozi; #0 x 75, #1 x 80, 2 x 100mm, Slotted; 3 x 75, 4 x 80, 5.5 x 125, 6.5 x 150, 6.5 x 38mm

Section 17 Measuring Tapes A

Metric/ Imperial Scale

TRIPLE BLADE LOCKS Covered Measuring Tape A Rubber Metric/Imperial Scale Model No.

SEE BELOW

High visibility, composite case with rubber cover, wrist strap and belt clip. Steel blade with Metric and Imperial scale and magnetic tip. Strong rewind mechanism with slide-button lock and push-button locks on side and base for added versatility. Model No: Length: Width: AK988 3mtr(10ft) 16mm AK989 5mtr(16ft) 19mm AK990 7.5mtr(25ft) 25mm

Metric Scale

Model No.

AK989M

Metric/ Imperial Scale

TRIPLE BLADE LOCKS

TRIPLE BLADE LOCKS Covered Measuring Tape B Rubber Metric Scale 5mtr

633

Retracting Measuring Tape C Self Metric/Imperial Scale 7.5mtr Model No.

AK9825

High visibility, composite case with rubber cover, wrist strap and belt clip. Steel blade with Metric scale on both edges and magnetic tip. Strong rewind mechanism with slide-button lock and push-button locks on side and base for added versatility.

High visibility, composite case with rubber inserts, wrist strap and belt clip. Nylon coated, magnetic tipped, steel blade clearly marked in Metric and Imperial with stud centre marks every 16”. Magnetic blade tip. Strong rewind mechanism with slide-button lock and pushbutton locks on side and base for added versatility .

Tape Length: Tape Width:

5mtr 19mm

7.5mtr(25ft) 25mm

AK989 Also available as Display Box of 12 - Model No AK98912

Metric/ Imperial Scale

AK993

Model No.

Metric/ Imperial Scale

Measuring Tape F Autolock Metric/Imperial Scale 7.5mtr

Measuring Tape E Autolock Metric/Imperial Scale 5mtr

Measuring Tape D Autolock Metric/Imperial Scale 3mtr Model No.

AK994

Model No.

AK995

High visibility composite case with rubber cover , wrist strap and belt clip. Steel blade with Metric and Imperial scales. For ease of use the extended blade is automatically locked and a push-button controls rewind.

Tape Length: Tape Width:

3mtr(10ft) 16mm

Metric/ Imperial Scale

INSET HANDLE Covered Surveyor’s Tape G Rubber Metric/Imperial Scale 30mtr Model No.

AK9830

High visibility , composite case with rubber cover . Flexible steel Metric/Imperial tape with ground spike. Geared rewind, with folding handle, for rapid recovery. Tape Length: Tape Width:

30mtr(96ft) 13mm

5mtr(16ft) 19mm

LASER ALIGNMENT

7.5mtr(25ft) 25mm

Meter H Range 0.6-15mtr Model No.

AK2015

Professional electronic distance measuring tool. Measures distance instantly at the touch of a button, with a range of 0.6-15mtr(2-49ft) and accurate to ±0.3%. Features temperature compensation to ensure accuracy in hot and cold weather, built-in laser to assist aiming, calculator with memory function to hold up to 10 measurements. LCD display shows measurements and calculations of area or volume in both Imperial and Metric units. Automatic power off. Powered by 9Volt cell (not included). Effective Range: 0.6-15mtr(2-49ft) Accuracy: ±0.3%

I Contour Gauge Model No. AK63 Steel pins with spring loaded holder . Quickly gauges profiles. Integral Metric and Imperial rules. Suitable for flooring, tiling, woodworking and plumbing. Maximum Profile Depth: Maximum Profile Length:

50mm 150mm

Section 18

Woodworking 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649

Log Splitters & Mitre Saws Table Saws Bandsaws Scroll Saws & Mortisers Belt, Disc & Bobbin Sanders Planers & Thicknessers Wood Turning Lathes Lathe Tools & Dust Extractors Saws, Hammer Drills & Router Woodworking Tools & Workbench Marking Tools & Planes Clamps Sash Clamps, Vices & Mitre Saw Roller Stands Stands & Trestles

Section 18 Log Splitters & Mitre Saws Splitter 5ton A Log 520mm Capacity Model No.

New

LS520H

5ton

520mm

5.5ton

Safe and easy way to split logs, of fering continuous sizing and up to 5ton of pressure. Splits logs almost instantly upon contact, keeping labour and work time to a minimum. Fitted with a two hand safety operation, push-button and lever. Maximum Log Length x Ø: Maximum Load Pressure: Motor Power: Overall Size (W x D x H): Weight:

635

1050mm

520 x 250mm 5ton 2200W - 230V 940 x 270 x 510mm 42kg

Splitter 5.5ton B Log 1050mm Capacity Vertical Type Model No.

New

LS1050V

Safe and easy way to split logs, of fering continuous sizing and up to 5.5ton of pressure. Three tier table system allows workpiece to be as near to wedge as possible minimising splitting time. Fitted with a two hand safety operation, twin pull-in and push-down levers. Tier Log Lengths: Maximum Log Ø: Vertical Ram Travel: Maximum Load Pressure: Motor Power: Overall Size (W x D x H): Weight:

540, 790, 1050mm 320mm 500mm 5.5ton 3000W - 230V 565 x 840 x 1520mm 97kg

Ø255mm

LASER

GUIDE

Ø305mm

LASER GUIDE

All sliding mitre saws are fitted with laser guide for accurate cutting.

Positive lock in preset mitre positions 0°, 15°, 22.5°, 30°, 45°.

Sliding Mitre C - D Compound Saws Model No. SEE RIGHT Lightweight portable saws with aluminium base, chassis and machined aluminium table. Features sliding action, table extension wings and work clamp. Laser guide enables user to accurately align cut avoiding miscutting and wastage. Trigger control with safety catch provides added user safety. Blade guard includes Ø35mm dust extraction port with removable dust-bag. Saw arm features ±45° mitre with positive stop and 45° bevel for cutting compound mitres. Supplied with TCT saw blade. Saw arm latches closed for easy storage and transport.

Model No: Supply: Motor Power: Blade Size: Blade Speed: Positive Mitre Lock: Blade 90°/Mitre 0°: Blade 90°/Mitre 45°: Blade 45°/Mitre 0°: Blade 45°/Mitre 45°: Dust Extraction Port: Weight: Replacement Blades:

Quick and easy clamping.

Blade and table can be adjusted for compound angle cutting.

SMS10 230V 1800W 255 x 25mm 4600rpm 0°, 15°, 22.5°, 30°, 45° 75 x 300mm 75 x 210mm 40 x 300mm 40 x 210mm Ø35mm 18kg 40*/60 TPU

SMS12 230V 1800W 305 x 25mm 4200rpm 0°, 15°, 22.5°, 30°, 45° 100 x 310mm 100 x 215mm 55 x 310mm 55 x 215mm Ø35mm 19kg 40/60* TPU

*Denotes standard blade. For replacement blade Model Number add Mitre Saw number + B and teeth size i.e. SMS10B60 = 60 tooth blade for SMS10.

636

Section 18 Table Saws

Ø200mm

Ø254mm

A Table Saw 200mm Model No. HTS8 Fully approved to CE regulations this hobby saw offers many of the features of larger machines at an affordable price. Powerful 600Watt motor for accurate cutting up to 42mm at 90°. Motor Power: Saw Blade Ø: Arbor Ø: Speed: Maximum Depth of Cut @ 90°: Maximum Depth of Cut @ 45°: Table Size:

Supplied With Stand & Extension Tables

600W - 230V 200mm 16mm 2950rpm 42mm 25mm 500 x 335mm

Saw 254mm B Table with Stand & Extension Tables Model No.

TS10SEW

Large die cast aluminium table with one rear and two side extension tables. Adjustable blade height and tilt, up to 45°. Fitted with no-volt release safety switch for user safety. Includes quick lock rip-fence, mitre gauge, dust extraction port, push stick and metal stand. Fitted with BS approved 13Amp non-rewirable plug. Motor Power: Saw Blade Ø: Arbor Ø: Speed: Maximum Depth of Cut @ 90º: Maximum Depth of Cut @ 45º: Table Size: Table Extension Sizes: Side (x2): Rear: Table Size with Extensions: Dust Extraction Ø (Taper):

1500W - 230V 254mm 20mm 5700rpm 75mm 60mm 440 x 625mm 245 x 585mm 320 x 435mm 915 x 940mm 40mm

C Contractor’s Table Saw 315mm Model No. TS12CZ Fully approved to CE regulations this 315mm contractor’s saw is full of features and ideal for the serious enthusiast and professional workshop. Fitted with no-volt release safety switch, extension table and dust extraction. Full blade tilt up to 45°, with a maximum cut of 90mm @ 90°. Fitted with handle and wheels for easy manoeuvrability around the workshop. Includes sliding carriage. Motor Power: Saw Blade Ø: Arbor Ø: Speed: Maximum Depth of Cut @ 90°: Maximum Depth of Cut @ 45°: Main Table Size: Output Extension Table Size: Dust Extraction Ø:

2000W - 230V 315mm 30mm 2950rpm 90mm 60mm 800 x 550mm 800 x 400mm 28mm

Ø315mm

Section 18 Bandsaws A - D Professional Bandsaws Model No. SEE TABLE Fully approved to current CE regulations. Steel chassis with locking blade wheel covers. Smooth operation by bearing mounted blade wheels and belt drive induction motors. Micro switches prevent operation when either blade wheel cover is open. No-volt release switches prevent uncontrolled blade re-start after power interruption. Suitable for cutting wood and plastics. Fitted with tilting tables for cutting compound mitres. SM1305 and SM1306 supplied with metal stands. Fully adjustable blade tracking and tensioning for precise cutting action. Supplied with quick adjusting rip fence, mitre gauge, dust extraction port, blade wheel brushes and push sticks.

Table tilts 45° for bevel cutting.

637

200mm

245mm

305mm

335mm

2 Speed

Heavy-duty quick-lock fence guides.

Adjustable height blade guide assembly.

Ball bearing blade guides for smooth operation*.

Micro switches on all doors.

No-Volt release switches prevent uncontrolled blade restart after power interruption.

Wheel brush helps keep dust and debris clear.

Saw chassis features integral extraction port.

Bandsaw Blades Model No.

Not Illustrated

SEE BELOW

Flexible bandsaw blades with hardened steel teeth. Suitable for cutting wood, plastics and thin metal sheet. Model No: SM1303B06 SM1303B10 SM1303B14 SM1303B24 SM1304B06 SM1304B10 SM1304B14 SM1304B24 SM1305B06 SM1305B10 SM1305B14 SM1305B24 SM1306B06 SM1306B10 SM1306B14 SM1306B24

Size: 1400 x 6.5mm 1400 x 6.5mm 1400 x 6.5mm 1400 x 6.5mm 1712 x 10mm 1712 x 10mm 1712 x 10mm 1712 x 10mm 2240 x 12mm 2240 x 12mm 2240 x 12mm 2240 x 12mm 2400 x 12mm 2400 x 12mm 2400 x 12mm 2400 x 12mm

TPI: 6 10 14 24 6 10 14 24 6 10 14 24 6 10 14 24

Application: SM1303 SM1303 SM1303 SM1303 SM1304 SM1304 SM1304 SM1304 SM1305 SM1305 SM1305 SM1305 SM1306 SM1306 SM1306 SM1306

A Model No: Throat Depth: Maximum Cutting Height: Table Size: Table Tilt: Blade Length: Cutting Speed: Motor Power: Supply: Dust Extraction Ø:

SM1303 200mm 80mm 300 x 300mm 0-45° 1400mm 900mtr/min 250W 230V 60mm

*Illustration shows SM1305 and SM1306 assembly.

B SM1304 245mm 105mm 340 x 335mm 0-50° 1712mm 730mtr/min 370W 230V 60mm

C SM1305 305mm 165mm 500 x 400mm 0-45° 2240mm 360, 660mtr/min 550W 230V 100mm

D SM1306 335mm 165mm 500 x 400mm 0-45° 2400mm 540, 660mtr/min 750W 230V 100mm

Section 18 Scroll Saws & Mortisers

638

Saw A Scroll 406mm Throat

Speed Scroll Saw B Variable 406mm Throat

Model No.

SM43

Fully CE approved scroll saw suitable for cutting intricate shapes in wood, plastic and thin metal sheet. Fitted with eyeshields/safety guard and dust blower . Throat Depth: Maximum Cut: Stroke: Speed: Table Size: Table Tilt: Motor Power: Supply:

VARIABLE SPEED

406mm 50mm 19mm 1440spm 365 x 200mm 0-45º Left 85W 230V

Hollow Chisel Mortiser

Model No. SM94 Bench mounting mortising machine suitable for cutting mortises for joints, locks and dead-bolts. Twin uprights with hydraulic damper carry head assembly and have adjustable depth stop for repetitive work. Integral drill chuck is easily accessible from both sides of the head. Powered by heavy-duty induction motor with no-volt release switch to prevent accidental restart after power failure or jam. Supplied with arbor extension and 13mm drill chuck for occasional drilling operations. Includes table and clamp assembly. Mortising chisels included. Chisel Size: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2” Chuck: 13mm Spindle Travel: 115mm Throat Depth: 135mm Chisel End-Table: 120mm Hold Down Capacity: 75mm Table Size: 340 x 150mm Motor Power: 370W - 230V Dimensions (W x D x H): 340 x 335 x 650mm Weight: 25kg

Model No.

SM1302

Fully CE approved scroll saw with quality cast table. Features parallel arm design and quick blade changing system. Variable speed operation to cut multiple types of materials. Fitted with adjustable safety guard and flexible dust blower . Optional lamp unit available, Model No. SM1302LU. Throat Depth: Maximum Cut: Stroke: Variable Speed: Table Size: Table Tilt: Motor Power: Supply:

406mm 50mm 15mm 400-1600spm 410 x 253mm 0-45° Left 120W 230V

Model No.

Scroll Saw Blades Model No.

Model No: SM43B10 SM43B15 SM43B20 SM43B25

SM96

Mortising Chisels with Drill Model No.

Not Illustrated

SEE BELOW

Suitable for Sealey SM94 and SM96 hollow chisel mortisers. Supplied complete with mortise drill. Model No: Size: SM94CDS14 1/4” SM94CDS38 3/8” SM94CDS12 1/2” SM96CDS58 5/8” SM96CDS34 3/4” SM96CDS1 1”

Not Illustrated

SEE BELOW

Scroll saw blades with hardened steel teeth suitable for cutting wood, plastics and thin metal sheet. Suitable for Sealey SM43, SM1302 and other brands of scroll saws.

Hollow Chisel D Heavy-Duty Mortiser with Stand Heavy-duty mortising machine suitable for cutting mortises up to 1” for joints, locks and dead-bolts. Vertical assembly with hydraulic damper , scale measure, adjustable depth and headstock stops. Horizontal assembly with scale measure, adjustable table and work stops for repetitive work. Table with complete clamping system with vice and two clamps. Two hand wheels for table adjustment. Integral drill chuck is easily accessible from both sides of the head. Powered by heavy-duty induction motor with no-volt release switch to prevent accidental restart after power failure or jam. Supplied with 16mm drill chuck, 1” mortising chisel and bit, chuck key and hex keys. Mounted on stand, useable as parts cabinet. Chisel Capacity: 1/4” - 1” Chuck Capacity: 16mm Spindle Travel: 220mm Chisel Centre-Fence: 145mm Table Size: 400 x 150mm Base Size: 300 x 450mm Spindle Speed: 1400rpm Motor Power: 750W - 230V Dimensions (W x D x H): 550 x 820 x 1530mm Weight: 99kg

SM1302 illustrated with optional lamp unit SM1302LU

Blade Pitch: 10tpi 15tpi 20tpi 25tpi

Pack Qty: 12 12 12 12

Section 18 Belt, Disc & Bobbin Sanders A

Disc Sander A Bench-Top 305mm Model No.

639

Belt/Disc Sander B Bench-Top 915 x 100mm SM31

Model No.

SM14

Bench mounting semi-portable disc sander suitable for general woodworking applications. Powerful induction motor with smooth direct drive. Balanced aluminium sanding disc suitable for adhesive backed discs. Includes no-volt load release switch for extra safety . Sanding disc table tilts to 45°and is supplied with mitre gauge for accurate angle sanding.

Bench mounting semi-portable belt and disc sander suitable for general woodworking applications. Powerful induction motor with smooth, bearingmounted drive pulleys gives quiet operation. Sanding disc table tilts to 45° and is supplied with mitre gauge for accurate angle sanding. Belt can be used horizontally, vertically or any angle in-between.

Disc Ø: Disc Speed: Table Size: Table Tilt: Motor Power: Dust Extraction Ø: Weight: Replacement Sanding Disc:

Belt Size: Belt Speed: Disc Ø: Disc Speed: Table Size: Table Tilt: Motor Power: Dust Extraction Ø: Weight: Replacement Sanding Belts: Model No: SM14/B060G SM14/B100G Replacement Sanding Disc: Model No: SM14/D80G

305mm 1450rpm 156 x 438mm 45° 750W - 230V 52mm 29.5kg SM31/38*

*Add V for hook-and-loop version.

915 x 100mm 460mtr/min 150mm 2950rpm 225 x 160mm 0-45° 500W - 230V 35mm 22kg Grade: 60Grit 100Grit Grade: 80Grit

IMPORTANT SAFETY WARNING!! Always wear eye or face protection when using these tools! For a full range of goggles, visors, gloves and ear defend ers, plus other safety equipment, see pages 707 to 717 of this catalogue.

D Bobbin Sander Model No. SM1301 Fitted with heavy-duty motor. Features large cast iron work table and side wings for holding six bobbins and table inserts. V ertical oscillating spindle action for smooth finish, preventing burning of work and spreading wear along the length of the abrasive. Includes six table inserts, three bobbins and dust extraction port. Maximum Bobbin Height: 110mm Maximum Length of Bobbin: 140mm Oscillating Stroke: 24mm Oscillations: 24opm Table Tilt: 0-45° Table Size: 370 x 370mm Work Table Height: 475mm Speed: 1400rpm Dust Extraction Ø: 50mm Bobbins Included: 19 x 90, 38 x 140, 50 x 140mm Bobbins Optional: 25 x 90, 44 x 140, 76 x 140mm Motor Power: 370W - 230V Weight: 31kg

E Bobbin Sander Sleeves Model No. Model No: SM1301SS01 SM1301SS02 SM1301SS03 SM1301SS04 SM1301SS05 SM1301SS06 SM1301SS07 SM1301SS08 SM1301SS09 SM1301SS10 SM1301SS11 SM1301SS12 SM1301SS13 SM1301SS14 SM1301SS15 SM1301SS16 SM1301SS17 SM1301SS18

Size: 19 x 90mm 19 x 90mm 19 x 90mm 25 x 90mm 25 x 90mm 25 x 90mm 38 x 140mm 38 x 140mm 38 x 140mm 44 x 140mm 44 x 140mm 44 x 140mm 50 x 140mm 50 x 140mm 50 x 140mm 76 x 140mm 76 x 140mm 76 x 140mm

SEE BELOW Grit: 60 80 120 60 80 120 60 80 120 60 80 120 60 80 120 60 80 120

Standing Belt/Disc Sander C Floor 1220 x 152mm Model No.

SM15

Fitted with heavy-duty induction motor . Sanding disc table tilts up to 45° and is supplied with mitre gauge for accurate angle sanding. Belt can be used horizontally, vertically or any angle in-between. Supplied with floor stand. Belt Size: 1220 x 152mm Belt Speed: 330mtr/min Disc Ø: 230mm Disc Speed: 1400rpm Table Size: 305 x 159mm Table Tilt: 0-45° Motor Power: 550W - 230V Overall Dimensions (H x W x L):995 x 455 x 715mm Dust Extraction Ø: 55mm Weight: 55kg Replacement Sanding Belts: Model No: Grade: SM15/B080G 80Grit SM15/B100G 100Grit Replacement Sanding Disc: Model No: Grade: SM15/D80G 80Grit

B & C

Picture illustrates SM15.

SM14 and SM15 can be set up with vertical belt.

640

Section 18 Planers & Thicknessers

Planers & Thicknessers Planers Sometimes called Jointers or Surface Planers, these units are designed to plane the face on uneven and rough wood, then squaring an edge against that surface. The workpiece is fed slowly by hand over the table whilst pressing against the side fence. It is important not to remove to much wood in one pass (no more than 3mm) in order to achieve a flat surface.

200 x 2mm

330 x 2mm

Thicknessers The Thicknesser can be adjusted to a desired height so that a previously planed surface can pass over the table producing a constant thickness. All of our thicknessers are motor driven allowing the workpiece to self feed at the correct speed.

B Planer/Thicknesser 200 x 120mm

150 x 3mm

Model No. SM1311 Compact and portable power planer/thicknesser with heavy-duty cast table for accurate and smooth operation. Accurate fence tilts between 45° and 90°. Fitted with two blades capable of handling timber up to 200mm wide. Easy conversion from planer to thicknesser. Safety power micro switch ensures dust safety guard is fitted correctly preventing incorrect setup. Thicknesser fitted with feed rollers. No-volt release switch prevents uncontrolled re-start after power interruption. Includes dust extraction port. Motor Power: 1250W - 230V Maximum Cutting Width x Depth: 200 x 2mm Maximum Thicknessing Capacity: 120mm Feed Rate: 7mtr/min Cutter-Head Speed: 8000rpm Fence Angle: 45-90° Working Table Size: 737 x 210mm Weight: 29kg

A Planer 150mm Model No. SM1310 Portable power planer with heavy-duty cast table for accurate and smooth planing. Accurate fence tilts between 45° and 90°. Fitted with two blades capable of planing timber up to 150mm wide. No-volt release switch prevents uncontrolled re-start after power interruption. Dust extraction port with collection bag. Adjustable cutting depth up to 3mm. Motor Power: Maximum Cutting Width x Depth: Cutter-Head Speed: Fence Angle: Working Table Size: Weight:

1100W - 230V 150 x 3mm 10000rpm 45-90° 650 x 160mm 17kg

D Planer/Thicknesser 250 x 150mm Model No.

SM1314

Three-bladed cutter capable of handling timber up to 250mm wide. Quick and easy conversion between planer and thicknesser modes, with micro switches to prevent incorrect set-up. Fully automatic material feed with anti kick-back when thicknessing. Large tables fully polished to aid smooth feed of timber . No-volt release switch prevents uncontrolled re-start after power interruption. Dust extraction port. Suitable for high capacity planing and thicknessing operations, providing quality surface finish. Mounted on stand with lockable storage facility. Motor Power: 1500W - 230V Maximum Cut Width x Depth: 250 x 3mm Maximum Thicknessing Capacity: 150mm Feed Rate: 4.6mtr/min Cutter-Head Speed: 5200rpm Fence Angle: 45-90° Working Table Size: 1060 x 340mm (Max) Weight: 103kg

250 x 3mm

C Thicknesser 330 x 152mm Model No. SM1312 Compact design with folding tables for easy storage and transportation. Fitted with two blades capable of handling timber up to 330mm wide. Four post design for added stability allowing smooth operation of cutter-head. Includes dust extraction port. Large table fully polished to aid smooth feed of timber . No-volt release switch prevents uncontrolled re-start after power interruption. Suitable for high capacity thicknessing operations, provides quality surface finish. Motor Power: 1500W - 230V Maximum Cutting Width x Depth: 330 x 2mm Maximum Thicknessing Capacity: 152mm Feed Rate: 8.8mtr/min Cutter-Head Speed: 6500rpm Working Table Size: 330 x 235mm Weight: 36kg

Section 18 Wood Turning Lathes A

330mm

4 Speed

Between Centres

641

1000mm

Between Centres

VARIABLE SPEED

Wood Lathe 330mm A Mini Variable Speed Model No.

SM1307

Manufactured to comply with latest CE requirements. Powered by 250W att motor with no-volt load release B Wood Lathe 1000mm switch which prevents re-start after the mains power has SM1308 been interrupted. Cast iron construction throughout with Model No. . Powered one-piece bed. Variable speed enables lathe to be used Manufactured to comply with latest CE requirements, this economy lathe is ideal for the first time user by 370Watt motor with no-volt load release switch which prevents re-start after the mains power has been for a variety of jobs. Fitted with a BS approved, nonrewirable 3-pin plug and cable. Ideal for bench mounting. interrupted. Solid head and tail stocks. Lathe bed with twin bar construction. Four turning speed options to suit a variety of jobs. Fitted with a BS approved, non-rewirable 3-pin plug and cable. Supplied with: Face Plate, Live & Dead Centres, 110 & 178mm Tool Rests Turning Capacity - Over Bed: 200mm Turning Capacity - Over Tool Rest: 175mm Thread Size: 3/4” x 16tpi Distance Between Centres: 330mm Tailstock Taper: MT1 Turning Speeds: 700-3200rpm Motor Power: 250W - 230V

Supplied with: Turning Capacity - Over Bed: Turning Capacity - Over Tool Rest: Thread Size: Distance Between Centres: Tailstock Taper: Turning Speeds: Motor Power :

Live & Dead Centres, 305mm Tool Rest 350mm 290mm 3/4” x 16tpi 1000mm n/a 850, 1250, 1750, 2510rpm 370W - 230V

VARIABLE SPEED

1100mm

900mm

Between Centres

Head stock rotates for large bowl turning.

Lathe 900mm C Wood 10 Speed with Stand Model No.

Lathe 1100mm D Wood 10 Speed with Stand SM900

Model No.

SM1100

Manufactured to comply with CE requirements. Powered by smooth operating 450Watt induction motor. Plate clutch allows seamless speed changes without the need to stop the motor and adjust belts and pulleys. Hollow centred head and tail stocks allow hole boring. One-piece machined lathe bed with head stock extension for bowl turning and sanding operations. Head stock rotates through five preset positions for outboard bowl turning. Includes floor stand and BS approved 3-pin plug.

Manufactured to comply with CE requirements. Powered by smooth operating 550Watt induction motor. Plate clutch allows seamless speed control without the need to stop the motor and adjust belts and pulleys. Hollow centred head and tail stocks allow hole boring. One-piece machined lathe bed with head stock extension for bowl turning and sanding operations. Head stock rotates through five preset positions for outboard bowl turning. Includes floor stand and BS approved 3-pin plug.

Supplied with: Face Plate, Live & Dead Centres, Revolving Dead Centre, Tool Rest & Wrenches Turning Capacity - Over Bed: 310mm Turning Capacity - Over Tool Rest: 210mm Thread Size: 3/4” x 16tpi Distance Between Centres: 900mm Tailstock Taper: MT1 Turning Speeds: 500-2000rpm Motor Power: 450W - 230V

Supplied with: Face Plate, Live & Dead Centres, Revolving Dead Centre, Tool Rest & Wrenches Turning Capacity - Over Bed: 370mm Turning Capacity - Over Tool Rest: 270mm Thread Size: 3/4” x 16tpi Distance Between Centres: 1100mm Tailstock Taper: MT2 Turning Speed Range: 500-2000rpm Motor Power: 550W - 230V

642

Section 18 Lathe Tools & Dust Extractors

A Wood Lathe Accessories Model No. SEE BELOW A full range of quality accessories for the SM1307, SM1308, SM900 and SM1 100 wood lathes. Will fit other brands of wood turning lathe. Model No: 1 SM42/ACC1* 2 SM42/ACC2 3 SM42/ACC3 4 SM42/ACC4 5 SM42/ACC5 6 SM42/ACC6

Description: Key Chuck (MT1) 13mm Cup Chuck Screw Chuck Collet Chuck Independent Chuck Face Plate RH - Ø150mm

* Not suitable for SM1308 or SM1100

B Wood Turning Chisel Set 8pc Model No. AK60/8 Long, two-handed softwood handles with tool steel shafts and tips. Suitable for use with Sealey SM1307, SM1308, SM900 and SM1100, as well as other brands of wood lathe.

Induction Motor

Contents: Skew Chisel 1/2”, Gouge 3/4”, Skew Chisel 1”, Parting Tool 3/16”, Gouge 1/4”, Point 1/2”, Gouge 1/2”, Round Nose 1/2” Length: 370mm

C Dust & Chip Extractor 1hp Model No. SM1309 Mobile economy dust extractor suitable for attachment to most static workshop machines including bandsaws, table saws, scroll saws, planers and sanders. Contoured, textured handle to aid manoeuvrability . Supplied with dust collection bag, bag-clamp, BS approved 3-pin plug and cable.

Airflow: Fan Ø: Intake Ø: Motor Power:

914cfm 152mm 100mm 750W - 230V

D - F Dust & Chip Extractors Model No. SEE BELOW Mobile workshop extractors suitable for attachment to most static workshop machines including bandsaws, table saws, scroll saws, planers and sanders. Supplied with 2.5mtr of Ø100mm suction ducting.

D Model No: Airflow: Impeller Size: Intake Ø: Flex Hose Ø: Flex Hose Length: Motor Power: Supply:

SM48 700cfm 228mm 100mm 100mm 2.5mtr 746W 230V

E SM46 600cfm 225mm 100mm 100mm 2.5mtr 746W 230V

F SM47 700cfm 250mm 125mm 100mm 2.5mtr 1490W 230V

Induction Motor

Section 18 Saws, Hammer Drills & Router A

Ø185mm

1400W

643

810W

4.8V Screwdriver 4.8V A Cordless with Pouch & Bits Model No. CP48S Lightweight cordless power screwdriver with forward and reverse both developing 2.5Nm of torque. Built-in LED work light to enhance vision in dark areas. Three colour LEDs to indicate battery life. Supplied with 17 bits. Recharges in 3-5 hours. No Load Speed: 180rpm Maximum Torque: 2.5Nm Charging Time: 3-5hr Contents: Bits; Slotted - 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 x 24mm, TRX-Star* - T10, T15, T20 x 24mm, Phillips - #1, #2, #4 x 24mm, Slotted - 3, 4, 5, 6 x 50mm, Bit Adaptor, HSS Drill Bit 2mm, Cordless Screwdriver, Pouch

Saw 185mm B Circular 1400Watt Model No.

18V

SCS1400

Powerful 1400Watt electric motor with soft start switch. Aluminium guard protects the 185mmTCT cutting blade that has a capacity of up to 64mm in wood. Supplied with blade, width cutting gauge and dust extraction outlet. Fitted with 2.6mtr cable and BS approved plug. Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Blade Size: Arbor: Capacity in Wood: Weight: Replacement Blade:

Speed Electric Hammer C Variable Drill 810Watt

1400W 230V - 6A 5000rpm 185 x 2.8mm 20mm 64mm 5.1kg SCS1400.78

700W

1 Hour Charge

Model No.

SD800

Professional 810Watt hammer drill with variable speed and reverse controls. Suitable for driving and removing screws. Hammer action allows up to 13mm capacity in masonry. Features high quality chuck with soft grip handle and body for added comfort. Supplied with adjustable side handle, depth stop and 3mtr cable with BS approved plug. Capacity: Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Hammer Action: Drilling Capacities: Wood: Steel: Masonry: Weight: Keyless Chuck (Optional):

13mm 810W 230V - 2.6A 0-3000rpm 0-28000bpm 25mm 13mm 13mm 2.4kg SD1000KC

1000W

Hammer Drill/Driver 18V D Cordless 1hr Charge Model No.

CP1801V

Superbly balanced tool, intended for professional use. Features fifteen position torque control plus hammer action, electronic variable speed control with reverse and 10mm keyless chuck. Ideal for both screw driving and drilling. 1hr Charger with BS approved plug. Supplied in carry-case together with accessories. Variable Speed: 0-650rpm Impact Rate: 0-10400bpm Drilling Capacities: Wood: 16mm Metal: 10mm Chuck Size: 10mm Speed Jigsaw E Variable Replacement Battery: CB18VBP 700Watt Weight Including Battery: 1.8kg Model No. SJS700 Accessories:Drills; 1.5, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6mm, Screwdriver Bits; Slotted - 5, 6mm, Phillips - #1, #2, Pozi - #1, #2, Heavy-duty 700Watt electric motor with variable speed control. Pendulum cutting action with a maximum Magnetic Bit Holder capacity cut of 85mm in wood.Tilting sole-plate allows cutting of bevels up to 45°. Supplied with width cutting gauge, dust extraction outlet and fitted with 2.7mtr G cable and BS approved plug. Power: Supply: Stroke Length: Strokes: Cutting Capacities: Wood: Steel: Weight:

G Electric Glue Gun Model No. AK292 Composite housing with trigger feed. Fitted with 1.3mtr cable with BS approved 3 pin 230V non-rewirable fused plug. Includes two glue sticks.

Replacement Blades: Model No: Suitability: SJS700B06 Wood SJS700B10 Wood SJS700B24 Wood/Soft Metal

700W 230V - 3A 19mm 500-2800spm 85mm 6mm 2.6kg

TPI: Pack Qty: 6 3 10 3 24 3

Variable Speed Router F 1/4” 1000Watt Model No. SR1000 Powerful 1000Watt motor delivers a variable speed of 10000 to 30000rpm. Supplied with full accessories, including collet, copy follower , parallel guide and vacuum dust tube. Fitted with 3mtr cable and BS approved plug. Power: Supply: No Load Speed: Collet Size (Metric): Collet Size (Imperial): Plunge Depth: Weight:

1000W 230V - 4.4A 10000-30000rpm 6-8mm 1/4” 44mm 3.2kg

644

Section 18 Woodworking Tools & Workbench C A

Made in

B Made in

A Hardpoint Hand Saw 550mm Model No. AK8644 Professional hand saw with straight ground, hardpoint teeth for prolonged life. Composite one-piece handle with 45° & 90° tri-square feature. Suitable for cutting a range of materials. Ideal for medium to thick wood. Blade Length: 550mm Blade Pitch: 7tpi

Bench with Drawer C Woodworking 1.52mtr Model No.

AP1520

WORKBENCHES We have a complete range of DIY & professional workbenches available. For full details see pages 406 to 408 in our Storage & W orkstations Section.

B Tenon Saw 250mm Comfort Grip Handle Model No. AK8642 Professional rigid back tenon saw with cross ground, hardpoint teeth for prolonged life. Composite handle with comfort grip. Ideal for medium to thick wood. Blade Length: 250mm Blade Pitch: 12tpi

Coated Wood Boring D Titanium Bits/Hole-Saw Set 8pc - Metric Model No.

AK4742M

Flat wood boring bits and hole-saws for use with brace or slow running electric drill. Titanium coating on bits reduces friction and heating for a faster , cleaner cut. Suitable for a variety of applications including door lock and wiring/heating installation. Contents: Bits: Hole-Saws: Hole-Saw Mandrel:

13, 19, 25mm 32, 38, 45, 54mm 6mm Pilot

G Contour Gauge Model No. AK63 Steel pins with spring loaded holder . Quickly gauges profiles. Integral Metric and Imperial rules. Suitable for flooring, tiling, woodworking and plumbing. Maximum Profile Depth: Maximum Profile Length:

50mm 150mm

E Wood Turning Chisel Set 8pc Model No. AK60/8 Long, two-handed softwood handles with tool steel shafts and tips. Suitable for use with Sealey SM1307, SM1308, SM900 and SM1100, as well as other brands F Router Bit Set 12pc 1/4” Shank of wood lathe. Model No. AK9914 Contents: Skew Chisel 1/2”, Gouge 3/4”, Deluxe assorted router bits with sturdy heads for long Skew Chisel 1”, Parting Tool 3/16”, Gouge 1/4”, life. Suitable for a wide variety of applications. Point 1/2”, Gouge 1/2”, Round Nose 1/2” Length: 370mm Supplied in tiered storage case. Contents: Straight Bits; 6, 12, 16mm, Flush Trim Bit; 12.7mm, 90° V Grooving Bit; 12.7mm, Dovetail Bit; 12.7mm, Roman Ogee Bit; R4mm, Core Box Bit; G R6.3mm, Cove Bit; R6.3mm, Round Over Bits; R6.3mm, R9.5mm, 45° Chamfer Bit; 32mm, Hexagon Key

Section 18 Marking Tools & Planes A

A Scratch Awl

C Carpenterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Try-Squares

B Marking Gauges

Model No. AK6085 Steel shaft runs through handle, fastened to both plated steel ferrule and end-cap. Impact resistant wooden handle. Pointed tip to scribe, perforate or punch wooden surfaces.

Model No. SEE BELOW Polished, wooden stem and stock with brass locking screw. Pointed, hardened metal spur for scribing lines on wooden surfaces. Suitable for professional and DIY carpentry. 1 2

Shaft Length:

Model No: AK6089 AK6090 Maximum Scribing Reach: 150mm 230mm Stock Dimensions (W x H): 70 x 30mm 55 x 26mm

87mm

645

Model No. SEE BELOW Sturdy metal blade riveted to wooden stock to form a right angle. Brass edging on stock for increased accuracy and protection against damage. Strong stock design with hanging hole. Suitable for professional and DIY carpentry. Model No: 1 AK6086 2 AK6087

Blade Length: 150mm 230mm

D Combination Square 300mm Model No.

AK6095

Woodworking Measuring & Marking Set 6pc

High quality , adjustable, machined stainless steel E blade with zinc alloy head. Head fitted with scriber , Model No. AK6094 level vial and brass locking screw . Permanently marked with Metric and Imperial graduations. Suitable Precision measuring and marking instrument set containing six essential tools for carpenters/craftsmen. for carpenters and woodworking trades. Length:

300mm

Contents: Sliding T-Bevel, Stainless Steel Rule, Precision Steel Square, Double-Ended Scriber , Square Headed Protractor/Depth Gauge, Compass with Pencil Holder

G Block Plane

F Flat Spoke Plane

H Smoothing Plane

Model No. AK6091 Flat bottom, malleable steel body with epoxy finish. Carbon steel blade for work on flat or convex surfaces. Precise blade setting achieved with two adjustment screws. Raised handles for good clearance. Suitable for professional and DIY carpentry.

Model No. AK6092 Cast iron body with hardened carbon steel cutting blade. Fully adjustable for depth of cut, lateral and mouth adjustments for coarse and fine work. Lever , cam and screw adjusted cutter head. Machined, recessed sides for firm grip. Suitable for professional and DIYcarpentry.

Model No. AK6093 Machined, cast iron body with chrome plated pressure plate. Hardened, carbon steel blade with brass nut for depth adjustment and lever for lateral adjustment. Wooden handle and knob for added comfort. Suitable for professional and DIY carpentry.

Length: Blade Width:

254mm 55mm

160mm 42mm

250mm 50mm

646

Section 18 Clamps

Quick Action C Quick Action Ratchet G-Clamps

B G-Clamps Model No. SEE BELOW Forged body with smooth acting threaded clamp. Fitted with swivel tip to reduce marking.

A Mini Spring Clamp Set 4pc Model No. AK6105 Powerful spring clamps with serrated jaws and pivoted tip pads. Textured handles for improved grip. Tip Capacity: Jaw Capacity: Throat: Length:

60mm 55mm 65mm 150mm

D Ratchet Clamp Sets 2pc

Model No: AK6002 AK6003 AK6004 AK6006 AK6008 AK6010 AK6012

Length: 50mm(2”) 75mm(3”) 100mm(4”) 150mm(6”) 200mm(8”) 250mm(10”) 300mm(12”)

Throat Depth: 25mm(1”) 38mm(1-1/4”) 50mm(2”) 68mm(2-5/8”) 84mm(3-5/16”) 90mm(3-1/2”) 95mm(3-3/4”)

Model No. SEE BELOW Composite G-Clamps with ratchet action slide for quick and easy initial adjustment. Spring loaded handle rotates through 90° for fine clamping control. Resilient clamping faces minimise risk of workpiece damage. Model No: AK6111 AK6112 AK6113

Capacity: 50mm 75mm 100mm

Model No. SEE BELOW Ratchet clamps with 2-stage soft quick-release lever. Serrated jaws with pivoted tip pads (not AK6107). Contoured handles for comfortable application of maximum clamping force.

1 2

Model No: Tip/Jaw Capacity: Throat: Length: 45/55mm 70mm 170mm 1 AK6106 65/70mm 105mm 240mm 2 AK6107 50/90mm 75mm 215mm 3 AK6108 70/85mm 105mm 240mm 4 AK6109

E Ratchet Bar Clamps Model No. SEE BELOW Ratchet action with comfort grip handle and quickrelease button for fast adjustment. Fixed jaw may be reversed to allow use as a spreader . Resilient clamping faces and 63mm throat. Model No: AK6101 AK6102 AK6103

Capacity: 150mm 300mm 450mm

Throat: 63mm 63mm 63mm

Action Mitre Clamp F Quick 70mm Model No.

CMV65Q

Universal corner, mitre and drill press vice. Die-cast body with mounting plates. Quick action twin jaws for fast operation. Jaw Width: Jaw Depth: Jaw Opening:

70mm 25mm 65mm

See page 595 for our full range of vices

Throat: 45mm 65mm 85mm

Section 18 Sash Clamps, Vices & Mitre Saw A

647

Quick Action

Clamps Aluminium A Sash with Quick Action

B Sash Clamps

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Strong aluminium sash clamps with quick release lever for fast adjustment. Composite covered clamps help prevent damage to workpiece. Clamping force of up to 300kg. Adjustable capacity from 0 to 20mm. Suitable for carpenters and cabinet-makers. Model No: AK7224 AK7236 AK7248 AK7260

Length: 600mm(24”) 900mm(36”) 1200mm(48”) 1500mm(60”)

Maximum Clamp Capacity: 500mm(20”) 790mm(31”) 1000mm(39”) 1410mm(56”)

Model No. SEE BELOW Forged clamp jaws with smooth acting threaded clamp. Pins fitted with chains to help prevent loss. Adjustable capacity from 0 to 50mm. Suitable for carpenters and cabinet-makers. Model No: Length: Maximum Clamp Capacity: AK6024 600mm(24”) 450mm(18”) AK6036 900mm(36”) 760mm(30”) AK6048 1200mm(48”) 1070mm(42”) AK6060 1500mm(60”) 1370mm(54”) AK6072 1800mm(72”) 1680mm(66”) AK6084 2100mm(84”) 1980mm(78”)

Quick Action C Woodworking Bench Vices

Bench Vices D Woodworking with Quick Action

Model No. SEE BELOW Heavy-duty cast jaw plates suitable for under-bench mounting. Front face fitted with smooth acting threaded clamps. Fully closed jawsmeet to provide even clamping force across the whole depth ofthe workpiece. Suitable forcarpenters and cabinet-makers.

Heavy-duty cast jaw plate suitable for under bench mounting. Front face plate fitted with plane-stop. Smooth acting lead screw with quick release lever allows fast positioning of jaws around workpiece before final adjustment of clamp.

Model No: Jaw Width: Opening: Jaw Height: Weight:

WVE150 150mm 120mm 50mm 2kg

WVE175 175mm 160mm 60mm 3kg

E Mitre Saw 120mm Model No. MS130 Machined aluminium alloy table with Metric and Imperial graduations. 120mm Capacity together with clamps,length gauge and positive angle locationmake this the first choice for the craftsman or serious DIYuser. Supplied with blade.

WVE230 230mm 200mm 80mm 6kg

Model No.

SEE BELOW

WV175 175mm 280mm 82mm 9kg

WV250 255mm 305mm 110mm 17kg

120mm

Maximum Cutting Height: 120mm Maximum Cutting Width at 45°: 105mm Maximum Cutting Width at 90°: 160mm Blade Length: 550mm Blade Width: 45mm Accessories: Work Vice, Length Gauge

MS130 can be set to these cutting angles: 90°, 45°, 36°, 30°, 22.5°, 15°

F Mitre Saw Blade Model No. MS130/12 Precision steel blade for MS130 mitre saw. Our blades fit most other leading brands of mitresaws. Pitch: 14tpi

Size: 550 x 45mm

90° 45°

36°

30° 22.5°

15°

Section 18 Roller Stands

648

90kg Capacity

80kg Capacity

1200kg Capacity

Adjustable angle head.

Stand 1 Roller B Roller 1200kg Capacity

Stand 1 Roller A Roller 90kg Capacity Model No.

RS5

Model No.

Ball Stand V-Type C Roller 80kg Capacity RS9

Model No.

RS910V

Precision made, height adjustable, roller stand suitable for woodworking applications. Aids material handling and increases productivity. Roller fitted with smooth acting ball bearings.

V-Groove design with eight ball bearings suitable for woodworking applications. Angle adjustment aids material handling and increases productivity. Screw lock for height adjustment. Tripod base for added stability.

Capacity: Roller Width: Height Adjustment: Number of Rollers: Weight:

Capacity: Roller Width: Height Adjustment: Number of Ball Bearings: Weight:

90kg 400mm 690-1180mm 1 7.2kg

1200kg 300mm 570-790mm 1 12.5kg

80kg 200mm 600-1110mm 8 5kg

60kg Capacity

2-in-1 Flip Head.

130kg Capacity

Ball Stand 2-in-1 D Roller/Roller 60kg Capacity Model No.

RS912C

2-in-1 Dual function, easy flip roller stand with one row Roller Stand 9 Rollers E Adjustable of five ball bearings and 390mm roller. Foot pedal lock 450-1300mm 130kg Capacity operation for height adjustment. Tripod legs for extra Model No. RS911F stability. Suitable for woodworking and workshop Heavy-duty roller stand suitable for woodworking and other workshop and warehouse applications.Adjustable applications, aids material handling and increases height and length to suit desired job also enables unit to be stored easily when not in use. Aids material handling productivity. and increases productivity. Nine rollers fitted with smooth acting ball bearings. Mounted on braked castors. Capacity: Roller Width: Height Adjustment: Number of Rollers: Number of Ball Bearings: Weight:

60kg 390mm 585-1000mm 1 5 9kg

Capacity: Number of Rollers: Roller Width: Height Adjustment: Length Adjustment:

130kg 9 490mm 640-1000mm 450-1300mm

Section 18 Stands & Trestles A

649

Adjustable height and angle rollers.

Support arms extended.

Folds flat for easy storage and handling.

A Adjustable Mitre Saw Stand

B Fully Adjustable Mitre Saw Stand

Model No. RS16 Hard wearing, height adjustable wood-composite top suitable for sawing, planing and sanding. Extending twin rollers aid material handling and increase productivity making it ideal for use with mitre saws and table saws. Ribbed rubber feet for added stability. Legs and table fold flat for easy transportation and storage. Size Folded (W x D x H): 640 x 130 x 1010mm Board Size (W x D x T): 585 x 480 x 18mm Roller Height Adjustment: 0-450mm Roller Extension: 690-1460mm Height Adjustment: 690-880mm

Capacity: Roller Width: Height Adjustment: Width Adjustment: Number of Rollers: Weight:

Down Telescopic Trestle C Fold 100kg Capacity Model No.

FDT3

Manufactured from square section steel tube this trestlesi ideal for supporting large/long workpieces when cutting, drilling etc. Trestle beam has seven-position height adjustment and includes pivoted end stops to retain the workpiece. Legs fold in foreasy transportation and storage. Capacity: 100kg Minimum Beam Height: 810mm Maximum Beam Height: 1310mm Beam Width: 680mm Width Between Stops: 650mm Depth Folded: 150mm

F Folding Workbench Model No.

FWB1

Hard wearing ply-top with pre-drilled jaw grip anchorages. Bench top additionally features vice capability for gripping workpiece. Bench legs fold flat for easy storage and incorporate tool storage slots. Suitable for sawing, drilling, planing and sanding operations. Dimensions: Width: Depth: Height: Clamp Capacity:

Model No. RS15 Heavy-duty deluxe stand manufactured from square section steel tube. Features two adjustable extrusions for clamping mitre saw in position. Sliding arms extend from 1320 to 2100mm. W ork support rollers with adjustable height and swivel capability . Fitted with two wheels for added manoeuvrability . Legs fold flat for easy transportation and storage. Suitable for mounting most makes of mitre saw.

Folded: 600mm 240mm 940mm

Unfolded: 600mm 640mm 795mm 290mm

D Fold Down Trestles - Pair Model No. FDT2 Manufactured from pressed steel these trestles are ideal for supporting large workpieces when cutting, drilling etc. Trestle tops include an anti-slip mat for added workpiece stability. Fully collapsible for easy storage and transportation. Folded (W x D x H): 990 x 100 x 60mm Unfolded (W x D x H): 990 x 480 x 770mm

200kg 240mm 990-1170mm 1320-2100mm 2 21.5kg

Down Trestle E Fold Adjustable Legs Model No.

FTAL1

Pressed steel trestle top with durable coating for corrosion resistance. Features an anti-slip mat and carry handle. Adjustable legs manufactured from square section steel tube, ideal for use on uneven ground and steps. Ideal for supporting large workpieces when cutting, drilling etc. Fully collapsible for easy storage and transportation. Folded (W x D x H): 990 x 100 x 60mm Unfolded (W x D x H): 990 x 550* x 910*mm Height Adjustment: 650-910mm * Maximum

Section 19

Material Handling 651 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660

Sack Trucks Platform Trucks Pallet Trucks Hydraulic Platform Trucks Safety Barriers Hoists & Winches Beam Clamps & Trolleys Chain Blocks & Lever Hoists Drum Handling

Section 19 Sack Trucks A

150kg Capacity

CST980 folds down in just a few seconds and is compact enough to fit into the boot of a small car . Ideal for delivery drivers and couriers.

Extremely lightweight ST33 folds down quickly for easy storage in car boot.

80kg Capacity

651

CST981 has a carrying capacity of 150kg yet is light enough to be hand portable. Folds flat in just a few seconds.

100kg Capacity

Aluminium Platform C Folding Truck 150kg Capacity Folding Aluminium B Compact Sack Truck 100kg Capacity

Model No.

CST981

Lightweight frame design, weighs only 8.5kg yet has a Model No. CST980 carrying capacity of 150kg. Extending loading platform Lightweight aluminium frame, weighs only 7kg yet has sits on four easy rolling, Ø100mm wheel (two fixed Model No. ST33 a carrying capacity of 100kg. Folding steel foot plate and two castors). Handle assembly retracts and folds Lightweight aluminium and composite construction, and telescopic handle with spring release means that flat against platform for compact storage. Ideal for business and home use. weighs just 4.2kg. Truck folds down for easy storage trolley can be packed away in seconds. Large back and transport, yet unfolds to carry up to 80kg when support makes light work of oversized loads. Fitted Capacity: 150kg required. Fitted with large, easy-rolling rubber wheels. with Ø150mm wheels for easy rolling over rough Load Area Folded: 420 x 420mm Rubber grip handle for added comfort and control. ground. Ideal for business and home use. Load Area Extended: 630 x 420mm Height Folded: 220mm Capacity: 100kg Height Extended: 800mm Capacity: 80kg Height Folded: 720mm Wheels: Ø100mm Folded Size: 700 x 460 x 60mm Height Extended: 1090mm Unfolded Size: 1000 x 460 x 420mm Width: 380mm Footplate Width: 355mm Footplate Depth: 240mm E Sack Truck 3-in-1 Wheels: Ø150mm D

Folding Aluminium A Compact Sack Truck 80kg Capacity

Pneumatic Tyres 250kg Capacity

Model No.

Capacity: Wheel: Wheel Thickness: Height: Width: Platform Depth:

250kg Capacity 3-in-1

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Solid Tyres

250kg Ø250mm 75mm 1275mm 600mm 300/620mm

Climbing Sack Truck E Stair Solid Tyres 150kg Capacity Model No.

150kg Capacity

CST989

Tubular steel framework with heavy-duty pneumatic tyres allows transport of load over rough terrain. Suitable for use as a traditional sack truck or at 45° with support castors in position. For maximum load carrying capability use in horizontal position. Features fold out load restrainer for use when truck is in horizontal position. Adapts between configurations in seconds.

CST985

Tubular steel construction gives 150kg maximum load capacity. Deep foot ensures cartons stay on trolley during transit. Fitted with solid rubber wheels. Handle design allows a firm grip whilst ascending and descending stairways. Ideal for delivery drivers and couriers. Suitable also for multi-level factories and offices. Capacity: 150kg Wheels: Ø165mm Wheel Thickness: 30mm Height: 1300mm Width: 510mm Platform Depth: 230mm

652

Section 19 Sack Trucks 150kg Capacity

Solid Tyres

200kg Capacity

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Truck - 150kg Capacity A Sack Solid Tyres Model No.

CST983

Strong tubular steel construction with welded joints. Heavy-duty wheels feature steel inserts for added strength and durability. Can be rested on handles for flat loading. Fitted with rubber handgrips.

Trucks B - F Sack Pneumatic Tyres Model No. SEE TABLE Extra strong tubular steel frame construction. Steel centred pneumatic wheels allow transport over the roughest terrain. Range features CST988 model with ‘P’ handle, high back and flat loading capabilities. Models CST986, CST987, CST990, CST994 include rubber handgrips. Additionally CST990 features extra foldaway toe plate for added extension when transporting larger loads. Ideal for delivery drivers, farmers or builders.

200kg Capacity

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

A Model No: Capacity: Wheel: Wheel Thickness: Height: Width: Platform Depth:

250kg Capacity

CST983 150kg Ø210mm 50mm 1170mm 460mm 220mm

B CST986 200kg Ø250mm 90mm 1100mm 550mm 180mm

300kg Capacity

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

C CST987 200kg Ø250mm 90mm 1190mm 545mm 255mm

CST988 250kg Ø250mm 90mm 1260mm 560mm 220mm

CST994 CST990 300kg 250kg Ø250mm Ø260mm 90mm 88mm 1100mm 1249mm 520mm 650mm 250mm 325/620mm

2-in-1 250kg Capacity

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

F Foldaway Toe Plate

250kg Capacity

Truck 2-in-1 G Sack Pneumatic Tyres 250kg Capacity Model No.

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

CST978

Tubular steel framework with heavy-duty pneumatic wheels. Use as a traditional sack truck or in a horizontal position. Quick and easy conversion between different configurations. Capacity: 250kg Wheels: Ø250mm Wheel Thickness: 88mm Height: 1450mm Width: 550mm Platform Depth: 180mm

D Foldaway Toe Plate Models CST990 and CST989 fitted with a foldaway toe plate which increases the loading area.

CST988 Features ‘P’ handle design.

Section 19 Platform Trucks 200kg Capacity

653

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Truck with Sides A Platform Pneumatic Tyres 200kg Capacity Model No.

CST997

Heavy-duty steel with hinged mesh construction. Cushioned grip pull handle with smooth steering action for easy manoeuvrability . Steel centred pneumatic wheels allow transport over the toughest terrain. Dropdown sides, for easy loading, are also removable, allowing use as a flatbed for oversized items. Suitable for a variety of warehouse, office, garden and domestic hauling applications. Capacity: 200kg Tyre Size: Ø250 x 90mm Platform Height: 350mm Internal Size: Length: 930mm Width: 480mm Depth: 220mm Overall Height: 570mm

D - F Platform Trucks

CST991 150kg Ø100mm 738mm 479mm 140mm 815mm

150kg Capacity

CST992 300kg Ø125mm 916mm 616mm 209mm 863mm

Trucks with B Platform 3 Removable Panels

Model No. SEE BELOW Rigid platform trucks feature rubberised deck and bumper strip on CST991 and CST992 and heavy-duty wooden deck and tubular steel bumper on CST993. Handles on CST991 and CST992 fold flat for ease of storage. CST993 Handle detaches completely . Suitable for a variety of warehouse, of fice and domestic applications. D E F Model No: Capacity: Wheel: Deck Length: Deck Width: Deck Height: Overall Height:

300kg Capacity

CST993 250kg Ø125mm 949mm 496mm 226mm 961mm

Model No.

300kg Capacity

Trucks with C Platform 4 Removable Panels

Welded construction with 15mm wood composite platform and three removable wire mesh panels. Two fixed wheels and two braked castors for easy manoeuvring and safe loading and unloading. Ideal for warehouse and industrial applications.

Model No. SEE BELOW Welded construction with 15mm wood composite platform and four removable wire mesh panels. Two fixed wheels and two braked castors for easy manoeuvring and safe loading and unloading. Ideal for warehouse and industrial applications.

Model No: CST770 Capacity: 300kg Platform Size: 1000 x 700mm Platform Height: 280mm Side Height: 590mm Overall Width: 700mm Overall Length: 1220mm Overall Height: 1150mm Wheel Size: Ø200 x 50mm

Model No: CST772 Capacity: 300kg Platform Size: 1000 x 700mm Platform Height: 280mm Side Height: 590mm Overall Width: 700mm Overall Length: 1220mm Overall Height: 1150mm Wheel Size: Ø200 x 50mm

300kg Capacity

SEE BELOW

CST771 300kg 1200 x 800mm 280mm 590mm 800mm 1420mm 1150mm Ø200 x 50mm

250kg Capacity

CST773 300kg 1200 x 800mm 280mm 590mm 800mm 1420mm 1150mm Ø200 x 50mm

654

Section 19 Pallet Trucks

1680kg Capacity

2000kg Capacity

A - C Pallet Trucks Model No. SEE BELOW Heavy-duty trucks suitable for warehouse and general handling duties. Polyurethane, non-marking wheels with sealed-for-life bearings all-round. Hydraulic units with chromed ram piston for resistance to corrosion. Single bogey wheels with drop nose for smooth pallet entry on PT1 150 & PT1220. Tandem loading rollers with sealed-for-life bearings on PT1150LD. Model No: Capacity: Minimum Height: Maximum Height: Forks (Length x Overall Width): Fork Spread:

1000kg Capacity

PT1150LD 1680kg 75mm 190mm 1150 x 520mm 220mm

PT1150 2000kg 85mm 193mm 1150 x 550mm 230mm

C PT1220 2000kg 85mm 193mm 1220 x 685mm 365mm

2000kg Capacity

High Lift

Truck with Scales E Pallet 2000kg 1150 x 570mm Model No. PT1150SC Heavy-duty pallet truck suitable for warehouse and general handling duties. Truck 1000kg Features built-in weighing scales with an accuracy of Âą1kg. Six-digit, high contrast D Pallet 1170 x 540mm High Lift LCD display. Control panel has aTare function to allow for packaging weight. Scales Model No. PT1170H powered by four AA batteries allowing up to 70 hours of use.Automatic sleep mode Heavy-duty high lift pallet truck suitable for the loading/unloading of light commercial ensures battery life is prolonged when not in use. Ergonomic handle for comfortable operation. vehicles as well as warehouse/general handling duties. Features twin stabilisers Capacity: 2000kg for extra balance when at maximum lift and an ergonomic handle design for Minimum Height: 88mm comfortable operation. Maximum Height: 200mm Forks (Length x Overall Width): 1150 x 570mm Capacity: 1000kg Fork Spread: 200mm Minimum Height: 85mm Display: Six-digit LCD Maximum Height: 800mm Weighing Units: Pounds, Kilograms Forks (Length x Overall Width): 1170 x 540mm Power: 4 x AA Cells Fork Spread: 225mm

Section 19 Hydraulic Platform Trucks A

150kg Capacity

A - E Hydraulic Platform Trucks Model No. SEE TABLE Heavy-duty construction. All models fitted with four composite wheels, two fixed and two locking castors, for easy rolling over rough workshop and warehouse floors. One-piece hydraulic unit controlled by large rear mounted foot pedal. Safety release mechanism positioned on handlebar for smooth controlled descent. All models except HTP500 feature safety bars to prevent inadvertent lowering. Suitable for numerous garage, industrial and warehouse handling applications. Models HPT150 - HPT500 supplied with non-slip platform cover for added load security . May also be used as a mobile service bench.

400kg Capacity

300kg Capacity

750kg Capacity

1000kg Capacity

655

500kg Capacity

High Lift

Platform Truck F Hydraulic 400kg Capacity High Lift Model No. HPT400H Heavy-duty construction. High lift version with 1350mm maximum platform height. Fitted with four composite wheels, two fixed and two locking castors for easy rolling over rough workshop and warehouse floors. One-piece hydraulic unit controlled by large rear mounted foot pedal. Safety release mechanism positioned on handlebar for smooth controlled descent. Suitable for numerous garage, industrial and warehouse handling applications. Supplied with nonslip platform cover for added load security . May also be used as a mobile service bench. Capacity: Minimum Platform Height: Maximum Platform Height: Platform Length: Platform Width: Wheel Ă&#x2DC;:

400kg 360mm 1350mm 910mm 500mm 125mm

A MOTORCYCLE & QUAD LIFTS See pages 177 to 180 for our full range of Motorcycle, Quad and Tractor Lifts.

Model No: Capacity: Minimum Platform Height: Maximum Platform Height: Platform Length: Platform Width: Wheel Ă&#x2DC;:

HPT150 150kg 225mm 700mm 705mm 450mm 100mm

B HPT300 300kg 270mm 770mm 820mm 520mm 125mm

C HPT500 500kg 280mm 860mm 815mm 500mm 125mm

D HPT750 750kg 420mm 900mm 1000mm 510mm 147mm

E HPT1000 1000kg 430mm 1020mm 1015mm 510mm 150mm

656

Section 19 Safety Barriers

A Guard Rails Model No. SEE BELOW Heavy-duty guard rails designed for internal or external use. Ideal for sectioning of f specific areas where machinery, buildings or of fices are prone to collision damage. Bright colour highlights these hazards, which may otherwise blend in. The range consists of various length guard rails to be used with centre or corner posts. Model No: SR50 SR51 SR52

AVAILABLE IN 3 LENGTHS 500mm - 1725mm

Length: 500mm 1100mm 1725mm

B - E Centre & Corner Posts Model No. SEE BELOW Heavy-duty centre and corner posts to be used with guard rails. Supplied with floor bolts and rail fixings. Model No: B SR55P C SR59P D SR56CP E SR60CP

Type: Centre Centre Corner Corner

Section: 100 x 100mm 100 x 100mm 100 x 100mm 100 x 100mm

Height: 475mm 1075mm 475mm 1075mm

Centre Posts

Corner Posts

F Safety Bollard 900mm Model No. SR61B Ideal for restricting access to certain areas. Bollards are hollow to minimise collision damage, but can be filled with concrete if required. Section: Height:

F G Parking Barrier - Single Post Model No. PB197 Manufactured from 50mm tube and 4mm wall thickness square section steel, our extra-heavy-duty single post parking barrier is fitted with integral lock. All parts galvanized or zinc plated for corrosion resistance. All instructions and fixings for installation included. Location screws are Torx® headed to prevent theft. For full security, we suggest you drill out the screw head after installation. Minimum Height: 65mm Maximum Height: 600mm Width: 50mm

H Parking Barrier - 3 Leg Model No. PB296 Heavy-duty parking barrier manufactured from Ø35mm tube steel. Supplied with padlock and two keys. All parts galvanized or zinc plated for corrosion resistance. For full security, we suggest you drill out the screw head after installation. Minimum Height: 50mm Maximum Height: 400mm Width: 755mm These barriers are also suitable for restricting access to certain areas in warehouses, workshops etc.

Ø105mm 900mm

Section 19 Hoists & Winches A Power Hoist 250kg Capacity Model No. PH250 Approved to EC and UK Lifting Gear Regulations.Test certificate included. This hoist is intended for use where a suitable support facility exists. Support brackets are included with the equipment.The support bar is not included. Capacity (Single Cable): Capacity (Double Cable): Lift Height (Single Cable): Lift Height (Double Cable): Full Lift Time (Maximum): Weight: Motor Power:

657

125kg

Single Line Pull

125kg 250kg 11mtr 5.5mtr 1minute 12kg 560W - 230V

250kg

B Power Hoist 400kg Capacity Model No. PH400 Approved to EU and UK Lifting Gear Regulations.Test certificate included. This hoist is intended for use where a suitable support facility exists. Support brackets are included with the equipment.The support bar is not included. Capacity (Single Cable): Capacity (Double Cable): Lift Height (Single Cable): Lift Height (Double Cable): Full Lift Time (Maximum): Weight: Motor Power:

200kg 400kg 11mtr 5.5mtr 1minute 17kg 900W - 230V

Double Line Pull

200kg

Single Line Pull

C Geared Winch 540kg Capacity Model No.

GWE1200

Hardened steel gears with heavy plate chassis. Suitable for general and recovery operations. Features a fully enclosed gearbox. Capacity: Hand Force First Layer: Hand Force Third Layer: Gear Ratio: Hub: Handle Length: Unit Weight:

400kg

540kg 11kg 7kg 4.1:1 Ă&#x2DC;50mm 210mm 3.3kg

RECOVERY WINCHES Model GWE1200 can be used for 'on-vehicle' recovery applications but more usually , an electric winch is installed. For details of our range of recovery winches, beacons, recovery wear and towing products, please refer to the Recovery & Towing section. See pages 210 to 224.

Double Line Pull

1000kg

1300kg

D Recovery Winches Model No. SEE BELOW Suitable for direct vehicle mounting as well as truck and trailer bed mounting, these high speed winches offer a combination of performance with durability. The compact design allows mounting in areas where space is at a premium. Check out the features: Heavy-duty, all-weather housing.

High power DC motors give first class pulling power.

All steel, lubricated for life, gear-train for smooth and quiet operation.

Includes dynamic and mechanical drum brake for safe and controlled operation.

Remote control allows power in and power out of cable from a safe distance.

Drum clutch allows free spooling of cable.

High quality wire rope fed through 4-way roller fairlead for smooth and even distribution of cable onto drum.

Supplied with automatic resetting circuit breaker and hand-saver bar.

See page 217 in the Recovery & specifications.

Towing section for full

1500kg 540kg

E Hand Power Pullers Model No. SEE BELOW These hand operated devices are perfect for moving vehicles, logs, machines and other heavy objects. Vehicles must be in a condition capable of acting as a rolling load within the rated capacity . Each winch is delivered ready for use with cable already installed.All models fitted with ratchet safety devices. Models HP1300 and HP1500 are equipped with double ratchet safety device and double ratcheting mechanism for applying the load evenly and with minimum effort. Side frames are manufactured in one piece from best quality steel and zinc chrome plated for long term corrosion resistance. Perfect for marine, industrial and automotive applications. See page 215 specifications.

in the Recovery &

Towing section for full

658

Section 19 Beam Clamps & Trolleys

A Beam Clamps

Model No. SEE TABLE Suitable for semi-permanent attachment to steel beams and acts as a lifting point for chain blocks, hoists and lifting tackle. The clamp may also be used for lifting and transfer of steel beams and as a pulling clamp. Low profile af forded by integral pivot/lifting point. HSE Test Certificate included.

Beam Clamp - Dimensions

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION Always ensure that the load to be slung does not exceed the rated capacity of the equipment being used. Also ensure that the structure to which the trolley or winch is attached meets or exceeds the safety parameters which are specified by the HSE. Do not allow the load to swing during operation and do not subject winches, pulleys, beam clamps and straps to shock loads.

Model No: Capacity: A: B: B Plain & Geared Block Trolleys C: D: Model No. SEE TABLE E: Suitable for use with our lever hoists or chain blocks. F: Designed for mounting onto an I-beam or RSJ to allow G: load to be manoeuvred sideways. Incorporates wheel J: guards to prevent contact with other trolleys mounted K: on same load bearer. HSE Test Certificate included. Weight:

BC1000 1000kg 75-210mm 182-328mm 77mm 26mm 190mm 144-117mm 52-38mm Ø20mm 34mm 4.5kg

BC2000 2000kg 75-210mm 182-328mm 85mm 26mm 190mm 144-117mm 52-38mm Ø20mm 34mm 5.2kg

BC3000 3000kg 75-305mm 214-460mm 107mm 35mm 240mm 224-179mm 58-40mm Ø22mm 42mm 9.1kg

4 BC5000 5000kg 75-305mm 214-460mm 121mm 35mm 240mm 220-175mm 58-40mm Ø28mm 45mm 10.7kg

Plain Block Trolleys - Dimensions

D E Geared Geared Block Trolleys - Dimensions

D E

Plain

B Model No:

PT500

Capacity: Test Load:

500kg

750kg

Measurements (mm):

Track Width Minimum Curve Adjustable Radius: Range: 62-128mm

PT1000 1000kg 1500kg 62-128mm PT1000G PT2000 2000kg 3000kg 88-154mm PT2000G PT3000 3000kg 4500kg 87-153mm PT3000G Note: Suffix G on Model No. denotes geared version.

A B 800mm 244 106

1000mm 266 266 1300mm 292 292 1500mm 344 344

113 180 136 186 152 191

Weight (kg):

C 106

D 64

E 98

5.4

113 113 136 136 152 152

70.5 70.5 79.5 79.5 96.5 96.5

106 106 132 132 150 150

7.8 11.7 12.6 17.1 19.8 24.3

{ { { {

Min - Max I-Beam Dimensions (D x W x Web): 125 x 75 x 5.5mm 250 x 25 x 7.5mm 125 x 75 x 5.5mm 250 x 125 x 7.5mm 180 x 100 x 6.0mm 350 x 150 x 9.0mm 200 x 100 x 7.0mm 850 x 150 x 9.0mm

Max Distance Between Spans: 3000mm 8000mm 2500mm 6000mm 3000mm 9000mm 2700mm 4500mm

Section 19 Chain Blocks & Lever Hoists A

A Chain Blocks Model No. SEE RIGHT Tested and certified to HSE specifications. Fitted with heat treated and ground, triple-spur geared shaft and pinion. Also includes mechanical load brake for extra safety. All chains are manufactured from hardened alloy material and load hooks feature safety latches. Compact gear housing allows use where headroom is limited.

Model No: Safe Working Load: Test Load: Standard Lift: Load Chain Diameter: Pulling Effort: Head Room: Overall Width: Overall Depth: Hook Aperture: Maximum Hook Capacity Ø: Weight:

CB500 500kg 625kg 2.5mtr 5.0mm 27kg 295mm 110mm 120mm 30mm 35mm 7.0kg

CB1000 1000kg 1250kg 2.5mtr 6.0mm 28kg 330mm 130mm 147mm 35mm 42mm 10.5kg

659

3 CB2000 2000kg 2500kg 2.5mtr 6.0mm 30kg 470mm 130mm 147mm 41mm 50mm 15.5kg

CB3000 3000kg 3750kg 3.0mtr 7.1mm 38kg 530mm 147mm 179mm 47mm 60mm 23.5kg

5 CB5000 5000kg 6250kg 3.0mtr 10.0mm 42kg 588mm 173mm 216mm 52mm 65mm 39.0kg

C 1

B Pulley Blocks Model No. SEE BELOW Ideal for moving heavy objects. The wire rope (not supplied) is easily fitted via a hinged section of side plate. Pulley sheave runs on maintenance-free bushes. Suitable for industrial and automotive applications. Model No: Working Test Wire Rope Capacity: Load: Thickness: PB1000 1000kg 1500kg 7mm PB2000 2000kg 3000kg 13mm PB3000 3000kg 4500kg 15mm

500kg C Model No: Capacity: For full details of our Load Sling Adjuster Test Load: please see page 172. Pull on Lever to Lift Full Load: Load Chain Ø: Chain Falls: C Lever Hoists Chain Length: Model No. SEE RIGHT Overall Depth: Lever Length: Rugged construction features drop-forged and heat Head Room: treated pinion gear with totally enclosed mechanism. Overall Width: Models equipped with heavy-duty brake and high quality alloy steel chain for durable and safe operation. Operating Clearance: Hook Aperture: Free-chaining feature permits slack in the load chain Maximum Hook Capacity Ø: to be taken up by hand before engaging the ratchet Weight: arm. HSE Test Certificate included.

1 LH750 750kg 1125kg 22kg 6.3mm 1 1.5mtr 128mm 240mm 275mm 158mm 99mm 26mm 30mm 7.4kg

2 LH1000 1000kg 1500kg 29kg 6.3mm 1 1.5mtr 128mm 240mm 295mm 158mm 99mm 30mm 34mm 7.7kg

3 LH1500 1500kg 2250kg 26kg 7.1mm 1 1.5mtr 154mm 360mm 320mm 172mm 104mm 34mm 38mm 10.8kg

4 LH3000 3000kg 4500kg 38kg 10mm 1 1.5mtr 182mm 360mm 400mm 195mm 108mm 38mm 43mm 18.9kg

660

Section 19 Drum Handling

A Drum Grab 350kg Capacity Model No. DG01 Lifts open or closed, loaded, steel drums with the aid of an overhead hoist. Keeps drum in vertical position reducing spillage. Heavy-duty steel construction. Suitable for use with 205ltr drums. Capacity: Drum Size: Weight:

350kg 205ltr 9kg

Single Drum Clamp B Forklift 205ltr Model No.

B DG02

Simple mechanical feature allows drums to be picked up, relocated and released without leaving the driving position. Secures tightly to forklift arms using hand screws. Heavy-duty steel construction. Suitable for use with 205ltr drums. Capacity: Fork Opening: Drum Size: Weight:

680kg 623mm 205ltr 55kg

C Drum & Barrel Trolley

Model No. TP13 Rigid steel construction suitable for safe movement and storage of steel and plastic barrels. Cradle fitted with two, smooth-rolling, heavy-duty, Ø150mm wheels and one Ø75mm castor . Two-position handle locks upright or at 45° and features tools for five dif ferent drum caps and a metal drum tilting attachment.

Hydraulic

D Hydraulic Drum Truck 205ltr Model No. DH01 Less manual effort required as hydraulic ram clamps drum, then raises it of f the ground for simple manoeuvring and relocation. Cradle is fitted with two smooth-rolling, heavy-duty wheels and one castor with brake. Suitable for 205ltr drums. Lifting Height: Width: Drum Size: Weight:

335mm 780mm 205ltr 42kg

Hydraulic E

E Hydraulic Drum Loader 205ltr

F Locking Drum Tap Model No. TP12 Polythene constructed tap with 3/4”BSP thread and neoprene washer.

G Locking Zinc Die-Cast Drum Tap Model No. TP121 Zinc die-cast, push-pull tap with locking facility to prevent unauthorised access to drum contents. Nitrile seals, suitable for most liquids normally stored in plastic and steel drums. 3/4”BSP Thread.

Model No. DH03 Ideal for loading and unloading barrel bunds, vans and general drum handling when forklift is not available. Suitable for 205ltr drums. Foot operated hydraulics, side handles and smooth-rolling wheels aid handling and manoeuvrability. Maximum Drum Height: 1610mm Leg Height: 65mm Leg Length: 590mm Width Inside Legs: 700mm Maximum Width: 800mm Overall Maximum Height: 1950mm Overall Minimum Height: 1710mm Weight: 67kg

Section 19 Drum Handling A

A Drum Dolly 205ltr

661

B Drum Dolly 205ltr

Model No. TP10 Transport drums quickly and safely on large diameter castors. Fitted with one locking castor . Suitable for 205ltr drums.

Model No. New TP205 Transport drums quickly and safely on large diameter castors. Wheels are strategically positioned for even weight distribution enabling easier manoeuvrability . Suitable for 205ltr drums.

E Drum Handler C Mobile 205ltr Model No.

DH02

Ideal for manoeuvring, relocating and draining fully loaded drums. Lever handle raises drum in stages with fingertip-operated locks. Adjustable for reach/leverage and clamp height. Clips on both sides hold drum securely in vertical or horizontal positions. Drum can be manually adjusted and held at any angle or , if contents need mixing, can be turned end-over-end. Fitted with two smooth-rolling, heavy-duty wheels and one castor with brake. Suitable for 205ltr drums. Drum Size: Weight:

205ltr 50kg

D Drum Stillage Model No. TP11 Allows safe storage of 205ltr drums in the horizontal position for quick dispensing of contents. Radiused frame helps up-end drums.

C E Mobile Drum Stillage Model No. TP112 Allows safe storage of 205ltr drums in the horizontal position for quick dispensing of contents. Radiused frame helps up-end drums. Highly manoeuvrable on two heavy-duty rubber tyres and two castors. Fitted with rubber handgrip.

Drum Handling F Heavy-Duty Trolley Model No.

ST30

Tubular steel construction with heavy-duty solid rubber tyres. Simple to use, slip the loading lip under the drum and rock the drum over. The curve of the frame allows the drum to roll the trolley onto its wheels ready for transit. Drum can be secured using chain supplied. Fitted with rubber handgrips.

F HEAVY DUTY

Section 20

Environmental & Janitorial 663 664 667 668 670 672 673 674 676 677 678 682 684 685 686 690 692 693 694 697

Electric Heaters Paraffin/Diesel Heaters Propane/Infrared Heaters Propane Heaters Electric/Infrared Heaters Desk & Tower Fans Pedestal Fans, Dehumidifiers & Air Cooler Industrial Fans Blowers & Ventilators Water Hoses Pressure Washers & Accessories Cleaning Brushes, Cloths & Sponges Brooms, Shovel & Mops Workshop Matting Industrial Vacuum Cleaners Vacuum Cleaners & Valeting Machines Submersible Pond Pumps Submersible Pumps Ladders Platforms & Ladders

699 700 701 702 704 705

Kick-Steps & Mobile Safety Steps Cigarette/Litter Bins Vehicle Locks/Clamps & Parking Barriers Cycle Carriers, Stand & Racks Tarpaulins Car, Caravan & Motorcycle Covers

Section 20 Electric Heaters B

663

2000W

2000W A

2000W

Heater 2000W 2 Heat C Fan Settings with Thermostat

Turbo Fan

Model No.

New

FH2008

Tough composite case with integral carry handle. Can be seated in a vertical or horizontal position. Convector Heaters 2000W 3 Heat Settings with Thermostat A - B Two-position heat settings, control two 1000W att heating elements. Full range ambient room thermostat Model No. SEE BELOW maintains temperature at pre-set level. Fan doubles as Contemporary styled convector heaters with three heat settings of 750/1250/2000W for gradual control of cool air blower for use in the summer . Full CE heating elements. Rotary controlled room thermostat maintains ambient temperature at pre-set level. Model approval. Supplied with 13Amp non-rewirable ASTA No. CD2005T with built-in turbo fan for accelerated heating. Both models can be used freestanding or wall approved plug. mounted. Slimline sturdy construction and high quality finish make these units suitable for home, light industrial Power: 1000/2000W and office environments. Supplied with 13Amp non-rewirableASTA approved plug and wall mounting kit. Supply: 230V Size (W x D x H): 248 x 238 x 120mm A B Weight: 1.4kg Model No: CD2005 CD2005T Power Settings: 750/1250/2000W 750/1250/2000W Supply: 230V 230V D Size (W x D x H inc. feet): 200 x 670 x 485mm 200 x 670 x 485mm Weight: 4kg 4.1kg

2000W Heater 2000W 2 Heat D Fan Settings with Thermostat Model No.

New

FH2009

Tough metal casing with composite integral carry handle. Two-position heat settings control two 1000Watt heating elements. Full range ambient room thermostat maintains temperature at pre-set level. Fan doubles as cool air blower for use in the summer. Full CE approval. Supplied with 13Amp non-rewirable BS approved plug. Power: 1000/2000W Supply: 230V Size (W x D x H): 258 x 240 x 95mm Weight: 1.5kg

1500W

2500W

E - F Oil-Filled Electric Radiators with Thermostat Model No. SEE BELOW Oil-filled radiators suitable for of fice, home, showroom and workshop use. Manufactured to rigorous safety standards and supplied fitted with a 13Amp BS approved plug. Features full thermostatic heat control which cuts power to the heater elements when pre-set temperature is attained. Elements designed to maximise area of the heated surface in order to transfer more heat to the atmosphere. Fitted with castors for added mobility .

E Model No: Power: Supply: Size (W x D x H): Weight:

RD1500 1500W 230V 360 x 220 x 640mm 10kg

F RD2500 2500W 230V 520 x 230 x 640mm 15kg

Section 20 Paraffin/Diesel Heaters

664

A - H Space Warmer Paraffin/Diesel Heaters Model No. New SEE TABLE Our range of paraffin/diesel heaters represents excellent value. Workshop tried and tested.The range includes two economy portable models, theAB458 and AB708 which are both supplied without wheels. All models except the AB358S and AB458 have an adjustable thermostat (째C) that controls unit as desired temperature is reached. Model No. AB1008 and above are fitted with digital room temperature (째C) display, spare parts storage compartment and heavy-duty pneumatic wheels. Proven pump systems handle either paraffin or diesel with only minor adjustment of air compressor.All models are fitted with fuel tank gauge and heavy-duty filler cap. Easy-Lift Handle

Built-In Air Pressure Gauge

Spare Parts Storage System* (located on back of unit)

Easy-Lift Handles

Built-In Air Pressure Gauge

Built-In Thermostat

Fuel Gauge

Oversized Fuel Cap

Built-In Thermostat*

Easy-Open Hinged Top

Error Code Readout*

Easy-Open Hinged Top

*Not featured on Model No. AB358S and AB458

38k Btu/Hr

Ultra Quiet

Oversized Fuel Cap

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

*Not featured on Model No. AB7081

PARAFFIN DIESEL

45k Btu/Hr

PARAFFIN DIESEL

65 dB

Fuel Tank Gauge

Fuel Gauge

70k Btu/Hr

PARAFFIN DIESEL

Adjustable Thermostat

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Fuel Tank Gauge

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

70k Btu/Hr

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Fuel Tank Gauge

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

PARAFFIN DIESEL

Adjustable Thermostat

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Fuel Tank Gauge

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

Section 20 Paraffin/Diesel Heaters E

100k Btu/Hr

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Adjustable Thermostat

175k Btu/Hr

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Adjustable Thermostat

PARAFFIN DIESEL

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Error Code Read-out

Fuel Tank Gauge

PARAFFIN DIESEL

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Error Code Read-out

A Model No: AB358S Output: 11.1kW Output: 38,000Btu/hr Tank Capacity: 11ltr Fuel Oil: Paraffin/Diesel Supply: 230V - 5A Running Time per Filling (Approx.): 10hr Transport Wheels: Air Flow: 98cfm Automatic Shut-Off: Heated Area: 9,500ft3 Heated Area: 269mtr3 Net Weight: 10.5kg Gross Weight: 12.7kg

E Model No: AB1008 Output: 29.3kW Output: 100,000Btu/hr Tank Capacity: 38ltr Fuel Oil: Paraffin/Diesel Supply: 230V - 5A Running Time per Filling (Approx.): 11hr Transport Wheels: Air Flow: 520cfm Automatic Shut-Off: Heated Area: 25,000ft3 Heated Area: 708mtr3 Net Weight: 24.5kg Gross Weight: 27.1kg

Fuel Tank Gauge

B AB458 13.2kW 45,000Btu/hr 19ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V - 5A 14hr 170cfm 11,250ft3 319mtr3 12.7kg 15kg

F AB1258 36.6kW 125,000Btu/hr 38ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V - 5A 10hr 540cfm 31,250ft3 885mtr3 24.5kg 27.1kg

C AB7081 20.5kW 70,000Btu/hr 19ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V - 5A 9hr 240cfm 17,500ft3 496mtr3 12.7kg 15kg

G AB1758 51.3kW 175,000Btu/hr 49ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V - 5A 9.5hr 630cfm 43,750ft3 1,239mtr3 27.7kg 30.8kg

Adjustable Thermostat

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Adjustable Thermostat

Error Code Read-out

Fuel Tank Gauge

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

PARAFFIN DIESEL

215k Btu/Hr

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

PARAFFIN DIESEL

125k Btu/Hr

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

665

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Error Code Read-out

Fuel Tank Gauge

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

D AB708 20.5kW 70,000Btu/hr 19ltr Paraffn/Diesel 230V - 5A 9hr 240cfm 17,500ft3 496mtr3 12.7kg 15kg

H AB2158 63kW 215,000Btu/hr 49ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V - 5A 8hr 670cfm 53,750ft3 1,522mtr3 29kg 32.2kg

Heavy-Duty Pneumatic Wheels

Adjustable Thermostat

Fuel Pressure Gauge

Offers easy manoeuvrability across smooth and rough terrain.

Ensures work area can be kept at a constant comfortable temperature.

Easy checking that working pressure is at the correct level and helps any adjustment to be accurate.

Error Code Read-out

Fuel Tank Gauge

Heavy-Duty Fuel Cap

Allows fast identification of any errors, which can be translated on the units information plate. Helps keep an eye on the fuel level easily without having to remove the fuel cap.

Held on by a metal chain which can help prevent accidental loss.

666

Section 20 Paraffin/Diesel Heaters

PARAFFIN DIESEL

60k Btu/Hr

130k Btu/Hr

DIESEL

A Infrared Paraffin/Diesel Heater 18kW/230V Model No. New IR18 Infrared heater suitable for well ventilated indoor applications. Clean burning unit operates on paraffin or diesel. Unit produces an impressive 60,000 Btu/hr. 11ltr Tank allows approximately 6.5hrs running time, making this unit extremely economical. Complies with rigorous standards and is fitted with a safety cut-out. Output: Output: Tank Capacity: Fuel Oil: Supply: Running Time per Filling (approx): Transport Wheels: Air Flow: Automatic Shut Off: Heated Area: Heated Area: Net Weight: Gross Weight:

18kW 60,000Btu/hr 11ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V - 5A 6.5hr 59cfm 15,000ft³ 425mtr³ 14.1kg 15.9kg

Space Warmer Paraffin/Diesel C - D Heaters with Chimney Model No.

SEE TABLE

B Infrared Diesel Heater 38kW/230V Model No. IR40 Diesel fuelled infrared heater for indoor (well ventilated) and outdoor applications. Combustion gases are catalysed so the heater requires no flue or exhaust pipe. Integral fuel tank and large wheels make the unit fully manoeuvrable.Tank capacity is 51 litres, giving approx. 14 hours operation per fill. Stainless steel combustion chamber may be adjusted, in the vertical plane, through 40° to direct the heat as required. Output: 38kW Output: 130,000Btu/hr Tank Capacity: 51ltr Fuel: Diesel Supply: 230V Running Time per Filling (approx): 14hr Fuel Consumption: 3.0kg/hr Dimensions: Minimum/Maximum Height: 915/1115mm Width: 640mm Length: 955mm

PARAFFIN DIESEL

Paraffin/diesel heaters with low-fume heat output. Specially constructed stainless steel combustion chamber is vertically vented through a flue, dramatically reducing the amount of fume emitted through the hot air nozzle of the heater. Fully specified with safety cut-out and incorporating a fuel filter for clean, reliable operation. May be controlled by optional remote thermostat, Model No.ABT04.

50k Btu/Hr

90k Btu/Hr

E Remote Heater Thermostat Model No. ABT04 Thermostat with a setting range of 5°-30°C and on/off switch gives complete control over remotely positioned heater. Supplied with 10mtr cable and plug for direct connection to heater. Setting Range: Cable Length: Application:

5°-30°C 10mtr AB502, AB902

Model No: Output: Output: Efficiency: Flue Diameter: Tank Capacity: Fuel Oil: Supply: Running Time per Filling (Approx.): Transport Wheels: Airflow: Automatic Shut-Off: Heated Area: Heated Area: Net Weight: Shipping Weight: Optional Remote Thermostat:

AB502 14.5kW 50,000Btu/hr 84.4% 120mm 30ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V 25hr 380cfm 12,500ft³ 355mtr³ 35kg 37kg ABT04

D AB902 26.5kW 90,000Btu/hr 80% 140mm 46ltr Paraffin/Diesel 230V 18hr 530cfm 17,865ft³ 525mtr³ 40kg 42kg ABT04

Section 20 Propane/Infrared Heaters A

17k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

17k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

2.1kW 230V

Warmer Propane Heater A Space 9,200-17,000Btu/hr Model No.

LP13

Ceramic plaque type heater . Mounts on the rim of a propane cylinder . Adjustable output from 9,200 to 17,000Btu/hr. Supplied with 700mm of hose and fixed regulator. DVGW Approved. Gas bottle not included. Fuel: Output: Fuel Consumption:

Propane 9,200-17,000Btu/hr 0.216-0.400kg/hr

Patio Heater C Halogen 2100W/230V Model No.

EPH2100

Stylish design made from aluminium with weighted base to help prevent toppling. Three settings from 900W to 2100W give controlled heat output. Produces a pleasant relaxing heat and is ideal for use in open workshops, boat yards, forecourts, gardens and terraces. The heater element is situated approximately 2mtr off the ground and the aluminium shade directs the heat downwards and outwards. Supplied with 5mtr cable and BS approved 3-pin plug. Power Settings: Supply: Height: Cable Length: Weight:

Warmer Propane Heater B Space 9,200-17,000Btu/hr with Stand Model No.

LP14

Ceramic plaque type heater . Adjustable, steel tube stand with built-in handle. Heat output from 9,200 to 17,000Btu/hr. Supplied with 1.5mtr hose and regulator. DVGW Approved. Gas cylinder not included. Fuel: Propane Output: 9,200-17,000Btu/hr Fuel Consumption: 0.216-0.400kg/hr

LP13 clamps onto the rim of a propane cylinder. Will use gas left in cylinder when pressure is too low to run bigger heaters.

900/1200/2100W 230V 2100mm 5mtr 15kg

Propane Tower D - E Infrared Space Heaters 12.5kW Model No.

SEE BELOW

Innovative design of radiant heater uses propane gas cylinder to power an infrared burner unit. The radiant heat which is produced heats only surfaces which it falls on and is relatively unaf fected by air movement. This unit produces a pleasant, heated working/relaxing environment over approximately 20-25mtrÂ˛ and is ideal for use in open workshops, boat yards, forecourts, gardens, terraces and swimming pool areas. The burner head is positioned approximately 2mtr of f the ground and the metal shade directs radiation downwards and outwards. The heat output is fully adjustable using a control valve on the burner head. Features a fully enclosed gas cylinder chamber . As with all heaters utilising burner heads, this product should only be used in a well ventilated area. D E Model No: LP352 LP352S Fuel: Propane (15kg) Propane (15kg) Output: 12.5kW 12.5kW Reflector Diameter: 815mm 815mm Ignition: Piezoelectric Piezoelectric Height: 2240mm 2240mm Weight (Excluding Cylinder): 17kg 17kg

FLOODLIGHTS We stock a full range of wall and floor mounted floodlights. Model MD520C is fitted with a PIR sensor which automatically switches unit on when approached by vehicles or persons. See pages 436 to 438 for more details.

12.5kW

PROPANE

667

668

Section 20 Propane Heaters

34k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

40k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

51k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

34k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

40k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

51k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

Warmer Propane A - F Space Heaters Model No. SEE BELOW Many users have found the advantages of propane heaters far outweigh the small additional running costs. The fuel is more completely burned and does not leave an oily residue as experienced with paraffin heaters. There is no odour , except for the few seconds during start-up and the units run a little more quietly since they do not need a compressor to drive the fuel to the burner . Available with a durable paint finish or with a stainless steel body for improved corrosion resistance and more stylish appearance. Heaters are fan assisted, fitted with a piezoelectric ignition system for trouble-free starting and supplied with an approved propane gas regulator and hose. All models are tested and certified to CE/EN standards by DVGW.

A Model No: Output (Propane): Output (EN 1596): Output (Propane): Output (EN 1596): Airflow: Fuel Consumption: Supply: Length: Width: Height: Fuel: Heated Area: Heated Area:

LP351 10.0kW 10.9kW 34,000Btu/hr 37,190Btu/hr 500mtr³/hr 0.70kg/hr 230V 340mm 215mm 320mm Propane 8,600ft³ 244mtr³

B LP451 12.0kW 13.2kW 40,900Btu/hr 45,040Btu/hr 500mtr³/hr 0.85kg/hr 230V 390mm 215mm 320mm Propane 10,300ft³ 292mtr³

C LP601 14.9kW 16.5kW 51,000Btu/hr 56,300Btu/hr 500mtr³/hr 1.06kg/hr 230V 390mm 215mm 320mm Propane 12,800ft³ 362mtr³

D LP351S 10.0kW 10.9kW 34,000Btu/hr 37,190Btu/hr 500mtr³/hr 0.70kg/hr 230V 340mm 215mm 320mm Propane 8,600ft³ 244mtr³

E LP451S 12.0kW 13.2kW 40,900Btu/hr 45,040Btu/hr 500mtr³/hr 0.85kg/hr 230V 390mm 215mm 320mm Propane 10,300ft³ 292mtr³

F LP601S 14.9kW 16.5kW 51,000Btu/hr 56,300Btu/hr 500mtr³/hr 1.06kg/hr 230V 390mm 215mm 320mm Propane 12,800ft³ 362mtr³

Section 20 Propane Heaters A

59k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

148k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

106k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

200k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

280k Btu/Hr

PROPANE

669

A - E Space Warmer Propane Heaters Model No. SEE BELOW Many users have found the advantages of propane heaters far outweigh the small additional running costs. The fuel is more completely burned and does not leave an oily residue as experienced with paraffin heaters. There is no odour, except for the few seconds during start-up and the units run a little more quietly since they do not need a compressor to drive the fuel to the burner. All propane heaters are fan assisted, are fitted with a piezoelectric ignition system for trouble-free starting and are supplied with a propane gas regulator. All heaters are tested and certified to CE standards by the German DVGW test house and are safe for use in the UK.All regulators are Calor approved.

A Model No: Output (Propane): Output (EN1596): Output (Propane): Output (EN1596): Airflow: Fuel Consumption: Supply: Length: Width: Height: Fuel: Heated Area: Heated Area:

LP70 17.5kW 19.0kW 59,710Btu/hr 64,830Btu/hr 300mtr³/hr 1.35kg/hr 230V 450mm 220mm 285mm Propane 17,500ft³ 496mtr³

B LP100 12.5-31.2kW 15.0-39.0kW 42,000-106,400Btu/hr 51,000-131,800Btu/hr 750mtr³/hr 1.0-2.46kg/hr 110/230V 530mm 280mm 400mm Propane 26,000ft³ 736mtr³

C LP145 26.6-43.5kW 33.24-54.53kW 90,000-148,500Btu/hr 113,000-186,000Btu/hr 850mtr³/hr 2.09-3.41kg/hr 110/230V 690mm 280mm 400mm Propane 37,000ft³ 1,048mtr³

D LP200 28.1-58.5kW 34.5-77.0kW 96,500-200,000Btu/hr 118,700-263,000Btu/hr 1800mtr³/hr 2.12-4.64kg/hr 110/230V 780mm 370mm 520mm Propane 50,000ft³ 1,416mtr³

E LP300 37.7-82.2kW 46.5-102.2kW 130,000-280,500Btu/hr 160,000-348,900Btu/hr 2450mtr³/hr 2.82-6.50kg/hr 110/230V 925mm 370mm 520mm Propane 70,000ft³ 1,982mtr³

Figures quoted for EN output are according to EN1596 which uses a Butane test gas to enable technical comparison of space heate rs. All our space heaters are manufactured to BS4096 and to DIN3067 and are distributed under the Sealey quality assurance scheme.

670

Section 20 Electric/Infrared Heaters

2000W

3000W

3300W

A - C Industrial Fan Heaters Model No. SEE BELOW Electric fan heaters for industrial applications. Selectable heat settings with thermostat control, plus fan only.A totally dry heat with no condensation, no gas, no fumes, so no smell. Ideal for workshops, garages etc. EH2000 and EH3000 supplied with power cable and 3-pin plug. EH3300 supplied with power cable.

Model No: Maximum Power: Heat Settings: Supply: Dimensions (W x D x H):

EH2000 2000W 650/1300/2000W 230V - 13A 197 x 210 x 313mm

EH3000 3000W 1500/3000W 230V - 13A 280 x 400 x 300mm

EH3300 3300W 1650/3300W 230V - 30A 250 x 250 x 398mm

3000W

EH3000 features thermostat control and selectable heat settings.

Heater E Infrared 1500/3000W 230V

Cabinet Heater D Infrared 1500/3000W 230V Model No.

IRC153

Model No.

IRS153

Powder coated metal cabinet with two quartz infrared elements and chemically polished reflectors for maximum heat emission. Controllable power output by rocker switches on the side of the cabinet. Features easy-rolling castors with two locking castors fitted to the rear. Suitable for a wide range of heating including restorative applications. Supplied with cable and BS/ASTA approved plug.

Powder coated metal construction with tilting head giving directional heat control. Fitted with two quartz infrared elements and chemically polished reflectors for maximum heat emission. Controllable power output by rocker switches on the rear of the head assembly. Stand features easy-rolling castors with a locking castor fitted to the rear . Suitable for a wide range of heating including restorative applications. Supplied with cable and BS/ASTA approved plug.

Maximum Power: Minimum Power: Supply: Dimensions (W x D x H):

3000W 1500W 230V - 13A 560 x 490 x 885mm

3000W 1500W 230V - 13A 600 x 620 x 815mm

Section 20 Infrared Heaters A

1500W

2000W

671

2000W Quartz Heater C Infrared 2000W/230V Wall Mounting Model No.

IWMH2003

A totally dry heat, no condensation, no gas, no fumes and no smell. Reaches maximum heat output within seconds of being turned on. Highly polished aluminium reflector for maximum heat efficiency. Adjusts horizontally through 25째 while mounted. Three settings, controlled by pull chain, allow unit to be on full, half or low power. Ideal for industrial or domestic applications. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use, if weather protected. Power: 2000W Supply: 230V - 13A Dimensions (W x D x H): 485 x 170 x 250mm

Quartz Heater A Infrared 1500W/230V Tripod Mounted

Quartz Heater B Infrared 2000W/230V

Model No. LP1500 Electric, tripod mounted, heater with infrared quartz lamp. Reaches maximum heat output within seconds of being turned on. Supplied with power cable and 3-pin plug. A totally dry heat with no condensation, no gas, no fumes and no smell. Ideal for workshops, bars, forecourts or gardens and terraces (if weather-protected).

Model No. PQH2000 A totally dry heat, no condensation, no gas, no fumes and no smell. Reaches maximum heat output within seconds of being turned on. Adjustable height from 1320mm to 2100mm. Head swivels 45째 from vertical and rotates 360째. Three heat settings controlled by pull chain. Ideal for industrial or domestic applications.

Power: Supply: Height Adjustment:

1500W 230V - 13A 0.6-1.6mtr

1500W

3000W

2000W

2000W 230V - 13A 1.3-2.1mtr

Quartz Heater D Infrared 2000W/230V Wall Mounting Remote Control

Model No.

New

IWMH2003RC

A totally dry heat, no condensation, no gas, no fumes and no smell. Reaches maximum heat output within seconds of being turned on. Highly polished aluminium reflector for maximum heat ef ficiency. Adjusts horizontally through 25째 while mounted. Three settings, controlled by push on/of f switch or remote control, allowing unit to be on full, half or low power . Ideal for industrial or domestic applications. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use, if weather protected. Power: 2000W Input Supply: 230V - 13A Dimensions (W x D x H): 485 x 170 x 250mm

3000W

4500W

Quartz Heater E Infrared 3000W/230V Tripod Mounted Model No.

LP3000

Electric, tripod mounted, heater with infrared quartz lamps. Reaches maximum heat output within seconds of being turned on. Supplied with power cable and 3-pin plug. A totally dry heat with no condensation, no gas, no fumes and no smell. Ideal for workshops, bars, forecourts or gardens and terraces (if weatherprotected). Maximum Power: Minimum Power: Supply: Height Adjustment:

3000W 1500W 230V - 13A 0.8-1.7mtr

Quartz Heaters F - H Infrared Wall Mounting Model No.

SEE BELOW

Electric heaters with infrared quartz lamps. Suitable for indoor wall or overhead mounting. Reaches maximum heat output within seconds of being turned on. Supplied with one metre power cable (not IWMH4500) and mounting brackets. A totally dry heat with no condensation, no gas, no fumes and no smell. Ideal for workshops, warehouses and garages. G H F Model No: Power: Supply: Dimensions (W x D x H): Mounting Bracket Stand-Off: Minimum Mounting Height:

IWMH1500 1500W 230V - 13A 405 x 75 x 185mm 265mm 2.2mtr

IWMH3000 3000W 230V - 13A 405 x 75 x 340mm 265mm 2.2mtr

IWMH4500 4500W 230V - 30A 405 x 75 x 495mm 265mm 3.0mtr

Section 20 Desk & Tower Fans

672

9”

12”

16”

A - C Oscillating Desk Fans Model No. SEE BELOW Feature tilt and swivel heads for optimum air circulation. Push button controls and fully guarded fan blades to BS5060/IEC879 for ease of use and extra safety. Smooth running motor powers both fan blades and oscillating gearbox for even air distribution.

A Model No: Fan Diameter: Speeds: Maximum Airflow: Power: Supply: Height:

SDF9W 225mm(9”) 2 30mtr³/min 30W 230V 380mm

SDF12W 300mm(12”) 3 40mtr³/min 40W 230V 540mm

16”

7”

29”

C SDF16W 400mm(16”) 3 68mtr³/min 40W 230V 580mm

E Clip-On Fan 2-Speed 7”

Fan 3-Speed 16” with D Wall Remote Control Model No.

SWF16WR

Features tilt and swivel head for optimum air circulation. Remote control operation and fully guarded fan blades to BS5060/IEC879 for ease of use and extra safety . Smooth running motor powers both fan blades and head oscillation. Timer function allows user to preset running time between 30 minutes - 7.5 hours. Features three modes - Normal, Nature and Sleep. Nature mode for alternating high and low air flows. Sleep mode for gradual reduction of fan speed. Supplied with wall bracket for quick and easy installation. Fan Diameter: 400mm(16”) Speeds: 3 Modes: Normal, Nature, Sleep Maximum Airflow: 68mtr³/min Power: 40W Supply: 230V Height: 530mm

Model No. SCF7W Clip-on fan featuring tilt and swivel head for optimum air circulation. Switch control and fully guarded fan blades to BS5060/IEC879 for ease of use and extra safety. Smooth running motor powers fan blades. Fan Diameter: Speeds: Maximum Airflow: Power: Supply: Height:

178mm(7”) 2 14mtr³/min 20W 230V 360mm

F Oscillating Tower Fan 29” Model No. STF29T Slimline fan design suitable for floor or desktop operation. Three-speed push button control with twohour timer. Smooth running motor powers fan blades and oscillating gearbox to aid even air distribution. Speeds: 3 Power: 50W Supply: 230V Height: 760mm

Section 20 Pedestal Fans, Dehumidifiers & Air Cooler Fan 3-Speed 16” A Pedestal Push-Button Model No.

SPF16W

Features tilt and swivel head for optimum air circulation. Push-button controls and fully guarded fan blades to BS5060/IEC879 for ease of use and extra safety. Smooth running motor powers both fan blades and head oscillation. Fan Diameter: Speeds: Maximum Airflow: Power: Supply: Height Adjustment:

16”

673

400mm(16”) 3 68mtr³/min 40W 230V 1090-1390mm

Fan 3-Speed 16” with B Pedestal Remote Control Model No.

SPF16WR

Features tilt and swivel head for optimum air circulation. Touch pad/remote control operation and fully guarded fan blades to BS5060/IEC879 for ease of use and extra safety . Smooth running motor powers both fan blades and electronically operated oscillating gearbox for even air distribution. Timer function allows user to preset running time between 30 minutes and 7.5 hours. Features three modes - Normal, Nature and Sleep. Nature mode for alternate strong and weak intensities of circulating air . Sleep mode for gradual reduction in intensity of circulating air. Fan Diameter: Speeds: Modes: Maximum Airflow: Power: Supply: Height Adjustment:

400mm(16”) 3 Normal, Nature, Sleep 68mtr³/min 40W 230V 1090-1390mm

D Industrial Dehumidifiers Dehumidifier 20ltr

Model No. New SEE BELOW Powerful dehumidification capacity. Removes excess Model No. SDH20 moisture from air , preventing build-up of mildew Compact, efficient, portable unit that extracts up to 20 and mould. Features auto-defrost function, which . litres of water per day. Removes excess moisture from activates if the room temperature falls too low air to prevent build-up of mildew and mould. Features Washable activated carbon air filter . Refrigerant is 2, 4, 8 hour timer, auto-defrost function and adjustable environmentally friendly R407C. May be connected to air outlet. W ashable activated carbon air filter . a drain hose for continuous operation. Mounted on Refrigerant is environmentally friendly R134A. May be castors for manoeuvrability. connected to a drain hose for continuous operation. Model No: SDH30 SDH50 Power: 750W 900W Power: 400W Supply: 230V 230V Supply: 230V Dehumidifying Capacity: 30ltr/day 50ltr/day Dehumidifying Capacity: 20ltr/day Working Space: 30-40m² 50-70m² Working Space: 20-30mtr² Maximum Airflow: 300mtr²/hr 350mtr²/hr Maximum Airflow: 180mtr³/hr Refrigerant: R407C R407C Refrigerant: R134A Condensate Tank: 5ltr (with auto shut-off) Condensate Tank: 4.5ltr (with auto shut-off) Working Temperature Range: 5-32°C 5-32°C Working Temperature Range: 5-35°C Weight: 28kg 30kg Weight: 13kg

Cooler/Heater/Purifier E Air & Humidifier Unit Model No.

SAC41

Multifunction 4-in-1 unit comprising air cooler, heater, humidifier and air purifier . Features 3-speed fan, adjustable airflow direction and timer. Refrigerant-free cooling by evaporating water, which can be enhanced by adding ice to the built-in ice drawer . Fan-assisted heating function with two settings. Air purification is achieved by negative ion generation and an activated carbon filter. Supplied with electronic remote control. Mounted on castors for manoeuvrability. Cooler: 70W Heater: 1000W/2000W Supply: 230V Anion Density: 2 million/cm³ Maximum Airflow: 200mtr³/hr Cooling Water Tank: 11ltr Weight: 9kg

Section 20 Industrial Fans

674

High Velocity A - B Industrial Fans 230V Model No.

SEE BELOW

High velocity fans suitable for movement of huge volumes of air. Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation.Three-speed power selection and cradle stand allow precise control of airflow to exactly where it is needed. Fitted with BS approved plug. Suitable for use in industrial, commercial, agricultural, automotive workshop and showroom applications. A B Model No: Fan Diameter: Speeds: Power: Supply:

HVF16 400mm(16”) 3 80W 230V

16”

18”

HVF18 450mm(18”) 3 90W 230V

24”

30”

18”

Both HVSF24 and HVSF30 supplied with pull cord speed and on/of f selection plus push/pull switch for oscillation of head.

Industrial High Velocity Pedestal

C Fan 18” 230V

Model No. HVSF18 High velocity pedestal fan suitable for movement of huge volumes of air . Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation. Three-speed power selection and height-adjustable stand allow precise control of air flow to exactly where it is needed. Fitted with BS approved plug. Suitable for use in industrial, commercial, agricultural, automotive workshop and showroom applications. Fan Diameter: Speeds: Height: Power: Supply:

450mm(18”) 3 1240-1450mm 90W 230V

D - E Industrial High Velocity Pedestal Fans 230V Model No. SEE BELOW High velocity pedestal fans suitable for movement of huge volumes of air . Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation.Three-speed power selection. Spring-assisted, height-adjustable stand and switchable head oscillation allow precise control of air flow to exactly where it is needed. Suitable for use in industrial, commercial, agricultural, automotive workshop and showroom applications.

D Model No: Fan Diameter: Speeds: Speed Range: Maximum Airflow: Height: Power: Supply:

HVSF24 610mm(24”) 3 900/1120/1310rpm 220mtr³/min (7789cfm) 1570-1990mm 220W 230V

E HVSF30 760mm(30”) 3 740/820/920rpm 227mtr³/min (8013cfm) 1610-2030mm 170W 230V

Section 20 Industrial Fans A

24”

30”

High Velocity A Industrial Drum Fan 24” 230V Model No.

HVD24

High velocity industrial three-speed drum fan suitable for movement of huge volumes of air. Robust unit with heavy-duty gauge steel casing, guard and tilting frame. Mobile unit allows control of airflow to exactly where it is needed. Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation. Fitted with BS approved plug. Suitable for use in industrial, commercial, agricultural, automotive workshop and showroom applications. Fan Diameter: Speeds: Speed Range: Maximum Airflow: Power: Supply:

36”

610mm(24”) 3 900-1100rpm 173mtr³/min 210-280W 230V

High Velocity B Industrial Drum Fan 30” 230V Model No.

HVD30

High velocity industrial three-speed drum fan suitable for movement of huge volumes of air. Robust unit with heavy-duty gauge steel casing, guard and frame. Mobile unit allows control of airflow to exactly where it is needed. Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation. Fitted with BS approved plug. Suitable for use in industrial, commercial, agricultural, automotive workshop and showroom applications. Fan Diameter: Speeds: Speed Range: Maximum Airflow: Power: Supply:

High Velocity C Industrial Drum Fan 36” 230V

760mm(30”) 3 650-950rpm 230mtr³/min 190-350W 230V

Conditioning/Dehumidifier & D Air Heater Unit 9,000Btu/hr Model No.

SAC9000

Thermostatically controlled unit with extendable exhaust hose and window kit - ideal for home or office. Features Model No. HVD36 3-speed fan, condensate tank with ‘Full’ alarm and High velocity industrial two-speed drum fan suitable electronic remote control. Air conditioning temperature range 16-35°C. Unit also has heating and dehumidifying for movement of huge volumes of air . Robust unit with heavy-duty steel casing, guard and frame. Wheels functions. Refrigerant is environmentally friendly R407C. Mounted on castors for manoeuvrability. and handle for easy manoeuvrability . Carefully balanced and fully guarded blades provide quiet and safe operation. Suitable for use in industrial, Cooling Capacity: 9000Btu/hr commercial, agricultural, automotive workshop and Heater: 1600W showroom applications. Supply: 230V Maximum Airflow: 360mtr³/hr Fan Diameter: 915mm(36”) Maximum Water Extraction Rate: 1.8ltr/hr Speeds: 2 Thermostat Range: 16-35°C Speed Range: 735/940rpm Refrigerant: R407C Maximum Airflow: 258mtr³/min (9095cfm) Condensate Tank: 2ltr (with alarm) Power: 260W Exhaust Hose Length: 1.8mtr Supply: 230V Energy Class: C

675

676

Section 20 Blowers & Ventilators Position 1

350cfm

2860cfm

Position 2

A - B Air Dryers/Blowers 230V Model No. SEE BELOW Robust, composite housing, carefully balanced and fully guarded blade drum provide quiet and safe operation. Housing design provides three outlet positions from horizontal to vertical, allowing precise direction of airflow for cooling or drying. Handle incorporates cable storage. Suitable for use in industrial, commercial, agricultural and automotive workshops.

Model No: Speeds: Maximum Airflow: Power: Supply: Weight:

ADB300 1275rpm 10mtr³/min (356cfm) 96W 230V 3.7kg

ADB3000 940/1210/1370rpm 81mtr³/min (2860cfm) 1130W 230V 10.2kg

Position 3

200mm

300mm C Flexible Ducting Model No. Model No: VEN200AK1 VEN300AK1 VEN200AK2 VEN300AK2

Application: VEN200 VEN300 VEN200 VEN300

SEE BELOW Size Ø: Length: 200mm 5mtr 300mm 5mtr 200mm 10mtr 300mm 10mtr

VEN200 & VEN300 supplied with 5mtr flexible ducting

D - E Portable Ventilators with Ducting Model No. SEE BELOW Ideal for use where high volume air delivery is required. Especially suitable for ventilating confined, hot or fume laden work sites, typically found in boats, cable/pipe ducts, roof spaces etc. Lightweight and robust construction give the portability and durability necessary in the work place. Fitted with carry handle, 2.4mtr cable and ASTA/BS approved plug. Supplied with 5mtr ducting. Model No: Power: Supply: Fan Diameter: Fan Speed: Airflow: Static Pressure: Weight (without ducting): Replacement Ducting (5mtr): Optional Ducting (10mtr):

D VEN200 180W 230V 200mm 2800rpm 25mtr³/min 2.4mbar 7.4kg VEN200AK1 VEN200AK2

E VEN300 520W 230V 300mm 2800rpm 60mtr³/min 3.4mbar 11.7kg VEN300AK1 VEN300AK2

Section 20 Water Hoses A

Available in:

15mtr

677

80mtr Capacity

30mtr

80mtr

A Water Hoses with Nozzle Model No. SEE BELOW Fitted with spray/jet nozzle and universal tap connector. Reinforced green PVC hoses with Ø13mm bore. GH15R/12 Features auto shut-of f connector . Model No: Length: Size Ø: GH15R/12 15mtr 13mm GH30R 30mtr 13mm GH80R 80mtr 13mm

Cranked Hose Reel C Hand 80mtr Capacity

B Water Hose Reel 15mtr Model No. WR92 Ideal accessory for any pressure washer. Consists of 15mtr of water hose, wall mounting bracket, spray nozzle and tap connection. Can be used mobile or permanently installed. Length: 15mtr Size Ø: 13mm

D Lay-Flat Water Hoses 10mtr

10mtr

Model No. GH80 Heavy-duty steel open style construction with mounting bracket for fixing to wall or floor . Suitable for industrial applications or areas where longer length of hose is required. Will hold up to 80mtr (260ft) of Ø13mm hose. Screw operated drum lock. Hose Capacity: 80mtr x Ø13mm Inlet/Outlet: 13mm Maximum Pressure: 300psi (20bar) Weight: 10kg

Model No. SEE BELOW High quality PVC hose reinforced with synthetic fibres. Suitable for water discharge only. Model No: Length: Size Ø: LFH1025 10mtr 25mm LFH1032 10mtr 32mm LFH1038 10mtr 38mm

WATER PUMPS For our full range of Water Pumps for clean and dirty water see page 693.

20mtr

18mtr

HEAVY DUTY

E Retractable Garden Hose Reel 20mtr

F Retractable Water Hose Reel Heavy-Duty 18mtr

Model No. RWH15 Durable, UV resistant composite case with wall mounting bracket. Built-in self lubricating belt for smooth rewind. Fitted with 20mtr Ø12mm PVC garden hose with spray/jet nozzle. Supplied with 2mtr leader hose with quick coupler and tap connector. Positive latching mechanism automatically locks hose at desired length.

Model No. RGH18 Heavy-duty, durable composite case with carry handle. Fitted with 18mtr Ø12mm PVC hose with spray/jet nozzle. Heavy-duty ratchet mechanism enables safe storage and use. Wall mounting brackets included.

Length: Size Ø:

20mtr 12mm

18mtr 12mm

678

Section 20 Pressure Washers

Pressure Washer with A 2950psi TSS & Rotablast Nozzle® Model No.

PC2700

Pressure Washer with B 3200psi TSS & Rotablast Nozzle® Model No.

PC2950

Heavy-duty unit supplied with trolley to hold all hoses. Pump unit fitted with high pressure by-pass to preserve pump life. Features Automatic Total Stop System (TSS) which switches the motor on and of f when the lance trigger is operated, prolonging the motor life. Supplied with hose, trigger, rotating brush, adjustable nozzle and Rotablast Nozzle® which helps develop the same Effective Cleaning Power (ECP) as a 2950psi washer. Includes foam applicator for pre-wash. Suitable for a wide range of applications.

Heavy-duty induction motor unit with integral trolley . Pump unit fitted with high pressure by-pass to preserve pump life. Features Automatic Total Stop System (TSS) which switches the motor on and of f when the lance trigger is operated, prolonging the motor life. Supplied with hose, trigger and Rotablast Nozzle ® which helps develop the same Ef fective Cleaning Power (ECP) as a 3200psi washer . Includes foam applicator for pre-wash. Suitable for a wide range of automotive, industrial, agricultural, marine and domestic applications.

Maximum Pressure: Effective Cleaning Power: Water Flow: Motor Power: Supply: Total Stop System: Rotablast Nozzle: Hose Length: Weight:

120bar 2950psi 360ltr/hr 1700W 230V - 7.4A 6mtr 9kg

PRESSURE WASHER DETERGENT We stock a range of Detergent and Traffic Film Removers in both 5ltr and 25ltr drums. See page 680 for more details.

TSS Automatically switches washer on and off when lance trigger is operated. Prolongs the life of the motor and saves energy , protecting the environment.

ROTABLAST NOZZLE Rotates the water delivered from the pump manifold and increases cleaning power by up to 70%. Ideal for removing deep-seated grime on paths, patios and vehicles etc.

130bar 3200psi 380ltr/hr 1800W 230V - 7.8A 6mtr 13kg

Pressure Washer with C 3400psi TSS & Rotablast Nozzle® Model No.

New

PC3401

Heavy-duty induction motor unit produces enough power to pump 400 litres of water every hour . Pump fitted with high pressure by-pass to preserve pump life. Features Automatic Total Stop System (TSS) which switches the motor on and off when the lance trigger is operated, prolonging the motor life. Supplied with 6mtr hose, jet/flat lance and Rotablast Nozzle® which helps develop the same Ef fective Cleaning Power (ECP) as a 3400psi washer. Includes integral detergent tank and detergent flow control valve. Suitable for a wide range of automotive, industrial, agricultural, marine and domestic applications. Maximum Pressure: 140bar Effective Cleaning Power: 3400psi Water Flow: 400ltr/hr Motor Power: 2000W Supply: 230V - 8.7A Total Stop System: Rotablast Nozzle: Hose Length: 6mtr Weight: 17kg

Section 20 Pressure Washers Pressure Washer with A 3450psi TSS & Rotablast Nozzle® Model No.

PC3455

Heavy-duty induction motor unit produces enough power to pump 450 litres of water every hour . Pump unit fitted with high pressure by-pass to preserve pump life. Features Automatic Total Stop System (TSS) which switches the motor on and of f when the lance trigger is operated, prolonging the motor life. Supplied with hose, trigger and Rotablast Nozzle ® which helps develop the same Ef fective Cleaning Power (ECP) as a 3450psi washer . Includes integral detergent tank. Suitable for a wide range of automotive, industrial, agricultural, marine and domestic applications. Optional hose reel kit available see below. Maximum Pressure: Effective Cleaning Power: Water Flow: Motor Power: Supply: Total Stop System: Rotablast Nozzle: Hose Length: Weight:

140bar 3450psi 450ltr/hr 2400W 230V - 10A 5.5mtr 18kg

Pressure Washer with B 3700psi TSS & Rotablast Nozzle® Model No.

PC3700

Manufactured in the EU to high quality standards, and ideal for professional use in the automotive, agricultural or industrial environment. Features a two wheel trolley mounted unit with detergent tank, high pressure hose reel with winder, lance and power cord storage. Fitted with heavy-duty electric induction motor coupled to high output pump unit with an automatic safety valve and low-pressure bypass to preserve motor and pump life. Thermal motor protection is standard. Fitted with Automatic Total Stop System (TSS) which turns of f washer when not in use, prolonging the motor life. Supplied with hose, trigger operated lance, Rotablast Nozzle ® which increases Effective Cleaning Power (ECP) and detergent applicator. Maximum Pressure: Effective Cleaning Power: Water Flow: Motor Power: Supply: Total Stop System: Rotablast Nozzle: Hose Length: Weight:

Reel C Hose Kit for

PC3455

Model No. PCHOSE Optional hose reel kit suitable for PC3455.

B Automatically switches washer on and of f when lance trigger is operated. Prolongs the life of the motor and saves energy , protecting the environment.

150bar 3700psi 470ltr/hr 2500W 230V - 10.8A 10mtr 17kg

Mobile D - E Professional Pressure Washers with TSS Model No.

SEE BELOW

Manufactured in the EU to high quality standards, these high power professional cleaning units feature brass triplex pumps with triple ceramic piston configuration, variable output and gauge to show output pressure. Both models feature Automatic Total Stop System (TSS), motor with thermal protection, trigger operated lance fitted with spray/jet and high/low pressure control nozzle. Integral trolley has built-in 0.5ltr detergent tank and positions for lance and hose storage. Trolley also features large diameter wheels for easy movement over rough terrain.

Model No: PC1853 PC2003 Manifold Pressure: 1850psi 2000psi Pressure at Nozzle: 1850psi 2000psi Water Flow: 660ltr/hr 480ltr/hr Motor Power: 2250W 2250W Supply: 230V - 9.8A 230V - 9.8A Recommended Supply: 20A 30A Motor Speed: 2800rpm 2800rpm Maximum Inlet Temperature: 60°C 60°C Trolley Included: Hose Length: 7.2mtr 7.2mtr Weight: 35kg 35kg

Rotates the water delivered from the pump manifold and increases cleaning power by up to 70%. Ideal for removing deep-seated grime on paths, patios and vehicles etc.

High Flow

Ceramic Pistons

679

680

Section 20 Pressure Washer Accessories

B 2

PCHOSE

HRK2003

A - F Pressure Washer Accessories Model No.

SEE BELOW

A Model No: PC2700 PC2950 PC3455 PC3700 PC1853 PC2003 PCM1500 PCM1750

Rotary Brush Kit: AK125/F AK125/F AK125/F AK125/AR AK125/AR AK125/AR AK125/AR AK125/AR

Patio Brush: PB2003 PB2003 PB2003 PB2003 PB2003

C Surface Brush: PCPATIO PCPATIO PCPATIO -

D Drain Kit: AK127/F AK127/F AK127/F AK127/AR AK127/AR AK127/AR AK127/AR AK127/AR

E - F Hose Reel: PCHOSE HRK2003 HRK2003 -

Note: Appearance of some accessories may differ from those illustrated.

H Water Dispensing Gun Model No. SA928 Connects to water hose for dispensing mains pressure water. Water Inlet Size:

Ø1/2”

G Pressure Washing Chemicals Model No. Model No: 1 AK130 2 AK131 3 AK132 4 AK133

SEE BELOW Description: General Purpose Detergent General Purpose Detergent Traffic Film Remover Traffic Film Remover

Size: 25ltr 5ltr 25ltr 5ltr

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE Before using pressure washers, always inspect power cables, plugs, sockets and any other connectors for wear or damage. We recommend the use of our RD981 Residual Current Detector with these units, see page 443.

Section 20 Pressure Washers A

PETROL

Petrol Pressure Washer A 1300psi 2.4hp Model No.

PCM1300

Petrol Pressure Washer B 2500psi 6.5hp Model No.

PCM2500

Petrol powered pressure washer with recoil starting. Suitable for commercial and domestic applications with 5mtr pressure hose, gun, lance and adjustable nozzle. Low-pressure liquid detergent injection system. Safety latch on trigger and automatic low-oil engine shutdown reduce risks of misuse and equipment damage. Unit stands on four sucker feet to prevent creep, and has integral handle. Supplied with tools and full instructions.

Petrol powered pressure washer with recoil starting. Ideal for commercial applications with 5mtr pressure hose, 1mtr gun and lance and adjustable nozzle. Low-pressure liquid detergent injection system with provision for detergent bottle stowage. Safety latch on trigger and automatic low-oil engine shutdown reduce risks of misuse and equipment damage. Unit stands on four legs, two with sucker feet to prevent creep, and tilts back onto two pneumatic tyres for moving. Supplied with tools and full instructions.

Manifold Pressure: 1300psi(90bar) Flow Rate: 420ltr/hr Hose Length: 5.0mtr Nozzle: Adjustable Spray Pattern Maximum Inlet Temperature: 60째C Engine Type: 4-Stroke, Single Cylinder, Petrol Engine Capacity: 81cc Engine Power: 1.8kW(2.4hp) @ 3600rpm Starting: Recoil Fuel Tank: 1.6ltr Fuel Consumption: 0.8-1.0ltr/hr Weight: 18kg

Manifold Pressure: 2500psi(172bar) Flow Rate: 600ltr/hr Hose Length: 5.0mtr Nozzle: Adjustable Spray Pattern Maximum Inlet Temperature: 60째C Engine Type: 4-Stroke, Single Cylinder, Petrol Engine Capacity: 196cc Engine Power: 4.8kW(6.5hp) @ 3600rpm Starting: Recoil Fuel Tank: 3.6ltr Fuel Consumption: 2.1-2.6ltr/hr Weight: 35kg

D DIESEL

Diesel Pressure Washer D 3600psi 10hp Model No.

PCDM3600

Diesel powered pressure washer with electric and recoil starting. Offers high pressure and high flow with diesel economy. Ideal for commercial applications with 5mtr pressure hose, 1mtr gun and lance and five interchangeable nozzles. Low-pressure liquid detergent injection system. Safety latch on trigger , automatic low-oil engine shutdown and thermal pump relief valve reduce risks of misuse and equipment damage. Pneumatic tyres. Supplied with tools, spare fuel filter and gasket set. Manifold Pressure: 3600psi(248bar) Flow Rate: 900ltr/hr Hose Length: 5.0mtr Nozzles: Low Pressure, Wide Angle, Pencil, Narrow, General Maximum Inlet Temperature: 80째C Engine Type: 4-Stroke, Single Cylinder, Diesel Engine Capacity: 418cc Engine Power: 7.5kW(10.0hp) @ 3600rpm Starting: Electric or Recoil Fuel Tank: 5.4ltr Fuel Consumption: 1.7-2.3ltr/hr Battery: 12V-20Ah Weight: 103kg

Self Priming

681

C PETROL

Petrol Pressure Washer C 2500psi 6.5hp Self Priming Model No.

New

PCM2500SP

Petrol powered pressure washer with recoil starting. Ideal for commercial applications with 5mtr pressure hose, pick-up hose, 1mtr gun and lance and four interchangeable nozzles. Self priming pump makes this unit fully portable for reservoir pick-up, so can be used where no mains pressure is available. Can draw clean water from water butts and tanks etc. Lowpressure liquid detergent injection system with provision for detergent bottle stowage. Safety latch on trigger and automatic low-oil engine shutdown reduce risks of misuse and equipment damage. Unit stands on four legs, two with sucker feet to prevent creep, and tilts back onto two pneumatic tyres for moving. Supplied with tools and full instructions. Manifold Pressure: 2500psi(172bar) Flow Rate: 600ltr/hr Hose Length: 5.0mtr Nozzles: Low Pressure, Wide Angle, Pencil, Narrow Maximum Inlet Temperature: 60째C Engine Type: 4-Stroke, Single Cylinder, Petrol Engine Capacity: 196cc Engine Power: 4.8kW(6.5hp) @ 3600rpm Starting: Recoil Fuel Tank: 3.6ltr Fuel Consumption: 2.1-2.6ltr/hr Weight: 46kg

682

Section 20 Cleaning Brushes A

B Flo-Thru Car Wash Brush

C 200mm Professional Squeegee

Model No. CC51 Fine, split-top bristles gently loosen and brush away dirt. Does not mark expensive clear coats or painted finishes. Incorporates hose adaptor.

Telescopic

0.9-1.7mtr

Angled Flo-Thru Brush A Large with 1.7mtr Telescopic Handle Model No.

CC50

D Long Handle Dip 'N' Wash Brush

Manufactured from tough, lightweight structural plastic CC52 that will not crack, bend or break. Super-soft synthetic Model No. bristles are safe to use on any surface. Leak resistant Fine, split-top bristles gently loosen and brush away aluminium handle with flo-thru feature gives fast and dirt. Does not mark expensive clear coats or painted thorough cleaning. Handle extension: 900-1700mm. finishes. Long handle for reach to confined areas.

Model No. CC56 Sponge sleeve protected by honeycomb mesh for heavy-duty use. Rubber blade gives streak-free shine. Contoured rubber grip for added comfort and control.

Handle Dip 'N' Wash E Short Brush Model No.

CC53

Fine, split-top bristles gently loosen and brush away dirt. Does not mark expensive clear coats or painted finishes.

I Contoured Tyre Brush

H Contoured Tyre Applicator Model No. CC57 Super absorbent contoured foam applicator designed for fast, thin and even spread of tyre dressings. Contoured rubber grip for added comfort and control.

F - G Speed Dusters Model No.

SEE BELOW

100% Soft cotton strands with wax treatment lifts dust from paint surface and will not scratch. Makes short work of cleaning even the largest showroom vehicles. CC54 supplied in carry bag. Model No: Head Length: Colour: 150mm Blue F CC55 360mm Grey G CC54

J Large Interior Brush Model No.

K Small Interior Brush CC61

Sturdy bristles scrub away stains from upholstery, floor mats and vinyl tops. Angled design to reach into corners easily . Contoured rubber grip for added comfort and control.

Model No. CC58 Sturdy contoured bristles scrub away dirt and debris on tyres. Contoured grip for added comfort and control.

Model No. CC62 Sturdy bristles to scrub away stains from upholstery , floor mats and vinyl tops. Unique spot scrubber on handle. Palm-sized handle contoured to fit fingers.

L Water Spray Gun 8 Function Model No. New CC83 Manufactured from tough, lightweight composite material. Features simple three position lever controlling water flow on, off or with detergent. Rotating spray head gives eight different options - straight, jet, mist, shower, angle, flat, fan & faucet. Ergonomically designed handle for added comfort. Supplied with male inlet coupling.

M Spoke Brush

N Single Loop Detail Brush

Model No. CC59 Model No. CC60 Hard bristle brush suitable for cleaning all of the wheel Soft loop bristles suitable for cleaning alloy wheels and area including suspension and steering components. body details. Contoured rubber grip.

Section 20 Cloths & Sponges A

A Sponge 2-in-1

C Aqua Flexi Blade

B Compressed Sponge

Model No. CC63 Model No. CC64 Double-sided sponge. Soft, porous sponge on one General purpose bone-shaped sponge. Compressed side with a light scourer for tough bug and dirt removal for easy POS storage. on the other.

Model No. CC76 Double-sided sponge with shaggy microfibre strands on one side, which are superb for removing dirt or general cleaning. Non-abrasive mesh cloth on the other side, ideal for bugs and stubborn grime.

Model No. CC65 Cuts drying time in half. Removes excess water prior to chamoising.

D Shaggy Microfibre Sponge 2-in-1

683

E Shaggy Microfibre Mitt 2-in-1

F Shaggy Microfibre Mitt

Model No. CC78 Model No. CC77 Double-sided mitt with shaggy microfibre strands on Shaggy microfibre mitt. Superb for the removal of dirt one side, superb for removing dirt or general cleaning. while washing cars or general cleaning. Non-abrasive mesh cloth on the other side, ideal for bugs and stubborn grime.

J G

H - I Genuine Chamois G Speed Drying Synthetic Chamois Model No. CC67 Super synthetic chamois has unique ability to absorb large quantities of water and equally give it up easily. Makes light work of drying down after cleaning. Size: 430 x 680mm

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Genuine chamois leathers are a superior professional product, cut, conditioned, sized and 100% cod oil tanned. Genuine chamois is soft, supple and will leave surfaces lint and scratch free. Model No: Size: 2.5ft2 H CC72 3.5ft2 I CC73

J Forta Microfibre Cloth Model No.

CC68

Developed by professional detailers for fast removal of dust and wax from the car surface. Ultra-fine fibres,attract, lift and hold dirt, dust and grease with just a little water. Size: 400 x 400mm

M K

L Ultra Suede Microfibre Cloth

K Prima Microfibre Cloth

Sheen Microfibre Cloth

M Model No. CC70 Model No. CC69 Developed for professional detailers, ideal for washing Developed for professional detailers, ideal for all windows, Model No. CC71 and drying the car exterior. Ultra-fine fibres attract, lift mirrors and delicate surfaces. Ultra-fine fibres attract, lift Sheen Microfibre cloth attracts, holds and lifts dust and hold dirt, dust and grease with just a little water . and hold dirt, dust and grease with just a little water. from any surface. Double-sided cloth, particularly Size: 400 x 400mm Size: 400 x 400mm suitable for car interiors. Size: 400 x 400mm N

N Polishing Cloth 500g Roll Model No. CC74 Fine, specially woven, 100% cotton fibres that lift loose dirt away from painted surfaces. Works best on highly waxed finishes. Great for limos, show cars and car care perfectionist.

Compartment Wash O Double Bucket with Wheels Model No.

CC75

Features two compartments for clean and dirty water respectively. Two extra large spouts make this the ideal bucket for washing vehicles. Soft grip handle and 4 wheels for easy carrying and rolling.

684

Section 20 Brooms, Shovel & Mops

B 1

12”

13”

24”

24” 8

24” with 710mm B Shovel Wooden Handle 6

36”

Model No.

36”

SH710

Tough, pressed carbon steel shovel head tempered for extra strength. Fitted with varnished hardwood ash handle. Manufactured to BS3388. Length: 1020mm Handle: 710mm Blade: 330 x 255mm

C A Brooms Model No. SEE BELOW Comprehensive range of brooms available in hard and soft bristles or with rubber squeegee head. 12” Models have handle support bracket and 24” & 36” Models have metal handle strengthening support. Ideal for inside or outside use, BM24RS is suitable for oil, water and other liquid spills and BM13H is good for heavy-duty use in yards and gardens. Model No: 1 BM12H 2 BM12S 3 BM13H 4 BM24H 5 BM24S 6 BM36H 7 BM36S 8 BM24RS

Type/Fill: Hard/Bassine Soft/Coco Hard/PVC Hard/Bassine Soft/Coco Hard/Bassine Soft/Coco Rubber

D Mop Unit 36ltr Model No. New BM01 Large composite bucket with four heavy-duty anti-slip castors and carry handle. Heavy-duty detachable wringer with mop holder. Maximum Capacity: 36ltr

Head Size: 12” 12” 13” 24” 24” 36” 36” 24”

Model No. New BM04 Manufactured from quality composite material for strength and durability. Brush features long life flexi bristles and locks onto pan for easy stowage. Pan features rubber squeegee edge to ensure all dirt can be swept up with ease.

Yarn Cotton Mop 225g with E Pure Handle Model No.

C Dustpan & Brush Set

New

BM02

Highly absorbent, 100% pure yarn cotton head. Features straight grained wooden handle with galvanized steel socket. Head Weight: 225g

F Kentucky Mop 450g with Handle Model No. New BM03 Extra thick, highly absorbent, 100% cotton head. Features straight grained wooden handle with metal locking clip. Head Weight: 450g

Section 20 Workshop Matting A

Workshop Matting A Ribbed 900 x 2500mm Model No.

685

Workshop Matting B Anti-Fatigue 900 x 1500mm MCR0925

Model No.

MRM0915

Hard-wearing natural rubber with a slip resistant fluted surface. Provides insulation Hard-wearing rubber provides fatigue relief and insulation from cold concrete floors. from cold concrete floors. Can be used on workbenches to help prevent damage to Raised circular surface design for superior slip resistance. Conforms to slip resistance fragile parts and worktop. test EN13552 Category R10. Moulded bevelled edge to reduce risk of tripping. Applications: Size: Thickness:

Flooring & Workbenches 900 x 2500mm 3mm

Application: Size: Thickness:

Flooring 900 x 1500mm 14mm

Comfort Workshop Matting D - E Interlocking 700 x 800mm Model No.

Workshop Matting C Comfort 700 x 800mm Model No.

MIW0708

Hard-wearing rubber/nitrile blend gives good resistance to oils and grease. Provides fatigue relief and insulation from cold concrete floors. Diamond surface design for added slip resistance. Conforms to slip resistance test EN13552 category R9. Can also withstand high temperature environments. Moulded bevelled edge to reduce risk of tripping. Application: Size: Thickness:

F Micro 2-Way Radio Set Model No. WT1 Super compact, 2-way radios that fit easily into the palm of the hand or pocket, yet have the features of a fully sized set. Includes eight channels each with 38 sub-channels, voice-activation, call alert, channel scan, auto squelch, key lock and roger beep features. Selectable high and low transmission power levels maximise battery life while allowing low-interference communication over a range of up to 2 miles (depending on conditions). Headphone leads with PTT switch allow hands-free operation when required. Supplied complete with belt clips, 6 xAAA rechargeable batteries and mains charger plug. No licence required.

Flooring 700 x 800mm 12.5mm

SEE BELOW

Hard wearing rubber/nitrile blend gives good resistance to oils and grease. Provides fatigue relief and insulation from cold concrete floors. Diamond surface design for added slip resistance. Conforms to slip resistance test EN13552 category R9. Can also withstand high temperature environments. Interlocks to make required length in widths of 700mm. Moulded bevelled edge to reduce risk of tripping .

D Model No: Type: Application: Size: Thickness:

Frequency Range: 446.00625 - 446.09375MHz Modulation: FM Channels/Sub Channels: 8/38 Display: Backlit LCD Batteries (3 per radio): AAA - Alkaline or Ni-MH Rechargeable Approximate Battery Life: 10hr - 5% Transmit, 5% Receive, 90% Standby

MIC0708 Centre Flooring 700 x 800mm 12.5mm

E MIE0708 End Flooring 700 x 800mm 12.5mm

686

Section 20 Industrial Vacuum Cleaners

20ltr

30ltr

Accessory Kit for PC200 and PC300.

Cleaner B Vacuum Wet & Dry 30ltr

Cleaner A Vacuum Wet & Dry 20ltr Model No.

PC200

High powered, lightweight unit with blower facility . Constructed from high impact plastic, the drum unit is mounted on two castor and two fixed wheels. Tool stowage points on head. Supplied with 4mtr cable with 3-pin plug, tool kit, cartridge filter and wet-use foam filter .

Model No.

New

PC300

High powered, lightweight unit with blower facility . Constructed from high impact plastic, the drum unit is mounted on four castor wheels. Tool stowage points on head and base. Supplied with 4mtr cable with 3-pin plug, tool kit, cartridge filter and wet-use foam filter .

DRAIN CAP All models* featured on this page are fitted with a drain cap for easy fluid disposal.

HEAVY-DUTY LOCKING CARTRIDGE FILTERS All models on this page are fitted with heavy-duty locking cartridge filter.

Accessory Kit for PC200SD, PC200SDAUTO, PC200SD110V, PC300SD and PC300SDAUTO.

The extension tubes supplied with PC200SD, PC200SDAUTO, PC200SD110V, PC300SD & PC300SDAUT O are extendible. Simply press the button and extend to desired length.

C Cartridge Filter for Fine Dust Model No. New PC200CFF Cartridge filter for fine particles down to 1micron. Suitable for use with PC200 & PC300 Series.

*Except PC200

20ltr

30ltr

20ltr

110V

Vacuum Cleaner D Industrial Wet & Dry 20ltr Stainless Bin Model No.

PC200SD

High powered, lightweight industrial unit with blower facility. Constructed from stainless steel, the drum unit is mounted on two castor and two fixed wheels. Tool stowage points on head and base. Supplied with 4.5mtr cable with 3-pin plug, deluxe tool kit, including stainless steel telescopic rigid extension tube, cartridge filter and wet-use foam filter. A Model No: Motor Power: Supply: Maximum Vacuum Pressure: Airflow: Drum Size: Weight: Vacuum Accessories Ø: Filter Type: Cartridge Filter: Foam Filters (Pack of 10): Optional Dust Bags (Pack of 5):

PC200 1250W 230V 140mbar 120mtr³/hr 20ltr 5kg 35mm Cartridge PC200CFL PC200FF10 PC200PB5

Vacuum Cleaner E Industrial Wet & Dry 30ltr Stainless Bin Model No.

Vacuum Cleaner F Industrial Wet & Dry 20ltr Stainless Bin 110V

PC300SD

B PC300 1400W 230V 140mbar 120m³/hr 30ltr 5kg 35mm Cartridge PC200CFL PC200FF10 PC300PB5

D PC200SD 1250W 230V 140mbar 120mtr³/hr 20ltr 5kg 35mm Cartridge PC200CFL PC200FF10 PC200PB5

Model No.

PC200SD110V

E PC300SD 1400W 230V 160mbar 120mtr³/hr 30ltr 7.4kg 35mm Cartridge PC200CFL PC200FF10 PC300PB5

F PC200SD110V 1250W 110V 125mbar 173mtr³/hr 20ltr 5kg 35mm Cartridge PC200CFL PC200FF10 PC200PB5

Section 20 Industrial Vacuum Cleaners A

20ltr

30ltr

POWER OUTLET

687

60ltr

POWER OUTLET

Vacuum Cleaners Wet & Dry A - B Industrial Stainless Bin & Auto-Start Model No. SEE BELOW Powerful 1400Watt motor head gives incredible suction through Ø35mm hosing. May also be used as a blower . Integral three-pin BS socket provides power supply for dust-free tools up to 1400W . When operating in conjunction with a power tool the cleaner auto-starts when the tool is started and auto-stops 10 seconds after the tool is switched off - to ensure tool and hose are left free of dust. Stainless steel drum on two castor and two fixed wheels, stainless steel telescopic rigid extension tube as well as tools for wet and dry operations.Tool stowage points on head and base. Supplied with cartridge filter and wet-use foam filter .

A Model No: Motor Power: Supply: Maximum Vacuum Pressure: Airflow: Drum Size: Weight: Vacuum Accessories Ø: Filter Type: Cartridge Filter: Foam Filters (Pack of 10): Optional Dust Bags (Pack of 5):

PC200SDAUTO 1400W 230V 165mbar 120mtr³/hr 20ltr 8kg 35mm Cartridge PC200CFL PC200FF10 PC200PB5

Vacuum Cleaner D Industrial Wet & Dry 50ltr Stainless Bin Model No. PC250 Stainless steel collection tank and powerful, extra heavy-duty motor. The vacuum head is protected by a heavy-duty cartridge filter which locks securely into place. Suitable for wet or dry operation. Motor Power: Supply: Airflow: Drum Size: Weight: Vacuum Accessories Ø: Filter Type: Replacement Filter:

1200W 230V 175mtr³/hr 50ltr 17.5kg 45mm Cartridge VAC92/250/DL

50ltr

B PC300SDAUTO 1400W 230V 165mbar 120mtr³/hr 30ltr 9kg 35mm Cartridge PC200CFL PC200FF10 PC300PB5

Vacuum Cleaner C Industrial Wet & Dry 60ltr Stainless Bin Model No.

New

PC460

Industrial stainless steel drum with tough composite base and head. Supplied with 3.5mtr EV A crush resistant hose, combo nozzle, crevice tool, 380mm squeegee, vac brush, accessory tool tidy , stainless steel rigid tubes, cartridge filter and foam filter . Tank has easy empty drain cap with screw on hose. Fitted with two fixed wheels and two castors. Cable storage hooks mounted on frame, accessories and extension tube holders on base. Motor Power: Supply: Drum Size: Weight: Filter type: Replacement Cartridge Filter:

1600W 230V 60ltr 16kg Cartridge PC200CFL

Hose E Vacuum 5mtr Model No.

PC250 supplied with cartridge filter as standard.

VACHOSE5M

5mtr Vacuum extension hose. Suitable for use with PC200, PC200SD, PC200SDAUTO, PC200SD110V, PC300, PC300SD & PC300SDAUTO.

688

Section 20 Industrial Vacuum Cleaners

50ltr

55ltr

77ltr

Heavy-Duty Vacuum A Industrial Cleaner Wet & Dry 50ltr Model No.

VMA92

Particularly recommended for applications involving non-stop use. This machine is perfect for car valeting. A large, industrial full width filter protects the motor and is easily cleaned for constant re-use. Constructed from high impact seamless composite, the drum unit is mounted on a heavy-duty steel and polypropylene trolley. Supplied with 12.5mtr cable with 3 pin plug and a complete industrial accessory kit with steel tubes. Motor Power: Supply: Airflow: Drum Size: Weight: Vacuum Accessories Ø: Filter Type: Replacement Filter:

1200W 230V 220mtr³/hr 50ltr 19.5kg 36mm Cloth Bag 122/06730000

Heavy-Duty Vacuum Cleaners Wet & Dry B - C Industrial Stainless Bin Model No.

SEE BELOW

High powered, lightweight industrial units. Stainless steel drum with dual filtration system for superior performance. Features safety shut-off for wet operation. Trolleys with swivel bin and two rear locking wheels for easy emptying plus front swivel castors for added manoeuvrability. Foot operation for squeegee adjustment. Supplied with Ø38mm accessory kit, 3.2mtr cable with 3 pin plug, cloth and cartridge filters. PC477 is fitted with twin motors of fering superior vacuuming power to collect any type of solid from dust to rubble and is particularly suitable for industrial and commercial applications where extra capacity and power are required to clean large areas or large volumes of waste. PC455 features blower facility. Optional front mounting squeegee available (as illustrated below).

B Model No: Motor Power: Supply: Airflow: Drum Size: Weight: Vacuum Accessories Ø: Filter Type: Replacement Cartridge Filter: Replacement Cloth Filter Assembly: Optional Squeegee:

PC455 1050W 230V 132mtr3/hr 55ltr 28kg 38mm Cartridge, Cloth PC455.PF PC455.CF PC455AK1

PC477 2 x 1200W 230V 174mtr3/hr 77ltr 39kg 38mm Cartridge, Cloth PC477.PF PC477.CF PC477AK1

B - C

All cleaners supplied with full accessory kit.

VMA92 supplied with heavyduty cloth filter as standard.

PC455 & PC477 supplied with cartridge and cloth filter as standard.

Front mounted optional squeegee attachment available for PC455 & PC477.

PC455 & PC477 feature swivel bin for easy emptying.

Section 20 Industrial Vacuum Cleaners Vacuum Cleaners A - B Industrial with Twin Motors Model No.

SEE BELOW

The extremely ef ficient ProfiClean twin motor range offers superior vacuuming power to collect any type of solid from dust to rubble. Suitable for industrial and commercial applications where extra capacity and power are required to cleanlarge areas or large volumes of waste. Both models feature two 1200W att high power induction motors, each with separate control switch, auxiliary 800Watt power socket, high capacity stainless steel drum and triple filtration system with an efficiency of greater than 99.97%.The trolleys have two Ø155mm fixed wheels and two front castors for easy manoeuvrability, large bumper, power cable winder and accessories holder. The PC80 and PC90P are also powerful liquid vacuum cleaners, with the PC90P featuring a trolley mounted electric pump for liquid discharge. Both models supplied with full Ø45mm accessory kit. B A Model No: Motor Power: Supply: Airflow: Drum Size: Weight:

PC80 2 x 1200W 230V 195mtr³/hr 80ltr 24kg

80ltr 2400W

PC90P 2 x 1200W 230V 195mtr³/hr 90ltr 25kg

Filters & Accessories for PC80 & PC90P Model No. Model No: 186.83001H0G 186.83035H0B 186.83150H0I 186.83139H0B

SEE BELOW Description: Round Suction Cartridge Filter Foam Suction Filter Square Output Cartridge Filter Dust Collection Bags (Pack of 5)

90ltr ProfiClean vacuum cleaners feature twin switchable 1200W motors. Also include 230Volt power outlet for tools up to 800Watt.

2400W Discharge Pump

Heavy-duty filters protect vacuum motors. Cartridge suction filter is suitable for dry use and foam filter should be used for wet applications - cartridge filter reduces airborne dust output.

PC90P features integral discharge pump for removal of liquid from drum.

689

690

Section 20 Vacuum Cleaners & Valeting Machines

14.4V

230V

10ltr

Wet & Dry Rechargeable A Cordless Vacuum Cleaner 14.4V Model No.

CPV144

Ideal for quick clearing up of spillages. Convenient for use in the home, workshop or car . Supplied with crevice tool. Features removable collection chamber for easy disposal of waste and removable battery with base charger. Voltage: 14.4V Charging Time: 3-5hr Weight: 1.6kg Replacement Battery: CPV144BP2

Valeting Machine D PowerClean Wet & Dry 20ltr Model No.

Cleaner Hand-Held Dry B Vacuum 700W/230V Model No.

PC310

Cleans carpets, car interiors, fabrics and upholstery . Constructed from high impact plastic which is dent resistant and rustproof. Supplied with carpet lance, hand-held lance, full wet and dry vacuum accessory kit, including stainless steel telescopic rigid extension tube, cartridge filter and foam filter . Powerful pump forces cleaning fluid into fabric/carpet and 1250W att suction power leaves surface virtually dry after one pass. Features safety shut-of f for wet operation. Large capacity drum with external detergent tank for easy filling. Fitted with two fixedwheels and two castors. Cable storage hook, accessories and extension tube holders on head plus additional accessory stowage slots on base. Motor Power: 1250W Supply: 230V Drum Size: 20ltr Weight: 10kg Filter Type: PET Type Cartridge Replacement Cartridge Filter: PC310CF Optional Dust Bags: (Pack of 5) PC200PB5

PC700

Mains powered, portable vacuum cleaner with powerful suction. Ideal for small jobs in the home or workshop and for complete in-car cleaning. Features blower adaptation enabling dirt to be removed from areas that normal nozzles cannot access. Supplied with upholstery brush, crevice tool, blower adaptor and nozzle and shoulder strap. Includes easily removable collection chamber and 4.5mtr mains cable with plug. Motor Power: 700W Supply: 230V Dust Capacity: 0.5ltr Weight: 1.7kg

20ltr

Cleaner Wet & Dry 10ltr C Vacuum 1000W/230V Model No.

PC100

High powered, lightweight, wet and dry unit with blower facility. Constructed from high impact composite with tool and hose stowage points on head. Ideal for vehicle cleaning and general workshop use. Supplied with crevice and floor tools, cloth and foam filters, 2mtr cable and 3-pin plug. Motor Power: 1000W Supply: 230V Air Flow: 90mÂł/hr Drum Size: 10ltr Weight: 3.3kg Vacuum Accessories Ă&#x2DC;: 35mm Filter Type: Cloth & Foam Replacement Cloth Filters: PC100.ACC4 Replacement Foam Filters: PC100.ACC2

PC310 Supplied with full accessory kit.

20ltr

PC320 Supplied with full accessory kit.

3-in-1 Valeting E PowerClean Machine Wet & Dry 20ltr Model No.

PC320

Cleans carpets, car interiors, fabrics and upholstery . Supplied complete with carpet lance, hand-held pistol tool and full wet and dry vacuum accessory kit. Powerful pump forces cleaning fluid into fabric/carpet and 1000Watt suction power leaves surface virtually dry after one pass. Motor Power: 1000W Supply: 230V Drum Size: 20ltr Weight: 14kg Filter Type: Cartridge Replacement Filter: VAC/92/DL Replacement Dust Bags: (Pack of 5) VAC/PFB

Section 20 Valeting Machines

691

20ltr

50ltr

35ltr

Valeting Machine C AutoValet Wet & Dry 50ltr Stainless Bin

Both VM9A11 & VMA912 are supplied with a range of accessories.

Model No.

VMA913

This top of the range machine is intended for continuous use. Stainless steel, 50ltr recovery tank increases AutoValet Valeting Machines A - B Wet & Dry intervals between emptying. Ingenious drum mounting reduces ef fort in emptying. Large capacity , external Model No. SEE BELOW detergent tank allows easy filling. Supplied with mobile Tough composite tanks and motor housing with integral cable tidy channel for safe storage. Pressure cleans wet trolley and basket foraccessories. Professional filtration and vacuums dry. Professional filtration system protects motor from the ingress of dust and liquids. Fitted with an system protects motor from the ingress of dust and automatic tip-over suction cut-out device to prevent damage to the motor. Supplied with tools for wet pressure liquids. Supplied with tools for cleaning car upholstery cleaning of car upholstery and accessories allowing dry vacuuming. and accessories allowing dry vacuuming. A B Model No: Motor Power: Supply: Drum Size: Weight: Replacement Foam Filter: Replacement Dust Collection Bag: Replacement Cartridge Filter: Optional Stand-Up Carpet Lance & Accessory Kit:

VMA911 1000W 230V 20ltr 12kg 186/83035BHB VAC/PFB VAC/92/DL VMA912/CL10

VMA912 1000W 230V 35ltr 13kg 186/83035BHB 186/83132BOK VAC/92/DL VMA912/CL10

Motor Power: Supply: Drum Size: Weight: Replacement Foam Filter: Replacement Dust Collection Bag: Replacement Cartridge Filter: Optional Stand-Up Carpet Lance & Accessory Kit:

1350W 230V 50ltr 27kg 186/83035BHB 186/83132BOK VAC92/250/DL VMA912/CL10

E Carpet/Upholstery Detergent

Lance & Accessory Kit D Carpet for VMA911, VMA912 & VMA913 Model No.

VMA912/CL10

Accessory kit for valeting machines. Contains stand-up carpet lance and a selection of wet and dry attachments. Applications:

VMA911, VMA912 & VMA913

Model No. SEE BELOW We recommend only Sealey cleaning products be used with valeting equipment. These chemical agents are specially formulated for use in Sealey valeting systems and provide powerful, non-corrosive cleaning power. Model No: Pack Qty: Description: VMR921S 1 x 1ltr Upholstery Detergent VMR921 10 x 1ltr Upholstery Detergent VMR922S 1 x 1ltr De-Foaming Agent VMR922 10 x 1ltr De-Foaming Agent VMR925S 1 x 5ltr Upholstery Detergent VMR925 4 x 5ltr Upholstery Detergent

HEAVY-DUTY FILTERS All of our Professional Valeting Machines are supplied with a heavy-duty cartridge filter for dry cleaning.

692

Section 20 Submersible Pond Pumps

A - C Submersible Pond Pumps Model No. SEE TABLE A range of pond pumps suitable for creating garden water features such as fountains and waterfalls*.They also provide the important functions of filtration and water circulation which are necessary to maintain healthy plant and fish life. WPP1100 supplied with two fountain heads. WPP2300 and WPP3500 supplied with full set of five fountain heads. * Not WPP1100

1100ltr/hr

Up to 3500ltr/hr

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE Before using submersible pumps, always check housings, cables and floats (if fitted) for cracks and other signs of damage. We recommend the use of our RCD981 Residual Current Detector with these units, see page 443.

Fountain Effects A - Cascade

B - Water Bell

C - Foam Jet

A Model No: Fountain Heads: Outlet Size OD: Maximum Output: Maximum Head: Motor Power: Supply: Cable Length:

WPP1100 A, B 13mm 1100ltr(242gal)/hr 1.1mtr 20W 230V 10mtr

Available in: 15mtr

B WPP2300 A, B, C, D, E 19mm 2300ltr(506gal)/hr 2.3mtr 55W 230V 10mtr

D - Water Lily

E - Petunia

C WPP3500 A, B, C, D, E 19mm 3500ltr(770gal)/hr 3.0mtr 95W 230V 10mtr

30mtr

80mtr

D Water Hoses with Nozzle

Brass Water Hose Coupling Set

E 5pc Model No. SEE BELOW Fitted with spray/jet nozzle and universal tap Model No. AW599 connector. Reinforced green PVC hoses with Ø13mm High quality brass water hose fitting set. Compatible bore. GH15R/12 Features auto shut-of f connector . with other popular brands of hose fitting and suitable for Ø13mm bore garden hose. Model No: Length: Size Ø: Contents: 3/4” Female Tap Connector, Hose End GH15R/12 15mtr 13mm Coupling Body, Hose End Coupling Body with Auto GH30R 30mtr 13mm Shut-Off, 1/2” Hose Mender, Spray/Jet Nozzle GH80R 80mtr 13mm

F - G Water Hose Accessories Model No. Model No: F AW199 G AW299

SEE BELOW Description: 1/2” Water Hose Joiner/Mender 1/2” Universal Tap Adaptor

Section 20 Submersible Pumps A - F Submersible Water Pumps Model No. SEE TABLE Manufactured from corrosion resistant materials with stainless steel motor case and Noryl base cover . Available with or without automatic cut-out. Minimum water depth of just 8mm. Designed for clean water although these pumps will accept small particles up to 5mm. Suitable for the ef fective drainage of cellars, sinks, cisterns, baths and the general transfer of water .

693

Auto Cut-Out

Dirty Water Pump G Submersible Automatic 235ltr/min 230V Model No.

WPD235A

Manufactured from corrosion resistant materials with stainless steel motor case and Noryl base cover. Fitted with automatic cut-out. Minimum water depth of 45mm. Designed for operation in dense and clean water . Suitable for the ef fective drainage of cellars, sinks, cisterns, baths and the general transfer of water and dense liquids.

Stainless Steel Water H Submersible Pump Automatic 225ltr/min 230V Model No.

WPS225A

Manufactured from corrosion resistant materials with stainless steel body and motor case. Fitted with automatic cut-out. Minimum water depth of 50mm. Designed for operation in dense and clean water . Suitable for the ef fective drainage of cellars, sinks, cisterns, baths and the general transfer of water and dense liquids.

Auto Cut-Out

For Dirty Water Auto Cut-Out

Mounted Water Pump I Surface 60ltr/min 230V Model No.

WPS060

Heavy-duty induction motor with Noryl impeller, choke valve and venturi tube. Suction pump suitable for drawing brackish water. Pump housing made from high impact thermoplastic material for added durability . Suitable for lifting water up to 9 metres. Outlet Size OD: Maximum Output: Maximum Head: Motor Power: Supply:

1”BSP 60ltr(13gal)/min 42mtr 900W 230V

Model No: WPC100 WPC100A WPC150 WPC150A Cut-Out: Manual Automatic Manual Automatic Outlet OD: 32mm 32mm 32mm 32mm Max. Output: 100ltr(22gal)/min 100ltr(22gal)/min 150ltr(33gal)/min 150ltr(33gal)/min Max. Head: 7mtr 7mtr 8mtr 8mtr Max. Running Cycle (hr): 3 in 6 3 in 6 3 in 6 3 in 6 Motor Power: 250W 250W 400W 400W Supply: 230V 230V 230V 230V

E WPC235 Manual 38mm 235ltr(51gal)/min 9mtr 3 in 6 750W 230V

F WPC235A Automatic 38mm 235ltr(51gal)/min 9mtr 3 in 6 750W 230V

G WPD235A Automatic 38mm 235ltr(51gal)/min 8mtr 3 in 6 750W 230V

WPS225A Automatic 38mm 225ltr(49gal)/min 8mtr 3 in 6 750W 230V

10mtr

Wall Suction Hose for J Solid WPS060

K Lay-Flat Water Hoses 10mtr

Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. SEE BELOW Solid wall hose for use on suction side of water pumps. High quality PVC hose reinforced with synthetic fibres. Suitable for water discharge only. Suitable for use with WPS060. Model No: WPS060HS WPS060HL

Length: 4mtr 7mtr

Size Ø ID/OD: 25/30mm 25/30mm

Model No: LFH1025 LFH1032 LFH1038

Length: 10mtr 10mtr 10mtr

Size Ø: 25mm 32mm 38mm

Section 20 Ladders

694

Aluminium Step Ladders A Trade EN131 Model No.

SEE BELOW

EN131 Approved aluminium step ladders with 150kg capacity. Durable lightweight anodised aluminium alloy frame. Deep non-slip steps and wide platform with safety rail allow plenty of leg room for safe standing. Ribbed feet give full floor contact for extra stability .

1 Model No: ASL3S Treads: 3 Weight: 3.7kg Max. Reach Height: 2400mm Base Width: 430mm Maximum Capacity: 150kg

A 2

150kg Capacity EN131 Trade

ASL5 ASL7 5 7 4.9kg 7.3kg 2840mm 3280mm 475mm 520mm 150kg 150kg

Dimensions in mm

3280 2840

2150

2400

1690

1530

1250

1090

650 ASL3S

ASL5

ASL7

Aluminium Step B Industrial Ladders BS2037 Class 1 Model No.

SEE BELOW

BS2037 Class 1 approved professional Industrial Aluminium platform steps. Rigid box section aluminium with heavy-duty cross brace for extra strength and stability. Double riveted extra large non-slip treads. Wide platform and high safety rail allow plenty of leg room for safe standing.

B 1

Made in

Model No: AXL6 AXL8 AXL10 Treads: 6 8 10 Weight: 7.7kg 10.9kg 12.7kg Max. Reach Height: 3000mm 3500mm 3900mm Base Width: 465mm 520mm 565mm Maximum Capacity: 175kg 175kg 175kg Dimensions in mm

175kg Capacity BS2037 Industrial

3900 3500

3000

2730

2320

1880

2130

1700

1240

AXL6

AXL8

AXL10

C Step Stools 150kg Capacity Model No. SEE BELOW Tubular metal construction with rubber feet for added stability. Features three large anti-slip metal treads. Foam-cushioned hand rail for added comfort. Suitable also as a stool. Folds flat for easy storage and transportation.

1 Model No: ASL2 Treads: 2 Maximum Capacity: 150kg Top Step Height: 460mm Floor Area: 570 x 480mm

2 ASL23 3 150kg 720mm 670 x 480mm

Important Note: There are 3 standards for ladders in the UK, Class 1, 2 and 3. EN131 has replaced BS2037 Class 2. Confusion arises with the term 'duty rating', which British Standards arrive at through consideration of frequency and general conditions of use. For consistency we quote maximum static vertical load figures for all our ladders. W e only of fer trade and industrial ladders. See table below for clarification. Class

Type Standard

Class 1 Industrial Class 2 Trade Class 3 Domestic

Max. Static Duty Vertical Load Rating BS2037 175kg 130kg EN131 150kg n/a BS2037 125kg 95kg

C 1

150kg Capacity

Section 20 Ladders A

150kg Capacity

EN131 Trade

150kg Capacity

EN131 Trade

New

SEE BELOW

A - C

Multi-use aluminium extension ladders manufactured to EN131 standards. Ideal for the tradesman, these ladders can be used as a 3-section or 2-section extension and as a single ladder , which is ideal for two-man use. Can be used as a step and extension step ladder where stability and height are needed. Compact size for easy handling and storage. Two larger models suitable to extend up to the apex of a house.

A Model No: Minimum Height:: Maximum Extension: Maximum Capacity: Weight:

ACL306 1.8mtr 3.70mtr 150kg 8kg

ACL3 2.54mtr 5.94mtr 150kg 13.5kg

Aluminium 3-Way D Industrial Multi-Purpose Ladder BS2037 Model No.

ACL2

BS2037: 1994 Class 1 - Three-way multi-use aluminium ladder with 130kg Duty Rating. Maximum capacity 175kg. Compact size for easy handling and storage. Supplied with work tray with provision for paint tin, brushes, screwdrivers, etc. Can be used as an offset step ladder on stairs or platforms, standard step ladder or two-section extension ladder.

C ACL312 3.45mtr 7.35mtr 150kg 18kg

175kg Capacity BS2037 Industrial Made in

D Two Section Extension

Step Ladder

Dimensions in mm

2340 1240

Offset Step Ladder 3190

2390 1290

2090

150kg Capacity EN131 Trade

Combination Ladders A - C Trade 3-Section EN131 Model No.

695

Section 20 Ladders

696

100kg Capacity

175kg Capacity BS2037 Industrial

C Made in

BS7553 Made in

Made in

C Ladder Stand-Off Model No. New LAD002 Aluminium framed stand-off, fits to any ladder. Offers superb stability at the top of a ladder with a wide span of 1000mm. Positions ladder 360mm away from work area. Fitted with rubber feet to help prevent slipping. Supplied with easy installation instructions. Span Width: Stand-Off:

1000mm 360mm

Fibreglass Step Ladder B Industrial 5-Tread BS2037 Model No.

A Loft Ladder 3-Section Model No. LFT03 Aluminium loft ladder manufactured to BS7553:1992 Class G. Supplied with hand rail and all fixings with factory assembled components for quick and easy installation. Three-section design enables ladder to fit in smaller areas than standard two-section ladders. Loft Opening (W x L): Maximum Height: Loft Clearance: Maximum Capacity:

432 x 508mm 3mtr 1050mm 100kg

FSL6

Made from fibreglass with aluminium treads, these lightweight steps are non-conductive. Certified to EN131 and ANSI 14.5 (Industrial). Treads comply with BS2037. Treads: Height: Maximum Capacity: Weight:

5 1.83mtr 175kg 7.5kg

Made in

F Ladder Roof Hook

Made in

Model No. New LAD003 Safe and easy way to access a roof with your ladder. Lightweight aluminium design. Suitable for trades where ladders need to be used for on-site applications. Features non-slip composite wheel and r-shape hooks with anti-slip rubber feet. Made in UK. Maximum Load:

Made in

150kg

E Ladder Stabilizer

Model No. New LAD001 Safe and easy way to stabilize your ladder on even or uneven surfaces. Yellow phosphate finish for added corrosion resistance. Suitable for trades where ladders D Ladder Roof Rack Clamps need to be used for on-site applications. Features Model No. SLC2 heavy-duty metal feet fitted with non-slip rubber pads Safe and easy way to secure ladders with a universal for added grip and four eyelets for pegging to ground fitment for roof racks.Yellow phosphate finish for added (pegs not included). Tray is adjustable for angle and corrosion resistance. Suitable for trades where ladders includes an integral tie down to secure ladder . need to be transported safely for on-site applications. Increases ladder footprint from 26cm 2 to 3097cm 2. Supplied with two heavy-duty iron padlocks for security. Made in UK and BS1706 approved. Ladder Tray (W x D): 500 x 125mm Maximum Width: 365mm Overall Size (W x D x H): 605 x 515 x 112mm

Section 20 Platforms & Ladders Folding Platform A Aluminium 2-Tread Model No.

New

APS2E

Folding and portable aluminium platform with 1 15kg capacity. Large, ribbed non-slip platform and treads for safe and easy manoeuvrability . Durable aluminium alloy frame with ribbed feet provides extra stability . Safety locking catches on legs. Folds flat for easy storage and transportation. Model No: Treads: A: B: C: Weight: APS2E 2 520 1200 415 4.5kg Dimensions in mm

697

A 115kg Capacity

Aluminium Folding B - C Trade Platforms Model No.

SEE BELOW

Folding and portable aluminium platform with 150kg capacity. Large, ribbed non-slip platform and treads for safe and easy manoeuvrability . Durable aluminium alloy frame with ribbed feet provides extra stability . Safety locking catches on legs. Folds flat for easy storage and transportation. Model No: Treads: A: B: C: Weight: 2 460 1140 500 6kg B APS2 3 660 1460 500 8kg C APS3 Dimensions in mm

B C

150kg Capacity

EN14183 Trade

D 150kg Capacity

EN131 Trade

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT

Adjustable height control allows either leg to be adjusted to required height allowing the ladder to be used on stairs or uneven ground.

Aluminium Folding D Trade Extension/Telescopic Ladder Model No. AETL33 Multi-use, adjustable height, aluminium extension ladders. Manufactured to EN131 with auto-latching hinge and safety lock. Ideal for thetradesman, these ladders can be used as a multiple height step ladder or as a single ladder. Telescopic design enables step ladder to be used on steps or uneven ground. Minimum Height: 1mtr Maximum Extension: 2.31mtr Maximum Capacity: 150kg Weight: 12.3kg

150kg Capacity

AFPL1 illustrated with optional platform AFPL1/P

EN131 Trade

Aluminium Folding E Trade Platform Ladder Model No.

AFPL1

EN131 Approved four-way , four-section aluminium ladder with mechanically swaged joints. Six robust auto latching locking hinges allow for multi positioning. Can be used as a platform, straight ladder , step ladder or offset ladder. Extra safety provided by twelve reinforced rungs and stabiliser feet. Illustrated above with optional metal platform, order Model No. AFPL1/P to use in platform/scaffold position. Model No: A: B: C: D: E: F: Weight: AFPL1 957 1728 270 1007 360 3600 14.2kg

120kg F C

B D

150kg Dimensions in mm

Section 20 Platforms

698

Tower Stand A Platform 150kg Capacity EN131 Model No.

SSCL1

EN131 Approved high quality scaffold platform system for the professional tradesman. Robust aluminium frame unit with anodized finish for durable corrosion resistance. Heavy-duty platform with trap door for safe access to platform. Can be used as a 3mtr or 4mtr working height platform by fitting extension kit supplied with the unit. Unique design enables the unit to be quickly and easily folded down without tools for transportation or storage. 780mm Width means unit will pass through most doorways even when fully erected. High hand rail for comfort and safety . Four large Ă&#x2DC;125mm castors for easy mobility.

150kg Capacity EN131 Trade

Model No. A B C D E Weight SSCL1 780 1670 3000 4000 340-2360 36kg Measurements C & D are approximate working heights with and without extension pack (supplied).

D E A

150kg B

Dimensions in mm

Scaffold Ladder B Aluminium 150kg Capacity EN131 Model No.

ASCL1

EN131 Approved four-way scaffold ladder. Two six-rung aluminium ladders can be used as extending ladder , single ladders, step ladder or complete scaffolding unit. Supplied with security bar and stability leg.

150kg Capacity

Model No. A B C D E F Weight ASCL1 2620 1600 1720 1470 1000 805 16kg

EN131 Trade B

150kg

Dimensions in mm

150kg Capacity N FP 93-352

C Height Working C - D Adjustable Platforms Model No.

SEE BELOW

Manufactured to work platform standard N FP 93-352. Professional mobile platform meets the requirement of the HSE working at height regulations. Durable aluminium alloy frame with ribbed feet and adjustable side supports for extra stability allow the platform to be used on uneven ground. Fully adjustable platform height. Front and side hand rails, two latching rear railsand knee bar for all around safety. Spring action latches with smooth extension and locking of adjustable height steps. Large non-slip platform with kick boards on three sides. Fitted with two wheels for manoeuvrability when closed or open. Folds flat for easy storage and transportation.

C Model No: AHWP46 Treads: 4-6 Closed Length: 2380mm Platform Height: 1060-1520mm Maximum Capacity: 150kg Platform Size: 600 x 450mm Weight: 30kg

D AHWP79 7-9 3130mm 1770-2230mm 150kg 600 x 450mm 36kg

Section 20 Kick-Steps & Mobile Safety Steps A

A Kick-Step - Composite

B Kick-Step - Steel

Model No. KS2 Robust composite construction with non-slip surface. Three spring-loaded wheels allow step to glide overloor, f yet sit down firmly on rubber stops when load is applied.

Model No. KS1 Steel construction with heavy non-slip rubber treads. Three spring-loaded wheels allow stepto glide over floor, yet sit down firmly on rubber stops when load is applied.

Step Heights: Base Size: Capacity:

220, 420mm Ă&#x2DC;440mm 150kg

CM400

Heavy-duty convex mirror for improved visibility. Fitted with protective hood. Supplied with adjustable galvanized wall mountings. Suitable for use as safety or security mirror. Diameter: 400mm

220, 430mm Ă&#x2DC;440mm 150kg

These products are manufactured to order and, due to the size, are delivered direct from our factory. Please allow at least 15 days for delivery and provide the full address including postcode of the place of work.

Mirror 400mm C Convex Wall Mounting Model No.

699

Note: Additional carriage charges apply for remote locations and offshore Islands.

Available with 2 - 15 Treads 300kg Capacity D Mobile Safety Steps Model No.

SEE BELOW

Robust, round steel tube construction with non-slip step treads. Two fixed wheels and two retractable castors give mobility and allow easy positioning. Castor lock-down lever, on models with five or more treads, restricts tread access as a reminder to retract castors before climbing. 150mm Kick board on three sides of platform. Model No: Treads: MSS02 MSS03 MSS04 MSS05 MSS06 MSS07 MSS08 MSS09 MSS10 MSS11 MSS12 MSS13 MSS14 MSS15

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Platform Height: 500mm 750mm 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm 2000mm 2250mm 2500mm 2750mm 3000mm 3250mm 3500mm 3750mm

Tread (W x D): 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm 550 x 200mm

Platform (W x D): 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm 550 x 400mm

Overall Size (W x D x H): 650 x 590 x 1500mm 650 x 760 x 1750mm 650 x 910 x 2000mm 835 x 1270 x 2250mm 835 x 1360 x 2500mm 850 x 1450 x 2750mm 850 x 1575 x 3000mm 850 x 1730 x 3250mm 1000 x 1905 x 3500mm 1000 x 2070 x 3750mm 1000 x 2230 x 4000mm 1230 x 2470 x 4250mm 1230 x 2630 x 4500mm 1320 x 2795 x 4750mm

Weight: 20kg 28kg 32kg 55kg 62kg 70kg 78kg 90kg 98kg 105kg 116kg 125kg 130kg 138kg

700

Section 20 Cigarette/Litter Bins

A Cigarette Bin Wall Mounting

Bin Wall Mounting B Cigarette Stainless Steel Model No.

New

RCB02

Model No. New RCB01 Two-piece design for easy installation, emptying and cleaning. Metal construction with Zinctec liner . Fitted with high quality lock and supplied with two keys. Includes fittings for wall mounting. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas.

Two-piece design for easy installation, emptying and cleaning. Stainless steel construction with Zinctec liner. Fitted with high quality lock and supplied with two keys. Includes fittings for wall mounting. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas.

Size (W x D x H):

260 x 80 x 320mm

D Cigarette Floor Ashtray Model No. New RCB04 Manufactured from 1mm mild steel and finished for resistance to corrosion. Twin openings in concave cover for safe and hygienic use. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas.

Size (W x D x H):

260 x 80 x 320mm

335 x 230 x 112mm

Bin Wall Mounting G Cigarette Heavy-Duty Model No. RBCB1 Two-piece design for easy installation, emptying and cleaning. Metal construction with Zinctec liner . Fitted with high quality lock and supplied with two keys. Includes fittings for wall mounting. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas. Size (W x D x H): 245 x 65 x 380mm

C Cigarette Bin Floor Standing Model No. New RCB03 Two-piece design for easy installation, emptying and cleaning. Metal construction with Zinctec liner . Fitted with high quality lock and supplied with two keys. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas. Can be used freestanding or permanently fixed to the floor. Size (W x D x H): 235 x 235 x 1325mm

E Cigarette Ashtray & Litter Bin Model No. New RCB05 Three piece design with separate ashtray and rubbish bin. Easy installation, emptying and cleaning. Metal construction with complete blackened powder coat finish. Fitted with high quality lock and supplied with two keys. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas. Size (W x D x H): 300 x 220 x 1000mm

Bin Wall Mounting F Cigarette Stainless Steel Heavy-Duty Model No.

RBCB2

245 x 65 x 380mm

Cigarette Floor Ashtray

H Heavy-Duty

Cigarette Ashtray & Litter Bin

I Heavy-Duty

Model No. RBFB1 Manufactured from 1mm mild steel and finished for resistance to corrosion. Twin openings in concave cover for safe and hygienic use. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas.

Model No. RBAB1 Manufactured from 1mm mild steel and finished for resistance to corrosion. Four-way opening with heavy-duty removable mesh cover. Suitable for use in building entrances and smoking areas.

Size (W x D x H):

330 x 235 x 104mm

250 x 255 x 457mm

Section 20 Vehicle Locks/Clamps & Parking Barriers A

A Steering Wheel Lock

Steering Wheel B Heavy-Duty Lock

C Claw Car Wheel Clamp

Model No. PB393 Hardened steel lock that is quick and easy to fit to steering wheel. Highly visible deterrent to the vehicle thief. V inyl coating protects steering wheel from damage. Supplied with two keys.

Lock that is quick and easy to fit to steering wheel. Highly visible deterrent to the vehicle thief. Adjustable to suit different sized steering wheels. Supplied with two keys.

Wheel Internal Diameter Range:

Maximum Wheel Rim Diameter:

230-380mm

Model No.

701

PB394

30mm

Model No. PB395 Claw locks around wheel rim and tyre. Simple and quick ratchet action makes fitting easy. Fully lockable. No need to touch wheel or tyre when installing/removing so hands remain clean. Plastic-sleeved claws will not damage alloys. Finished in yellow and red for high visibility. Maximum Clamp Width: 270mm Minimum Clamp Width: 180mm Throat: 190mm

E C

D Wheel Clamp Model No. PB396 Triple arms lock around tyre. Simple and quick sliding action makes fitting easy. Fully lockable and supplied with two keys. Finished in yellow for high visibility . Maximum Clamp Diameter: Minimum Clamp Diameter: Maximum Tyre Width:

740mm 540mm 220mm

E Wheel Clamp Model No. PB397 Manufactured from quality steel with zinc plating for corrosion resistance. Simple and quick ratchet action makes protection easy . Fully lockable and supplied with two keys. Ideal for total forecourt protection. Finished in yellow for high visibility. Maximum Clamp Diameter: Minimum Clamp Diameter: Maximum Tyre Width:

640mm 450mm 225mm

F Parking Barrier - Single Post Model No. PB197 Manufactured from 4mm wall thickness square section steel, our extra-heavy-duty single post parking barrier is fitted with integral lock.All parts galvanized or zinc plated for corrosion resistance. All instructions and fixings for installation included. Location screws are TorxÂŽ headed to prevent theft. For full security, we suggest you drill out the screw head after installation. Minimum Height: 65mm Maximum Height: 600mm Width: 50mm

G Parking Barrier - 3 Leg

Model No. PB296 Heavy-duty parking barrier manufactured from Ă&#x2DC;35mm tube steel. Supplied with padlock and two keys. All parts galvanized or zinc plated for corrosion resistance. For full security, we suggest you drill out the screw head after installation. Minimum Height: 50mm Maximum Height: 400mm Width: 755mm

702

Section 20 Cycle Carriers & Stand

Ball Cycle Carrier A Tow 2 Cycles Model No.

Bar Cycle Carrier B Tow 3 Cycles BS2

Strong tubular construction. Mounts firmly onto any Ă&#x2DC;50mm tow ball in seconds and will carry 2 cycles. Positive lock action includes a provision for anti-theft lock (not included). Folds down flat for storage.

Model No.

F BS4

Designed to slot onto plate fixed behind the tow ball. Allows transportation of cycles even when towing a caravan or trailer. Carries 3 cycles (2 mountain bikes) up to a total weight of 35kg and is fitted with composite protectors to prevent damage to frames.

Cycle Carrier C Rear 2 Cycles Model No.

BS17

Rigid yet lightweight carrier designed to fit most saloons, hatchbacks, vans, estates and coupes. Carries up to two standard cycles and includes nylon bike straps, six nylon mounting straps and four foam pads to prevent damage to car. Folds for easy storage.

Cycle Carrier D Rear 3 Cycles Model No.

BS3

Rigid yet lightweight carrier designed to fit most saloons, hatchbacks, vans, estates and coupes. Carries up to 3 standard cycles and includes 6 nylon fixing straps and foam rubber tubes for protection of both vehicle and bikes. Folds away for easy storage. Model No. BS3/1 - Set of adaptors for use when fixing straps of cycle carrier to glass edged hatches.

F Workshop Bicycle Stand

E Cycle Carrier Lighting Board Model No. TB3/2 Composite 3ft board fitted with two metres of 7 core cable and 12Volt N type plug. Includes 2 x e approved reflective triangles and 2 x 4-function lamp cluster (stop, tail, indicator and number plate illumination light). Important: Standard trailer boards should not be used in conjunction with cycle carriers.

Model No. BS1 Corrosion resistant zinc plated steel tubes constructed with aluminium head and foot castings for strength and durability. High impact resistant jaws swivel through 360Â° and will accept down-tubes, crossbars and seat-posts of racing, mountain and hybrid bikes. Multi-position storage tray ensures tools are always close at hand and includes a can holder. Legs and top arm are removable for ease of storage. Minimum Height: Maximum Height: Weight:

1250mm 1450mm 8kg

Section 20 Cycle Racks A

703

Adjustable Wall Mounting

A Cycle Rack Model No.

BS13

Wall mounting cycle rack. Heavy-duty galvanized steel construction with 180째 swivel movement.

E D B - D Cycle Racks Storage Rack E Cycle Wall Mounting 2 Cycles Model No.

BS6

Wall mounting storage rack, with two arms that will support up to two cycles. Width: Arm Length:

450m 500m

Model No. Heavy-duty racks, manufactured from steel with zinc plating for corrosion resistance. B C Model No: BS14 BS15 Cycle Capacity: 1 3 Dimensions (W x D x H): 90 x 260 x 335mm 700 x 260 x 320mm Maximum Tyre Width: 40mm 55mm

SEE BELOW D BS16 5 1420 x 260 x 320mm 55mm

G H

Storage Rack Folding F Cycle Wall Mounting 2 Cycles Model No.

I BS7

Wall mounting storage rack. Two folding arms can be swung up out of the way when unloaded. Supports up to two cycles. Width: Arm Length:

500mm 500mm

F G - I Cycle Racks Model No. Heavy-duty racks, manufactured from steel with zinc plating for extra corrosion resistance. H G

Folding arms can be swung up out of the way when unloaded.

Model No: Cycle Capacity: Dimensions (W x D x H): Maximum Tyre Width:

BS10 1 390 x 390 x 250mm 50mm

BS11 3 730 x 390 x 240mm 50mm

SEE BELOW I

BS12 5 1310 x 390 x 240mm 50mm

Section 20 Tarpaulins

704

A Heavy-Duty Tarpaulins Model No. SEE RIGHT Manufactured from 130g/m² material with heavy , 30 micron laminate. Tear-proof, waterproof and treated with a UV filter to prolong life and durability. Mould and mildew proofed. Constructed with roped edges and metal grommets in all corners and every 3 feet. Top quality tarpaulins available in blue or green are suitablefor farm, garden, body shop, garage, boat yard and leisure use.

BLUE Model No: TARP68 TARP810 TARP1012 TARP1216 TARP1620 TARP1824 TARP2040 Note: Nominal sizes

GREEN Model No: TARP68G TARP810G TARP1012G TARP1216G TARP1620G TARP1824G TARP2040G

Size: 6’ x 8’ 8’ x 10’ 10’ x 12’ 12’ x 16’ 16’ x 20’ 18’ x 24’ 20’ x 40’

B Tarpaulin Clip Set 4pc Model No. TARP4 Composite clip set with heavy-duty spring. Simple-touse with tension adjusting control to enable a firm grip of tarpaulins and sheeting without the need to use rope eyes. Suitable for use on trucks, trailers, farm, garden and garage applications.

D Tarpaulin Lashing Eyes 4pc

C Tarpaulin Clip Set 2pc Model No. TARP/2 Rugged composite clip with heavy-duty spring and bungee cord. Ingenious design grips tarps and sheeting tight without the need to locate rope eyes. The tighter the clip is pulled the tighter it grips. Simple to release. Suitable for use on trucks, trailers, farm, garden and garage applications.

Model No. TARP405 Tarpaulin Cord Set E Assorted 12pc Screw-fit, reusable lashing eyes can be positioned exactly where required on the tarpaulin. Manufactured Model No. TARP12 from plastic, for all-weather durability , lashing eyes Adjustable composite hooks with ball-ended bungee have a large clamp area for maximum grip and cords. The cord is detached from the hook, fed through reduced risk of tarpaulin tearing. the tarpaulin rope eye and then reattached at the required length. Three dif ferent length cords are supplied, with a maximum safe stretch up to 1015mm and safe load up to 22.7kg.

F G

Contents: 4 x 305mm, 4 x 455mm, 4 x 610mm. Free Length: Maximum Stretch: 305mm 635mm 455mm 865mm 610mm 1015mm

H Heavy-Duty Ratchet Tie Downs Model No. Model No. TD150 illustrated.

F - G Polypropylene Rope

H Heavy-Duty Ratchet Tie Downs

Model No. SEE BELOW All-purpose polypropylene rope. Available in Ø6mm x 50mtr and Ø10mm x 20mtr. Model No: F RC0650 G RC1020

Diameter: 6mm 10mm

Length: 50mtr 20mtr

Model No. SEE TABLE Manufactured from polyester webbing with stitched reinforcement around hooks. Suitablefor securing loads and tarpaulins onto flat-beds or trailers and for general load restraint. Tie-downs rely on the operator tensioning the webbing with body weight. Ratchet tie-downs mechanically tension the webbing using a simple drum and ratchet mechanism providingsuperior load restraint.

SEE BELOW

Model No: Qty: Length: Max. Tension: Load Test: TD115 2 Sets 5mtr 400kg 800kg TD135 1 Set 5mtr 400kg 800kg TD150 1 Set 6mtr 750kg 1500kg TD220 1 Set 6mtr 1000kg 2000kg TD614 1 Set 9mtr 1500kg 3000kg TD914 1 Set 9mtr 2000kg 4000kg TD1214 1 Set 9mtr 2500kg 5000kg TD2214 1 Set 9mtr 5000kg 10000kg IMPORTANT The table above indicates two load specifications. The maximum tension is that which is developed by the ratchet mechanism. The test load is the capacity of the webbing to resist shock loads. For full specifications see page 219.

Section 20 Car, Caravan & Motorcycle Covers A Car Covers Model No. SEE BELOW Ideal for protection, rain or shine, against weathering and fading. Double layer cover for extra protection. Inner layer is made from soft anti-scratch material to protect vehicle’s paintwork. Elastic corners for easy and secure fitting. Side-opening zips to allow access to the car when covered. Supplied with waterproof storage bag. Model No: Size: CCS 3800 x 1540 x 1190mm CCM 4060 x 1650 x 1220mm CCL 4300 x 1690 x 1220mm CCXL 4830 x 1780 x 1220mm

705

B A

Caravan Covers

Model No. SEE BELOW Four layer, non-woven polypropylene material that is breathable and weather resistant, with reinforced roof corners for maximum durability. Zippers offer quick and easy access to doors without removing the cover . Hook-and-loop fasteners for the rolled up side or eyelets to fix as a sun awning. Elastic stitched hem provides universal fitting. Features composite fastening clips for quick and easy fixings. Supplied in a durable weatherproof bag for easy storage. Model No: Size: TCCS 4260 x 2250 x 2200mm TCCM 5200 x 2250 x 2200mm TCCL 5800 x 2250 x 2200mm TCCXL 6400 x 2250 x 2200mm TCCXXL 7000 x 2250 x 2200mm

C C Car Wheel Cover Set 4pc Model No. CCW4 Manufactured from non-woven, water repellent material. Rimmed and elasticated for easy fit. Cover protects wheels and tyres from over-spray in paint shop and tyres from light degradation during long-term storage. Universal size suitable for most wheels. Cover Ø: 670mm

Motorcycle Covers

Model No. SEE BELOW Ideal for protection, rain or shine, against weathering and fading. Double layer cover for extra protection. Inner layer is made from soft anti-scratch material to protect vehicle’s paintwork. Elastic corners for easy and secure fitting. Eyelet for wheel lock to be fitted. Supplied in a storage bag. Model No: MCS MCM MCL

Size: 1830 x 890 x 1200mm 2320 x 1000 x 1250mm 2460 x 1050 x 1270mm

Section 21

Safety Products 707 709 710 713 714 716 717

Eye & Head Protection Solar Powered Welding Helmets Hand Protection & Workwear Knee & Ear Protection Respiratory Protection & Workwear Eye Wash & First Aid Kits Fire Extinguishers

Section 21 Eye Protection B

A Safety Spectacles - Disposable Model No.

SSP29

BSEN166/F - Lightweight spectacles. Ideal as jobber’s or visitor’s spectacles. Side arms with built-in ventilated shields.

C Adjustable Safety Spectacles

New

SSP441

BSEN166/F - W raparound, clear , anti-scratch, polycarbonate lens. Ideal as DIY or visitors spectacles.

Model No.

SSP301

BSEN166/F - Clear polycarbonate lightweight spectacles which may be worn over prescription spectacles. Ideal visitor’s spectacles.

F Safety Spectacles - Aviator Style

Model No. SSP3 BSEN166/F - Clear polycarbonate, abrasion resistant lenses. Integrally moulded side and brow protection.

New

I Anti-Glare Safety Spectacles

Enhancing Safety H Light Spectacles SSP461

BSEN166/F - W raparound, amber , anti-scratch, polycarbonate lens. Amber lens provides improved contrast enhancement.

J Safety Goggles - Direct Vent Model No. SSP1 BSEN166/B - Clear polycarbonate safety lens with direct ventilation in goggle frame.

Model No.

Model No. SSP27 BSEN166/F - Clear polycarbonate, abrasion resistant lenses. Super-light safety frames with wire side arms for a snug fit. Shields on side-arms.

Enhancing Safety G Light Spectacles

Model No. SSP44 BSEN166/FT - W raparound, clear , anti-scratch, polycarbonate lens. Adjustable-length nylon arms for a snug fit. Tested to particle impact at 45m/s.

E Safety Spectacles

D Safety Over-Spectacles

Model No.

B Clear Safety Spectacles Model No.

707

SSP46

BSEN166/F - W raparound, amber lens provides improved contrast enhancement. Comfortable silicon nose bridge and pre-set sports arms.

K Safety Goggles - Indirect Vent Model No. SSP2E BSEN166/B349 - Clear polycarbonate, non-mist lens. Indirect ventilation in goggle frame.

Model No.

SSP45

BSEN166/F - Shaded, abrasion resistant, wraparound lenses. With comfortable silicon nose bridge and pre-set sports arms.

Safety Goggles - Indirect L Deluxe Vent Model No.

SSP2

BSEN166/1B - Designed with a wide-angle curved lens to enhance visibility . Adjustable headband and soft PVC frame provide added comfort. Indirect ventilation to frame. Conforms with CE standards.

708

Section 21 Eye & Head Protection

A Brow Guard with Full Face Shield Model No. SSP11E BSEN166/B39 - Ratchet adjustable headband with brushed nylon comfort band. Competitive quality for automotive, agricultural and industrial applications. Replacement Visor: Model No: Type: SSP11E/R Clear

D Safety Baseball Bump Cap

Brow Guard with Full B Deluxe Face Shield Model No.

SSP11

BSEN166/B39 - Ratchet adjustable headband with front and back padding for extra comfort. Premium quality for automotive, agricultural and industrial applications. Replacement Visor: Model No: Type: SSP11/1R Clear

E Safety Helmet

Model No. New SSP16 SSP17 Baseball bump cap with solid internal cover for protection Model No. BSEN397 - Fully adjustable internal harness and against knocks and grazes. Adjustable strap suits all sizes. Convenient short peak design, better suited for plastic cradle for extra comfort. working in and around vehicles. Internal padding and Optional Chin Strap: SSP17CS ventilation for added comfort. Conforms to EN812.

Guard with Full Grille Face C Brow Shield Model No.

SSP11G

BSEN166/1731 - Ratchet adjustable headband with brushed nylon comfort band. Competitively priced, general-purpose face shield. Replacement Visor: Model No: Type: SSP11G/R Grille

Welding Goggles with Flip-Up F Gas Lenses Model No.

SSP6

BSEN175, BSEN169 - Clear polycarbonate safety lenses with shade 5 flip-up lenses. Indirect ventilation in goggle frame.

I G

G Gas Welding Goggles

H Deluxe Gas Welding Goggles

I Hand-Held Welding Mask

Model No. New SSP82 Model No. New SSP5E Model No. New SSP5D Shade 5 welding lens with indirect ventilation in goggle Shade 5 deluxe welding lens with indirect ventilation Standard economy composite mask with shade 12 frame. Suitable for gas welding. Conforms to EN175 & in goggle frame. Suitable for gas welding. Conforms to lens. EN169. EN175 & EN169.

J Deluxe Hand-Held Welding Mask Model No. SSP9 BSEN175, BSEN169 - Deluxe mask, supplied with shade 9, safety and anti-spatter lens. Accepts standard 4-1/4” x 3-1/4” lenses.

K Welding Headshield Model No. SSP101 BSEN175, CE - American style helmet with 4-1/4” x 2-1/4” shade 10 lens. Comfortable headband with nonslip quick release mechanism.

L Deluxe Welding Headshield Model No. SSP10 BSEN175, BSEN169 - Deluxe headshield supplied with shade 10, safety and anti-spatter lens. Comfortable and lightweight. Accepts standard 4-1/4” x 3-1/4” lenses.

Section 21 Solar Powered Welding Helmets A

Solar Powered

SHADE 9-13 Variable Helmet Solar Powered A Welding Variable Shade 9-13 Stock Code

New

S0825

SHADE 11 Helmet Solar Powered B Welding Shade 11 Model No.

New

PWH199

High quality shade 1 1 lens with large viewing area manufactured and tested to BSEN379. Fully automatic switching from light to dark on striking arc. Fitted with solar power panel - no batteries required. Deluxe contoured helmet design approved to BSEN175 gives full neck protection and protects lens from scratching when helmet is laid down. Comfortable headband and non-slip quick release ratchet mechanism. Suitable for MIG and arc welding.

Shade Active: Shade Inactive: Viewing Area: Operating Time Light/Dark: Storing Temperature: Temperature Range: Power: Weight:

Shade Active: Shade Inactive: Viewing Area: UV/IR Protection Operating Time Light/Dark: Temperature Range: Power:

Solar Powered

9-13 Variable 4 98 x 48mm 0.1ms -5°C to +55°C -20°C to +70°C Solar Cells 420g

11 3 98 x 47.5mm Yes 0.05ms -10°C to +70°C Solar Cells

709

Solar Powered

SHADE 9-13 Variable ClearVision® Welding Helmet C Solar Power Variable Shade 9 - 13 Model No.

PWH599

High quality variable shade 9-13 lens manufactured and tested to BSEN379. Fully automatic switching from light to dark on striking arc. Fitted with solar power panel - no batteries required. Features sensitivity and speed controls for switching light to dark.This prevents arc eye when welding at high power whilst still providing fast switching for tack welding. Deluxe contoured helmet design approved to BSEN175 gives full neck protection and protects lens from scratching when helmet is laid down. Comfortable headband and non-slip quick release ratchet mechanism. Suitable for MIG, TIG and arc welding. Shade Active: Shade Inactive: Viewing Area: UV/IR Protection: Operating Time Light/Dark: Temperature Range: Power:

9-13 Variable 3 98 x 38mm Yes 0.05ms -5°C to +55°C Solar Cells

E F

SHADE 9-13 Variable Helmet Solar Powered D Welding Variable Shade 9-13 Model No.

New

E Spark Proof Welding Blanket

Purpose Leather F General Gauntlets - Pair

Model No. SSP23 Model No. SSP14 Neoprene coated glass fibre blanket tested to BS476 Pt.1, Pt.7, Pt.20 and UK building regulations Class 0. Protects BSEN12477:2001 Type A - Suitable for a variety of applications where extra cover is required around the against the spray of sparks from welding and cutting. Size: 1800 x 1300mm wrist and the lower forearm.

PWH699

High quality infinitely variable shade 9-13 lens G manufactured and tested to BSEN379. Fully automatic switching from light to dark on striking arc. Fitted with solar power panel, no batteries required. Features infinitely adjustable sensitivity and speed controls for switching light to dark. This prevents arc eye when welding at high power whilst still providing fast switching for tack welding. Deluxe contoured helmet design approved to BSEN175 gives full neck protection and protects lens from scratching when helmet is laid down. Comfortable head band and non-slip quick release ratchet mechanism. Suitable for MIG, TIG and arc welding. Shade Active: 9-13 Variable Shade Inactive: 4 Viewing Area: 98 x 47.5mm G Leather Welder’s Gauntlets - Pair UV/IR Protection Yes Model No. SSP141 Operating Time: fer superior Light/Dark: 0.05ms BSEN388, BSEN407 - Gauntlets of Temperature Range: -5°C to +55°C protection from spatter, heat and radiation. Comfortable, Power: Solar Cells durable and preferred by the professional welder.

H TIG Welding Gauntlets - Pair Model No. SSP142 BSEN388, BSEN407 - Quality goat skin TIG welding leather gauntlets with 160mm split cow leather cuf f. 330mm Length.

710

Section 21 Hand Protection

Gloves Chrome Palm A Rigger’s Pair

Gloves Hide Palm B Rigger’s Pair

Model No.

SSP12

Rigger’s C Extra-Heavy-Duty Gloves Chrome Palm - Pair SSP13

Strong stitching, a generous fit and quality materials Recommended for heavy use. These gloves use make this an ideal glove for farm and general purpose quality materials which are strong yet flexible. industrial use.

Disposable Gloves Lg/XLg D Latex Pack of 100

E Anti-Slip Handling Gloves - Pair

Vibration Absorbing G Fingerless Safety Gloves - Pair

Coated Nylon Knitted Gloves H PU Pair

Fingerless style with stretch poly-cotton L ycra® lining for optimum dexterity and comfort. V isco-elastic polymer reduces the ef fect of vibration and impact against the palm. Designed for use with impact and other similar tools. CE Approved. Size: Large.

Nylon knitted gloves with a PU coating. Ideal for delicate work such as electronics testing, automotive assembly and precision engineering applications. Conforms with CE standards.

New

SSP50

Chemical Handling Gloves J PVC Knitted Wrist - Pair Model No.

Model No.

SSP31

Knitted wrist waterproof gloves with PVC coating for protection against a wide range of liquids including insecticides. Sanitised liners keep gloves fresher for longer. CE Marked and conforms to BSEN388 CAT 2.

Model No.

New

SSP51

Nylon knitted gloves with PVC dots on palm for positive grip. Ideal for handling cartons, glass and other objects with a sheer finish. Conforms with CE standards.

I Latex Knitted Wrist Gloves - Pair Model No. New SSP48 Knitted gloves with wrinkled latex coating providing excellent grip. Ideal for handling cartons, glass and other objects with a sheer finish. Conforms to CE standards.

Chemical Handling K PVC Gauntlets - Pair Model No.

Anti-Slip Nylon Knitted F PVC Gloves - Pair

SSP42

Model No.

SSP131

Model No. SSP33 Model No. SSP24 BSEN388 - Spun nylon glove with interlocking 101 Uses around the workshop. Provides excellent protection whilst being light and flexible. Supplied in criss-cross coating. Ideal for handling cartons, glass dispenser box of 100 ambidextrous gloves. Silicon-free and other items with a sheer finish. and dusted for easy donning.

Model No.

Extra-heavy-duty gloves for professional use. Manufactured from top quality hide with strong stitching and padded palm.

L Nitrile Knitted Wrist Gloves - Pair SSP32

PVC coating on a cotton liner . 355mm Cuffed gloves give extra protection to the user. Ideal for industrial and agricultural applications. CE Marked and conforms to BSEN388 CAT 2.

Model No. SSP35 Nitrile coating on quality jersey liner . Heavy-duty general-purpose gloves designed to protect against the dangers of cuts and punctures. Manufactured to CE regulations and conforms to BSEN388 CA T 2.

Section 21 Hand Protection A

Gloves A Mechanic’s Padded Synthetic - Pair Model No.

Gloves Synthetic B Mechanic’s Palm with Tactouch - Pair

SEE BELOW

Close fitting gloves suitable for professional workshop use. Double layer synthetic leather palm and twin layer Spandex® back. Palm is padded with cushion points giving added protection against vibration - ideal for use with air powered workshop tools. Neoprene knuckle protection. Hook-and-loop wrist strap. Washable materials. Model No: Size: MG800M Medium MG800L Large MG800XL X-Large

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Close fitting gloves suitable for professional workshop use. Synthetic palm withTactouch finish for fine control and sure grip. Suitable for use with air powered workshop tools. Stretch Spandex ® glove back for added comfort. Washable materials. Model No: MG801M MG801L MG801XL

Size: Medium Large X-Large

711

Gloves C Mechanic’s Anti-Collision - Pair Model No.

New

SEE BELOW

Close fitting gloves suitable for tyre bay and professional workshop use. Moulded TPU hard shell knuckle protection and PVC on fingers aid against excess shock and vibration. Twin layer stretch Spandex® glove back for added user comfort. Synthetic palm with leather sections and silicone strips on fingers offer fine control and a sure grip. Hook-andloop wrist strap. Washable materials. Model No: MG802M MG802L MG802XL

Size: Medium Large X-Large

D Mechanic’s Tipless Gloves - Pair Model No. SEE BELOW Two half-fingered design ideal for handling small nuts, bolts and washers. Sweat wipe on thumb plus pre-curved fingers for great fit and grip. Stretch Spandex® back for comfort. Hook-and-loop closure. Model No: SSP803M SSP803L SSP803XL

E F

Size: Medium Large X-Large

® Mechanic’s Gloves E PowerGlove with Integral LED - Pair

Model No.

SEE BELOW

Close fitting gloves suitable for professional workshop use. Left-hand glove fitted with LED light on back of index finger for instant illumination wherever and whenever required. Automatic switch of f after eight minutes prevents accidental battery drain. Stretch Spandex® glove back for added comfort with hook-and-loop wrist strap. Washable materials. Model No: SSP900M SSP900L SSP900XL

Size: Medium Large X-Large

Cell Qty x Type: 2 x CR2016 3V Lithium (supplied)

Gloves F Mechanic’s Super-Soft Leather - Pair Model No.

SEE BELOW

Genuine deer skin leather palm gives superior fit and feel. Suitable for use with air powered workshop tools. Two-layer Stretch Spandex ® back and superior neoprene knuckle protection for added comfort. Hook- and-loop closure. Model No: SSP802M SSP802L SSP802XL

Size: Medium Large X-Large

712

Section 21 Hand Protection & Work Wear B

® C Kevlar Hot Sleeves

B Shot Blasting Gauntlets - Pair A Nitrile Gauntlets - Pair

Model No. SEE BELOW CE Approved protection for hands, wrists and Model No. SSP34 forearms. Suitable for all types of shot/grit blasters. Model No: Length: 355mm Heavy-duty nitrile gauntlets designed to cope 460mm with thinners and similar aggressive liquids. CE Marked SSP40 SSP41 585mm and manufactured to CAT 3 BSEN388, 407 and 374.

Model No. SEE BELOW Manufactured to CAT 2 BSEN388 and BSEN407 from 100% DuPont Kevlar ®. Designed for use in engine bays to prevent cuts to forearms and burns from exhausts and other hot components. Thumb slot design ensures sleeve will stay in position. Model No: Length: SSP36 355mm SSP37 460mm

F E Waterproof Jackets

D Fleece Jackets Model No. SEE BELOW Soft durable fabric for warmth and comfort. Zipped neck to control ventilation. Double fabric collar , elasticated cuffs and hemmed bottom with drawstring. Relaxed, comfort fit. Available in Large and X-Large sizes. Model No: FJ06L FJ06XL

Material: 100% Polyester 100% Polyester

Size: Large X-Large

Model No. SEE BELOW Model No. SEE BELOW . Ideal as Contemporary lightweight waterproof jackets. Full length High quality fabric with ribbed collar . Relaxed, zip/button design with inner adjustable drawstring. Collar workshop, warehouse or casual wear comfort fit. Available in Large and X-Large sizes. with soft fleece lining. Multiple zipped pockets. Half elasticated, hook-and-loop adjustable cuffs. Fully lined with hanging loop.Available in Large and X-Large sizes. Model No: Material: Size: PS06L 65% Polyester/35% Cotton Large/46” PS06XL 65% Polyester/35% Cotton X-Large/48” Model No: Material: Size: JK06L 100% Polyester Large JK06XL 100% Polyester X-Large

H Baseball Cap

G Knitted Hat Model No. 100% Acrylic knitted hat. One size.

F Polo Shirts

SH06

Model No. New SH08 Baseball cap with adjustable strap to suit all sizes.

I Safety Baseball Cap Model No. New SSP16 Baseball cap with solid internal cover for protection against knocks and grazes. Adjustable strap suits all sizes. Convenient short peak design, better suited for working in and around vehicles. Internal padding and ventilation for added comfort. Conforms to EN812.

Section 21 Knee & Ear Protection A

713

B Heavy-Duty Gel Knee Pads - Pair A Rubber Knee Pads - Pair Model No. SSP43 General purpose cellular rubber knee pads. Nylon securing straps. Supplied in pairs.

C Ear Defenders - Disposable

Model No. SSP47 Anti-compression gel foam gives maximum cushioning for added comfort. Hard-wearing composite front cover for extended life with an anti-slip grip design. Large hook-and-loop single strap for a comfortable fit.

Defenders - Disposable D Ear Box of 200 Pairs

Model No. New SSP18DPK Model No. SSP18D BSEN352.2 - Pair of single use, disposable ear inserts BSEN352.2 - Pack of 200* pairs, disposable ear provide comfortable protection from noise. inserts provide comfortable protection from noise. *Approximate quantity.

F Ear Defenders

E Corded Ear Plugs Model No. New SSP18DC Triple flange design manufactured from a soft pliable material providing a comfortable fit. Corded for convenient carrying and helps prevent loss of plugs.

G Ear Defenders - Folding Type

Model No. SSP18 Lightweight yet rugged construction of fering protection Model No. SSP18F to BSEN352.1. SNR rating 27dB.Adjustable swivel cups Lightweight yet rugged construction offering protection for optimum comfort and safety. Fully approved to protect to BSEN352.1. SNR rating 30dB. Adjustable swivel against high noise levels in most working environments. cups for optimum comfort and safety. Arms fold in for easy storage. Fully approved to protect against high noise levels in most working environments.

I I

H Electronic Ear Defenders Model No. SSP18E Lightweight yet rugged construction offering protection to BSEN352-1. Adjustable swivel cups for optimum comfort and safety. Fully approved to protect against high noise levels in working environments. Built-in microphone amplifies low level sounds and attenuates noise over 85dB. LED power indicator and on/of f switch with volume control. Attenuation: Over 85dB Batteries: 2 x AA (not included)

H I Clip-On Ear Defenders Model No. New SSP17ED Robust construction manufactured to BSEN352.3, offering protection against high noise levels in most working environments. Fully adjustable for optimum comfort and safety . Suitable for use with Model No. SSP17 Safety Helmet and other market brands.

714

Section 21 Respiratory Protection

Protection from Isocyanate Based Paints

A To provide respiratory protection against these lethal fumes, we recommend the SSP200K which uses clean, breathable air drawn from a source outside the contaminated area. The coalescing filter removes particulate out of the airstream and removes moisture. At the belt, the air is filtered through a carbon element to remove any remaining odour and then clean, dry air is blown into the mask. Couplings used on the air hose are incompatible with regular couplings to prevent cross-contamination with hoses used for air tools. The SSP200 Air-fed V isor requires 6 to 7cfm of air for safety. Please note that a spray gun powered from the same belt pack will add another 9 to 12cfm to the total cfm figure. Please check the free air rating on your compressor before purchase of any kit.

A Complete Air-Fed Breathing System Model No. SSP200K A full kit of equipment manufactured to BSEN270 to provide a protection factor of APF40. Protects against the damaging ef fects of isocyanates in modern paints. Includes complete head set with acetate visor. Waist belt assembly with regulator, colour change carbon filter element to indicate filter change and flow indicator . Wallmounting coalescing filter. 10mtr Low toxic hose with leader hose and a complete set of couplings.

B Visor & Belt Assembly

C Half Mask & Belt Assembly

Model No. Visor and belt pack assembly for the SSP200K kit. Replacement Outer Visor Covers:

SSP200 (Pack of 10) SSP20/1

WARNING - None of the kits on this page filter out carbon monoxide or other toxic gases. For air quality consult BS4275, 1997. Please monitor and maintain a protective programme in accordance with the statutory regulations.

Model No. SSP25 Manufactured to BSEN270, to provide a protection factor of APF20. Not suitable for use with isocyanates paints. Includes complete half mask with circulation valve and adjustable head strap, Improved waist belt assembly with regulator , colour change carbon filter element to indicate filter change and flow indicator . Will require purchase of wall mounting coalescing filter, 10mtr low toxic hose with leader hose and set of couplings for use.

E D Low Toxic Hose Kit Model No. SSP20H 10mtr Low toxic hose with “Y” coupling designed for uncontaminated breathing. Short leader hose for connection to spray gun with fittings.

E Coalescing Filter

F Coalescing Filter Element Model No.

SSP21/2/CX

Replacement filter for SSP21X coalescing filter included in SSP200K kit.

G Activated Carbon Filter Element

Model No. SSP20/2/C Model No. SSP21X Wall-mounting filter designed to remove particulate and Replacement activated carbon filter element for moisture from the air supply. 1/2”BSP Female fitting. SSP200K, SSP200, and SSP25 belt assemblies.

BODY SHOP See pages 468 to 472 for our complete range of Spray Guns.

Section 21 Work Wear A

Dust Cup Mask A Disposable Pack of 50

Welderâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Cup Mask B Disposable Pack of 10

Model No. SSP15D Model No. SSP155DX Lightweight cup style comfort mask. Metal band forms Protects from the hazards of welding fumes. top of mask securely around nose for comfortable fit. Exhalation valve keeps wearer cool and of fers low breathing resistance - even behind a welding visor . Pack of 50 masks. Manufactured to BSEN149 FFP2S. Pack of 10 masks.

C Paint Spray Respirator Model No. SSP1699 Comfortable, non-dermatitic rubber mask with twin-strap elasticated harness and quick release buckle. Fitted with A1P2 filter to EN141. Replacement filters (Pack of 2) - Model No.SSP1699/FP.

Pressure Washing F Waterproof Suit

Deluxe Paint Spray Respirator

Model No. SSP1604 Super comfort thermoplastic rubber face mask with unique extra-wide sealing surface. Low resistance exhalation valve for easy breathing. Fully adjustable four-point cradle suspension to ensure comfortable facial fit. Fitted with twin A1P2 filters to EN141. Replacement filter kit - Model No.SSP1604FP.

715

Model No.

E Welding Protection Model No. SSP/LWA Comfortable leather welding apron with ties. Height: 900mm Width: 600mm

SSP268

Green PVC hooded waterproof suit with full length covered zip. W elded seams, button fitting on ankles/cuffs and stringed hood. One size only.

J K

Hooded J General-Purpose Coveralls Model No.

G - I

High Visibility Work Wear

All our high visibility clothing complies with EN471 safety legislation. Vests are ideal for general use and are made from hard-wearing material. Polyester jacket is fully lined and manufactured with price in mind. W aterproof trousers provide additional protection from rain and traffic spray.

G High Visibility Vests Model No. SEE BELOW Ideal for general use and are made from hard-wearing material. Model No: Size: SSPHV-L Large SSPHV-XL X-Large

High Visibility Jackets

Model No. SEE BELOW Competitively priced fully lined high visibility polyester jacket. Model No: Size: SSP/HVN-L Large SSP/HVN-XL X-Large

I High Visibility Over-Trousers Model No. SEE BELOW Waterproof trousers provide protection from rain and traffic spray. Model No: Size: SSPHVT-M Medium SSPHVT-L Large

SEE BELOW

A strong, generous cut, general-purpose coverall. Ideal for a multitude of jobs from changing an oil filter to general janitorial duties. Elasticated cuffs, ankles and hood ensure a snug fit. Competitively priced. Model No: Size: SSP267-L Large SSP267-XL X-Large

K Protective Hooded Coverall Model No. SEE BELOW Breathable hooded coverall offers protection against fine particles and spray mist. Ideal for use in the body shop. Generously cut with elasticated cuffs, ankles and hood plus reliable zipper. Model No: Size: SSP265-L Large SSP265-XL X-Large

716

Section 21 Eye Wash & First Aid Kits

Elastic Plasters with A Assorted Storage Case 100pc Model No.

New

SSP52

Assortment of elastic plasters, supplied in plastic storage case. Handy for keeping in rollcab/topchest drawers.

Washproof Plasters B Assorted with Storage Case 100pc Model No.

New

SSP53

Assortment of waterproof plasters, supplied in a plastic storage case. Handy for keeping in rollcab/topchest drawers.

C Eye Wash Station Model No. New EWS01 Comprises sterile eye wash for cleaning and eye pads for dressing. Suitable for garages, workshops and any other environment with eye related hazards. Supplied in a robust storage case with carry handle and wall mounting bracket.

D Compact Travel First Aid Kit Model No. New SFA02 Supplied in canvas style pouch with carry handle and belt loop. Small and compact design is suitable for glove compartments or travelling. Contents: 1 x First Aid Leaflet, 20 x Assorted Wash Proof Plasters, 1 x Non-woven Triangular Bandage 900 x 900 x 1270mm, 1 x Medium Dressing, 6 x Safety Pins, 2 xAlcohol-Free Cleansing Wipes, 1 x Foil Blanket

E First Aid Kit - 10 Person

F First Aid Kit - 20 Person

First Aid Kit - 50 Person

Model No. SFA10 Model No. SFA20 Model No. SFA50 First Aid Kit in a durable composite case with hinged First Aid Kit in a durable composite case with hinged First Aid Kit in a durable composite case with hinged lid, folding handle and wall fixing bracket. Suitable for a lid, folding handle and wall fixing bracket. Suitable for a lid, folding handle and wall fixing bracket. Suitable for a low risk environment with ten or less people. medium risk environment with up to twenty people. high risk environment with up to fifty people. Contents: 1 x First Aid Leaflet, 20 x Assorted Wash Proof Plasters, 4 x Non-Woven Triangular Bandages 960 x 960 x 1350mm, 6 x Medium Dressings 120 x 120mm, 2 x Large Dressing Pads 180 x 180mm, 6 x Safety Pins, 10 xAlcohol-Free Cleansing Wipes, 2 x Sterile Eye Pads, 1 Pair Powder Free Vinyl Gloves

Contents: 1 x First Aid Leaflet, 40 x Assorted Sterile Wash Proof Plasters, 6 x Non-Woven Triangular Bandages 960 x 960 x 1350mm, 9 x Medium Dressings Pads 120 x 120mm, 3 x Large Dressing Pads 180 x 180mm, 12 x Safety Pins, 10 xAlcoholFree Cleansing Wipes, 4 x Sterile Eye Pads, 2 Pairs Powder Free Vinyl Gloves, 1 x Wall Mounting Bracket

Contents: 1 x First Aid Leaflet, 60 x Assorted Sterile Wash Proof Plasters, 8 x Non-W oven Triangular Bandages 960 x 960 x 1350mm, 12 x Medium Dressing Pads 120 x 120mm, 4 x Large Dressing Pads 180 x 180mm, 12 x Safety Pins, 20 x Alcohol Free Cleansing Wipes, 6 x Sterile Eye Pads, 3 Pairs Powder Free Vinyl Gloves, 1 x W all Mounting Bracket

Section 21 Fire Extinguishers A - G Fire Extinguishers Model No. SEE TABLE Manufactured in UK this comprehensive range of classified fire extinguishers are suitable for domestic, industrial and commercial use. Fully accredited to BS EN3 and Kite marked. Five year warranty on all models. Depending on version, ef fective on A, B, C Class fires and fires involving live electrical equipment. With the exception of SDPE006D and SDPE009D, each model is refillable and fitted with pressure gauge. All models supplied with wall mounting brackets.

FOAM Cream

FIRE CLASSIFICATION

Combustion of solid materials such as wood, paper, textiles etc.

YES

Combustion of liquids e.g. petrol, oil, fat, paint, solvents and grease

Combustion of flammable gases e.g. propane, butane, natural gas

FIRE TEST RATING Extinguishers are tested on A or B class fires (both if suitable) to determine the rating. This is shown by a number and letter e.g. 13A. The number represents the size of the fire which was extinguished under test conditions. The letter shows the fire classification that the extinguisher was tested to and is suitable for.

ABC POWDER Blue

CARBON DIOXIDE Black

YES/NO

YES

YES/NO

Only on small surface fires

Rapid knockdown. Smothering effect prevents re-ignition

Only on small surface fires

BC POWDER Blue

Smothering and cooling effect

YES

Blankets fire and prevents re-ignition

Rapid knockdown

Rapid knockdown. Leaves no residue

YES

Beware in confined spaces

YES

Fires involving electrical equipment

Foam can conduct electricity

Dry Powder A

717

2kg

0.6kg Foam

1kg

0.95kg

2kg

Carbon Dioxide

6kg

6ltr

H Fire Blanket Model No. SFB11 General-purpose disposable fire blanket suitable for use in kitchens, caravans and other similar environments. Fully accredited to BS EN1869. Supplied in wall mounting case. Size: 1.1mtr x 1.1mtr

A Model No: Capacity: Class/Type: Fire Test Rating: Working Pressure: Height/Diameter: Weight: Discharge Duration: Discharge Range: Working Temperature:

SDPE006D 0.6kg BC/Powder 13B 7bar 303/98mm 0.9kg 6sec 1-2mtr -20 to +50°C

B SDPE009D 0.95kg BC/Powder 34B 9bar 325/102mm 1.2kg 8sec 1-2mtr -20 to +50°C

C SDPE01 1kg ABC/Powder 5A/34B 12bar 340/102mm 2.2kg 8sec 2-3mtr -20 to +60°C

SDPE02 SDPE06 2kg 6kg ABC/Powder ABC/Powder 13A/70B 27A/183B 15bar 12bar 420/135mm 540/220mm 3.9kg 10.1kg 11sec 18sec 2-3mtr 5mtr -20 to +60°C -20 to +60°C

F SCDE02 2kg B/CO2 34B 56bar 500/165mm 5.1kg 9sec 2-3mtr -20 to +60°C

G SFE06 6ltr AB/Foam 13A/144B 12bar 540/220mm 10.1kg 38sec 3-4mtr +5 to +60°C